[To be Published in the Gazette of India Extraordinary, Part – II, Section 3, Sub Section (ii)]

DELHI DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

(MASTER PLAN SECTION)

PUBLIC NOTICE

S.O. (E). -The following extensive modifications which the Central Government/ Delhi
Development Authority proposes to make to the Master Plan for Delhi (MPD) keeping in
view the perspective for the year 2041 as Master Plan for Delhi-2041 (MPD-2041),
under Section 11-A of DD Act 1957, is hereby published for public information. Any
person having any objections/ suggestions with respect to the Draft MPD-2041 may
send the objections/ suggestions via web portal: http://online.dda.org.in/MPD2041 or
in writing to the Commissioner- cum- Secretary, Delhi Development Authority, ‘B’ Block,
Vikas Sadan, New Delhi- 110023 within a period of Forty-Five (45) days from the date
of issue of this notice. The person making the objections or suggestions should give
his/her name, address and telephone/contact number(s)/ E-mail ID which should be
readable.

About MPD-2041
The Master Plan for Delhi is one of the key instruments that facilitates Delhi’s
development by assessing the present condition and guiding how to achieve the desired
development. The anchor agency for the master plan is the Delhi Development Authority.
Implementation of the Plan is the collective responsibility of all agencies involved in the
development of Delhi, including the Central Government, concerned departments of the
Government of the NCT of Delhi, service providers, landowning agencies, regulators, and
local bodies among others.

The first Master Plan for Delhi was promulgated in 1962 under the Delhi Development
Act of 1957, followed by the Master Plans of 2001 and 2021, each of which is an extensive
modification of the respective previous plan document. These plans were prepared for
20 years’ perspective periods and provided a holistic framework for planned
development of Delhi.

The MPD-2041 is a ‘strategic’ and ‘enabling’ framework to guide future growth of the
city, built upon the lessons learnt from the implementation of the previous plans.

Structure of MPD 2041 document

The Plan document has been structured to enable sharing in the public domain via
multiple media and provide the flexibility of adding or modifying the document. Each
chapter has been assigned a code for ease of cross-referencing across the document; for
e.g. HCP – 1 represents the chapter titled ‘Managing public spaces better’. The Plan
comprises of two volumes as given below:

i
- Volume 1: Vision 2041 and Enabling Policy Framework comprises of an
introduction providing an overview of Delhi in present times, its global and regional
positioning, estimates of population and various other projections for 2041. The
Vision, Goals and Objectives of MPD-2041 are given in this Volume. Further, the
volume contains six sections covering major policies of Environment, Economy
(covers Trades & Commerce wholesale trade, industry and Government offices),
Transport and Mobility, Heritage, Culture and Public Spaces, Shelter and Social
Infrastructure and Physical Infrastructure.

- Volume 2: Spatial Development Strategy and Action Plan is divided into three
sections. The first section contains all major strategies and detailed provisions,
specific norms for guiding future spatial development of Delhi, covering both green
field and brown field development in the city (land pooling area, green development
area, regeneration of planned and unplanned areas, transit-oriented development,
strategic regeneration etc.).

- The second section provides the Plan Monitoring and Evaluation Framework for the
Master Plan with key performance indicators to monitor progress including an
implementation framework for facilitating periodic review and course correction.
The third section comprises of detailed development control norms and urban design
guidelines for different types of development.

NOTE:

Any new development/ projects/ reconstruction/ addition/ alteration etc. that come up
after the notification of MPD- 2041 shall follow policies and norms of the same. Any ongoing
projects (under construction) at the time of notification shall be permitted as per norms of
the previous plan i.e. MPD-2021. Projects yet to start construction will revise their plans as
per the Master Plan in force, and will be given necessary time required for this.

The following are in the public domain and public objections and suggestions have been
invited. Any subsequent amendments to these will be suitably incorporated in MPD-2041.

• Policy for Green Development Area

• Norms for Unauthorised Colonies
• Norms for parking

ii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME 1

Introduction

1. Delhi Vision 2041 (V1)

Section 1: Environment
2. Addressing pollution and climate change (ENV1)
3. Enhancing Green-Blue Infrastructure (ENV2)

Section 2: Economy
4. Places of economic production (ECO)

Section 3: Heritage, Culture & Public Spaces

5. Managing public spaces better (HCP1)
6. Managing Delhi’s heritage (HCP2)

Section 4: Shelter & Social Infrastructure

7. Strategizing Shelter (SSI1)
8. Provision of Social Infrastructure (SSI2)

Section 5: Transport & Mobility

9. Improving connectivity and transport infrastructure (MOB1)
10. Shifting to shared mobility (MOB2)
11. Making Delhi walkable and cyclable (MOB3)
12. Managing parking in Delhi (MOB4)

Section 6: Physical Infrastructure

13. Making Delhi water secure: water, wastewater and drainage (INF1)
14. Managing solid waste efficiently (INF2)
15. Provision of power, gas, telecom and digital infrastructure (INF3)
16. Disaster preparedness & resilience (INF4)

VOLUME 2

Section 7: Spatial Development Framework

17. Development of new areas through Land Pooling (DEV1)
18. Development within Green Development Area (DEV2)
19. Urban Regeneration (DEV3)
20. Transit-oriented Development (DEV4)

Section 8: Plan Monitoring and Evaluation

21. Monitoring Framework (PME)

iii
 Section 9: Development Code & Development Control Norms
22. Development Control Norms (DCN)

List of Abbreviations
Definitions
Annexures

iv
 VOLUME 1

VISION 2041
AND
ENABLING POLICY FRAMEWORK

v
INTRODUCTION
The release of the Master Plan for Delhi- 2041 coincides with the 75th year of India’s
Independence. India is poised to become the third largest economy in the world by 2050
and its growth trajectory is increasingly being defined by cities that contribute 60 per
cent of the GDP. The Government has increased the focus on urban development by
embarking upon a comprehensive programme for planned urban development in 2014,
designed to bring about a transformative change in the lives of people with inclusive,
participative and sustainable approach.

A number of National Urban Missions have been launched by the Ministry of Housing and
Urban Affairs (MoHUA). The focus areas cover almost the entire range of urban issues in
Indian cities such as housing, urban services, environment and climate change, smart
development, mobility, waste management, heritage, digital enabling and water security
among others. In addition to this, the Government of India has come up with a number of
standards, norms, model policies and frameworks that can be adopted and
contextualised by cities to assess and monitor their situation in various sectors, such as,
‘Ease of Living Index’ or the ‘Climate Smart Cities Assessment Framework’. There is
special thrust on urban regeneration especially of unplanned and unsafe areas and
people’s health and livelihood.

Delhi has always been the showcase city in India, inspiring policies and projects in towns
and cities across the country. MPD-2041 is closely aligned with the national level urban
policies, and will play a major role in structuring the urban narrative in the coming years.
Delhi is the seed-bed of new ideas and will continue to be the beacon of growth, a face of
the ‘new urban India’. Strategies of the Plan have been based on learnings from across the
country with respect to implementation of various projects and schemes.

Delhi’s global and regional positioning: Delhi is a globally competitive, thriving urban
centre as well as a historic world city with unparalleled cultural wealth. As the capital of
India, it is the seat of the National Government and at the same time functions as a union
territory with a special status designated as the National Capital Territory of Delhi. The
National Capital Territory of Delhi comprises of multiple local bodies that operate in
separate jurisdictions. While, this unique governance structure leads to institutional
complexity and challenges of multi-agency coordination, it also accords the city an
unrivalled Regional, National and Global importance.

Delhi is quite prominent and one of the fastest growing megacities in the world, and
according to international studies, it is the second highest performer and the fastest
growing economy in Asia-Pacific. Delhi is also one of the leading start-up ecosystems in
the world. It is one of the most important trade centres in India and Asia and the biggest
and busiest logistics and trade hub in North India. Delhi needs to build on this potential
and address issues such as pollution, degraded built environment, congestion, lack of
safety and disparate living conditions, which are a threat to its market potential and
global attractiveness.

Delhi is also considered among great historic cities of the world where buildings and
monuments, including three world heritage sites and a living Walled City, which is a part
of the Central Business District. Additionally, Delhi is one of the greenest cities in Asia and
1
a river city, located on the banks of Yamuna. Delhi is well-endowed in terms of built and
natural heritage, and given its unique assets, its potential as a global cultural hub needs
to be explored.

Delhi lies at the heart of the National Capital Region (NCR) (approx. 55,083 sq.km. in
area), surrounded by four important cities from the states of Uttar Pradesh and Haryana.
This urban agglomeration acts as the consumption and distribution centre for North
India, accounting for 7-8% of the national GDP, with Delhi’s contribution being more than
50%. Investments in the region grew by 95% in 2019. Delhi is the key redistribution
centre due to the seamless connectivity and robust infrastructure. In future, functions of
distribution and re-distribution may migrate from Delhi to the upcoming dedicated
freight corridors and nodes. However, Delhi will retain its economic prominence as a
front for business, trade and digital logistics, and as the primary driver of the regional
economy.

The central NCR (CNCR) functions as a single socio-economic unit. It comprises mainly of
Delhi, Gurgaon, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Noida that demonstrate strong
interdependencies with each other. Delhi Metro serves the entire CNCR and has a large
share of inter-city trips and the upcoming regional rapid rail will further blur the city
boundaries. With such strong connectivity, distance is no more a major factor for people
in the NCR for deciding locations of work and home. Delhi needs to plan for its own future
role as a city that offers a spectrum of choices for recreation, work, residence or short
stay options. This can be done by developing Delhi’s unique as well as niche assets and
qualities to enhance its attractiveness as a global cultural and economic hub.

The NCT of Delhi is the largest city in the country in terms of area, spread across
approximately 1486.5 sq.km. It comprises 367 villages, most of which are declared as
urban. There are 11 districts, 33 tehsils/sub-divisions, 272 wards and five local bodies
handling civic administration viz. North DMC, South DMC, East DMC, New Delhi Municipal
Council and the Cantonment Board. Delhi is divided into 18 Planning Zones for ease of
planning and management.

Delhi’s demographic profile, population projections and development needs: Delhi

is a highly preferred city in terms of employment, higher education and residence. The
population of Delhi has grown at a high rate for the past seven decades. According to the
Census of India, 1951-61, 1961-71, 1971-81, 1981-1991, 1991-01 and 2001-11, NCT
Delhi recorded decadal growth rates of 52.44%, 52.91%, 52.98%, 51.45%, 47.03% and
21.20%, respectively. The growth rate has dropped in the last two decades both in terms
of natural growth and migration. However, in absolute numbers, NCT Delhi accounts for
about 1.39% of India’s population and is one of the most populous cities in the world.

Delhi is a multi-cultural, cosmopolitan city with second largest in-migration in the

country. Census 2011 recorded nearly 2.26 million migrants who had been residing in
Delhi for a duration of 0-9 years. However, over the last decade (2001-11), the total
migration into Delhi has reduced. The Economic Survey Report (2018-19) ascertains that
substantial migration was from neighbouring states and the development of Gurgaon,
Faridabad, Sonipat, Noida, Ghaziabad, etc., and employment promotion programmes by
respective state governments have contributed to reduction of migration to Delhi.
However, the absolute number of migrants is quite high and a comprehensive

2
understanding of their profile, purpose and duration for migration is critical to provision
of housing, facilities and employment options.

Delhi experienced a high surge of population right after the independence and partition
of India. In addition to the original residents of the city, many families established base in
Delhi and many others migrated here for government jobs and other opportunities over
time. Presently, a large proportion of Delhi’s population has some roots here, comprising
an entire generation that was born and brought up here. As per the Economic Survey of
Delhi 2019-20, 30.3% of the population is from the age group of 15-30 years, making
Delhi one of the cities with the highest young population in the world. With a high literacy
rate (86.2%), Delhi also has a large educated workforce with about 1.1 million people
between 15-59 years of age (2011). This highlights the need for opportunities and spaces
for education, skilling and employment for youth as an imperative for talent retention
and to create a skilled workforce for the city and the country.

Delhi’s overall sex ratio and child sex ratio are below the national average although both
have shown improvement since the last decade. While the share of population of women
in the working age has increased since the last decade, the female labour participation
rate is just 14.3%, five times lower than male workforce. The city has to focus on
facilitating more women to join the workforce by providing safe and gender-friendly
streets, public spaces and workplaces with adequate childcare facilities. It can be
expected that financially independent women becoming a norm in Delhi may help
improve the sex ratio, albeit indirectly.

Close to 30% of Delhi’s population comprises of children and young people of 0-18 years
age group indicating the need for Delhi to become a more child friendly city. Globally,
holistic early development of children is considered paramount as an indicator of good
quality of life, pertinent for children to grow up to be healthy and productive adults. It is
thus imperative to provide infrastructure for children of all age groups and abilities in the
city.

Delhi is highly urbanised. More than 97% of the population was urban in 2011 as
compared to 53% in 1901. Presently, most people reside and work largely in the central,
eastern, southern and north to central parts of the city. In the plan period 2021-41, the
western and northern periphery of the city is slated for large-scale development. The
density of the population has increased from 6352 persons per sq.km. in 1991 to 11,320
persons per sq.km. in 2011. Densities vary across the city and low density pockets are
juxtaposed with highly dense unplanned areas, requiring a nuanced policy for
regeneration in the city.

Delhi’s population in 2041 is estimated at 30.9 million, 29.1 million and 27.8 million as
per the high, medium and low growth scenarios respectively, based on growth
assumptions across various parameters. Accounting for the decline in rate of growth in
the last two decades, the medium growth scenario (29.1 million) has been adopted as the
most likely estimate. This may need recalibration when the Census is updated. Table 1
shows five-yearly growth projections:

3
 Five-year growth projections for Delhi

Year Male Female Total

(in million) (in million) (in million)
2021 11 9.5 20.6
(base year)
2026 12.2 10.4 22.6
2031 13.4 11.4 24.8
2036 14.6 12.3 26.9
2041 15.9 13.3 29.2

Two important shifts are likely in the demographic profile of the city. A significant
increase is projected in the proportion of persons of working age (age group-25-60
years), indicating the need to create adequate employment opportunities and to harness
the potential economic benefits presented by this demographic dividend. The analysis
also indicates increase in the proportion of persons in the age group of 60 years and
above. This, signals the need for specific provisions for the elderly in the Plan.

The previous Plan had estimated that 50% of the population increase would be due to
migration. The growing needs of existing population and high land values have led to the
growth of unplanned settlements in the city. Migration is estimated to contribute 41% of
the population increase during the present plan period, highlighting the need for
introducing new housing types that cater to the needs of different income groups and
tenure requirements.

Baseline assessment for Delhi: In order to establish the present situation and assess
gaps under various sectors, an extensive baselining exercise was conducted for MPD-
2041, involving all the relevant stakeholder agencies. Data was collated from primary and
secondary sources and studies were conducted for transport, accessibility, economy,
heritage and unplanned settlements. About 200 experts contributed inputs towards
different sectors and aspects of development in Delhi. All core agencies and departments
of the central, state and local governments were involved in the baseline exercise. The
baseline along with background studies and detailed analysis of trends and strengths,
weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) brought to the fore key concerns
regarding the city. These were corroborated by views received from citizens,
stakeholders and experts who participated in public consultations and focussed group
discussions held during plan preparation.

The opinions, views and aspirations of the people of Delhi were garnered through
continuous engagement during the preparation of the Plan by partnering with CSOs, RWA
federations, market associations, professional bodies, public campaigns etc., as well as
through direct interaction with people. Dedicated online public consultations were held
from September-November 2020, including sessions with youth, persons with
disabilities, professionals, NGOs working on gender issues, people living in unauthorised
colonies and slums, traders, industry representatives etc. A citywide outreach was
attempted through these consultations, focussed group discussions, online web portal
and social media, wherein over 5000 vision statements were received from the
participants.
4
 As part of the baseline, a review of the previous master plans was carried out to trace the
trajectory of Delhi’s development. MPD-2021 was reviewed in detail in order to extract
lessons from its implementation. The Master Plan for 2021 recognized the need to
facilitate participation of private sector in the development process in order to overcome
challenges associated with land acquisition and improve efficiencies of land
consolidation and development. It also introduced several new principles such as pooling
of land, mix-use development, transit-oriented development, etc. MPD 2041 builds upon
these innovative paradigms of the previous plan and introduces relevant policies to
evolve a ‘strategic’ and ‘enabling’ framework that can nurture the future growth of the
city.

Delhi, like most megacities of its size, has its potential and opportunities offset by issues
of unsustainable urban form, degradation of built environment, mismatch between land
use and transportation leading to unsustainable mobility patterns, proliferation of
unplanned development, differential access to civic services across space and class, and
a growth pattern that is in disharmony with the natural environment. The 2041 planning
framework endeavours to address these issues in a holistic manner, build on Delhi’s
inherent strengths and harness opportunities to realise the real potential of the city.
Some of the key focus areas that emerged from the baselining and public consultation
exercises as well as from analysis of projections for population, resource availability and
economic growth, are as follows:

Key focus areas for the Master Plan

i. Environment: The city is quite green but these greens are inequitably distributed.
The quality of greens also needs to be improved at many places. Moreover, Delhi
suffers from consistently high levels of air, water and noise pollution. The Yamuna is
also severely polluted. This is not only threatening the environmental assets and local
biodiversity, but also the health of citizens.

ii. Water: Delhi is a water scarce city and yet, the resource gets wasted due to systemic
losses, lack of a conservation and reuse strategy. This has serious implications on
growth prospects of Delhi as well as the basic need of water for day-to-day activities.

iii. Critical resources: Delhi’s consumption of power and generation of waste need to
be reduced, both of which are one of the highest in the country. Existing efforts
towards recycling of waste and shift to renewable energy have to be mainstreamed.

iv. Mobility: There is availability of good quality public transport but the city has large
number of private vehicles leading to congestion, unorganised parking, air pollution,
etc. Last mile connectivity and infrastructure for walking and cycling to be provided
for improving the mobility of citizens especially for persons with disabilities, the
elderly and children.

v. Housing: High land prices in the city have resulted in a mismatch between housing
needs and housing supply. A large part of Delhi is unplanned with unauthorized
colonies that fulfil the housing need by providing lesser expensive options of owned
as well as rental housing. Due to poor quality construction and high built densities,

5
 these developments are unsafe. There is a requirement for different typologies and
tenures of housing.

vi. Built environment and public spaces: Facilities and open spaces in the city have
become inadequate with steady growth in population. The existing built stock in
many areas is old and dilapidated. Public spaces have to be made universally
accessible and safer. Therefore, there is a requirement of regeneration as well as
strategic interventions to unlock latent potential of certain areas in the city.

vii. Heritage assets: Delhi is a cultural capital and has a large number of heritage assets.
Preservation of assets and their adaptive reuse are to be promoted for preventing
degradation and loss of historic assets and fabric.

viii. Vulnerability: Delhi falls in seismic zone four and is under high risk of earthquake
incidents of fire outbreaks and flooding. High built densities, poor quality and age of
built stock further increases the vulnerability. The COVID-19 pandemic brought into
focus the need to create self-contained and mixed-use areas with decentralised
infrastructure.

ix. Economic potential: Delhi has to fully realise its niche role and potential as an
economic hub. Specialty health and higher education are focus areas. Cleaner
production, start-ups, innovation and cyber economies have to be promoted by
providing a variety of flexible and shared spaces to entrepreneurs in addition to
opportunities and good working conditions. Niche sectors such as specialty health,
higher education, tourism and MICE, modern logistics and specialized trade also need
to be promoted.

x. Monitoring and evaluation: A common database need to be established at city level

with multi-agency coordination and an integrated monitoring protocol needs to be
set up. This will help monitor progress of the city and different sectors. This is
imperative for the city and the Plan to enable periodic evaluation of progress and
become adaptable to change and course correction. All agencies and stakeholders
need to converge efforts to achieve good quality development.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

6
1.0 DELHI VISION 2041

1.1 Vision 2041

1.1.1 The vision is to “Foster a Sustainable, Liveable and Vibrant Delhi”

1.1.2 The following Goals will be pursued over the Plan period:

1.1.2.1 Goal 1 (G1): Become an environmentally sustainable city that provides a

healthy environment for its citizens and is adaptable towards addressing
impacts of climate change.

1.1.2.2 Goal 2 (G2): Develop a future-ready city that offers good quality, affordable
and safe living environment with efficient mobility systems.

1.1.2.3 Goal 3 (G3): Emerge as a dynamic place for economic, creative and cultural
development.

1.1.3 The Plan also acknowledges diversity and works towards creating an inclusive city
that facilitates accessibility and opportunity for all.

1.2 Objectives for 2041

1.2.1 The Vision and Goals will be achieved through 6 objectives:

Prioritizing Environmental Sustainability

G1
Facilitating Economic Development
OBJECTIVES

Delhi Enhancing Heritage, Culture & Public Life

Vision G2
2041 Improving Housing and Social Infrastructure

Moving towards Low-Carbon Mobility

G3 Developing Resilient Physical infrastructure

1.2.1.1 Objective 1: Prioritizing Environmental Sustainability –To prioritize

environmental concerns for the development of Delhi and focus on
rejuvenation of natural assets, reducing pollution, greening of built
environments, supporting green economies like urban farming, and
creating a diverse portfolio of natural and planned open spaces.

1.2.1.2 Objective 2: Facilitating Economic Development –To promote clean

economies, facilitate a unique economic role for Delhi while ensuring

7
 symbiotic linkages with NCR, improve the overall investment climate and
support a variety of work and workspace typologies.

1.2.1.3 Objective 3: Enhancing Heritage, Culture and Public Life– To protect

and enhance heritage and cultural fabric, build strong economic linkages
and create opportunities for cultural experience, tourism and active public
life.

1.2.1.4 Objective 4: Improving Housing and Social Infrastructure – To meet a

variety of housing demands across different income groups and typologies,
promote regeneration of older built fabric, fulfil demands for social
infrastructure in dense areas of the city, and foster walkable mix-use
neighbourhoods.

1.2.1.5 Objective 5: Moving Towards Low-Carbon Mobility –To encourage

modal shift in favour of public and shared modes of transport, bring homes
and jobs closer to mass transit, reduce vehicular congestion and provide
efficient, affordable and green mobility options.

1.2.1.6 Objective 6: Developing Resilient Physical Infrastructure –To promote

a sustainable approach towards use of resources like water and energy,
facilitate adequate and uninterrupted services so that the city is ready in
terms of digital infrastructure and resilience to shocks and disasters.

1.2.2 This forms the Enabling Policy Framework for the Master Plan. A distinct policy
area is established for each of the 6 objectives for preparing development
strategies. All policies, spatial development strategies and development control
norms of the Master plan are designed to provide incentives/tools, regulatory
provisions and guidance frameworks.

1.2.3 A summary of the key features included in MPD 41 for achieving the 6 objectives
is given below:
Table 1.0: Key features of MPD 2041

Group Feature Chapter

reference
Environment Comprehensive framework to treat green and blue ENV1, ENV2
(Objective 1) assets (natural and planned) as green-blue infrastructure
to facilitate better continuum and strategies for tackling
pollution
Protection and enhancement of natural assets with ENV2
public interface
New city-level assets - greenways along natural drains, ENV2
repurposing underutilised sites and wastelands as green-
blue assets
Greening of plots/buildings and introduction to Green- ENV2
Blue Factor (GBF) for plan approval

8
 Improvement of parks and provision for special abilities ENV2
parks
Dedicated Green Development Area for incentivizing ENV2, DEV2
large-scale implementation of green economies, clean
energy generation and promoting green developments.
Economy Incentives for setting up clean economies ECO
(Objective 2)
Support for conversion of strategic industrial estates and ECO
District Centres into specialized clusters of knowledge,
finance, services, culture or creative industries
Facilitative norms for ancillary facilities like serviced ECO
apartments, working women’s hostels, start-up hubs,
shared workspaces, e-commerce, etc.
Modernization of work centres through regeneration ECO, DEV3
incentives
Promoting entry points of the city as hubs of hospitality, ECO
logistics and freight, health and education hubs
Support for unorganised economies including waste ECO
workers, household industry, street vending, etc.
Heritage, Identification of culturally significant areas in the form of HCP2
culture and heritage zones, archaeological parks and cultural
public life precincts
(Objective 3)
Provisions for preservation, regeneration and adaptive HCP2
reuse within identified zones and cultural precincts
Introduction of Heritage TDR HCP2
Implementation of active frontage, squares and plazas, HCP1
street improvement, walkable plans for public spaces
and safety
Shelter and Regeneration of planned and unplanned areas SSI1, DEV3
Social
Promotion of rental, small format and affordable housing SSI1
Infrastructure
(particularly close to mass transit)
(Objective 4)
Provision of, condominiums, hostels, student housing, SSI1
worker housing, etc. close to work or education centres
Simplification of norms and categories for social SSI2
infrastructure allowing for new uses and needs that may
emerge. Mix use, vertical mixing and multi facility plots
for improving availability and access
Introduction of tools like Amenities FAR and reduced SSI2, DEV3
norms to improve availability of facilities in dense areas
Mobility Unified institutional framework for mobility MOB1
(Objective 5) management
Transit-oriented development aligned with mass transit MOB2, DEV4
Identification of strategic mobility corridors. MOB1
Focus on improving walking and cycling. MOB3

9
 Encouraging mainstreaming electric vehicles and other MOB1
green mobility options
Variable parking norms linked to availability of public MOB4
transport, earmarking space for electric vehicles, parking
and parking management
Multi-modal integration (including development of MOB2,
multi-modal hubs) and facilitation of first and last mile MOB3
connectivity
Physical Integrated water resource management (combined INF1
infrastructure policy for water supply, wastewater management and
(Objective 6) storm water management) for long term water security
Rationalisation of supply norms for water INF1
Norms for decentralisation of wastewater treatment, INF1, INF2
recycling of wastes and maximum reuse of recycled
water and solid waste
Production and use of clean energy INF3
Provision for community level water harvesting and INF1
aquifer recharge facilities
Promotion of green buildings DEV1-4
Provisions for digital and telecommunication INF3
infrastructure
Disaster Management (earthquakes, fire and floods) INF4

1.3 Key directions adopted for MPD-41

1.3.1 To nurture the future growth of the city and facilitate flexibility and ease of
implementation of the various policies 5 key directions have been strategized.

1.3.2 Holistic Spatial Development: The Plan provides a unified spatial development
strategy with variable distribution of densities and FAR based on factors such as
proximity to city centre, environmental sensitivity, access to mass transit, and
strategic potential as future hubs of living, working, recreation and public life. The
proposed development spectrum is given below:
High FAR Mid/High Density Mid FAR Mid Density

Transit-oriented Development Schemes Development of new areas through

land pooling
Central Business District

Urban Regeneration Schemes for

planned and unplanned areas

Restricted Development Low FAR Low Density

Areas under Environmental Protection Development within areas earmarked
for Green Development

10
1.3.3 Strategic approach to development: The Plan identifies certain strategic growth
centres/corridors where incentives such as higher FAR etc., are provided. This will
help target investments to potential hubs of future growth, and minimize the
stress on constrained resources like water. Implementation of transferable
development rights (TDR) will further complement this approach by
concentrating unutilised FAR from various parts of the city within receiving
zones/corridors that are strategic and have the required infrastructure.

1.3.4 Mixed use development for optimal space/land utilisation: The Plan marks a
major shift from mono-functional land use planning to mix use. A built-space
based approach has evolved from land-based distribution, allowing for mixing and
co-location of compatible uses across the city, including vertical mixing within
buildings This will provide the required flexibility for improving availability of
facilities within existing areas, thereby ensuring optimal utilisation of land. Mixed
use development will also lead to reduction in trip lengths, vibrant and safer public
areas.

1.3.5 Private sector participation in development: The Plan promotes private

sector-led development through joint action of various stakeholders (pooling,
amalgamation, joint planning and execution). This is a significant paradigm shift
where development of new areas as well as regeneration of older brownfield areas
shall be implemented through private initiative.

1.3.6 KPI-based plan monitoring: The Plan provides a robust monitoring framework
that will facilitate tracking of larger city-level objectives through 20 key
performance indicators. This shifts the focus of monitoring from creation of assets
to assessment of impacts. For e.g. instead of monitoring number of STPs installed,
the Plan will assess the status of pollution in water bodies. This will also enable
periodic course correction to realign strategies and actions. (ref: PME)

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

11
 SECTION 1
ENVIRONMENT

12
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Delhi has a unique environmental landscape. On one hand, it has an abundance and
variety of environmental assets in the form of the river Yamuna, the Aravalli Ridge, water
bodies, forests etc.; and on the other, it constantly grapples with concerns like
environmental degradation and pollution.

Environmental assets – green and blue

The city has made rapid strides in improving the green cover, nearly doubling it in the
last two decades approximately from 150 sq.km in 2001 to 300 sq.km in 2017. Presently,
it is among the greenest cities in the country with a mix of natural andplanned greens.
Almost 20% of the land area is under green cover, as per Department ofForests, GNCTD.
Based on the categorization of the Indian Forest Act, 1927, Delhi has three kinds of
forests. The Ridge is a reserved forest spread over an area of about 7784 Ha that
constitutes nearly 5.2% of NCT of Delhi. The Ridge is categorized as a Regional Park in
the master plan, permitting very restricted development and activities. Thesecond
category is comprised of 26 protected forests, with a total area of about 1658Ha.
Thirdly, 40 unclassified forests (about 1090Ha) are maintained by Department of Forests,
GNCTD as ‘City Forests’. Additionally, there are more than 18,000 parks and gardens,
which enhance the green quotient of the city and take the total area constituting open
and green spaces close to 30%. Realizing the need to conserve and protect biodiversity,
DDA has also developed seven dedicated biodiversity parks indifferent areas that serve
as a model for conservation of urban biodiversity.

The distribution of green assets is uneven across Delhi, resulting in inequitable access in
different areas. There is a need to enhance the quantum of green in certain dense areas
where the per capita green is among the lowest in the country. Another area of concern
is the quality of greens, as natural green areas are interspersed with invasive and alien
species of trees that degrade the land; and therefore, should be replaced with native trees.

Delhi is also well endowed with blue assets. The most significant among these is the River
Yamuna that has a historic, cultural, and spiritual connect with the city. The city has more
than 4000 natural and constructed drains, out of which, 200 natural drainsare spread
across three drainage basins of Najafgarh, Trans Yamuna and Barapullah. Delhi also has
more than 900 water bodies in the form of lakes, ponds and tanks as per Delhi Parks and
Gardens Society. However, the area under blue assets has reduced over the past decade
due to encroachment, pollution and natural drying up of water bodies. Rejuvenation of
blue assets is one of the key actions required in the city.

Environmental pollution

A major cause of concern for Delhi is the poor air quality index throughout the year. A
large fraction of air pollution in Delhi comes from outside its geographic boundaries,
implying that regional level action would be necessary. Indigenous (within city) PM2.5
pollution is 26% and 36% during the summer and winter, respectively, out of which 45%
is because of dust (Ministry of Heavy Industries and Public Enterprises). This

13
highlights the need for dust management during construction activities and enhancing
dense forest cover. 20% of the total air pollution in Delhi is from the transportation
sector. Rest is emissions from households, waste burning, industry and diesel generator
sets.

Water pollution in the Yamuna and other water bodies, has resulted in disappearance of
aquatic life and disturbed the water ecology. The 22 km stretch of Yamuna from
Wazirabad to Okhla in Delhi, which is less than 2% of the river length, accounts for
about 70% of the pollution load in the river. Despite being a perennial river, the Yamuna
has no fresh water flow downstream of Wazirabad in the dry season. The flow in the river
comprises of treated and untreated wastewater flowing through drains that fall into the
river.24 major drains including Sahibabad, Shahdara, Indrapuri, and Tehkhand drains
that are responsible for most of the polluted outflow in the river, are monitored by DPCC.
The strategies for preventing pollution of the river have to consider thefloodplains, as
encroachment or polluting activity in the flood plains increases the ecological damage
and the potential flood hazards.

Noise quality levels are beyond the prescribed limit at all locations monitored by DPCC,
both during the day and night. Delhi was ranked the third-noisiest city in the world in
2017 by the Worldwide Hearing Index.

Air, water and noise pollution is monitored regularly at various locations across the city
and a number of strategies are being adopted by the government to address pollution,
which is impacting public health. A clean, healthy and flourishing natural environment
will help to offset the impact of climate change, make the city resilient and provide a more
liveable and sustainable habitat to residents.

The legal and institutional framework for environment protection in Delhi is robust
with relevant national and state laws & regulations for environment protection. A mix
of strategies to be prepared for ensuring strict enforcement of regulations, addressing
pollution, enhancing Delhi’s green-blue quotient in terms of quantity, quality and
accessibility create an enabling environment for protecting and nurturing the rich and
diverse ecological heritage of Delhi.

This Section comprises of the following chapters:

ENV1: Addressing Pollution and Climate Change

ENV2: Enhancing Green Blue Infrastructure

14
 Chapter code
2.0 ADDRESSING POLLUTION AND CLIMATE CHANGE
ENV1

2.1.1 Air and water pollution have a large geographical footprint. Multi-state efforts
are required for addressing these issues comprehensively. Within the NCR, it will
be critical for the member states to follow directions of the Regional Planand
the Environment Pollution (Prevention and Control) Authority, and explore
collaborative actions for addressing pollution and climate change.

2.1.2 Similarly, water pollution can be addressed by ensuring that no untreated

wastewater and industrial effluents are discharged into water bodies. Concerned
state governments should also maintain adequate environmental flow in river
Yamuna, to reduce pollution.

2.1.3 Concerned state governments should adhere to regulations and standards

prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), for key sources of
pollution like biomass burning, polluting industries, vehicular emission norms,
brick kilns, coal-based power plants, etc.

2.1.4 Delhi needs to address internal sources of pollution and mitigate impacts on public
health. The causes and mitigation measures for pollution are closely inter-related
with the issue of climate change and therefore most of the strategies will provide
co-benefits for both of the areas of concern. Long-term improvement in
environmental parameters will require a host of complementary strategies for
improving green cover, and promoting clean industries, low-carbon technologies,
sustainable mobility, green buildings, etc. This chapter provides a multi-sectoral
approach to facilitate: -
i. Reduced air, water and noise pollution from local sources
ii. Improved ability to cope with impacts of climate-related issues

2.2 Strategies for improved greening

2.2.1 Green and blue assets can absorb air, noise, water as well as soil pollution, and
help in mitigating climate change impacts such as regulating rainfall patterns,
reducing urban heat and flooding etc. Comprehensive strategies and actions
towards improving Delhi’s green-blue infrastructure are detailed in ENV2.
Further, strategies to maintain a green buffer on Delhi’s periphery and provide a
regional level pollution sink, have been detailed in DEV2.

2.3 Promoting clean economic activities

2.3.1 Polluting industries as per list given at Annexure 1 shall not be permitted to
operate within Delhi. The list shall be updated by GNCTD and DDA periodically,
based on directives of concerned authorities. A joint action plan shall be developed
by all concerned agencies to ensure that existing polluting industries in all the
industrial areas are shifted or replaced with other economic activities.

15
 Non-polluting economic activities, such as service industry and clean
manufacturing, shall be encouraged and incentivised as detailed in ECO.

2.4 Minimizing vehicular pollution

2.4.1 Vehicular pollution is a major contributor to both air and noise pollution in the
city. Detailed strategies for reducing the number of daily vehicular trips and
encouraging use of public transport and active travel modes are provided in MOB2
and MOB3. Key strategies include:
i) Adoption of mix-use and TOD for reducing the average trip lengths and
bringing jobs and homes closer to transit networks.
ii) Improving and encouraging public transport networks, creation of multi-
modal hubs and regulatory measures such as congestion pricing etc.
iii) Encouraging green mobility and active travel modes by improving
pedestrian, cycling and EV infrastructure.
iv) Migration to green fuels for public transport as well as IPT and other
shared modes through appropriate incentives.

2.5 Other strategies

2.5.1 Pollution of surface water bodies and ground water to be addressed on priority:
i) Water quality improvement to be taken up for river Yamuna, and various
natural drains, lakes and baolis, by checking the outfall of untreated
wastewater from surrounding developments. Concerned agencies to
implement projects in this regard.
ii) Steps shall be taken by DJB in coordination with the Irrigation and Flood
Control Department (I&FC) to ensure time bound removal of existing
pollutants using natural non-mechanized systems as per feasibility.
iii) Water quality shall be monitored periodically along the entire length of
drains by the Delhi Pollution Control Committee (DPCC) as per applicable
procedures and protocols.

2.5.2 Unregulated dumping and disposal of solid wastes pollutes soil and water shall
be regulated through the following strategies (ref: INF2).
i) Dumping of solid and liquid wastes in any environmental asset of the city
shall be strictly prohibited and penalised by concerned agencies.
ii) Segregation of waste at source point to be adopted.
iii) Local bodies shall develop a system to manage waste generated at large
public gatherings and festivals held in open areas.
iv) Waste reuse and recycling practices shall be mainstreamed by including
such requirements as part of various development schemes.

2.5.3 45% of the indigenous PM2.5 is due to dust. The construction industry can play a
major role in addressing this issue. Given that significant building construction
activity is expected in the land pooling areas and as part of regeneration projects,
the following provisions shall apply:
i) All development projects shall follow dust mitigation measures in handling
construction material and C&D waste. A Dust Management Plan

16
 shall be submitted as per CPCB or any other guidelines. Construction sites
shall be monitored regularly by the local bodies to ascertain the
implementation.

2.5.4 The following mitigation measures shall be adopted across the city, and
implemented on a priority basis within identified pollution, flooding or heating
hotspots in the city:
i) Pavements, roads and roofs shall be constructed/coated with light
coloured material with high albedo value wherever possible. This can
reduce local temperature by 3-5 degrees.
ii) Road sections shall include appropriate trees and buffers to reduce air
and noise pollution. Sustainable urban drainage components such as
bioswales, rain gardens, etc., shall also be incorporated (including in
residual areas below flyovers) to mitigate water logging.
iii) Native species of trees and plants which act as pollution filters shall be
included in the various greening initiatives. Miyawaki forests, smog
absorption towers and other technological solutions may also be adopted
for mitigating pollution at hotspots.
iv) Higher Green Blue Factor (GBF) values i.e. higher greening requirements
may be prescribed for future developments in areas identified as chronic
pollution hotspots. Similarly, ground coverage may be restricted and
pervious surface requirements may be increased in areas identified as
flooding hotspots in the city.
v) All new developments shall locate facilities like hospitals, schools, old age
homes etc., away from high-speed traffic corridors.
vi) A Noise Pollution Action Plan may be prepared and implemented by GNCTD
based on the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules (2000) or any
other government recommended guidance framework. The number and
spread of noise pollution monitoring stations in the city to be increased and
appropriate noise reduction measures (plantation or noise barriers) may
be implemented for immediate relief in noise hotspots.

2.5.5 A robust monitoring framework for tracking environmental parameters may be

set up by DPCC.
i) Data collected from such monitoring shall be regularly published through
online platforms to improve awareness about these issues. Crowdsourcing
of information may be explored for parameters like air pollution and noise
levels, reporting on illegal dumping of solid and liquid wastes into greens
and water bodies, etc.. This data can complement evidence obtained from
monitoring stations and provide a granular spatial understanding of the
sources of pollution and action required.

2.5.6 Citizens and other stakeholders play a critical role in managing pollution at the
local level. All concerned agencies shall take steps to improve awareness, and
provide adequate and reliable information to engage stakeholders as
implementation partners.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

17
 Chapter code
3.0 ENHANCING GREEN BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE
ENV2
3.1.1 Delhi is one of the greenest cities in the country with abundant natural ‘Green
Assets’ and ‘Blue Assets’ in the form of the Aravalli ridge, the Yamuna, forests,
streams, drains, lakes and wetlands, as well as human-made assets like parks,
maidans, ponds, baolis, etc. All green and blue assets and their inter-connected
network is an essential infrastructure layer of the city that provides open spaces
for citizens to enjoy and facilitate larger network benefits for biodiversity,
microclimate and flood management. The master plan provides a framework for
integrated management of ‘Green-Blue Infrastructure’ in the city envisaging the
increase in:
i) Net area under natural green-blue assets
ii) Planned green spaces delivered as part of new projects in the city

3.1.2 The following four-pronged approach shall be implemented over the Plan period,
combining efforts to preserve and enhance existing natural assets, create new city-
level assets and increase the green-blue quotient within the built environment.
This can provide the following benefits:

i) Environmental – enhanced per capita greens, richer biodiversity, reduced

heating and flooding, reduced pollution, improved resilience to climate
change;
ii) Health – cleaner living environments, active lifestyles, reduced burden of
ailments and diseases (including mental health) and improved quality of
life;
iii) Socio-cultural – higher environmental awareness and closer connection of
people with nature, availability of spaces for leisure, physical and social
activity;
iv) Economic – improved attractiveness as an investment destination, better
productivity, reduced expenditure on health care, boost to green
economies like urban farming, etc.

3.2 Preservation and improvement of natural green and blue assets

3.2.1 Many of the natural assets in the city such as the river, ridge, drains and water
bodies are already notified as ‘protected’ or ‘reserved’ areas by concerned
agencies.
i) ‘Areas under Environmental Protection’ with delineated boundaries shall
be provided by GNCTD and local bodies to DDA for the Database of Green-
Blue Infrastructure detailed in Clause 3.5.1. In case of Yamuna, the
delineation shall include its 1 in 25 year floodplain or any other criteria
mandated by a competent authority.
ii) Only restricted development shall be permitted within such sites (ref:DCN).

3.2.2 Comprehensive strategies shall be implemented for preserving and enhancing

such sites.

18
 a) Boundary protection: through construction of fences or boundary walls as
prescribed by concerned agencies or by providing pedestrian/cycle paths.
i) Eco-friendly materials/ techniques such as earth-berming with vegetation
shall be used wherever possible as an alternative to boundary walls;
ii) Fences/walls shall be avoided where the boundaries are clearly
demarcated by roads, bunds or natural features.

b) Improving quality of assets:

i) Checking growth of invasive and alien species that cause land degradation
or disturb water ecology. These will be replaced with indigenous flora and
fauna that require less water and/or are effective for pollution control
and suitable aquatic species to restore health of water bodies.
ii) Afforestation and tree transplantation may be taken up in identified areas
as per feasibility; ensuring indigenous species that are compatible with the
area and soil characteristics.
iii) The health of all environmental assets shall be monitored from time to time
and steps shall be taken by concerned agencies for keeping the assets free
from pollution and addressing the shortcomings if any.
iv) Enhancing biodiversity for conserving and preserving the ecosystems of
Yamuna and the Aravalli Ridge.
v) DJB, I&FC and other concerned agencies shall implement rejuvenation of
the river and lakes in the city. DJB to ensure that adequate quantum of
treated wastewater, as per prescribed quality standards, is dischargedinto
the river to maintain the prescribed environmental flow and make treated
waste water available for lake/water body rejuvenation projects.

c) Enhancing people’s connection with nature: Public access to developed

recreational sites shall be permitted without threatening the natural environment.
i) Specific areas and trails shall be identified as ‘interactive zones’.
ii) Temporary activities such as active/passive recreation, exercise/yoga,
nature classes, environmental research, picnics, camping, biodiversity
tours, etc. shall be permitted within these areas. Amenities like toilets,
drinking water fountains, resting places, visitor information centres etc.,
shall be provided wherever required/feasible.
iii) Public access shall not be permitted in any ecologically
significant/sensitive features or areas (rocky outcrops, water bodies,
nesting areas etc.).

3.2.3 Special initiative for rejuvenation of Yamuna and its floodplains: Like any
river city, Delhi’s history and cultural ethos is closely linked with the Yamuna
and its floodplain. The Comprehensive River Development Plan prepared and
anchored by DDA shall be a multi-agency initiative that shall guide protection of
the floodplain with only restricted development.
i) A 300 m wide green buffer where ever feasible shall be maintained along
the entire edge of the river. Wild grassing or other suitable ground-cover
vegetation shall be planted for 25-30m. from the river edge and trees may
be planted beyond this grass belt.

19
 ii) River-people connect shall be encouraged by developing 75-100m wide
greenways along the embankments for public access with provision of
cycling and walking trails and other spaces for passive activities near the
river. No permanent construction shall be permitted in the floodplain.(ref:
DCN)
iii) Socio-cultural activities shall be permitted only in specifically earmarked
locations. Specific locations may be identified for permitting agriculture in
the flood plains. Any adverse impact of these activities on the river shall
be minimized by proper regulation of disposal of pooja material,
immersion of idols, use of fertilizers, garbage disposal, etc. Only restricted
construction shall be permitted in public areas such as ghats. Regular
monitoring shall be ensured by manual and CCTV surveillance to check
illegal construction, dumping of sewage or malba in the floodplain and
river. No untreated sewage/ wastewater outfall shall be permitted in the
river (ref: INF1)
iv) Eco-system restoration shall be carried out by de-silting of the existing
wetlands and restoring them for catchment of floodwater and creating new
wetlands by developing and deepening the existing depressions into
storage basins.
v) Concerned agencies shall use different methods and media to enhance
public awareness about the value of Yamuna and its floodplains.

3.2.4 Preserving eco-cultural assets: Delhi has a number of historical monuments

located within or in close proximity to green and blue assets. Archaeological Parks
are the best examples of such eco-cultural assets. Cultural Resource Management
Plans (CRMPs) to be prepared to preserve and develop such eco- cultural assets.
Historical gardens, water structures (baolis, wells, tanks) etc., to be taken up for
rejuvenation by concerned agencies; re-establishing lostconnections with water
systems and aquifers. (ref: HCP2)

3.2.5 Protecting Trees of Delhi: A Tree Directory shall be prepared by concerned

agencies for their respective areas, identifying unique tree corridors or precincts,
heritage trees, precincts with high carbon storage and sequestration rates, etc.
Such trees/ tree clusters shall be protected and controlled in terms of planting of
indigenous trees and integrated with cultural trails/ nature trails, etc.

3.2.6 Measures to reduce impact from surrounding development: The following

norms shall apply to projects adjacent to Areas under Environmental Protection:
i) All greenfield and regeneration projects located along drains or water
bodies shall maintain a minimum mandatory buffer of 10m from the edge
of the drain/ water body. A wider buffer as feasible may be mandated by
the local body/DDA based on ground conditions. Landowners can consume
entire FAR in the remaining plot. Compensation for providing land for
buffers may be provided in case the remaining plot is rendered untenable
for development after leaving the buffer.
ii) Dumping of construction waste or outfall of sewage/wastewater from
surrounding development shall be strictly prohibited in ‘Areas under
Environmental Protection’ or their buffers.

20
 iii) Buildings shall be oriented to face the green and blue assets and maintain
active facades in the form of balconies, windows, pedestrian entries,
commercial or public frontages at the ground level, etc. Any mandatory
public space requirements that have to be met as part of projects may be
provided along the water body in the form of public promenades or parks.
iv) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) shall be mandatory for new
projects (as per prescribed guidelines) in close proximity of Areas under
Environmental Protection.

3.3 Creation of new green-blue assets

3.3.1 ‘Green Development’ on the city periphery: Green Development Area policy has
been proposed for green belt villages and it permits restricted development and
prescribes substantial proportion of land to be maintained as wooded area and
green cover. (ref: DEV2)

3.3.2 Green buffers along drains as city-level Green Corridors (ref: DCN):
i) Lands shall be identified along drains that can be maintained as natural
green buffers. This land can include scrub land, existing buffers or
floodplains or vacant government lands in all planned and unplannedareas.
Additionally, all new projects shall provide such buffers.
ii) Concerned agencies shall take up creation of green mobility corridors for
creating a city-wide network of green-blue assets connected through
pedestrian and cycling paths developed along the drains (ref: MOB3). The
water in the drains shall be cleaned and no outflow of sewage or
wastewater will be permitted. In-situ treatment for improving the water
quality to be adopted.
iii) The natural green buffers may be developed as wetlands and marshes for
water-based ecologies, through bio drainage etc., groundwater recharge
points or as sponges for flood water. At places where buffers are wide, they
may be designed for active public use in the form of parks, spaces for yoga,
active sports (without formal seating), open air exhibitions, performances
and arboretums, community gardens, boating, restaurants, etc. Heritage
trails may be integrated with the green mobility corridors .

3.3.3 Repurposing underutilized sites and wastelands as green-blue assets:

i) Sites such as closed landfills, ash dykes in closed thermal power plants,
abandoned quarries and mines have issues of toxicity, unstable nature of
soil, etc. These sites may be converted into biodiversity parks, eco-parks,
water bodies, etc., as per feasibility.
ii) Circular economy strategies like processing/recycling of legacy wastes at
landfills, repurposing and adaptive reuse of industrial structures artefacts
may be adopted by concerned agencies.

3.3.4 Other initiatives:

i) Provision of planned greens: In land pooling areas, existing plantations,

wetlands, low-lying areas shall be included for development of public parks
and aquifer recharge ponds in order to retain the drainage pattern.

21
 Public greens shall also be contributed mandatorily by Regeneration and
TOD Schemes as prescribed by the Plan.Vertical mixing of uses shall be
encouraged within buildings so that more land can be opened up for parks
and open areas. (ref: DCN)

ii) Provision of active recreation and sports facilities: Sports facilities are
required to be provisioned at accessible locations that are well connected
to public transport and networks of walking and cycling. New sports
facilities such as stadiums, district sports complexes, playgrounds, multi-
purpose grounds etc. shall be created to encourage healthy living and active
lifestyle among residents as well as provide infrastructure to enhance
capabilities of sports persons for active participation in national and
international competitive sports including Paralympics.

iii) Special greening projects: Special projects such as biodiversity parks,

amusement parks, children’s adventure grounds, nurseries, etc., shall be
taken up by all concerned agencies to provide multiple options of
recreation for residents.

iv) Recharging Aquifers: DDA and DJB shall undertake projects to facilitate
groundwater recharge in critical zones by creating artificial water bodies
utilising treated waste water.

v) All-abilities parks: All-abilities parks shall be created across the city by

earmarking land or retrofitting existing parks. These parks have to be
designed for play and recreational activities especially catering to the
needs of people with disability, elderly, toddlers and infants with
caregivers.

3.4 Enhancing green-blue features in the built fabric

3.4.1 Existing local level parks and other planned greens shall be improved by local
bodies/DDA or by RWAs/MTAs (Market Traders Association), community etc.,
through the following interventions:

a) Water sensitive urban design

i) Storm water drainage shall be integrated within the landscaping and
design of parks so that they may act as rainwater harvesting sumps.
ii) Impervious paved surfaces shall be replaced with semi-pervious paving
material allowing groundwater recharge and reduction in local heating.
iii) In larger parks (community level and above), decentralised wastewater
treatment facilities for the area/locality may be integrated into the
landscape design and the treated water may be used for horticultural
purposes or ground water recharging lakes. Dedicated space may also be
provided for composting.

b) Improving functionality of parks

22
 i) Dedicated tree plantation strategy shall be developed by DDA/local bodies
for larger parks (community level and above) or a cluster of parks for
mitigating air and noise pollution, reducing heat, creating comfortable
micro-climate and providing shaded areas for recreation etc.
ii) Activities like eateries, libraries/reading areas, outdoor performances,
exhibitions, yoga and meditation, adventure trails for children etc., may be
permitted in a regulated manner in larger parks. (ref: DCN).

3.4.2 Greening of public areas:

i) All concerned agencies including DDA and local bodies shall ensure
greening of streets RoW 18m and above. Such streets may be developed
by creating avenue plantation of appropriate shade-giving, evergreen trees
and landscaped areas for seating, green plazas, bio-swales alongdrains etc.,
to create a comfortable microclimate. Bridges and FOBs may also
incorporate green elements on pillars, roofs, parapet etc. Such greening
shall be taken up on a priority basis in areas where Walk Plans are being
implemented (ref: MOB3).
ii) All surface parking sites shall have 80% of the area as pervious or with
pervious paving. Trees shall also be planted at regular intervals in such
sites wherever feasible.
iii) Respective agencies shall take up landscaping and plantation in residual
spaces under flyovers, land along water pipelines, unpaved road sections
etc. Some of these may be used by public if feasible.

3.4.3 Encouraging greening: Activities such as urban farming, community gardens,

etc., may be encouraged in vacant private/public lands irrespective of land use of
the plot. Z-farming/vertical farming shall also be a permitted activity within all use
premises. Local bodies and DDA may also provide suitable guidelines and capacity
building to communities/ RWAs/ schools/ other stakeholders for undertaking
such activities. Mandatory wild grassing of all government owned vacant lands
shall also be enforced.

3.4.4 Green-Blue Factor for buildings and sites: Green rating shall be mandatory for
new developments as per UBBL to reduce energy consumption from mechanical
heating/cooling and mitigate pollution. Additionally, development of green-blue
features within plots/buildings in the form of roof gardens, terrace gardens,green
walls, landscaped and/or pervious ground, etc. shall be encouraged in all
development projects.
i) A Green Blue Factor (GBF) shall be applicable on all new projects and
developments. It is computed by combining the prescribed weightage of
specific green and blue features provided in the site and building design.
ii) Incentives and disincentives may be provided by local bodies for
achieving a minimum GBF and for applying it on existing buildings.
iii) All new projects and developments shall have to achieve a minimum value
of the GBF as prescribed by the Plan.
iv) Computation of GBF shall be done at plot level and shall be integrated as a
condition for all building and layout sanctions.

23
3.5 Management of green-blue infrastructure

3.5.1 A Database of Green-Blue Infrastructure as part of the Delhi Spatial Information

System by all the concerned agencies shall be maintained and mapping the
existing and potential sites.
i) The database shall be based on the typological classification of green and
blue assets given at Annexure 2 and shall be made available to the public
through the DDA website
ii) Information such as hydrology, topography, associated biodiversity, etc.
may also be added over time to develop a rich resource for research and
future planning. The Tree Directory may also be integrated into the
database.
iii) A data-sharing protocol shall be set up to ensure that all concerned
agencies provide data on a real-time basis or periodically to the database
to keep it relevant and updated (e.g. building and scheme sanctions with
GBF and public greens, afforestation, creation of new parks etc.). The data
would help set baselines, plan and track new initiatives and assess the
change in quantum and quality of green-blue assets.

3.5.2 Protection and enhancement of green-blue assets is a priority of the Plan. It is

recommended that concerned agencies set aside own resources and explore other
innovative funding mechanisms for carrying out greening initiatives. Adedicated
Green Fund may also be created for this purpose.

3.5.3 Citizens and stakeholder groups shall be facilitated by concerned agencies to

play a role in the protection and improvement of green-blue assets and develop
community ownership and responsibility towards these shared resources and
urban commons.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

24
SECTION 2
ECONOMY

25
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Delhi is one of the fastest growing urban centres of the world. It is the sixth largest contributor
to the national GDP (7.1%) with a GDP growth rate that is 4% higher than the national average.
Delhi serves as the economic core of the National Capital Region, contributing to more than
50% of the GDP of the region. The city is the region’s largest commercial centre with strong
linkages to national and global financial networks.

It has emerged as a leading start-up ecosystem with high literacy levels (86.2%), a young
population (average age is expected to be approx. 35 years in 2041) and a sizeable proportion
of the population of working age (total working population was 6.28 million in 2017-18 and
is expected to grow to 10.7 million in 2040-41). Additionally, across all indices of tech
literacy and access, creativity, ability to attract talent and average education levels, Delhi is
ranked the highest among all states and UTs (MPI report). This indicates the need to foster
innovation and create employment opportunities to harness the economic potential
presented by this demographic dividend.

Delhi has retail, wholesale and warehousing hubs spread across the city. Being the country’s
capital, is a seat of government and quasi-government institutions, where headquarters of
various national/multinational companies are located. It is a premier MICE, travel and
hospitality business destination. The city also has a huge cultural capital that can be leveraged
for promoting cultural (tourism, travel, F&B, etc.) and creative (media, design, arts, etc.)
industries. It has also hosted mega events like the Asian Games (1982) and Commonwealth
Games (2010)

Delhi also serves as a major industrial centre with 33 planned industrial estates, four flatted
factory clusters, 1.75 lakh MSMEs (more than 90% micro enterprises) and 23 notified non-
conforming industrial clusters. These industries along with household industries continue to
generate employment for both skilled and unskilled workforce. The scale of industry has
undergone fragmentation and a large proportion of the workforce is employed in small and
micro enterprises and household industries. Over the past two decades, Delhi has experienced
a shift towards the tertiary sector. Close to 83% of Delhi’s income is from the tertiary sector
and about 15% is from the secondary sector (NSS 2015- 16, PLFS (Periodic Labour Force
Survey) 2017-18).

Given the rising concerns regarding pollution, shift towards cleaner economies such as
IT/ITES, knowledge-based and hi-tech industries, entrepreneurial activities, realty markets,
tourism, hospitality, logistics, transport, communication, tertiary healthcare and higher
education is envisaged. The IT industry, in particular, is expected to grow and receive policy
support.

Policies for economic development may be directed towards supporting small and micro
enterprises and unorganized economies that provide employment, while ensuring migration
towards cleaner, non-polluting economies. The construction sector can expect to triple its
workforce by 2041 due to implementation of Land pooling and other development policies.
The TOD policy and strong regional interdependencies will also generate employment in the
transport, trade and retail sector.
26
Many erstwhile industrial spaces are undergoing a transformation into clusters of clean,
service, knowledge, finance, and entertainment-oriented functions. This has blurred the
boundaries between the commercial and industrial uses, and there is a need to facilitate
diversification and modernisation of such mono-functional areas. Technological innovations
like app-based services, warehouse-to-home models; remote working/ work- from-home, etc.
are changing the nature and form of work spaces and associatedrequirements. The demand
for co-working spaces is set to treble in the next 3 years and demand for large enterprises is
expected to grow over medium to long-term. Improveddigital and telecom infrastructure
will promote growth of newer and niche economies and increase the share of data-enabled
technologies in Delhi’s GDP.

Shifting of wholesale and warehousing activities from the city centre to outskirts is an
important concern for Delhi to reduce freight-linked congestion within the city. While some
of these involving hazardous substances have shifted, other activities still continue to operate.

The informal sector is the largest employer in the city engaging approximately 70% ofDelhi’s
workforce. There is a need to improve the quality of workspaces and opportunities for the
sector. Within the informal economy, female work participation has increased. Due
consideration towards provision of space for public conveniences, individual and groupwork
as well as childcare etc., should be made. Initiatives by the state government and concerned
agencies will be required to ensure upskilling of workforce over the plan periodto create
better opportunities for the informal workforce for incremental absorption into emerging
formal economies.

The chapter formulates strategies for upgrading the existing spaces of economic production,
i.e. trade and commerce, wholesale, industry, service and informal sector, developing new
economic hubs that facilitate the shift towards cleaner and niche economies and enabling
improved access to economic opportunities:

ECO: Places of Economic Production

27
 Chapter code
4.0 PLACES OF ECONOMIC PRODUCTION
ECO

4.1.1 The Master Plan provides an enabling environment for harnessing the economic
potential of Delhi and facilitating a variety of work and workspace typologies so that
opportunities are created for public at large. It aims to facilitate balanced economic
growth by supporting both formal and informal economies (inclusive economy),
fostering non-polluting and environmentally-friendly economies (clean economy),and
promoting economies that will help to establish a unique role for the city in the regional
context (niche economy).

4.1.2 Strategies of the plan will facilitate the following:

i) Creation of strategic hubs of high investment and high value business and
services
ii) Optimized utilization of existing economic centres
iii) Migration of non-conforming economic activities to approved sites and/or
uses
iv) Improved facilities for the informal sector

4.2 Approach for development and strengthening of economic centres

4.2.1 Promoting clean economies: The Plan focuses on improving existing core economic
sectors, namely retail trade, wholesale and warehousing, logistics, manufacturing,
government offices, banking and finance, shifting to clean economy and facilitating
existing polluting industries to shift.
i. Knowledge and cyber economy: Cyber economy, high-tech robotics and
electronics, knowledge and innovation, research and development, etc.
ii. MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and Exhibitions), Cultural and
creative economy: World class centres for MICE travel and hospitality, etc.
tourism, design and fashion, publishing, F&B, media, visual/performing arts,
etc.
iii. Health and Education: Tertiary healthcare, medical research and
development, bio-tech, pharma research, higher education, etc.
iv. Green economy: Urban farming, horticulture, solar farms, theme parks, etc.
v. Circular economy: recycling and repair economy, wastewater reuse, recycled
C&D waste products (like fly ash bricks, reclaimed asphalt pavement etc.),
recycling of faecal sludge, recycling of e-waste, plastic waste, etc.

4.2.2 Fostering Strategic Economic Hubs: Strategic areas shall be developed as city level
economic hubs. Holistic planning for improved public transport access, pedestrian
connectivity and creation of public spaces shall be undertaken.

28
 a) TOD Nodes
Areas around identified transit stations shall be developed as high-intensity mix-use
nodes and may be developed as high-tech, logistics, hospitality, health and education
clusters to cater to regional dependence on Delhi for various facilities.

b) Business Promotion Districts

i) Identified existing Industrial Areas, District Centres and Institutional Areas or
any other area with high potential for economic growth shall be notified by DDA
to be developed as Business Promotion Districts (BPDs) having functions such
as cyber hubs, clean-tech innovation clusters, media and design clusters, medi-
cities, edu-cities, MICE hubs, modern logistics hubs, etc.
ii) BPD shall have minimum planning area of 10 ha. and shall be developed as
per the provisions of Regeneration Schemes.

c) Green Development Area (GDA)

GDA shall be developed as a hub for green economy as per the provisions of the
Green Development Scheme.

4.2.3 Diversifying mono-functional economic centres and regeneration: The plan will
promote diversification of economic centres to accommodate the shift towards
cleaner, tertiary sector economies and create thriving mixed-use employment
destinations in the city. This would include supportive functions such as hospitality,
working women’s and men’s hostels, rental housing and serviced apartments, spaces
for leisure and entertainment, public spaces, etc.

4.2.4 Existing economic centres shall also be upgraded through regeneration and
improvements in transit access, public space, quality of physical and digital
infrastructure.

4.2.5 Facilitating New forms of Workspaces: A finer network of decentralized workspaces

in the form of small warehousing for e-commerce, co-working spacesfor start-up
economy, etc. shall be facilitated. Additionally, the Plan will promoteemerging new
forms of work such as platform and gig economies. through creationof supporting
amenities for the workers.

4.2.6 Fostering Night Time Economy (NTE):

i) The concept of ‘24-hour city’ is being promoted through Model Shops and
Establishments (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act
2015 as well as the NTE policy at the national level.
ii) Nodes, precincts or circuits shall be identified for continuing work, cultural
activity and entertainment at night to attract tourists and locals.
iii) This will improve economic yield by extending the utilisation of work spaces,
and safety in the city by promoting a vibrant night life.

4.2.7 Supporting the Informal Sector: The Plan provides adequate space norms and
facilities for supporting informal economies.

29
4.3 Trade and Commerce

4.3.1 Metropolitan City Centre (MCC)/ Central Business District (CBD): Areas such as
Connaught Place and its Extension, commercial areas in the Walled City and Karol Bagh
have historically played the role of the CBD and continue to have high concentration of
commerce, offices, businesses and socio-cultural facilities. The CBD area is constituted
of different areas, each with unique built character, concentration of specialised
activities and potential for future growth.

4.3.1.1 An area-based improvement approach shall be adopted for revitalizing the

commercial core of the city.

i) Connaught Place (CP) & CP Extension are iconic hubs characterized by

heritage and landmark buildings, and a diverse mix of office, hospitality,
entertainment, retail and business activities. An integrated improvement
plan shall be prepared for improving the heritage buildings and public
realm. Size of plots as per existing layout plan shall be maintained and no
sub-division shall be permissible.

ii) Mandi House has emerged as a socio-cultural hub with socio-cultural

institutions, educational institutions, government offices, StateBhawans,
etc. The institutional character of the area should be maintained and
enhanced.

iii) Pragati Maidan has assumed international and national significance due
to its capacity to serve as a major exhibition and expo-centre. With the
ongoing redevelopment of the area, it is expected to emerge as a MICE
Hub. Adequate provisions for temporary accommodation, hospitality,
parking and public spaces should be ensured in the area.

iv) Indraprastha Estate is a vibrant hub of government offices and

institutions. The area shall be maintained and promoted as an
Institutional Hub. A comprehensive improvement plan should be
prepared to address traffic congestion, enhance public realm and manage
parking.

v) Shahjahanabad (Walled City) is a Heritage Zone with concentration of

large number of heritage buildings. Wholesale activities shall be shifted
and cultural/retail activities shall be promoted in the area. All
improvements and regeneration shall be taken up as per the provisions of
HCP2 and DEV3.

vi) Areas outside the Walled City include areas like Paharganj, Sadar Bazaar,
Azad Market, Bara Hindu Rao, etc. A Regeneration Plan shall be

30
 prepared for these areas. Specific economic activities such as hospitality
districts, alternate sites for warehousing and wholesale, etc. may be
planned. Any traditional bazaars or other areas of cultural value shall be
identified and protected as part of the plan.

vii) Karol Bagh has a mix of plotted residential areas as well as commercial
areas. An integrated improvement plan shall be prepared fordelineating
areas where the plotted character needs to be protected and those where
regeneration schemes may be permitted.

4.3.1.2 Comprehensive traffic and parking management plans, plans for improving
walkability and creating cycling circuits, and encouraging NTE (Night Time
Economy) shall be prepared and implemented.

4.3.1.3 Built-to-edge frontage should be framed as part of the comprehensive

improvement plan of the area and implemented wherever feasible.

4.3.2 Hierarchy of Planned Commercial Areas

The Hierarchy of developed planned commercial areas are as follows:

i) District Centres (DCs) have been planned as sub-CBDs to provide a wide range
of financial services, retail, office, entertainment, IT/ITES, hospitality, shared
and, and related uses. DCs located in proximity of public transit stations may
be taken up for development as TOD Nodes .
ii) Community Centres (CCs) provide for retail and leisure shopping, essential
business establishments, office spaces, theatres, etc. and cater to the needs of
the population at community level.
iii) Local Shopping Centres (LSCs) and Community Shopping Centres (CSCs)
include retail stores and personal service establishments which cater to
frequently recurring needs. Such establishments are required in convenient
locations near all residential areas and are provided as a part of gross
residential use.
iv) In land pooling areas, the development of commercial areas shall be as per
the specific provisions of DEV1.

4.3.3 Pre-1962 Commercial Areas: Residential areas and streets/stretches declared as

commercial areas/streets prior to the notification of MPD-1962 or where commercial
use was allowed in MPD-1962 shall continue such use to the extentpermissible in MPD-
1962. Commercial activities existing from prior to 1962 in residential areas are also
permitted subject to documentary evidence. Areas developed prior to 1962 that were
not included in the Master Plan for Delhi (subject to documentary proof) having
concentration of commercial activities, may continueas mixed use as per DCN. Such
areas may also undertake regenerations per provisions of DEV3.

31
4.3.4 Other Commercial Centres: Other commercial centers includes notified Non-
hierarchical Commercial Centre (NHCC), Shop-cum Residence Complexes (shop- cum-
residence plots/ shop plots) later designated as CC/LSC/CSC and other existing shop-
cum-residence plots. These areas shall be governed as per norms and regeneration to
be as per DEV3.

4.3.5 Commercial Streets/ Mixed Use Streets: No new notifications shall be permitted
as Mixed-Use Streets or Commercial Streets. Non-residential uses within residential
areas shall be permitted as per provisions given in DCN. Local bodies/MTAs shall
prepare plans for improving traffic management, parking and public spaces along
existing streets. Streets below 9m RoW shall be considered by local bodies for
pedestrianisation.

4.3.6 Service markets: To support low turnover, and space extensive shops for fruits and
vegetables, service and repair, junk and scrap materials (kabari), hardware and
building materials, automobile repair workshops, etc., all economic centres may
reserve space for such facilities. as prescribed in DCN.

4.4 Hospitality

4.4.1 Delhi is emerging as an international centre of education, health care, tourism &
leisure, sports and business, which require hotel facilities including Budget Hotels,
guest houses, lodging and boarding houses, dharamshalas, hotels and serviced
apartments catering to various economic groups.

4.4.2 The following shall be permitted:

4.4.2.1 Dharamshala, Budget Hotels, Guest houses, B&Bs, boarding lodging facilities
shall be permitted as part of mixed use in residential areas.

4.4.2.2 Hotels/ serviced apartments are permitted as part of:

i) socio-cultural facilities such as convention centres, socio cultural
centres, etc.,
ii) commercial centres in Industrial and Wholesale Use Zones, and
iii) transport nodes (ISBTs, bus depots/terminals, multi-modal hubs,
railway stations, airport, integrated freight complexes).

4.4.2.3 Hotels may also be developed through use conversion of plots with access
from 30m RoW in industrial and wholesale use zones. The maximum ground
coverage and FAR in such cases shall be as per the applicable norms/
sanctioned building plans, but in no case exceeding the permissible ground
coverage and FAR of that use zone.

32
4.5 Wholesale Trade

4.5.1 Delhi is the biggest consumption centre in North India. It has also attained the status
of a major distribution centre by virtue of its geographical location. With digital
advancement, e-commerce has emerged as an important segment requiring new forms
of warehousing services. The upcoming regional freight infrastructure likeDFC and
DMIC is also likely to reduce Delhi’s primacy as a distribution centre and result in
transformations in existing forms of wholesale trade and warehousing.

4.5.2 Existing wholesale markets and IFCs shall be permitted to undertake regeneration
as per provisions of DEV3. This will facilitate modernisation and capacity enhancement
for meeting future requirements.

4.5.3 Wholesale and warehousing requirements for Land Pooling areas and GDA shall be met
within IFCs. Mandis, storage and cold storage shall be permitted to developwithin the
GDA as per specific norms(ref: DEV2).

4.5.4 Warehouses on plots of 1 ha and above with direct access from 30m RoW shall be
permitted to have retail activity as per DCN to facilitate development of big boxretail.

4.5.5 IFCs shall include warehousing, godowns and wholesale units and other activities after
providing operational requirements for freight and logistics.

4.5.6 Conversion of industrial plots to warehouses shall be permitted within industrial

use zones as per DCN

4.5.7 All warehousing activities and wholesale storage within the old city shall be shifted
to compatible areas such as industrial areas, IFCs or wholesale markets within a
period of 10years. Concerned local bodies/ GNCTD may introduce incentive schemes
for facilitating such relocation.

4.5.8 Regeneration of areas in close proximity to the old city such as Sadar Bazaar shall be
permitted uses such as warehousing and hotels to cater to the requirements of the
old city businesses.

4.5.9 Unplanned/ Non-conforming godown clusters: Several unplanned clusters of

godowns/warehousing have developed across Delhi. Regularisation and planned
regeneration of such areas shall be as per DEV3 and shall be completed within a period
of 5 years. Clusters that do not participate shall be mandatorily shifted to identified
industrial areas, IFCs or wholesale markets.

33
4.6 Industry

4.6.1 A list of existing planned industrial areas in Delhi is given at Annexure 3.Regeneration
such areas shall be as per provisions given in DEV3. Such existingareas may also be
taken up for area improvement by DSIIDC/local industry associations for parking,
public realm, greening and development of common facilities such as CETPs.

4.6.2 Conversion to group housing, , PSP, commercial and warehousing use shall be
permitted as per specific provisions given in DCN. Conversion to knowledge-based
industries and vocational education centres shall be permitted to facilitate synergies
between industry and academia. New forms of big box retail shall also be facilitated.

4.6.3 In order to facilitate start-ups and innovation clusters in industrial areas, co- working
spaces shall be permitted on industrial plots up to 10% of the FAR. without any use
conversion.

4.6.4 New industrial areas (proposed for development by DSIIDC and/or developed inland
pooling areas) shall be developed as hubs of clean industry such as business parks, tech
parks and cyber hubs, knowledge, R&D, cultural industry/media clusters.

4.6.5 Industries listed under prohibited category shall not be permitted in Delhi as given
in Annexure 1. Any existing industrial units under prohibited category will need to shift
outside Delhi or shift to clean manufacturing/production within a period of 5 years.

4.6.6 No industrial activity (including household industries) shall be permitted within

Bungalow Zones (New Delhi & Civil Lines), the Ridge, River Bed (Zone-O), areasalong
water bodies, canals, sensitive areas from security point of view, reserved / protected
forests, Cooperative Group Housing Societies, DDA housing, Group Housing excluding
Janta flats, Government flats / bungalows / employer housing,etc.

4.6.7 Pre-1962 Industrial Areas: Industrial Areas, existing prior to 1962 or where
industrial use was allowed in MPD-1962, shall continue to the extent permissible in
MPD-1962, subject to documentary evidence. Any regeneration of such areas shall
be as per the provisions of DEV3.

4.6.8 Household industries: Household industries shall be allowed to operate from

residential premises as per provisions of DCN. A list of permitted household industries
is given at Annexure 4 and 5.

4.6.9 Unplanned/ Non-conforming Industrial areas: Several unplanned industrial

areas have developed across Delhi. Regularisation and planned regeneration of
such areas shall be as per DEV3 and shall be completed within a period of 5 years.
Clusters that do not participate shall be mandatorily shifted to identified areas.

4.7 Government Offices

4.7.1 Government of India, GNCTD and local bodies have their offices in Delhi. Most of the
34
 offices and court complexes were setup immediately after Independence and have
not fully utilised the land assets. This sector will continue to be a major economy
and employment generator for the city.

4.7.2 Optimum utilization of existing government land shall be achieved through

regeneration as per provisions of DEV3. This will facilitate the development of modern
multi-storey office complexes with adequate facilities such as employee housing,
commercial facilities, etc.

4.7.3 In the land pooling areas, as far as possible, the government offices and court
complexes shall be developed as integrated office complexes and located along MRTS
corridors.

4.7.4 Government office clusters and court complexes shall also be permitted within
commercial and industrial areas. TOD projects may provide such facilities within the
commercial component and as part of over station development thereby providing
better mass transit connectivity.

4.7.5 Areas with government offices and court complexes shall be treated as a priority
ATA (Active Travel Areas) (ref MOB3). Wherever feasible, provision of stack parking
shall be provided.

4.8 Informal economy

4.8.1 Informal sector units locate themselves near commercial/industrial areas, wholesale,
warehousing, PSP facilities, offices and transport hubs providing critical support
services. The following provisions shall apply:
i) Vending zones for accommodating informal sector units shall be provided by
various plots/layouts as per provisions of DCN. The provision of such units shall
be ensured at the time of sanction of building plans / layout plans.
ii) Wherever feasible, clustering of informal activities shall be promoted and
facilitated through appropriate infrastructure. Such clusters can be temporary
like weekly markets or take more permanent forms such as teh- bazaari
systems or theme-based Haats. Local bodies shall identify suitablesites for such
clusters.
iii) Street improvements as well as development of new streets shall incorporate
multi-utility zones as per Street Design Regulations for accommodating
informal activities. The vending and no vending zones shall be clearly
demarcated in plans prepared for identified Active Travel Areas (ref: MOB3).
iv) All designated spaces for vending shall be provided with public conveniences
(including separate toilets for men and women, changing rooms, childcare
facilities) and solid waste disposal arrangements.

4.8.2 Multi-use community work centres/ work spaces shall be provided as part of
regeneration or improvement of unauthorized colonies, urban villages and slums, as
per feasibility. (ref: DEV3)
x x x x

35
 SECTION 3

HERITAGE, CULTURE AND PUBLIC

SPACES

36
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Built Heritage: Delhi is one of the oldest inhabited cities in the world, and has been the
site of numerous settlements over its history. There are large number of heritage assets
and areas of concentrations having world heritage value and a unique palimpsest where
culture and heritage integrate with public activity.

Delhi has world heritage sites, Centrally Protected Monuments, State Protected
Monuments and other local listed heritage and non-listed heritage assets. Some of these
heritage buildings and remains of national importance have been lost and are now
untraceable. Heritage buildings notified by local bodies are mostly privately-owned and
in active use by the occupants. Many of these are under severe threat due to disrepair,
incompatible use and insensitive reconstruction of full/part asset. There is an urgent
need for conservation and monitoring of all heritage assets.

Delhi’s built heritage is largely concentrated in Zones A, C, D and F in the triangle

formed between the Yamuna and the Ridge. A number of these have the potential to
become unique cultural hubs for the city. Many of these are interlinked with natural
assets like water bodies and forests, presenting opportunities for integrated planning.
Today many of these historic areas have dense settlements and commercial activities, and
face issues of encroachment with neglected heritage assets. with mixed use pattern
Heritage areas like Shahjahanabad, Nizamuddin, Mehrauli, Tughlaqabad, Jahanpanah,
Hauz Khas and Lutyen’s Delhi contain some of the most important icons of Delhi’s.

Delhi has to formulate strategies to utilise this strong cultural capital for boosting
economy and fostering unique cultural and public spaces through instruments such as
adaptive re-use. Although a number of boutique establishments, artist studios and other
creative economies have located close to such sites in some urban villages, and initiatives
such as art and cultural festivals, food walks, heritage walks etc. have emerged, but all
these activities are sporadic in nature rather than being linked toenhancement of tourism
and heritage experience in a systematic way. In addition to heritage assets, Delhi also
comprises of landmark buildings (defunct industrial sites / power plants). There is need
to acknowledge such assets as modern and industrial heritage of the city and bring them
under the purview of conservation and cultural promotion.

Public spaces in Delhi: The city is dotted with a number of public spaces of cultural,
social and economic significance. These are in the form of activity nodes and networks
adding to a vibrant public life in Delhi. The public space typology of Delhi is verydiverse,
ranging from iconic city level hubs, parks and open spaces like India Gate, Central Park at
CP and Nehru Park to large social and cultural facilities, traditional/historic bazaars of
the walled city, theme sites like Dilli Haats, markets like Janpath street, emporia area on
Parliament street, and local parks, chowks and streets. Apart from these, various spaces
for creative arts such as Mandi House, water bodies, Yamuna floodplains and areas with
concentration of heritage assets themselves form important elements of the cultural and
public life of the city.

37
There is a need to enhance the public realm to make all public spaces and places safer,
more inclusive and vibrant for all users especially for people with disability, pregnant
women, elderly and children.

There is also a need to create a public space inventory for Delhi to identify (i)landmarks,
iconic places and visual corridors that contribute towards the city’s identity for
enhancement of public experience and, (ii) areas/ streets for improvement and
installation of facilities for people’s convenience.

This section sets out strategies for conserving and leveraging the city’s heritage and those
for enhancing the public realm of the city in the following two chapters:

HCP1 – Managing Public Spaces Better

HCP2 – Managing Delhi’s Heritage

38
 Chapter code
5.0 MANAGING PUBLIC SPACES BETTER HCP1

5.1.1 The Plan aims to significantly address issues of safety, encroachment and lack of
infrastructure associated with public spaces to foster a vibrant public realm in the
city. This will provide numerous benefits across all three goals of the Plan with
better walkability, public life, social cohesion, health, creativity and boost local
businesses, retail, cultural economies.

5.1.2 The term ‘public realm’ is regarded as an essential urban common, comprising of
shared public areas in a city that belong to everyone and are accessible to all.
This Plan envisages the following with particular focus on three elements, viz.
streets, public and private plazas/squares, parks and open spaces:
i) Improved availability and experience of well-designed, safe and well-
maintained public spaces across the city
ii) Improved interface between buildings and public areas with enhanced
street-level activity and safety

5.2 Fostering city level hubs and networks for public life

5.2.1 An important strategy for improving public life in the city is to foster large, iconic
public areas and landmarks that are a part of the image of the city. While the Plan
identifies some new opportunities that can be created, many such areas already
exist in the city and will need to be improved through better facilities and design
for supporting a variety of public activity.

5.2.2 City Hubs: The following typologies of city-level hubs shall be

developed/improved on priority basis:
i) Public waterfronts: The Plan gives provisions for undertaking eco-
sensitive rejuvenation of the Yamuna floodplains and strategies for
creating greenways along buffers of drains. This will encourage sensitively
designed new public spaces alongside water bodies in areas that were
previously neglected. (ref: ENV 2; MOB 3)
ii) Urban woodlands: Delhi has large area under reserved and protected
forest areas, that can offer excellent places for citizens to lead an active
lifestyle and connect with nature. Respective land-owning agencies shall
identify and develop ‘interactive zones’ for providing access to a variety of
flora, fauna and natural environment. Reclaiming sites such as quarries,
landfills, ash dykes, etc., as parks and natural habitats shall also be carried
out continuously during the Plan period (ref: ENV 2).
iii) Cultural hotspots: Cultural hotspots such as Shahjahanabad, the Central
Vista and India Gate lawns, Connaught Place, Hauz Khas, Mehrauli, etc. are
places of intense public activity, attracting locals as well as tourists. Other
specific hubs with a concentration of socio-cultural activities shall be
identified (e.g. Mandi House, Lodhi Institutional Area and Art precinct,
Dilli Haat, Dastakaar Haats, etc.). Efforts shall be made to improve the
public realm in and around such sites.

39
 iv) Transit hotspots: World over iconic airports and transit stations have
formed an important part of public memory and public life of cities. The
Plan has provisions for development of transit nodes as hubs of mix use and
public activity and for creation of such imageable landmarks. (ref: MOB2
and DEV4)
v) Market places: People associate with many of Delhi’s diverse markets for
special products and experiences. These markets including DistrictCentres
and Community Centres can become Active Travel Districts with
pedestrianised stretches for enhanced shopping experience. (ref: MOB3)
vi) Recreation hubs: Development of various green entertainment hubs,
performance and concert spaces, weekend destinations, theme parks, etc.,
is anticipated in the Green Development Area, which will add to the
inventory of city-level public spaces. (ref: DEV2)

5.2.3 City level circuits: Public space networks form an important strategy for
fostering a safe and vibrant public realm. The Plan identifies numerous
opportunities in Delhi for creating green corridors, heritage and cultural circuits
or even temporary festival circuits. An indicative list of potential circuits is given
in Annexure 6. Such circuits shall be taken up for improvement of public facilities
for walking, resting and social interaction, for facilitating cultural and/or creative
economies and themed events, etc. (ref: HCP2; MOB 3)

5.2.4 Nightlife Circuits (NCs): Night time economies (NTE) and an active night life are
important for improving safety, reducing congestion by staggering activities,
utilising spaces for different activities optimally, and improving productivity for
formal as well as informal economic activities.
i) Streets or areas such as cultural precincts, areas with concentration of
heritage assets, areas in the Central Business District, etc. that have a
vibrant nightlife presently shall be priority nodes of Nightlife Circuits
(NCs).
ii) Local bodies, Tourism Department and other concerned agencies shall
identify NCs and permit extended timing for hotels, restaurants, socio-
cultural activities, entertainment, sports facilities, retail stores etc., to
function in the night as per stipulations.
iii) Concerned agencies shall work jointly in identified NCs to facilitate
adequate illumination, security and easy access by public transport. Special
metro lines and bus routes may be permitted to operate at low frequency
during night time.
iv) All new constructions/redevelopments along identified NCs shall be
incentivized to create active frontages.
v) Concerned agencies can collaborate with artists’ collectives, cultural
groups, resident’s groups, youth groups, market and vendors associations
and weekly markets etc., to organize seasonal or cultural festivals, themed
night walks, etc.to promote NCs.

5.2.5 Innovative mechanisms of financing public space improvements through

advertising, short-term leasing of public spaces, use of CSR funds, etc., may be
explored by concerned agencies.

40
5.3 Improving local public spaces

5.3.1 Public life on streets: Streets occupy approximately 20 percent of the total land
in Delhi and are the most ubiquitous form of public space in the city. The Plan
focuses on leveraging this potential and reclaiming streets as places for people
i) Walkability shall be facilitated across the city providing barrier-free
environment with adequate street infrastructure, shading, and public
conveniences as per the Street Design Regulations in Annexure 7.
ii) Public life on streets shall be further improved by creating opportunities
like street vending zones, accessibility to all types of users, pedestrian
crossings and public plazas as per Clause 5.3.2.

5.3.2 Public Plazas: Plazas range from neighbourhood chowks and nukkads to
institutional forecourts, city squares and piazzas, and form important pause points
along movement networks.

5.3.2.1 Plazas of the following types shall be encouraged in the city:

i) Standalone plazas– These can be in the form of forecourts of buildings,
and may be on-ground as well as elevated levels.
ii) Corner plazas along streets – These may be developed at the
intersection of streets. The plot edges or building edges may be
chamfered or inverted or recessed creating corner plazas for spillover
of commercial/institutional uses.
iii) Mid-street plazas – These may be created by recessing plot lines or
building edges along a street, particularly in front of public buildings.

5.3.2.2 Plazas shall be planned as part of layout plans in all greenfield and
brownfield layouts/schemes as per prescribed norms for different types
of development.
5.3.2.3 In case plot area is provided for development of public plazas, FAR for such
area shall be permitted to be utilized in the remaining plot.
5.3.2.4 Plazas shall be provided as part of all transit station projects at ground,
concourse or other elevated levels to facilitate public movement and act
as spill over areas.
5.3.2.5 Public Plazas shall remain un-gated and open to general public at all times.

5.3.3 Activity programming: Appropriate programming through activity-generating

uses plays a vital role in ensuring vibrant and safe public areas with eyes on the
street. Stronger relationships between public areas and surrounding buildings
shall be promoted through the following:

5.3.3.1 Norms for flexible mix of uses and vertical mixing as proposed in the
Plan, promote a mix of activities within plots/buildings resulting in areas
remaining active for longer periods during the day. Public uses such as
libraries, book stores, retail, post offices, etc., to be mandatorily placed on
lower floors with easy access from the street.

41
 5.3.3.2 Active Frontage: A certain percentage of active frontages in the form of
arcades, colonnades, shopfronts, pedestrian entries/ exits, plazas, access
points, transparent shop windows etc., shall be maintained along roads
with RoW of 18m or more as part of regeneration projects (ref: DEV3). In
greenfield areas such active frontage shall at least be maintained along
24m. streets. Buildings along such edges shall be built-to-edge as per
applicable norms. In places where boundary walls are permitted, care
should be taken to maintain visual connectivity with the street (Annexure
7).

5.3.3.3 MUZs, subways and public/private plazas shall be programmed with

kiosks, informal vending, public art, performance etc. Attractive play
elements, water features, street furniture, charging points, reading corners,
etc. can greatly enhance the quality of public spaces by providing pause
spaces along movement corridors.

5.3.4 Local parks: A hierarchy of parks, greens and open spaces for meeting different
types and scales of needs shall be implemented in greenfield, as well as brownfield
areas. Multi-use of grounds within schools or other public institutions as
community parks after school hours may also be encouraged.

5.3.5 Privately-owned public spaces (POPS): The Plan promotes development of

POPS that shall remain private property and be maintained by the
owner/developer, but provide open public access during regulated hours at
ground or elevated levels within buildings.
i) Such spaces shall be considered free of FAR. Developers shall bepermitted
to locate activity generating uses around such areas but no kiosks or
commercial use shall be permitted within the designated public area.
ii) Such spaces shall be over and above the commercial spill over spaces or
private open spaces created by developers for commercial use. This shall
also not compensate for any open space requirements that have to be
mandatorily provided by landowners/ developers.

5.4 Other interventions for improving public spaces

5.4.1 Provisions of fire safety shall be ensured in all public spaces and evacuation
areas shall be identified by concerned authority in proximity of all congregation
spaces and public buildings to be used in the event of any disaster.

5.4.2 Public Art: Temporary public art installations and street performances shall be
encouraged in public spaces. Residual spaces such as subway crossings and space
under flyovers may be activated through such interventions, ensuring that users
are not inconvenienced. The guidelines on Public Art Policy as prepared by DUAC
to be followed.

42
5.4.3 Citizens and other stakeholders can play a major role in public space management
through initiatives such as conducting regular audits of public areas in terms of
accessibility, safety and illumination, needs of specific user groups, etc., and
sharing these with concerned agencies. Concerned agencies may also gather
public opinions by integrating public space user surveys as part of the active travel
and other smart applications.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

43
 Chapter code
6.0 MANAGING DELHI’S HERITAGE
HCP2

6.1.1 ‘Heritage’ comprises tangible elements (monuments, buildings, streets, gardens,

etc.) as well as intangible ones (festivals, traditional craft products, art forms, etc.)
of historical and associated cultural value. The Plan adopts a holistic approach and
envisages improvement of heritage assets as well as cultural hubs in the following
manner:
i) Conservation and/or adaptive reuse of heritage assets.
ii) Provision of infrastructure, quality of life and economic vitality in historic
areas.

6.2 Conservation of heritage assets

6.2.1 Location of all heritage assets that are maintained by respective agencies, shall
be integrated with the GIS- based Delhi Spatial Information System. The list of
the heritage assets shall be updated every 5 years in order to assess their
condition and take the necessary steps towards conservation.

6.2.2 Conservation and management of national and state protected monuments,

buildings and any development within the regulated and prohibited areas shall be
as per relevant Acts/laws. Comprehensive Cultural Resource ManagementPlan of
each area /site including infrastructure upgradation, visitor amenitiesetc. shall
be prepared and implemented in consultation with the local community.

6.2.3 The Authority may identify any other buildings/clusters of heritage/cultural value
including old markets, pre-1962 structures, isolated premises such as school
adjoining Jama Masjid, Presentation Covent School, Church at Kashmere Gate,
municipal offices at old Hindu College complex etc., where additions/ alterations
shall be within the overall frame of conservation on a case to case basis.

6.2.4 Owners of heritage buildings that are listed by local bodies can avail the following
incentives to ensure conservation and sensitive use/reuse of such assets:
i) Alterations shall be permitted in these buildings, based on the grade of the
building.
ii) Adaptive Reuse of structures shall be permitted as per Clause 6.2.4.
iii) Incentive FAR shall be offered as per Clause 6.2.5.
Enabling provisions by local bodies and concerned agencies as per Clause
6.2.6.

6.2.5 Adaptive Reuse: Heritage buildings identified by the local bodies are mostly
privately-owned and in active use by the occupants. In such buildings, the
constituent owners shall be encouraged to conserve such buildings and make
adaptive use/ reuse of such assets in conformity with the historic context.
Introduction of any new compatible use/s shall be permitted within heritage

44
 buildings as notified by local bodies for which separate Regulations shall be
formulated.
i) In heritage buildings where adaptive re-use is being planned, theprovisions
of UBBL may not be insisted upon for measurements as these buildings and
structures have already been built.
ii) Construction of temporary structures for activities such as informal
markets, food courts, cultural events, etc. shall be permitted in open areas
within the site, subject to permission from local bodies and Delhi Fire
Services wherever applicable.

6.2.6 Heritage TDR: Owners of heritage buildings notified by local bodies shall be
compensated for loss of development rights. The unutilised FAR shall be
calculated using the permissible FAR on the respective land use. Owners shall also
be eligible to an incentive FAR of 20 for preservation and upkeep of the heritage
property retaining its original heritage character and fabric.
i) The total FAR (unutilised and incentive) shall be awarded in the form of
TDR (transferable development rights) that can be utilized in identified
TDR Receiving Areas (ref: DCN).
ii) The TDR Certificate shall be issued by DDA; only after due repairs and
improvement of the property have been made and relevant certification
obtained from concerned agencies.
iii) Local bodies/concerned agency shall levy penalty in case of failure tomeet
committed repairs and maintenance or in case of damage to heritage value
of the building.

6.2.7 Other enabling provisions:

i) Local bodies may set up Heritage Cells that will manage heritage assets,
monitor status of their upkeep, delineate cultural precincts, promote
complementary economic/ cultural activities, conduct festivals, walks etc.,
facilitate adaptive reuse projects and set up a Heritage Fund to support
these initiatives. Such a Heritage Cell may identify other landmark modern
and industrial heritage buildings/part buildings/sites
ii) Concerned agencies shall facilitate owners of heritage properties to
undertake conservation of their heritage structures. A portal shall be
developed by each agency with information of list of heritage structures,
empanelled technical experts with expertise in heritage buildings, artists,
executing agencies, information on projects being taken up, identified
potential investors etc.
iii) Concerned agencies shall also implement programs for education and
sensitization and support initiatives such as heritage walks to be
undertaken by local bodies / concerned agency.
iv) CSR Funding may be promoted to adopt /conserve and manage the
Heritage assets.

6.3 Heritage and cultural clusters in the city

6.3.1 Three types of heritage/ cultural clusters are identified in the city,
i) Heritage Zones: Heritage Zone is an area, which has significant
concentration, linkage or continuity of buildings, structures, groups or

45
 complexes, united historically or aesthetically by plan or physical
development etc. The following areas are identified as Heritage Zones:
a) Walled City of Shahjahanabad
b) Lutyen’s Bungalow Zone (LBZ)

Annexure 8 as listed should be part of Heritage

ii) Cultural Precincts: A Cultural Precinct represents a concentration of

fragmented heritage, both tangible and intangible with architectural,
historical, cultural and associational values within a defined area
connected to each other by streets and cohesive built form. Such precincts
may be separate or part of Heritage Zones. Annexure 8 is the indicative list
of cultural precincts.

iii) Archaeological Parks: Archaeological Park is an area distinguishable by

heritage resource and land related to such resource, which has potential
to become an interpretative and educational resource for public in addition
to value as a tourist attraction. Archaeological Parks shall bedefined based
on evaluation of the pertinent aspects like form, design, materials and
substance, use and functions, tradition and techniques, location and setting,
spirit and feeling and other internal and external factors attraction. The
designated Archaeological Parks in Delhi are:
a) Mehrauli Archaeological Park
b) Tughlaquabad Archaeological Park
c) Sultan Garhi Archaeological Park
d) Indraprastha Archaeological Park
e) Northern Ridge Archaeological Park

The above list is indicative and more Heritage Zones, Cultural Precincts,
Archaeological Parks may be added by concerned agencies.

6.4 Strategies for heritage zones and cultural precincts

6.4.1 Shahjahanabad as a cultural enterprise hub: The walled city is the historical
core and business centre of the city, rich in both tangible and intangible heritage.
The World Heritage site of Red Fort is located here besides numerous notified
heritage assets. Its unique fabric comprises of katras, bazaars, historical markets,
streets and vistas as well as intangible cultural experiences like festivals, poetry,
traditional craft products, cuisine, and textiles, etc. that are unique to Delhi.
However, the area faces numerous challenges such as continued wholesaling,
warehousing and polluting/hazardous economic activities, and traffic congestion
due to movement of goods, dilapidation of buildings, lack of infrastructure and ad-
hoc and insensitive transformations leading to disruptions in the built fabric. A
multi-agency coordinated initiative shall be taken up for revitalization of the area
during the Plan period:
i) All Cultural Precincts within the walled city shall be delineated within 2
years. SRDC/concerned local body shall prepare and implement plans for
all such precincts as per Clause 6.4.3. Support may be provided to owners

46
 of heritage buildings to undertake conservation / adaptive reuse as per
Clauses 6.2.3-6.2.6.
ii) The local body shall prepare a plan for the area identifying all major
markets, commercial and mixed-use streets. All noxious industries and
hazardous trades, godowns and wholesale activity generating freight
movement shall be removed from the zone and shifted to designated areas
in the city within a period of 10 years. Old markets such as LajpatRai
market shall be retained as prescribed in previous plans. Existingactivities
may continue in the form of retail. The clustering and agglomeration of
inter-connected retail activity associated with old city and as identified by
local body shall be promoted.
iii) To encourage the development of the area as a cultural enterprise hub, uses
such as artist studios, performance spaces, museums, libraries, cafes, music
venues, co-working spaces, craft centres, hotels, B&B facilities shall be
permitted in plots with access from minimum 6m road, irrespective of
applicable land use. (ref: DEV3)
iv) The fine grain fabric and street morphology of Shahjahanabad is critical to
its character and shall be retained. Henceforth, group housing typology and
stilt parking shall not be permitted. However, reconstitution of larger areas
(such as at sub-zone level) shall be permitted for purposes of integrated
area improvement and regeneration. All regeneration within the walled
city shall be as per the specific development and urban design controls
provided. (ref: DCN)
v) Walled City is a node for night life circuits in the city. (ref: HCP1)
vi) The local body and other concerned agencies shall facilitate/ implement
the following area improvement initiatives.
a) A traffic management plan shall be implemented for the walled city,
identifying vehicular thoroughfares, pedestrianized areas and streets,
NMT routes, limits and timings for service vehicles, common parking
areas for residents and tourists, and commuter dispersal plans around
metro stations that serve the walled city.
b) Active travel shall be promoted in the area and it shall be a priority ATD
providing facilities for walking, cycling, PBS etc. (ref: MOB3).
c) No more open spaces in the walled city shall be taken up for creation
of MLCPs as a large number of metro stations are closely located in
the area. Any existing surface public parking sites shall be maintained
as pervious areas. All statutory clearances shall be obtained.
d) Area level plans for katras, bazaars etc., shall be prepared in
consultation with residents and stakeholders for identifying common
public areas to be used for evacuation during emergencies as well as
need- based provision of socio-cultural facilities and installation or
improvement of services and utilities.
e) Decluttering of overhead wires that increase the risk of fires shall be
remedied through appropriate technological solutions (ref: INF4).

6.4.2 Lutyen’s Bungalow Zone: This area comprises of the seat of the central
government including important assets like Rashtrapati Bhawan, Parliament
House, India Gate, Supreme Court, Delhi High Court, North and South Block,
Cabinet Secretariat, Prime Minister’s Office, offices of various central ministries,

47
 museums, art galleries and bungalows that serve as government residences. LBZ
has its own unique character with wide tree lined avenues, Central Vista,
roundabouts, big private and public gardens, and significant examples of colonial
architecture.
i) Development-oriented norms shall be formulated by the concerned agency
for regeneration of the LBZ without compromising on its heritage value and
aesthetic character.

6.4.3 Provisions for Cultural Precincts: The following provisions shall apply:
i) Delineation of boundaries for listed Cultural Precincts (on the basis of
principles formulated for this purpose) shall be carried out by the local
body and shall be delineated in the Zonal Plans.
ii) Cultural Resource Management Plan (CRMP) shall be prepared by local
body/concerned agency for each precinct, incorporating urban design and
built form controls. Wherever feasible, active frontage at the ground level
shall be encouraged along the main streets of the precincts. Socio- cultural
activities shall be promoted within the precincts.
iii) The streets and street networks that form a part of the precincts shall be
treated as priority ATDs for street improvement and development of
facilities such as PBS and NMV.
iv) Green Corridors along natural drains that connect different heritage assets
or precincts shall be developed as eco-cultural corridors with adequate
amenities for tourists.
v) Heritage trails/walks shall be encouraged in the Precincts. Such trails may
be integrated with Nightlife Circuits and cultural festivals to increase their
vitality. (ref: HCP1)

6.4.4 Provisions for Archaeological Parks: CRMP shall be prepared, emphasising

conservation of built heritage amidst the natural heritage. The Plan shall identify
all potential resources such as historic structures, gardens, orchards, open water
bodies, step wells, baolis etc. and provide specific urban design controls required
for sensitive development of the site.
i) Archaeological Parks have the potential to become tourist hubs with
passive leisure activities. The natural historic ambience of these sites shall
be preserved by sensitive landscape design
ii) Restaurants/ cafes, libraries, kiosks, interpretation/exhibition/training
centres, tourist information centres, souvenir stores and public
conveniences shall be permitted as per norms.
iii) Adaptive reuse of structures as identified in the CRMP may be taken up as
per feasibility.
iv) Temporary structures constructed with eco-friendly material may be
permitted for a limited period (subject to clearances) for hosting festivals,
events, farmers’ markets, exhibitions, etc. Temporary public art and
installations shall also be encouraged.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

48
 SECTION 4

SHELTER
AND
SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

49
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Housing:

The development of land and housing in Delhi has largely been the prerogative of the public
sector, with limited private participation. Such processes have not kept pace withthe
growing demand for housing. The high cost of land in the city has also resulted inmaking
housing unaffordable. As per Socio-Economic Survey of Delhi, GNCTD, 2018-19, 85%
population requires affordable housing options. This mismatch has resulted in proliferation
of unauthorised colonies (UCs) and slums, and densification of existing urban villages to
accommodate such housing needs. Some of the area in the city have been developed without
provision of proper infrastructure catering to a large population. As per Census 2011, almost
10.8% of the population lived in slums occupying 0.5% of the city’stotal area. Such areas
suffer from poor quality of built stock, inadequate services, lack of amenities and open spaces,
and lack of proper access even for disaster mitigation putting them at high risk in case of fires,
earthquakes& other calamities.

In order to improve these areas, the Government has initiated the process of providing land
rights to residents of identified UCs, through the National Capital Territory of Delhi
(Recognition of Property Rights of Residents in Unauthorized Colonies) Act, 2019. Approach
is to focus on improvement in the overall quality of life, as well as that of the housing stock.
For improvement of slums, in situ slum rehabilitation schemes shall be implemented, thereby
reducing threat of evictions. In addition to the compromised structural quality, the housing
stock is also congested, with more than 60% households (household size of 5) occupying one-
room or two-room dwelling units. This hampers productivity, overall well-being and social
relationships of family members. Housing demand estimations have taken this into
consideration.

Around 28.4% of households live in rental accommodation (Census, 2011) and it is estimated
that the number would have increased over the last decade. 32.3% of the population are
migrants (Socio-Economic Survey of Delhi, GNCTD, 2018-19) and prefer rental housing due to
low entry and exit costs. Most of this rental housing demand is being catered by unplanned
settlements, with issues of tenure insecurity and compromised living conditions. There is a
need to address the housing needs of students, single working menand women, migrants,
etc. through affordable housing, rental housing, hostels, studio apartments, serviced
apartments, dormitories, etc.

The NCT of Delhi has a sizeable portion of housing stock (both public and private) which is
unoccupied and/or unsold. 11% of the Census Houses (including houses used as residence
and residence-cum-other-uses) in Delhi are vacant (Census, 2011). There is a potential to
bring such stock back into circulation through rental options.

Delhi is well connected to the NCR region, and regional housing developments especially in
the affordable housing segment will continue to complement Delhi’s shelter needs, given
the differences in cost of land. This inter-dependency needs to be factored into the

50
strategies for determining the tenure options and typologies for housing development in
Delhi.

Based on the Census 2011 data, the housing demand for Delhi (2011-2041) is estimated to
be 34.5 lakh dwelling units, assuming an average household size of 4.5 persons. The housing
demand has been calculated by considering factors such as housing backlog, new demand
generated due to increase in population, homeless population level of congestionin the
existing dwelling units, the condition of the existing stock (obsolescence) that would need
replacement and the availability of the vacant housing stock in the city. It should be noted that
this does not take into the account any changes in housing stock post-2011 dueto lack of
data. The projections will therefore have to be recalibrated during subsequentplan reviews
by taking into account the data available through Census 2021.

Social Infrastructure:

Delhi has a robust infrastructure serving the health, education, safety and security andsocio-
cultural needs of its residents as well as the region, with facilities both at the district/ zonal/
sub-zonal level and at the neighbourhood level.

This section sets out strategies for improving provision of housing and social infrastructure
in the following chapters:

SSI1: Strategizing shelter

SSI2: Provision of social infrastructure

51
 Chapter code
7.0 STRATEGIZING SHELTER SSI1

7.1.1 The Plan provides a comprehensive framework for meeting the projected housing
requirements over the Plan period. It facilitates both improvement in existing housing
stock as well as creation of new housing inventory through regeneration of existing
areas and planned development of greenfield sites. It also addresses thechallenges and
specific requirements of unplanned areas in the city.

7.1.2 Strategies of the plan will facilitate the following:

i) Improved availability of housing options by providing affordable rental
housing, etc.
ii) Enhanced built environment, safety and quality of life in old and unplanned
areas

7.2 Overall approach for improving housing supply

7.2.1 Future housing supply in Delhi shall be met through:

i) large scale development of sectors in the greenfield areas of the city using the
model of land pooling. Identified land pooling areas have the potential to
develop 17-20 lakh dwelling units;(ref: DEV1)
ii) development of low density and low FAR residential areas within the Green
Development Area (ref: DEV2).
iii) regeneration of existing areas, both in terms of improvement of existing stock
and creation of new units through densification (ref: DEV3).
iv) utilisation of increased permissible residential FAR (residential FAR has
doubled since MPD-62) as part of reconstruction of plots will also contribute
substantially.

7.2.2 A paradigm shift is envisaged in the supply scenario, with the private sector leading
the development/redevelopment of housing over the plan period. Public agencies shall
play the role of a ‘facilitator’ and ensure ease of doing business, through appropriate
regulatory environment.

7.2.3 All housing areas shall be developed as complete neighbourhoods with requisitelocal
facilities within walking distance. Such facilities shall be provided as part of Residential
layout.

7.2.4 In order to address the housing needs of the migrant population across all income
groups, rental and affordable housing shall be promoted within the city, particularly in
areas closer to transit. Public projects for TOD or large-scale regeneration may
especially focus on creating such affordable rental housing options. Incentives shall
also be offered for encouraging the private sector to provide rental housing.

52
7.2.5 Given the limited availability of land, housing supply shall be maximized by ensuring
the development of small format housing of 40-60 sq.m.

7.3 Housing in new development areas

7.3.1 Development in the land pooling areas provides opportunities for creating multiple
housing typologies. Development of rental housing (including affordable rental
housing) shall be promoted. At the sector level, 25% of the net residential FAR shall
be utilised for creating small-format housing.

7.3.2 On Low Density Residential Plots (LDRP), residential typology of low density
residential dwelling units, retirement homes, assisted living for elderly and those
with special needs, etc., shall be permitted.

7.4 Regeneration of existing planned residential areas

7.4.1 Regeneration will enable optimal utilisation of urban land to create new housing,
and also to improve the quality of housing and transform each area into self- sustained
resilient neighbourhoods with equitable access to civic amenities and recreational
spaces.

7.4.2 For all planned residential areas, other than government-owned housing and slum
rehabilitation schemes, regeneration would primarily be a private sector-led initiative.
Amalgamation of plots and FAR-linked incentives shall be permitted.

7.4.3 Group housing shall be preferable as part of regeneration schemes and such projects
shall provide affordable housing as per MPD provisions.

7.5 Regeneration of existing unplanned residential areas

7.5.1 Unauthorised Colonies (UCs): Regeneration of UCs shall be as per the provisions of
DEV3. Settlement-level improvements will be required to make all parts of the
settlement accessible for emergency vehicles like ambulances and fire tenders.
i) Appropriate incentives and relaxations in norms shall be provided for
facilitating amalgamation and joint regeneration of areas.
ii) Given that the residential density in these areas is high, therefore, amenity
FAR as an incentive may be provided for creation of facilities as per Urban
regeneration norms.

7.5.2 Concerned agencies and landowners shall ensure protection of their lands within
land pooling areas, GDA and other vacant lands in the city to prevent further growth of
UCs and unauthorised construction activity of any kind.

7.5.3 Urban Villages: have emerged as islands of unplanned growth in the city. They have
similar issues to UCs and have emerged as major hubs of rental housing. Many of the

53
 urban villages are also of heritage importance and will need a mix of regeneration
and conservation strategies. Specific regulations for development and regeneration
of urban villages shall be formulated by DDA within 2 years of notification of this
plan.

7.6 Housing for urban poor

7.6.1 Slums/JJ clusters on tenable sites shall be improved through in-situ slum rehabilitation
or area improvement schemes. Relocation shall be considered only in case the
underlying site is untenable.

7.6.2 Resettlement colonies: Resettlement colonies are facing issues of accessibility, lack
of adequate services and poor quality of construction and dilapidation. These colonies
shall be taken up for regeneration as per the provisions of DEV 3.

7.7 Promoting rental housing

7.7.1 Metropolitan cities across the world maintain a diversified rental housing stock
providing residents and migrants tenure flexibility, geographical mobility and
affordability (low entry and exit cost). Given the high cost of land in developed parts of
the city this also ensures availability of housing for a variety of income groups closer
to their workplaces, thereby minimizing trips distances.

7.7.2 Public agencies shall develop a proportion of their housing inventories in the form
of rental housing. This may be of various forms such as service apartments,
dormitories, etc. A mix of rental options such as affordable rentals with controlled
rents, market rental units, rent-to-own models may be explored. Public agencies may
also consider bringing their unsold/vacant public housing stock into the rental market
to ensure utilization of such assets.

7.7.3 Affordable Public Rental Housing (APRH): DDA and other concerned public
agencies may take up dedicated APRH projects on public lands close to activity centres
(industrial areas, educational hubs, etc.) to improve the availability of affordable rental
stock.

7.7.4 The large number of EWS housing units created as part of group housing projects
provide opportunities to improve the availability of affordable rental housing stock.
Suitable models may be explored for facilitating the same. Employer Housing projects
of government agencies may be exempted from provision of EWS housing after
approval of competent authority.

7.7.5 In order to improve management of such rental assets, public agencies may seek the
services of Rental Management Agencies and housing aggregators. An online portal
giving information regarding availability, location, rentals, etc. shall be created.

54
7.7.6 Incentives shall also be offered for encouraging the private sector to implement rental
housing or other non-ownership formats like serviced apartments, worker housing,
etc. as follows:
i) Industrial areas and warehousing/freight complexes shall develop affordable
rental housing units by utilising 15% additional FAR.
ii) Rented housing shall be promoted as part of Group housing projects.
iii) Rental housing shall be permitted and encouraged in all greenfield,
reconstruction and regeneration projects in the city.

7.7.7 Enabling environment for rental housing shall be further improved by revision of
prevailing rental acts/laws/rules.

x x x x

55
 Chapter code
8.0 PROVISION OF SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
SSI2

8.1.1 Social infrastructure covers a wide range of public and semi-public (PSP) facilities
including health, education, socio-cultural facilities, safety and security infrastructure,
communications, distributive facilities and other functions. Planning, development and
delivery of social infrastructure is done through multiple service providing agencies.
The Plan provides a framework for enhancing the adequacy and accessibility of high-
quality social infrastructure that caters to the needs of all stakeholders.

8.1.2 Strategies of the plan will facilitate:

i) Improved availability and accessibility of social infrastructure
ii) Increased flexibility to introduce new uses/functions as per changing needs

8.2 Key strategies for improving availability of social infrastructure

8.2.1 Optimal use of available land/space for social infrastructure:

i) Flexibility is provided to develop social facilities as part of built-up area through
vertical mixing. This will help to create facilities in areas where adequate land
is not available.
ii) Local level facility plots shall be treated as ‘multi-facility plots’ that can be
utilised for co-location of compatible facilities as per requirements. Such plots
shall be allowed enhanced FAR to accommodate multiple uses.
iii) PSP sites shall be permitted to use a part of the FAR for supporting uses. This
will facilitate better utilization of available community facilities such as
multipurpose halls, socio cultural centres etc.

This strategy will ensure adequate provision of facilities, thereby improving quality
of life and facilitating decentralised, self-sufficient areas.

8.2.2 Protection and enhancement of existing facilities

i) Regeneration schemes shall be permitted to include facility plots within the
scheme area to facilitate improvement of facilities. The DE will have to provide
for equal or more facilities as per norms in the new design.
ii) Redundant/ underutilized/ unused social infrastructure plots shall be
permitted to migrate to other PSP uses. This will ensure that limited PSP land
resources are fully utilised.

8.2.3 Ensuring facilities for all

8.2.3.1 Facilities for children, women, elderly, people with special abilities and
families from economically weaker background are to be provided as per
DCN.

8.2.3.2 All new facilities and public conveniences shall be developed/ designed to
ensure accessibility and ease of use. Existing facilities may be retrofitted to
ensure the same.
56
 8.2.3.3 PSP facilities shall also be created in inadequately served unplanned areas
through:
i) Reduced norms for plot area, setbacks etc. /built-up area for essential
social infrastructure like primary health and education.
ii) Amenities FAR shall be provided over and above the permissible FAR
of regeneration scheme for unplanned areas. Such FAR shall be
mandatorily utilised for developing essential facilities.

8.3 Hierarchy of Social infrastructure

8.3.1 The Plan provides for the following population linked hierarchy of social
infrastructure
i) Local level: Facilities catering to the day-to-day needs of the local
population, shall be adequately distributed at 10,000 population.
ii) Community level: Community level social infrastructure shall serve a
population up to 1 lakh.
iii) Sub-city level: Larger level facilities which shall serve population up to 5
lakh and shall be distributed at sub-city level.
iv) City level: City level social infrastructure shall cater to the city as well as the
region.

8.4 Types of Social Infrastructure and Facilities

8.4.1 Healthcare
8.4.1.1 Emerging needs in healthcare services shall be addressed by provision of
adequate facilities as follows:
i) General, specialty healthcare, alternative medicine and para medical
service.
ii) Care facilities for elderly, persons with disabilities and for people with
special needs, facilities for physical and mental healthcare, de- addiction
centres/ drug-rehabilitation centres, after-care centres etc.
iii) Clusters of tertiary healthcare and related R&D facilities

8.4.2 Education
8.4.2.1 A two-pronged approach is adopted for development of education facilities:
i) Ensure availability/ access to school-level education in all areas;
ii) Integration of higher education with skill development ofopportunities
for employment, emerging economic sectors and industry
requirements;
iii) Enhance availability of education and training facilities for childrenand
persons with disabilities or special needs as per provisions of the Rights
of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016;
iv) Give special emphasis to provision of early learning and child-care
facilities to ensure holistic development of infants and toddlers and
provide support to families and working women.

8.4.2.2 All new schools in Delhi shall be integrated (i.e. from pre-primary to higher

57
 secondary level) and all-inclusive (with respect to the requirements of
children with special needs). Schools for children with special needsmay be
permitted as a standalone facility.

8.4.2.3 Clusters of higher education and knowledge industry that are emerging as
important economic sectors for Delhi shall be promoted within industrial
areas, BPDs and TODs.

8.4.3 Socio-cultural facilities

8.4.3.1 In order to reinforce Delhi’s prominence as a cultural hub, the Plan proposes
to create new destinations (convention/ interpretation centres, theatres,
museums, etc.) as well as experiences (cultural precincts, economic hubs,
etc.).
8.4.3.2 Such city level socio-cultural uses will be permitted as part of archaeological
parks, and green buffers along natural drains. Large format performance
spaces and convention facilities shall also be permitted in the Green
Development Area.
8.4.3.3 Local level socio-cultural facilities shall be strengthened to serve diverse
needs such as those of senior citizens, youth, families, etc. Multi-purpose
spaces will accommodate the local needs for skill development centres/
training centres/ gathering spaces/ libraries/ child-care facilities, etc.

8.4.4 Safety and Security Infrastructure

8.4.4.1 Ensuring law and order and safety against crimes and accidents as well as
emergency services is the responsibility of multiple agencies such as Delhi
Fire Services, Delhi Police, Delhi Traffic Police and Delhi Disaster
Management Authority. Such facilities need to be appropriately distributed
across the city, accordingly decentralisation of such facilities at local and sub-
city/ city levels is recommended.
8.4.4.2 Training facilities/security camps, parade grounds, etc. that require larger
areas are also proposed as part of city level infrastructure.

8.4.5 Postal and Telecommunication facilities

8.4.5.1 The Post and Telecommunication infrastructure has transformed extensively
over the last two decades. The concerned departments/agencies shall assess
the current utilization of allocated land/ built space and explore possibilities
for better utilisation of land.

58
8.4.6 Distributive facilities
8.4.6.1 Facilities like milk, fruit, vegetable are day-to-day requirements at locallevel.
In addition, the PDS facilities/ fair price shops may be provided in close
proximity.
8.4.6.2 Sub-city and city level facilities for supply of PNG, LPG, and other fuels etc.,
used for domestic purpose, shall be permitted in compatible use zones.

8.4.7 Cremation-Burial- Cemetery facilities:

8.4.7.1 Provision of facilities under this category is based on the needs of different faith
groups. The Plan encourages adoption of innovative approaches for making
such facilities more eco-sensitive (gas-fired/ electric/ green, cremation
facilities) and provides appropriate space for accommodating the same.
Burial grounds for animals to be located separately.

8.4.8 Public Conveniences

8.4.8.1 Public conveniences shall be developed as prescribed in UBBL and as per
provisions of Advisory on Public and Community Toilets issued by Central
Government (2018). Such facilities shall be sensitive to the needs of children,
women, elderly and persons with special abilities and also accommodate
child care facilities.
8.4.8.2 Public conveniences shall be permissible in all use zones and shall also be
improved as part of improvements in street infrastructure.

8.4.9 Other Community facilities

8.4.9.1 Other community facilities such as religious facilities, care centres, old-age
homes, orphanages, women homes, corrective/ remedial facilities, juvenile
homes, observation centres, detention facilities, etc shall be provided as
per plan.

x x x x

59
 SECTION 5
TRANSPORT AND MOBILITY

60
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Delhi is the core of the NCR with strong regional interdependencies with the surrounding
towns (Gurgaon, Noida, Greater Noida, Ghaziabad and Faridabad) in terms of housing,
employment, higher education and health facilities, and other goods & services. This leads
to large-scale regional movement of people and goods on a daily basis, resulting in severe
stress on existing transport infrastructure of the city. New developments in adjoining urban
centres and upcoming regional infrastructure in the form of Integrated Freight Complexes
(IFCs), International Airport at Jewar, industrial corridors like Delhi MumbaiIndustrial
Corridor(Western) and Amritsar Kolkata(Eastern), Dedicated Freight Corridors etc., will
significantly impact the commuter and freight movement patterns and these need to be
factored into the transport strategies for the city.

The inception of the metro has brought the CNCR towns closer. However, despite the metro
playing a significant role in transporting people within the CNCR, roads providing regional
connectivity within Delhi indicate high levels of congestion, high traffic flow, and excessive
delay and queuing on roads.

According to the Delhi Economic Survey Report (2019-20), although the annual growthrate
for the vehicle sales almost halved to 4.4%, the count of vehicles in Delhi has morethan
doubled to 643 per thousand population in 2019-20 from 317 in 2005-06. Amongother
issues, the increase in number of vehicles has manifested in increased demand for parking.
The issues of parking strategies, with equal emphasis on parking demand management, are to
be addressed.

Delhi has a very high share of daily active travel (walking and cycling) trips, constituting 42
per cent of the total trips. However, in the last decade, the share of walk trips has shown
only a negligible increase and cycle trips have reduced by nearly a third. Most of Delhi’s
roads are also not
conducive for Modal Split of Motorised Trips
pedestrian and cyclist
movement due to
unequal road space
distribution and lack of
adequate infrastructure.
In 2018, more than half
of the fatal road
accidents in Delhi
involved pedestrians
and cyclists. Road safety
has emerged as one of
the important concerns
in Delhi, and measures to
create a safe walkable

and cyclable environment are urgently required.

61
Delhi has a robust public transport network in the form of metro, ring rail and bus services.
Apart from intra-city trips, the metro caters considerable long distance regional trips also,
with maximum footfalls seen on the Yellow, Blue, and Red lines that connect Delhi to the
neighboring towns of Gurgaon, Noida and Ghaziabad, respectively. Buses are the preferred
and most accessible mode of public transport due to affordable pricing and network coverage.
Ring Rail, a part of Delhi’s legacy infrastructure, is being used for transporting freight and is
presently running at only 50% of its potential passenger ridership. While the Ring Rail plays
a significant role in freight transport and keeps almost 20,000 trucks off Delhi’s roads, its role
in transporting people needs to be re-imagined.

New mobility trends show that people are shifting towards app-based mobility options as it
offers flexibility of mobility and provides an alternative to owning a private car. Emergence of
these shared mobility options complemented by the expansion of the metro network, is
gradually changing mobility choices made by commuters from private ownership to shared
or public transport-oriented options.

Public transport system of Delhi needs further integration at institutional level, spatial level
and at systems level; to provide a seamless travel experience to the commuters. Institutional
integration could be enabled by a larger mandate, efforts towards achieving spatial
integration (land use & transport integration, multi modal integration, last mile connectivity,
etc.) and systems integration (bus route rationalization, Intelligent Transport Systems
including unified ticketing, command and control center for better traffic management, etc.),
have been initiated, but need to be reinforced.
The upcoming High Speed Rail (HSR) Corridor, Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS),
construction of bypass/peripheral roads, etc., will serve to redefine regional mobility and
decongest Delhi.

Additionally, the TOD Policy provides Delhi with a unique opportunity to redevelop and
densify strategic areas and improve public transport accessibility. The Electric Vehicle Policy
of GNCTD is also a step towards promoting green mobility options in Delhi and reducing
carbon footprint. Mobility trends in future will lean towards Electrification, Shared Mobility,
Mobility on Demand and Autonomy; therefore, it becomes important for Delhi to change gears
from building for transport to managing travel demand. The land pooling areas in Delhi will
also offer the opportunity for improvement of last mile connectivity to the upcoming mass
transit network in these areas.

Considering the projected population growth for the horizon year, Delhi is estimated to
generate 46.2 million trips daily (excluding walk trips), with an average per capita trip rate
of 1.58. The total number of trips has been estimated based on the following assumptions:
• 50% of the population would be living within the transit influence zones by 2041. The
mixed-use development in these zones will reduce the need to undertake a trip and
proximity to the transit node would encourage a shift towards PT.
• Large section of the population would be working from home considering a larger
shift towards service sector by the horizon year of 20 years.

By 2041, the Plan envisages Delhi to achieve a modal split of 80:20 in favor of public and
shared transport. This will require a 1% increase in the public and shared mode trips every
year and an equal reduction in private vehicular trips.
62
This Section comprises of the following chapters with framework for coordinated planning
and execution of mobility initiatives to improve the efficiency of the transportation system
as a whole. It also provides different strategies for improving regional and local connectivity
and transport infrastructure, enabling modal shift in favour of shared modes, enhancing
facilities for walking and cycling, optimizing parking requirements and facilitating better
parking management:
MOB 1: Improving connectivity and transport infrastructure
MOB 2: Shifting from private to shared mobility
MOB 3: Making Delhi walkable and cyclable
MOB 4: Managing Parking in Delhi

63
9.0 IMPROVING CONNECTIVITY AND TRANSPORT Chapter code
INFRASTRUCTURE MOB 1

9.1.1 The mobility network of Delhi needs to constantly evolve and respond to the new
developments in adjoining urban centres and upcoming regional transport and
logistics infrastructure. impacting the commuter and freight movement patterns of the
city. The city also needs to address internal challenges for providing access to newly
urbanized areas, reducing congestion, revitalizing underutilized transport
infrastructure, encouraging walking and cycling, etc. Importantly, mobility trends in
the future will be characterized by increased use of clean fuels, implementation of
technologically advanced transit systems and artificial intelligence for traffic and
parking management. There is a need to gear up for such transformational changes and
implement efficient and sustainable mobility solutions in the city.

9.1.2 The regional and city-level strategies presented in this chapter envisage the
following:
i) Enhanced inter-city and intra-city commuter and freight movements
ii) Improved utilization of land assets associated with transportation
iii) Substantial migration to smart and green mobility solutions

9.2 Improving regional connectivity

9.2.1 Rail: The railways connect Delhi to the rest of the country through five major railway
stations, namely New Delhi, Old Delhi, Hazrat Nizamuddin, Anand Vihar Terminal and
Delhi Sarai Rohilla. Station redevelopment of the existing railway stations will improve
the multi-modal traffic flows and commuter movement around the station areas.
Interchange facilities shall be developed between railway stations and proximate
ISBTs, bus terminals, metro or RRTS stations, etc. in the form of multi-modal transit
hubs. Over station development controls of the transit-oriented development for
identified sites is being permitted to provide better transit andpassengers facilities at
these terminals. (ref: DEV3)

9.2.2 Air: The international and domestic air passenger movement is catered to by Indira
Gandhi International Airport and Palam Airport. This airport has an annual passenger
footfall of 67.3 million. With the inception of the International Airport at Jewar, it can
be anticipated that some of the passenger and freight traffic will get diverted from IGI
Airport. The connectivity between these two airports, Delhi andthe new Airport at
Jewar need to be strengthened through road-based and, metro- based connectivity.

9.2.3 Mass Rapid Rail: Strategic corridors of the Delhi Metro shall be implemented to
further improve the connectivity of the NCR cities. The Regional Rapid Transit System
(RRTS) and High Speed Rail Corridor will play a major role in decongesting various
entry points into the city and further reinforce the strong interlinkages between Delhi
and the surrounding region for economic activities, housing and other services. RRTS
stations within Delhi to be located in close proximity to existing railway terminals/
stations, metro stations and ISBTs and have direct interchange facilities for seamless
64
 travel of commuters. Wherever feasible such stations to be integrated with other local
mass transit stations as multi-modal transit hubs (ref: MOB 2).

The Inter-State Bus Terminals (ISBTs) serve as important regional connectivity

nodes of the city. These nodes need to be improved by creating interchange facilities
with other transit stations as multi-modal transit hubs, wherever feasible. (ref:MOB2).
All future proposals for ISBTs preferably be located at entry points ofthe city on
National Highways with robust multi-modal connectivity with rest of the city.

9.3 Institutional framework for integrated mobility management

9.3.1 An efficient urban transport system requires high level of coordination at all levels
of planning, implementation and day to day operations at both city and regionallevel.
The previous plan recommended setting up of a Unified Metropolitan Transport
Authority (UMTA) for this purpose. This Plan endorses this proposal and further
recommends that the possibility of creating such an authority should be examined in a
time bound manner.

9.3.2 Till such time that UMTA is constituted, an interim Coordination Committee shall be
set up under the GNCTD, with representation from all transport agencies/
departments, traffic police and local bodies. UTTIPEC shall provide technicalsupport
to the Committee.

9.3.3 The UMTA/Coordination Committee ensure a ‘comprehensive approach’ and adopt an

‘incremental outlook’ towards mobility management, focusing multi-agency
priorities and investments. This may include creation of a common fund and platform
for joint action.

9.3.4 The UMTA/Coordination Committee shall be responsible for commissioning and

implementing the Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP), coordinating the projects and
actions of different agencies and implementing various multi-agency projectsfor
adopting smart solutions.

9.4 Comprehensive Mobility Plan

9.4.1 Efficiency of urban transport is heavily dependent upon seamless integration
between various road-based, rail-based, intermediate public transport (IPT) and
walking/cycling systems. A Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP) shall be
prepared for Delhi to achieve systemic integration across all levels and modes of
urban transport. The CMP shall be aligned with the provisions of MPD 2041 and
shall provide a detailed road map for achieving the transformative agenda of
‘movingtowards low-carbon mobility’.

9.5 Strategic Transport Corridors

9.5.1 To improve high-speed connectivity to/from important regional destinations and

decongest traffic within the city (particularly due to regional traffic) following strategic
transport corridors were identified to be implemented in this plan period. These

65
corridors shall be strategic links or extensions of existing/proposed arterial road
alignments as given below:

Table 9.0: Strategic Links & their benefits

Proposed links Benefits
o facilitate freight movement by connecting locations
Strategic link 1 generating urban freight traffic that are in close proximity
Northern extension of to UER II (FCI godown at Narela, Bahadurgarh IFC, Narela
UER II (Tikri Kalan border IFC, industrial belt in Bahadurgarh and Kanjarwala
– Rohini – Bawana – (proposed), Bawana Industrial area and DSIDC Narela),
Narela – Ramzanpur), with similar trans-river facilities such as Loni ICD, Hindon
extending to Loni- Airport, and Dadri ICD.
Baghpat Expressway in o establish connectivity between residential areas in Delhi
Ghaziabad (Narela, Rohini, etc.) and Ghaziabad (Tronica City and
Rajnagar) with employment centres (industrial areas in
Delhi and NCR). Improved accessibility to residential areas
in Ghaziabad would cater to the affordable housing
demand in Delhi.
o decongest NH-1 (GT Road), Outer Ring Road, Signature
Bridge and Wazirabad Bridge, by providing alternate route
to connect Sonipat with Ghaziabad (Sonipat – Narela –
Kundli – Alipore – Loni – Shahdara).
o facilitate freight movement in Delhi by connecting
Strategic link 2 Convention Centre Dwarka to cargo handling terminal of
Southern extension of IGI, and onwards to Tughlakhabad goods terminal and
UER II (Dwarka to railway station. This route could be extended further to
Tughlakhabad), extending connect to similar facilities in NOIDA (Dadri IFC, NOIDA
to NOIDA-Greater NOIDA SEZ and Industrial areas of Greater Noida and Yamuna
expressway (as per site expressway)
feasibility) o establish direct connectivity from IGI Airport to
Jewar/Noida International Airport
o decongest NH-2, Kalindi Kunj Bridge and DND Flyover, by
providing alternate route to connect Greater NOIDA with
IGI Airport (Greater Noida – Noida – IGI Airport) and by
diverting the Delhi-bound traffic from Faridabad

o establish connectivity between the industrial areas of

Strategic link 3 Gurugram with Delhi and the upcoming Bahadurgarh
Bahadurgarh to Bijwasan Industrial Area.
(Tikri Border Metro o establish connectivity to IGI Airport from Bahadurgarh and

66
 Station - Jharoda Kalyan - Gurugram through interchange at Dwarka Sector-22 metro
Dasana Bus Stand Metro station.
Station – Najafgarh - o establish connectivity between south-west part of Delhi
Chawla – Dwarka Sector- and the proposed RRTS station at Gurugram Sector-18
22 Metro Station - (Udyog Vihar).
Bijwasan Railway o improve access to Bijwasan Railway Station from Dwarka,
Station), extending to land pooling zones and Gurugram
HUDA City Center Metro
Station via Dhundhera
and Gurugram Sector-18
(Udyog Vihar)

9.5.2 These links depend upon inter-state coordination to develop the alignments/ stretches
that fall within the jurisdiction of neighbouring states and to be treated as priority
corridor projects and development of full links shall be pursued through inter-state
agreements.

9.5.3 The strategic links shall be developed as transit-priority corridors to facilitate

movement of passengers and freight.

9.5.4 Any new road-based trans-city connectors that facilitate thoroughfare movement
through the city shall be discouraged, as they act as disincentives for the use of the
eastern and western peripheral expressways and result in congestion within thecity.
Mass transit systems shall be permitted for developing high speed trans-city corridors,
as per feasibility.

9.6 Development and improvement of intra-city road network

9.6.1 Delhi is planned on a ring-radial pattern with a hierarchical road network. Broadly, the
road network is designed for regional, intra-city and local traffic. The following
hierarchy of roads shall be followed:

i) National Highways (60–90m ROW): National Highways Authority of India

(NHAI) should incorporate the Street Design Regulations (ref: Annexure 7) while
developing, widening, improving national highways passing through Delhi. All
the National Highways within the city shall be access controlled upto the Delhi
border and follow the design regulations of city roads.

ii) Arterial Roads (30 – 60m ROW): Arterial roads provide long distance mobility
connecting one part of the city to another, carrying heavy volume of traffic of all
modes. Existing roads of less than 24m ROW that are functioningas arterial
roads on ground may be continued with necessary improvements for
enhancing movement.

iii) Collector roads (12 – 30m ROW): Collector roads provide connections between
local areas and also connect local streets to arterial roads. Existing roads of
less than 12m ROW functioning as collector roads on ground may becontinued
67
 with necessary improvements for enhancing movement.

iv) Local Streets (ROW < 12 m): These are intended for local use with ROW of 12
m or lesser. Such streets may be designed as a mix of slow moving traffic (through
traffic calming measures), pedestrian or NMT priority streets or completely
pedestrianized streets.

9.6.2 All new roads shall be developed as per Street Design Regulations (ref: Annexure 7).
Wherever possible, existing roads shall also be improved to meet the requirements
given in the Regulations.

9.6.3 All categories of roads shall be developed as per full cross-section proposed in the
master plan or as part of approved layout plans.

i) Wherever possible, collector and local roads shall be cleared from all
impediments and developed as per standards & Street Design Regulations.
ii) Area level parking management (ref: MOB4) shall be taken up to reduce
encroachment of carriageways by on street parking and ensure effective
utilization of road capacity.

9.6.4 All new arterial roads (including NHs, UERs, etc.) shall include space for multi-modal
high-capacity public transportation systems as part of the RoW. The transit stations
shall include plazas and open spaces for incorporating spill over of commuters. Space
for provision of utility ducts for various services shall also be made in theRoW in
existing and new road stretches as per feasibility.

9.6.5 Road safety audits of urban roads in Delhi should be in line with the vision of Ministry
for Road Transport & Highways for creating a safe travel environment for pedestrians
and cyclists. Strategies towards achieving this goal have been detailedin MOB3.

9.7 Enhancement of city-level public transport systems

9.7.1 Network integration would be the key to develop a sustainable and need-responsive
public transport system for Delhi. The networks of all public transport modes shall
be planned such that they operate harmoniously as a single system to provide
transport services, in a complementary manner. Integrated network planning and
route rationalisation shall be planned under the CMP and executed by concerned
agencies in a coordinated manner. First and last-mile connectivity shall be encouraged
through walking, cycling and demand-based sustainable shared modes (e-rickshaws,
auto-rickshaws, cabs, cycle-rickshaws, etc.).

9.7.2 Metro, RRTS and other mass rapid transit systems: Mass Rapid Transit System
(MRTS) shall be defined as any system with the capacity to carry more than 5,000 Peak
Hour Peak Direction Traffic (PHPDT) having dedicated right of way.

9.7.3 The Delhi Metro supported by bus system shall form the primary MRTS. The upcoming
RRTS network will also support intracity trips. It is expected that morethan 50%
of the developed area of the city (excluding land pooling areas and green development
68
 areas) shall be within walking distance from metro stations, after completion of Phase
IV and Phase V, which are in the pipeline. Ridership of this extensive infrastructure can
be substantially increased through improvement in last mile connectivity (ref: MOB3)
and by implementing initiatives suggested for improving the uptake of public transport
(ref: MOB2).

9.7.4 Other forms of MRTS such as Metro Lite/ Metro Neo or LRT systems, Bus Rapid Transit
(BRT) system or any other system that meets the definition given in Clause
9.7.2 shall be developed as per specific site context, projected ridership, etc. to
supplement the rail-based MRTS.

9.7.5 The following strategic MRTS corridors should be developed over the next plan period:
i) Extension of metro corridor from Rithala Metro Station (Red Line) to Narela
connecting the Bawana Industrial Area, Narela Industrial Area, residential areas
developed by DDA at Narela and proposed RRTS station at Kundli.
ii) Extension of metro corridor from Dhasana Bus Stand Metro Station (Grey Line)
to Najafgargh-Daurala Road via Dwarka Metro Station and further extending to
AIIMS campus at Jhajhar. The proposed link would provide direct connectivity
between Zone L (land pooling area) and Najafgarh vide Dwarka Metro Station
on Blue Line and IGI Airport. It would also make the new AIIMS campus at Jhajhar
accessible to the citizens of Delhi.

9.7.6 In order to provide mass transit connectivity to land pooling areas, an incremental
approach shall be implemented. BRT systems or high speed bus routes shall be
implemented during the course of development of sectors facilitating movement from
these areas to various parts of the city. Metro rail systems may be implemented along
specific corridors. UER-II shall be specifically targeted for development of MRTS to
provide trunk connectivity across all land pooling areas.

9.7.7 Bus systems: The larger outreach of the bus system shall be leveraged to provide high
quality road-based public transport, provide accessibility to inadequately served
areas, also act as a feeder for MRTS systems.
i) Bus routes shall be rationalised to connect to Metro/ RRTS stations as well as
provide better, more frequent services to areas with low Public Transport
Accessibility Levels (ref: MOB2).
ii) Concerned agencies shall plan and operate exclusive feeder bus services (RTVs,
metro feeders, etc.) for areas where city bus service is low and operate special
routes serving the land pooling areas as and when sectors develop.
iii) Quality improvement initiatives (information systems, associated infrastructure
like bus shelters, O & M of buses, inclusion of special services catering to special
needs, premium routes, etc.) may be adopted for improving the service levels. (ref:
MOB2).

9.8 Regeneration of Transport Infrastructure

9.8.1 Ring Rail is a legacy infrastructure of Delhi and it plays a significant role in freight
transport. However, the passenger ridership is low. In order to increase its ridership
69
 accessibility improvements may be implemented for the major halt stations by
creating public plazas, providing walking and cycling infrastructure, and installation of
proper signage. Interchange facilities may be planned for integrating Ring Rail stations
with existing metro stations. The Ring Rail alignment connects areas of heritage,
ecological assets of Delhi and many commercial areas, a special hop-on and hop-off
service may be considered for movement of tourists.

9.8.2 Underutilized transportation properties/structures and land in Delhi offer a significant

opportunity to optimally utilise these properties/land and maximise non- fare box
revenue. The following strategies shall be implemented:
i) Bus depots and terminals shall be modernized and monetised as multi-level
bus parking facilities, along with commercial or facility development; (ref:DCN).
This will increase the parking capacity of the depots and terminalsas well as
enable land value capture. The use of bus terminals and depots for development
of public parking along with parking of public buses, private buses should be
explored for specific project sites.

9.8.3 Over station and over-tracks development shall be permitted at railway/metro/RRTS

stations and depots as per TOD. (ref: DEV4).

9.9 Freight logistics and distribution network

9.9.1 Freight movement constitutes a major part of Delhi’s urban traffic and has high
environmental costs. The Eastern and Western Peripheral Expressways are expected
to substantially reduce thoroughfare freight traffic using city roads. With digital
advancement and emergence of e-commerce, freight demand is anticipated to increase,
along with increased demand for logistics and warehousing facilities in the city.

9.9.2 The CMP for Delhi shall plan for freight and provide detailed strategies for
decongesting urban roads, improving freight movement and connectivity to, logistics
and warehousing hubs in the city. The CMP shall include recommendations for
improving the capacity of freight movement through rail-based transport
(leveraging the Rail/Ring Rail infrastructure) and for developing efficientinterlinkages
with the regional IFCs proposed by NCRPB under the Functional Plan 2031.

9.9.3 IFCs/ICDs are major employment centres with high footfall. The CMP shall make
specific recommendations for improving connectivity (including public transport) of
such facilities with the rest of the city.

9.9.4 New Integrated Freight Complexes (IFCs) shall be developed as multi-functional

spaces integrating various logistics, warehousing and freight-related needs.
Modernisation of existing IFCs shall be incentivized through appropriate incentives for
regeneration (ref: DEV3). New IFCs, if any, shall be preferably located on the National
Highways (NHs) and align with the freight distribution network of the city.

9.9.5 Supporting e-commerce distribution network: Due to emergence of e-commerce, the

need for a new layer of ‘warehousing to home’ distribution and storage network has
emerged at a local level. In order to facilitate organized growth of e-commerce, uses
70
 such as warehousing facilities, distribution centres, etc. shall be allowed in wholesale
markets, IFCs and industrial areas. These facilities shall establish a hub- and-spoke
network within the city and optimize vehicle kilometres travelled in freight
distribution. Use of electric vehicles/ NMVs for last mile distribution shall be
encouraged.

9.10 Electric-mobility

9.10.1 E-mobility is gaining momentum in Delhi and it is envisaged that through policy
push, incentives, and infrastructure provisions, usage of e-vehicles will eventually gain
precedence over fossil fuel-based vehicles. The following strategies shall be
implemented to achieve this:
i) Public charging infrastructure for Electric Vehicles shall be made available
throughout the city at various public places, on-street parking areas and public
parking sites. This may be enhanced incrementally based on trends in market
share of e-vehicles and based on the estimated traffic in a grid block. In the absence
of design standardization of charging equipment, kiosks with multiplecharger
models shall be made available at all public charging stations.
ii) Fuel stations, metro station parking, railway parking areas, authorised on-street
parking or other government-owned parking shall be retrofitted with EV charging
infrastructure. All new fuel stations allocations shall have mandatoryspace allocated
to electric charging infrastructure.
iii) Provisions for an environmentally safe and efficient battery recycling eco-system
shall be made by the concerned agencies.
iv) Land required for setting up separate/exclusive battery recycling centres shall be
provided by the concerned agencies in their respective areas.

9.11 Intelligent Transport Systems for smarter transportation

9.11.1 Intelligent Transport System (ITS) shall use data repository and artificial intelligence
to play a major role in improving the efficiency and coordination amongst different
transport modes/systems in the city.
i) A Mobility Data Repository (MDR) should be set up for Delhi, where reliable
and accurate data pertaining to traffic volume and O-D trends, accident
hotspots, congestion, freight traffic, etc. can be made available in an
integrated framework. Data collated from different transit agencies shall be
standardised and regularly updated through surveys and information.
ii) Smart solutions through ITS will enable use of real-time data for forecasting
and mitigating potential challenges, use of predictive technologies for
dynamic and efficient management of public transport fleet operations,
system integration, and providing real-time informationto commuters, to
enhance the resilience of transportation systems.
iii) Utilisation of ITS for pre-warning and minimising response time of
emergency vehicles (ambulance, fire tender etc.) by ensuring uninterrupted
movement from source to destination.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

71
 Chapter code
10.0 SHIFTING TO SHARED MOBILITY MOB2
10.1.1. An important objective for the plan period is to build on Delhi’s extensive public
and shared transport infrastructure and networks and to reduce dependence on
private vehicles to facilitate ‘efficient’ mobility for its citizens. A two-fold efficiency
shall be pursued, i.e. (i) minimizing the time and effort required for undertaking a trip
from origin to destination (point-to-point mobility), and (ii) ensuring that the trip is
completed with a low carbon footprint (green mobility). This will be achieved by
moving more people towards using shared modes of transport that include public
transport like bus and rail as well as intermediate public transport, app-based
services, etc. Strategies such as transit-oriented development, upgrading the service
levels of non-private transport, and strict regulatory measures to discourage use of
private vehicles, shall be implemented envisaging the following:
i) Reduced share of private transport as a proportion of the total motorized trips in
the city.
ii) Improved efficiency of commuter movement in the city in terms of average
number of motorised trips per capita, average trip time and average trip length.

10.2 Synergy between Land use and Transport

10.2.1. The Plan shall promote integration of land use and transport by optimizing the
density and mix of homes, jobs and facilities closer to public transit points such as
metro and railway stations, multi-modal hubs, major bus terminals, etc. Such
development with improved access to transit stations shall encourage more people
to use public transport for their everyday travel needs.

10.2.2. Land use and transport integration shall be implemented through the following
strategies:
i) Intense mix-use development at TOD Nodes: Select strategic transit stations,
referred to as TOD Nodes (ref: DEV4) shall be developed with higher norms for
FAR and permissible mix of uses. The norms shall only be applicable within an
identified influence zone (notional radius of 500-800 m), which shall be planned
for improved walkability and last mile connectivity. TOD Nodesshall include
selected major transport junctions like ISBTs, major Railway and RRTS stations,
metro interchanges and other select stations, identified for their potential as
future economic and cultural hubs.

ii) Regeneration Schemes in Transit Influence Zone: In order to facilitate the

implementation of TOD principles across the city and not only at select TOD
nodes, specific norms for mixed use, parking, ground coverage and built-to-
edge active frontage shall be permitted within 500 m radius of all other transit
stations for all regeneration projects. However, the permissible FAR and other
norms for such projects shall be as per Regeneration Policy for Delhi. This will
allow creation of vibrant and active station areas without additional FAR/built
space stressing the infrastructure. (ref: DEV3)

72
 iii) TDR receiving zones along new high-speed transit corridors (UER): In land
pooling areas (ref: DEV1), flexible location and loading of entitled FARshall
be permitted in a sector, allowing for concentration of higher FAR along the
urban extension roads (UERs).

10.2.3. All these transit oriented developments shall be designed to ensure denser street
networks, better public areas and active public frontages to ensure safer, walkable
and vibrant areas throughout the city.

10.3 Improving public transport & shared modes

10.3.1. An important strategy for encouraging people to choose public or shared modes of
transport is to improve their reliability and accessibility associated with efficient
level of service. While improvements in shared modes shall continue to be largely
driven by private service providers, public transport requires substantial
improvements.

10.3.2. Public Transport Accessibility Levels: A detailed analysis of Public Transport

Accessibility Levels (PTAL) shall be adopted for the city. This shall be operationalised
through an expert agency to be updated and notified from time to time. PTAL
mapping will help evaluate the public transport outreach and spatially distinguish
high-accessibility areas from low. The analysis shall include all shared modes with
fixed routes and fixed fares, including contract IPT modes such as Gramin Seva,
autorickshaws, maxi cabs, RTVs, etc., apart from buses, metro rail and their feeder
services. Based on such an analysis the entire city can be divided into the following
grades of PTAL:
Table 10.0 : PTAL Grades
PTAL Access Index Range
0 (Worst) 0-2
1 2 -3
2 3 – 5.5
3 5.5 - 7
4 7 – 8.5
5 8.5 - 12
6 12 - 20
7 20 - 30
8 (Best) 30 and above

i) All future improvements in public transport infrastructure and proposals for

area improvement shall be based on this assessment. The CMP for Delhi (ref:
MOB 1) shall include a detailed road map for achieving at least a PTAL Grade of 4
across all areas in the city by 2041.
ii) The analysis may also assist in identifying areas with high PTAL values and
high density but low public transport ridership. This can facilitate further action
in the form of fare rationalisation, improved accessibility, strategic
developments, etc. by DDA/local bodies and concerned transit agencies.
73
10.3.3. Fare rationalization: In order to improve the utilization of public transport for short
and medium distances, frequent intra-city trips, increased ridership in high- density
areas, and fare rationalisation may be considered by concerned agency.

10.3.4. Express public transport routes: DTC and MRTS Agencies shall consider planning
of express routes, connecting high footfall stations/destinations such that the number
of stops /halt stations during the journey are minimized and the travel time is
optimized. (ref: MOB1)

10.3.5. Premium bus services: Convenience (ease of access and reliability) and comfort
(climatic comfort and quality of facilities) are some of the major reasons why people
continue to use private transport. Premium bus service operation needs to be
explored along identified high frequency routes in the city that connect homesto
work centres. These may be designed as a mix of regular fixed-routes, shuttle services
as well as on-demand app-based services.

10.3.6. Special services: The Plan targets at night time economies to promote higher
economic productivity as well as increasing the availability of vibrant and safe public
spaces at night. DMRC and DTC to be encouraged to operate low frequency night time
services along specific earmarked routes and networks across the cityor for special
events/festivals as per feasibility.

10.3.7. Improvement in quality of bus services:

i) Upgradation of bus shelters shall be undertaken by Delhi Transport
Infrastructure Development Corporation (DTIDC) to include universal
accessibility features, audio visual public information systems, CCTVs, distress
buttons for emergencies, water kiosks and public conveniences.
ii) A reliable and real-time passenger information system (PIS) to be implemented
to provide information on routes, timetable, arrival times, travel time,
connections, incidents, delays, fares and discounts.

10.4 Integrated Multi-Modal Transport System

10.4.1. Passenger trips between origin and destination may comprise of single mode or
multiple modes of travel. The Plan shall facilitate seamless and efficient point-to-
point mobility for all citizens through the entire journey.

10.4.2. Network integration across different modes will play a major role in achieving such
seamless connectivity. An Integrated Multi-Modal Transport strategy to beprepared
as part of the Comprehensive Mobility Plan, providing recommendations for
harmonising timings, frequencies and routes amongst different modes. Development
of Multi-Modal Transport Hubs (MMTH) shall be an important aspect of
implementing MMI strategies. (ref: MOB1)

10.4.3. Multi-Modal Transport Hubs (MMTH):

A number of high footfall transit nodes in Delhi have multiple modes located at one
location such as railway stations, ISBTs, RRTS stations and metro stations. These shall
be developed as Multi-modal Transit Hubs (MMTH), in earlier plan referredas
74
 Metropolitan Passenger Terminal or Integrated Passenger Terminal which are
eligible for development norms as per DEV4.
i) The UMTA/Coordination Committee shall be responsible for bringing together
all concerned transit agencies to undertake coordinated planning and execution
of the MMTH projects. A joint MMTH-level layout plan shall be prepared to
ensure seamless integration across all modes. Agencies may also undertake joint
ventures by amalgamating their lands where multiple modes could be integrated
into the same building or complex. (ref: MOB1)
ii) In case of non-contiguous land parcels separated by features such as railway
tracks, roads, nallahs, etc., integration of buildings using connectors like
skywalks, subways etc. to be permitted, provided adequate clearances are
maintained to ensure unhindered operations of various modes (ref: DEV4).
iii) A special focus of all MMTH projects shall also be towards facilitating first and
last mile connectivity. All such interfaces shall be kept well illuminated, safe
and vibrant at all times of the day through adequate provision of retail, vending
zones, food and beverage outlets, public amenities like toilets and drinking water
fountains, etc.
iv) Being the focal point of transportation networks, MMTHs will have high potential
as hubs for mixed-use development.
v) Three locations, namely Anand Vihar-Karkardooma, Kashmere Gate and
Nizamuddin-Sarai Kale Khan shall be developed as Multi-Modal Transit Hubs
(MMTH). DDA or other concerned agencies may identify other such locations
to be developed as MMTH in the future.

10.4.4. Multi Modal Integration (MMI) at all stations: Seamless integration across various
modes to be facilitated at transit stations (metro, RRTS, railway station,Ring Rail)
and major bus terminals in Delhi.

i) MMI plans, including pedestrian/cycling facilities shall be prepared and

implemented by respective transit agencies for efficient traffic and commuter
dispersal.
ii) The following minimum facilities shall be provided at all locations:
a) Within 100 m of every alighting point: pedestrian spill over plaza, vending
zone, bicycle parking and renting station.
b) Up to 300 m of centroid of alighting points: bus stops, IPT stand, pick- up/drop
location for private cars or on-demand IPT.
c) Up to 500 m of centroid of alighting points: Public parking sites (park and ride
facilities) and public amenities as per norms given in SSI2 and the Street
Design Regulations. Parking space for various modes shall be basedon user
profile and adjoining activities/land use. For instance, metro stations in close
proximity of educational centres and industrial areas shall have more ECS
assigned to bicycles and two wheelers.

iii) Adequate land shall be made available for implementing MMI plan by the
respective land owning agencies.

iv) For all new transit stations and MMTHs, MMI shall be planned and
implemented as part of the design.
75
10.4.5. Technology-based interventions for facilitating MMI:
i) App-based integration of different modes will be critical for achieving
seamless transfer from one mode to another. Transport Department, GNCTD
may develop a smart mobility application covering real-time information on
available route choices, available modes and their associated fare, frequency,
estimated travel time, etc. The smart mobility app shall be integrated with the
ITMS developed for the city (ref: MOB1).
ii) A unified ticketing system or smart mobility card shall be implemented
covering major modes like railway and bus transport. Other shared modes like
IPTs, on-demand cabs, etc. may also be considered for integration.
iii) A common fare management system may be developed by seeking
partnerships amongst the various private service providers and transit
agencies. This can facilitate further incentives and fare subsidies to users
who move from one mode to another.

10.5 Disincentivising private transport

10.5.1. It will be critical to complement the various initiatives aimed at increasing the use
of shared modes with hard regulatory strategies focused on disincentivising private
modes of transport. This Plan proposes following three major strategiesthat are
aimed at curbing the use of private vehicles.

10.5.2. Congestion pricing: Road owning agencies in consultation with Traffic Police shall
notify specific areas in the city as congestion pricing zones. These may include TOD
Nodes (ref: DEV4), Business Promotion Districts (ref: DEV3), Walled City Heritage
Zone (ref: HCP2), and the CBD (ref: ECO). Use of technology in the form of RFID
tagging etc. may also be explored. by the concerned agencies for management of
congestion pricing.

10.5.3. Parking demand management: Restricting the availability of public parking at

work centres, entertainment or cultural hubs, markets, etc. can be a major deterrent
to private trips. The following strategies along with strict enforcement of parking
rules shall be implemented using parking as a demand management tool:
i) Supply of public parking (on-street and off-street) within an area would be
associated with its public transport accessibility level (PTAL). Areas with high
PTAL shall have lower public parking supply (ref: MOB4).
ii) Parking charges to be used as a tool for disincentivising private transport usage.
Dynamic pricing for peak and off-peak periods, on- and off-street parking
(through higher parking charges) to be utilised to decongest areas with high
PTAL and/or high vehicular footfall.

10.5.4. Prioritizing pedestrians and cyclists: Concerned agencies, in coordination with the
Traffic Police, shall identify specific areas with heavy footfall such as tourist hotspots,
markets, etc. with high PTAL levels as ‘pedestrian only’ zones. Tactical urbanism
measures to convert streets into fully pedestrian zones for specific time durations to
be encouraged, so that overall traffic flow is not hampered. (ref: MOB3)
--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---
76
 Chapter code
11.0 MAKING DELHI WALKABLE AND CYCLABLE MOB3

11.1.1 Delhi’s high active travel potential needs to be leveraged and enhanced for people to
choose active travel, not only as an affordable mobility option but also as one that is
comfortable, safe and accrues health and environmental benefits to the individual and
the city.

11.1.2 The existing networks have to be strengthened on priority, utilising green-blue

networks (ref: ENV2) in the city as alternative active travel routes, creating safe
pedestrian and cycling networks both for short and long distances and reinforcing
public awareness about the benefits of active travel. Implementation of strategies for
promoting active travel shall facilitate the following:
i) Increased access to green and safe mobility with options and opportunities to
undertake active travel.
ii) Increased proportion of active travel (walking and cycling) trips in Delhi.

11.2 Street design for promoting active travel

11.2.1 Active travel shall be promoted by designing an urban environment where more people
choose it as a preferred means for both ‘destination travel’ i.e. to work, school, place of
worship, stores, theatres, public transit etc., as well as ‘recreational travel’ i.e. for leisure
or exercise.

11.2.2 Streets shall be designed to ensure equitable distribution of road space and safe mobility
for users of all ages and abilities, prioritise barrier-free movement for pedestrians and
cyclists, and provision of enabling infrastructure to create an ecosystem for active travel.
Existing streets shall be incrementally retrofitted to serve pedestrians and cyclists
better. Pedestrian walkways/ footpaths shall be provided mandatorily in new
development areas.

11.2.3 The following key components shall be included as part of the design of all new road
infrastructure and for improvement of existing roads, taking into consideration the
hierarchy of roads:

11.2.3.1 Provision of barrier-free and continuous NMT network infrastructure such

as footpaths, cycling tracks, etc., for providing shorter and comfortable routes.

11.2.3.2 Points of conflict of pedestrians or cyclists with motorised vehicles shall be

minimised through the following infrastructure provisions, as per the patterns
of active travel characteristics:
i) Pedestrian and bicycle crossings shall be at-grade as far as possible.
Carriageways shall incorporate traffic calming elements.

ii) Subways or foot over bridges, should be cross-programmed through

commercial activity, public art, street performances etc., to ensure a safe
and vibrant environment.
77
 iii) Installation of pedestrian signals shall be preferred over grade- separated
crossings to ensure ease of use for pedestrians, wheelchair users, and
cyclists. Pelican crossing system shall be installed near schools and other
major pedestrian crossings, especially for children,elderly and people
with disabilities.

11.2.3.3 Provision of street furniture i.e. benches and other seating, garbage bins,
signage, public utilities, e.g. restrooms, child care rooms, changing rooms
and drinking water spouts at regular intervals, etc.

11.2.3.4 Earmarking of Multi-Utility Zones (MUZs) and placemaking to accommodate

street vendors and kiosks, spaces for public art and other public activities to
create active and aesthetically attractive spaces for street life and activity.

11.2.3.5 Improved shading during day and illumination during night for safety of
pedestrians and cyclists by providing:
i) appropriate shade-providing and pollution-filtering trees of native
species and other landscaping elements, as well as green features such
as pervious surface, bio-swales, etc.
ii) adequate street lighting and illumination to ensure safety and security.
Preferable incorporation of pedestrian-scale lighting in addition to
ambient illumination.
iii) bus shelters with bicycle parking, bays for pick-up and drop-off for
private vehicles, taxis and IPT to enhance inter-modal shifts.

11.2.4 All walking and cycling infrastructure, and street improvements will be based on design
standards and guidelines prescribed in the Street Design Regulations (ref: Annexure 7).
Compliance with the Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built
Environment for Persons with Disability and Elderly Persons 2016of MoHUA shall be
ensured to facilitate accessibility to the elderly, children and persons with disabilities.

11.3 Active Travel Areas (ATAs) and Walk Plans

11.3.1 Active Travel Areas shall be identified by concerned agencies around high activity nodes
in the city and Walk Plans shall be prepared and implemented in these areas to improve
pedestrian and cycling infrastructure.

11.3.2 Walk Plans shall be made for at least an area within a radius of 400–500m (5-10 minutes
walking distance) around any specific destination node such as a heritage precinct, a
market, existing residential colonies etc. Actual delineation of area under a Walk Plan
shall be based on ped-sheds and/or desire lines. Concerned agencies shall integrate
these plans with their respective plans for traffic management, MMI, station dispersal
plans etc.

11.3.3 All new developments/projects within land-pooling sectors, TOD and Regeneration
Schemes, other special projects shall be treated as ATAs and the layout approval would
mandatorily require preparation of Walk Plans.

78
11.3.4 Existing areas with intense retail commercial activity or exceptionally high pedestrian
footfall, weekly markets and areas identified for night economy may be identified as
ATA by concerned agencies for part or complete pedestrianisation. (ref: ECO and
HCP1).

11.3.5 Walk Plans may also be prepared for existing residential colonies, markets etc. by
the local bodies or RWAs and other stakeholders. These shall be linked to any
proposals for creating Parking Management Areas or green-blue
infrastructure/networks in the area.

11.3.6 All ATAs shall be connected with major roads (with dedicated cycle tracks and
footpaths) that are in close proximity to create continuous city-wide networks.

11.3.7 Areas identified for Walk Plans in the Walkability Regulations shall be developed
and implemented on priority basis.

11.3.8 ATAs may be identified by concerned agencies from time to time for which Walk
Plans may be prepared and implemented.

11.4 City level Active Travel networks

11.4.1 Continuous active travel networks shall be created for roads of more than 30m RoW.
Certain identified routes with existing or anticipated high share of cyclists, pedestrians
and those connecting different activity centres, shall be developed as strategic active
travel corridors.

11.4.2 Cycling Highways: Certain corridors shall be identified and developed as cycling
highways facilitating long distance active travel across the city.

11.4.3 Green Mobility Corridors: These are exclusive pedestrian and cycling pathways
proposed to be created along natural drains and the River Yamuna (ref: ENV2) as
city level dedicated corridors. In addition, these corridors connecting cultural hubs
or Strategic Active Corridors in the vicinity shall provide shorter routes and ensure
safety of the pedestrians and cyclists.

11.5 Other strategies for promoting active travel

11.5.1 Tactical Urbanism: Implementing agencies can use Tactical Urbanism or pop-up
urbanism measures for temporarily retrofitting a street section to prioritise pedestrian
and NMT movement by reserving lanes, pedestrianizing street stretches,etc. It is
recommended that feasibility of all proposals for creating pedestrian and/or cycling
infrastructure be tested on ground before street retrofitting works ofpermanent nature
are undertaken.

11.5.2 Micro-mobility: Battery-operated e-bikes and other green-mobility options may be

encouraged. Parking provision and PBS systems for such vehicles in ATAs and along
Strategic Active Corridors must be encouraged to serve the elderly as well as people with
79
 restricted mobility.

11.5.3 Citizen Engagement: All concerned departments/agencies may design awareness

campaigns and public engagement strategies for proposed projects and plans to boost
consensus building for active travel interventions and induce change in travel
behaviour.
i) Concerned agencies, local bodies etc. may undertake dedicated campaigns for
various citizen groups including school children, women, elderly and people with
disability to raise awareness about benefits of active travel, traffic rules, regulations
and penalties, pedestrian first principle, etc.
ii) Active travel may also be promoted as a mobility choice to ensure social distancing
in the times of disease outbreaks or pandemics.

11.5.4 Employing Technology for Active Travel: Technology and networking can
effectively enable active travel and enhance experience and safety of pedestrians and
cyclists:
i) Smart applications shall be developed by concerned agencies to provide
information regarding walking and cycling routes, tours, marathons, greenways,
heritage trails, location of public facilities, PBS with real-time availability, popular
destinations/ eateries and upcoming cultural events. Special applications may be
developed for people to rate routes and areas for walkability and cyclability and
reporting related issues;
ii) Smart sensors for Ambient Air Quality Index (AQI)measurement can be set up at
traffic signals to provide real-time air quality information to citizens;
iii) Energy generating tiles may be used for footpaths and paved areas. The energy
(coupled with solar energy) can be used to power street lights as well as provide
charging points for mobiles and other electronic gadgets near seating or resting
spots;
iv) State-of-the-art surveillance technology can be employed to ensure safety of
pedestrians and cyclists, adherence to traffic rules and prevention of vandalism of
street furniture.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

80
 Chapter code
12.0 MANAGING PARKING IN DELHI MOB4

12.1.1 Low-carbon mobility is one of the imperatives for Delhi. In line with the
Environment Pollution (Prevention & Control) Authority for the National Capital
Region and the National Urban Transport Policy, 2006 and in order to utilise land
optimally, the parking strategy will focus on demand management of existing
parking, through re-organisation of parking facilities and maximising their use.
Strict enforcement of parking rules and regulations will be essential for managing
parking and contribute towards inducing modal shift in favour of public transport
and shared modes. The parking strategy of the master plan envisages rationalised
supply of public and private parking adjusted with levels of accessibility to public
transport and shared modes, and availability of parking.

12.2 Guidelines for a city-wide parking strategy:

The following guidelines and strategies shall direct overall parking provision in
the city:

i. ‘User pays’ principle: Users of all personal motor vehicles (PMVs) (except
NMT) have to pay for use of authorised parking facilities/spaces/streets.

ii. Rationalise parking supply: Supply of public parking (on-street and off-
street) within an area and ECS norms within a use premise to be
rationalised as per the public transport accessibility level (PTAL) and the
availability of parking infrastructure.

iii. Pricing of parking: Parking charges shall be used for reducing the demand
for on-street parking and increasing usage of off-street parking (especially
MLCPs). Congestion pricing (through higher parking charges) shall be
utilised to decongest areas with high PT access and/or high vehicular
footfall volume (commercial areas, mixed-use streets, work centres, etc.).

iv. Maximise parking utilization: The use of parking facilities and captive ECS
shall be maximised by treating parking spaces as shared resource.
Staggered peak hours of different uses may also be explored to manage
parking demand and increase parking turnover. Parking capacities of off-
street parking sites can be increased by utilising mechanised stack parking.

v. Adequate provision of parking for all modes: Parking supply in the city
shall consider the parking demand for not only PMVs but also for other
modes such as utility and emergency vehicles, shared modes (IPT, feeder
modes, etc.), freight vehicles, cycles etc.

81
12.3 Parking Management Area Plan (PMAP)

12.3.1 Consistent with the Delhi Maintenance and Management of Parking Places Rules,
2019, a comprehensive area-based approach shall be adopted for supply and/or
management of parking in an area/ locality.

12.3.2 Parking Management Areas (PMAs) shall be delineated to implement parking

related interventions for managing demand, regulating available parking and
reducing associated externalities. PMAs shall be identified and delineated by the
concerned local bodies in consultation with local residents, market associations,
Traffic Police, Transport Department of GNCTD, etc.

12.3.3 Parking Management Area Plans (PMAPs) shall be prepared for PMAs. Theseplans
shall include strategies for parking management, parking charges, ITS application
and enforcement of the plan.

12.3.4 For government designated PMAs, the Transport Department of GNCTD shall be
the core agency for preparation of PMAP in consultation with the road owning
agencies and local stakeholders. Experts/ consulting firms/institutions may be
engaged to expedite the process of PMA delineation along with RWAs, market
associations, transport operators and/or trade associations, etc. may undertake
preparation of PMAP for an identified area.

12.3.5 For areas of strategic significance like BPDs, TODs, etc., PMAPs shall be integrated
with their respective improvement plans , Regeneration Plans, IZPs, etc.

12.4 Management of Public Parking

12.4.1 Public parking includes all authorised on-street and off-street parking, including
MLCPs and is provided by the local bodies/ private entities at various locations
across the city, and by transit agencies near stations. In areas with high PTAL and
traffic congestion zones, public parking supply shall be regulated through
exponentially high parking charges and discourage the use of the personalised
vehicles.

12.4.2 All public parking shall be designed as per the prescribed standards and guidelines
and Parking reserved for persons with disability shall be free of charge.

12.4.3 Open areas (tot-lots, parks, playgrounds) and ecologically sensitive areas (rivers,
lakes, floodplain, forest, ridge etc.) or any other kind of open space with public
benefit shall not be utilized for development of parking
(surface/underground/multi-level)

12.4.4 Parking charges for public parking to be dynamic and variable rates shall apply
across the city and at different times, to spatially distribute the parking demand.
Concerned agencies to ensure that streets with high level of activity and congestion
are priced higher than other places. These charges may be subsidised for green fuel
vehicles.

82
 12.4.4.1 Parking charges can be temporarily increased for air pollution control
during periods of severe pollution as per Graded Response Action Plan for
Delhi - Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change.

12.4.5 Provision of on-street parking

i) On-street parking shall be provided such that it does not hinder the
circulation of pedestrians and vehicles. ‘Parking’ and ‘no-parking’ zones
shall be clearly demarcated and on-street parking defined by use of suitable
signages and pavement markings. To optimise space, parallel on- street
parking shall be preferred over angular/ perpendicular parking.

ii) On-street parking shall be provided in close proximity to high-footfall uses

such as hospitals and schools, public offices, etc., Adequate pick up/ drop off
arrangements shall be made within such plots.

iii) Appropriate allocations shall be made for two-wheelers and four-wheelers

at all on-street parking locations.

iv) On-street public parking for personalised motor vehicles shall not be
provided at the following locations:
a) On roads less than 12 m and above 60m RoW. This can be relaxed for
unplanned areas.
b) Up to a distance of 250 m from any transit station/hub like metro
stations, RRTS stations, suburban rail stations, ISBTs, etc.
c) On fully pedestrianised streets.
d) Under flyovers and overpasses to avoid fire hazards

v) On-street public parking shall be discouraged within 1000 m distance from

an existing MLCP, and shall be priced exponentially higher than the MLCP.

vi) On-street parking in residential areas: The aim is to gradually eliminate

all on-street parking in residential areas and reclaim this space as public
commons, creating safer and more vibrant neighbourhoods. Regeneration
of residential areas will enable reorganisation of parking and
accommodating parking needs within property premises. A phased
approach towards regulating on-street residential parking may be adopted
as given below:
a) For residential colonies/localities, RWAs may prepare PMAPs after
assessing the parking demand, for earmarking areas for on-street
parking. Parking supply can be maximised by use of stack parking.
b) Local bodies may consider a system of leasing parking permits for part
use of public on-street parking space to the residents/RWA of an area.
c) A policy linking registration of new vehicles to availability of owner
parking facilities may also be considered.

83
12.4.6. Provision of off-street parking:
Off-street parking facilities mainly serve long-duration parking needs of users
like shopkeepers, office goers, public transit users, etc. Wherever feasible, off-
street parking solutions (surface parking, roof parking, stack parking, multi-level
car park and underground parking) shall be adopted.
a) Developing off-street parking facility is land and capital intensive, and shall
be developed only with consultation and consensus of all concernedagencies/
stakeholders. It can be developed on PPP basis.
b) Off-street parking area/facility shall be located in close proximity to high-
footfall uses such as hospitals, public offices, etc., in order to supplement the
parking need. Direct access to adjacent buildings from off-street parking
area/facility shall be provided wherever possible.
c) Off-street parking may be equipped with facilities like PBS with e-bikes and
bicycles, and parking for IPT and taxis.
In case of a notified TOD node, off-street public parking facility shall preferably
be provided outside the Intense Development Area, to serve as a ‘park and ride’
facility.
d) In order to make construction of MLCPs financially feasible, up to25% of the
gross floor area shall be used for commercial/office space. The parking
demand generated from the permissible commercial/ office space shall be
limited to 25% of the total ECS of the MLCP.
e) 80% of the area under surface parking shall be paved with pervious paving.

12.5 Management of Private Parking

12.5.1 Private parking is provided within the premises of privately-owned properties.

This parking is provided as per the parking standards, prescribed for each use
premise (ref: DCN). Parking standards are provided in the form of Equivalent Car
Space (ECS) and include parking for all types of vehicles i.e. cars, scooters, cycles,
light and heavy commercial vehicles, buses, etc.

12.5.2 Parking norms prescribed in DCN, shall be rationalised subject to the following
conditions:

i) If a property is located within 500m radius of an MLCP, the parking

requirement (ECS) for that premise/property shall be reduced by 10
percent. This shall not be applicable to exclusively residential properties
(i.e. it will apply to commercial and mixed use streets). For MLCP
deductions, minimum 50% of the plot area shall fall within the prescribed
distance.

ii) Based on the Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) value, parking
norms as per DCN shall be reduced by the following applicable percentage
deductions:

84
 Table 12.0: Percentage Deduction in Parking Norms as per PTAL

PTAL Access Index Range Residential Commercial Industrial PSPs

0 (worst) 0-2 0 0 0 0

1 2 -3 0 0 0 0
2 3 – 5.5 10 5 5 10
3 5.5 - 7 20 10 10 20
4 7 – 8.5 20 20 20 20
5 8.5 - 12 20 20 20 30
6 12 - 20 20 30 30 30
7 20 - 30 30 30 30 30
8 30 and above 30 30 30 30

a) PTAL deduction shall be as per the Access Index Range of the plot.
b) For plots falling in multiple Access Index Range, deductions of Access
Index Range with maximum area on the plot shall apply.

12.5.3 For area falling within the influence zone of notified TOD nodes, ECS norms as per
the TOD Policy shall be applicable. (ref: DEV 4)

12.6 Regulating parking for other modes

12.6.1 Goods vehicles: Goods movement is closely linked to location of wholesale

markets, type of produce/item, existing distribution system etc. Adequate area
for parking of freight vehicles shall be identified near commercial and industrial
areas, IFCs, ICDs, etc. by concerned local bodies/agencies. During restricted entry
time, parking for goods/ freight vehicles shall be provided outside toll
gates/plazas.
i) Parking for vehicles used for e-commerce shall be provided by the
respective e-commerce company at the warehousing and distribution
facility.

12.6.2 Shared modes: Parking of shared modes such as IPTs, private buses, taxis, etc. may
be prioritised in all authorised parking areas.
i) All MMI plans shall make adequate provisions for short duration parking of
shared modes, and drop off and pick up areas.

12.6.3 Buses: All buses shall be parked at their designated depots. If capacity of these
bus depots is inadequate for existing or future demand, these depots may
incrementally be converted into multi-level parking. For interstate buses,adequate
idle parking provision shall be made within the ISBTs.

12.6.4 School transport: Most schools in Delhi do not have adequate space for parking
school transport (buses and vans) within their premises. These vehicles are parked
on the carriageway of roads causing vehicular congestion and unsafeconditions for
children. Following measures are recommended to mitigate this problem:
i) All existing and new schools shall provide space for pick up, drop off and
parking of school transport within their premises.

85
12.7 Parking in the Walled City

12.7.1 Concerned local body shall prepare PMAPs for various areas within the Walled City
to address congestion, make streets safer for pedestrians and contain movement
of motorised vehicles to certain roads/areas only.

12.8 Smart Parking Space Management

12.8.1 Smart apps may be developed to give users real-time information of capacity and
occupancy of on-street and off-street parking facilities, nearest available parking
spot(s) and charges. All off-street facilities shall deploy digital display at their
entrances to show the availability of parking spots.

12.8.2 App-based platforms can also facilitate use of parking (including privately owned
parking spaces) as a shared resource.

12.8.3 Many junk vehicles are parked/abandoned around the city, and occupy scarce
road-side space. Local bodies and the Traffic Police shall ensure that such vehicles
are taken to scrapyards within a definite time frame.

x x x x

86
 SECTION 6

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

87
BACKGROUND AND KEY POLICY CONCERNS
Water Supply:

The water supply and distribution in Delhi is largely managed by the Delhi Jal Board
(DJB). In areas under the New Delhi Municipal Council (NDMC) and Delhi Cantonment,
DJB supplies water in bulk while NDMC and Delhi Cantonment manage the distribution.
In areas not covered by the distribution system, DJB provides water through tanker
service.

Delhi is a water scarce city and pressure on available water resources has increased
manifold due to population growth wasteful consumption and systemic loss of water.
There are visible accounts of decline in groundwater levels, heavy pollution in Yamuna
river and frequent waterlogging instances across Delhi. Lakes and other water bodies, are
not functioning effectively as recharge structures, majority of rainwater is not harvested,
limited sewerage network restricts the capture of generated wastewater and treated
wastewater is minimally reused. As Delhi is predominantly dependent upon external
sources for fresh water, the continuous increase in future demand may out perform the
supply. There are some long-term possibilities, which concerned authorities may explore
to procure raw water through inter-state agreements, for meeting the city’s future
requirement. Delhi is steadily moving towards alarming levels of water scarcity and to
achieve water security in Delhi, the current supply-oriented water management
approach needs to be replanned.

Water security for Delhi shall be a function of water and water-related environmental
services from sustainability point of view. An Integrated Urban Water Management
(IUWM) approach can be adopted for Delhi where water supply, wastewater
management and storm water drainage shall be interconnected for having ‘water-linked
infrastructures’ in an urban water cycle. Surface water, rainwater, wastewater and
groundwater are considered here as four access points of water that have to be managed
together. The focus is on reducing reliance on surface water and ground water and
realizing the potential of the non-traditional sources of water for future waterneeds of
Delhi. The IUWM approach, maximizes efficient water use.

The estimated water demand for Delhi is as follows:

Year Population Demand Availability from Total demand Deficit
(millions) criteria* all sources (MGD) (MGD)
(GPCD) (MGD)
2020 19 60 935 1140 141
2031 29.1 60 - 1746 -
2041 29.1 50 - 1455 -
*Includes domestic, commercial, industrial demand and that for fire services, etc.

However due to the limited availability of raw water to Delhi, DJB targets of demand of
potable water for domestic use needs to be rationalized and progressively reduced to
50 GPCD (225 LPCD) and supplemented by using non-potable recycled water of desired
quality standard for non-potable purposes. Water demand for industrial and
horticulture/gardening/agriculture purposes to be fulfilled from recycled waste water

88
of desired quality standards. Potable water demand for the projected population of
29.1Million @ 50 GPCD works out to be 1455 MGD.

Wastewater Management:

In Delhi, wastewater is managed both by a sewage distribution network system and

onsite sanitation system in the form of septic tanks. DJB is responsible for the entire value
chain of sanitation network that includes collection, treatment and disposal of
wastewater. Approximately 45% of Delhi is not covered by sewerage system and sewage
generated from the remaining area flows through a number of surface drains into the
river. However, apart from the planned areas, DJB is also extending sewer lines in the
unauthorized colonies of Delhi. DJB has also planned decentralised waste water
treatment system and other sludge management systems to avoid dumping of untreated
sewage into the drains.In areas where laying sewer lines is not possible, DJB has planned
to capture the untreated effluent from the 108 sub-drains through a parallel system of
Interceptor Sewer Project (ISP), targeting to trap and treat 242 MGD of untreated effluent
before it lands into the river.

With the rise in population and demand for water, the total generation of wastewater is
expected to be around 1200 MGD by the year 2041. The present treatment capacity is
about 597 MGD which has to be upscaled substantially and the load on centralized
treatment system can be substantially reduced by deploying strategies for decentralized
treatment at the plot/scheme level. Treatment and reuse of treated wastewater is also a
potential opportunity to reduce the water supply-demand gap.

Drainage: The drainage morphology of Delhi is defined in a large measure by theAravalli

foothills and connected outcrops. Under these influences, an easterly storm water
movement is indicated from the higher elevations in the West towards Yamuna in the
East. Delhi has been demarcated into six drainage zones namely (i) North Zone, (ii) West
Zone, (iii) Central North West and South East Zone, (iv) Central South and South East
Zone, (v) East Zone, and (vi) South Zone. Eleven different agencies namely Irrigation and
Flood Control, Public Works Department, South Delhi Municipal Corporation, North Delhi
Municipal Corporation, East Delhi Municipal Corporation, NewDelhi Municipal Council,
Delhi Development Authority, Delhi State Industrial and Infrastructure Development
Corporation, Delhi Cantonment, National Thermal Power Corporation Limited and UP
Irrigation own and manage the storm runoff emanating from the entire urban expanse of
Delhi which is carried by about 426.55 km of natural drainage lines and about 3,311.54
km of engineered storm water drains.

To alleviate the flooding conditions in various parts of the city, storm water drainage
infrastructure to be made efficient. So, it is pertinent to apply corrective spatial strategies
to address the deficient drainage infrastructure and introduce low cost flood- prevention
measures such as water body rejuvenation, using parks for rainwater harvesting etc.
Further, solid waste and sewage needs to be managed so that flow of storm water is not
hindered.

89
Solid Waste Management (SWM):

The trend of solid waste generation in Delhi has been rising for the last several years. The
management of municipal solid waste (MSW) in Delhi is under the jurisdiction ofthe
local bodies. The local bodies have categorized Delhi into 12 zones for solid waste
management. Non-municipal waste includes e-waste (electric, electronics, battery
waste), biomedical waste, hazardous waste and construction and demolition (C&D)
waste. In Delhi, non-municipal waste is processed at units authorised by Delhi Pollution
Control Committee (DPCC), to monitor its management. The Ministry of Environment,
Forests and Climate Change has notified separate rules for management of waste and
these shall be strictly implemented.

In Delhi, the critical part of the waste is the municipal solid waste (MSW). Approximately
55% of the MSW generated in the city ends up in 3 Sanitary Landfill Sites(SLFs). The low
SWM efficiency of Delhi is a result of low waste segregation and recycling (processing)
efficiency. Considering the current trends of per capita waste generation, the total
quantum of municipal solid waste (MSW) generated in the city is expected to increase
substantially, from 12,350 TPD to 18,915 TPD by 2041.

Year Population MSW generated Collected waste Current Waste sent

(million) (@650 (TPD) processing to landfill
gm/capita) capacity (TPD)
(TPD)
2020 19 12,350 10,500 (85% 45% 4,725
efficiency)
2041 29.1 18,915 - - -

The municipal corporations adopt different methods to manage waste , The overview of
solid waste management infrastructure in Delhi is as follows:
Sl. No Facility Location Capacity Managed by
1. Composting Plants 1. Okhla 200 TPD IL & FS
2. Bawana 700 TPD North DMC through
DMSWSL
2. Waste to Energy Plants 1. Bawana 1500 TPD North DMC
2. Okhla 1800 TPD SDMC
3. Ghazipur 1300 TPD EDMC
3. C&D Processing Plants 1. Burari 2000 TPD North DMC
2. Shastri 500 TPD EDMC
Park
3. Ranikhera 150 TPD DMRC
4. Landfills 1. Bhalaswa 70 Acres North DMC
2. Ghazipur 70 Acres EDMC
3. Okhla 46 Acres SDMC

The land fill sites have already exceeded their capacity, and shall have impact on the city’s
SWM infrastructure. Strategies for reducing per capita waste generation, increased
processing, recycling capacity and decentralised management are to be addressed.

90
Power Supply, Communication and Gas Infrastructure:

Power supply in Delhi is managed under four broad categories—generation, holding,

transmission, and distribution. The per-capita power consumption in Delhi is more than
1561 units per annum as against the national average of 1122 units 2016-17. Delhi’s
electricity utilization pattern is characterized by 52% for domestic use followed by 26%
for commercial use, 12% for industrial use and 10% for others (agriculture/ landscape
maintenance/ transport infrastructure maintenance etc.). Delhi’s peak demand has
doubled in the last 10 years, growing faster than the population of the city. The power
transmission network in Delhi consists of four 400 KV and thirty-six 220 KV
substations. The existing network consists of a 400 KV ring around the periphery of Delhi
interlinked with the 220 KV network spread across the city. Delhi currently has an annual
power consumption of 30,197 Mus. The total installed capacity is 7479.01MW andout of
the total installed capacity, 78 % of power is purchased while the rest 22% of the installed
capacity is within Delhi. The composition of existing installed capacity is powered by
sources of generation such as Coal (59%), 28% Gas (28%), Hydro (10%) and Solar (3%).

The overarching national policy through the assigned Renewable Purchase Obligation
(RPO) as well as the state level solar policy 2016 sets out targets to meet about 20% of
power consumption from renewable sources by 2022. Delhi has to meet roughly 50.5%1
of its power consumption from renewable sources by 2041 to fulfil the national level
targets set by MNRE. As per the trends indicated by Department of Power, GNCTD, the
power consumption demand by 2041, is projected to reach 63,389 MU. Peak demand is
likely to double and increase up to 19,070 MW. Based on this it is estimated that the total
installed capacity would also need to be increased threefold up to 21,930MW(15%
over and above the estimated peak demand).

Year Population Power Peak demand Overall

(million) consumption (MW) installed
demand (MU) capacity (MW)

2019 19 33,082 7,409 7,901

2031 24.7 47,167* 12,269** 14,110

2041 29.1 63,389* 19,070** 21,930

* assuming power consumption growth rate as 3%

Digital infrastructure and services are increasingly emerging as key enablers to Delhi’s
growth. The wide spread usage of ICTs and internet has notably driven majority of the
app-based economy and services. Apart from public agencies, the private sector plays an
extensive role in servicing the city. Delhi needs to align its telecommunication

1
Based on further projection of MNRE,GoI target of 450 GW renewable energy installed capacity by 2030

91
infrastructure and targets in adherence to National Digital Communication Policy 2018
and Telegram Right of Way Rules 2016.

In 2019, Delhi had over 57 million telecom connections, of which 54 million werewireless
connections provided by both private and public agencies. The public sector (MTNL)
constitutes about 46% share of wireline connections and only about 4.3% of the
wireless connections.Overall tele-density of NCT of Delhi is substantially higher than the
national level average. . Delhi has close to 32 million internet subscribers supported by
and extensive network of telecom towers, majority of which are privately managed.

Gas Infrastructure: Indraprastha Gas Limited (IGL) is authorized and responsible to

lay the network for the distribution of natural gas in the National Capital Territory of
Delhi. Natural gas is widely use by transport sector as Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), by
the domestic and commercial sectors as Piped Natural Gas (PNG) and by industriesas
R-LNG supply. The use of natural gases in different forms will considerably bring down
the pollution levels in Delhi. Around 25% of total households are connected by piped gas
network. However, more than 50 percent of NCT of Delhi has been identified as
technically unfit for augmentation of PNG networks by IGL.

By 2030, Central Government is targeting to make India a gas based economy thus aiming
to push the share of natural gas in energy basket from present 6% to 15%. Delhi shall lay
greater emphasis on using cleaner fuels such as PNG & CNG and discouraging the use of
polluting fuels. IGL projections indicate that Delhi will need an estimated 7.32MMSCMD
gas volume by 2025 and it is planned to set up 110 new CNG stations by 2025 to meet this
demand.

Disaster Preparedness and Resilience: Delhi falls in seismic zone IV & V and is
extremely vulnerable to natural disasters like earthquakes and floods as well as human
induced disasters such as fires, industrial and chemical hazards, floods, building
collapses, road accidents, water logging, etc.

The city has been experiencing floods of various magnitudes in the past due to floods in
the Yamuna and the Najafgarh Drain system. The Yamuna crossed its danger level (fixed
at 204.83m) twenty-six times during the last 35 years. Since 1900, Delhi has
experienced nine major floods in the years including the recent ones in 1995, 1998, 2010
and 2013.

According to Delhi Fire Service statistics, Delhi had more than 75,000 fire incidents
during the last five years resulting in more than 1,500 deaths, injuries to more than 7,600
persons and loss of property valuing more than Rupees 176 crores. These incidents
include five major, twenty-five serious and ninety-nine medium fires. During the last 5
years, Delhi has also witnessed a 49% increase in the number of fire incidents in JJ
colonies and more than 70% of these cases are estimated to arise from electrical causes
(mainly short- circuiting). Majority of the building stock in Delhi is characterised by
buildings which are unsafe due to rampant unauthorised constructions and non-
compliance with building byelaws. Gas leakages and electrical faults have been identified
as main causes for fire incidents in Delhi.

92
The ‘Delhi Disaster Management Plan’ (DDMP) prepared by Delhi Disaster Management
Authority (DDMA)has identified and listed the vulnerable areas, colonies, settlements in
Delhi for various type of disasters and also recommends periodic safety audits for
structural safety, fire safety, electric safety etc., to be conducted by local bodies and
concerned agencies to create disaster preparedness for Delhi.

In the next twenty years, the infrastructure in Delhi will face an unprecedented pressure
and therefore, has to be both responsive to emerging needs and resilient to shocks and
stresses. Therefore, the focus is to create a sustainable and resource- efficient
environment by enabling provision of robust and resilient infrastructure services.

This section gives strategies for water supply and sanitation, sustainable and efficient
waste management, clean energy, robust digital, communication and gas based
infrastructure, disaster preparedness and resilient Delhi in the following four chapters:

INF1 – Making Delhi water secure: water, wastewater and drainage

INF2 – Managing solid waste efficiently
INF3 – Power, Gas and Telecommunication-Digital infrastructure
INF4 – Disaster preparedness and resilience

93
13.0 MAKING DELHI WATER SECURE: Chapter code
WATER, WASTEWATER AND DRAINAGE INF1
13.1.1 Delhi’s development potential is closely linked to the availability of water. The city
is highly dependent on external sources of water and the available quantum is
inadequate for meeting future demands. Achieving long-term water security is
therefore one of the major focus areas envisaging the following:
i) Sustained availability of adequate water that meets prescribed quality
standards for fulfilling current and future needs,
ii) Improved resilience to flooding.

13.1.2 The plan advocates an integrated urban water management approach and
provides inter-connected strategies in the three major water-related
infrastructure sectors, namely water supply, sewerage and drainage. While
interventions under this approach can incrementally move the city towards being
water secure continued efforts shall be made by concerned authorities to procure
raw water through inter-state agreements for meeting the city’s requirement.

13.2 Reducing the demand for fresh water

13.2.1 As per DJB service plan, the per capita norms for water supply are to be reduced
from 60 GPCD to 50 GPCD by rationalising and earmarking fresh water supply only
for potable uses. Water supply shall be reduced further in new developments. The
demand management strategies to implement this reduction are detailedin this
chapter.

13.2.2 Water supply rationalisation to address water scarcity: Water supply in new
developments under the various policies of this Plan will be controlled to
minimize additional stress on water resources:
i) Development within land pooling sectors will be sustainable in terms of
water demand and water conservation features shall be built into thesector
layout and building design. Per capita water supply shall be restricted to 40
GPCD in land pooling areas (ref: DEV1).
ii) Water demand in Green Development Area is anticipated to be met mostly
by treated wastewater. (ref: DEV2)
iii) Regeneration schemes and TOD Schemes shall receive no additional water
supply over and above the existing requirement except for any vacant
land/s within the scheme for which additional water supply at 50 GPCD
shall be provided.

13.2.3 Treated wastewater for non-potable uses: 100% treatment and maximum
reuse of wastewater shall be encouraged in existing developments and mandatory
in new developments:
i) Decentralised wastewater treatment systems with dual piping shall be
mandatory for approval of any new development/ project with discharge
more than the minimum threshold as per UBBL.

94
 ii) In Green Development Area, it shall be mandatory for all plots/ GDA
Schemes to install individual or shared decentralized treatment units
irrespective of quantum of discharge.
iii) Decentralised treatment units may be installed as a shared facility for
single or multiple buildings/plots or for scheme/ sector layout. Built
structures created only for installing such facilities shall be free of FAR
and ground cover requirements.
iv) Shared systems may also be installed at a cluster level for plotted
developments or a group of buildings.
v) Provision of using treated waste water with separate pipes for potable
water supply and for recycled water shall be mandatory for all new
developments as per UBBL.
vi) Provision of dual piping before providing any new water connections.
vii) All existing government, PSP and commercial buildings/plots (except local
level facilities) with discharge above the minimum thresholdprescribed by
UBBL shall migrate to decentralised wastewater management and dual
piping in a time bound manner as per feasibility.
viii) DJB may facilitate existing residential consumers to migrate to water
recycling features.

13.2.4 Low water consumption plumbing fixtures: Installing low water consumption
plumbing fixtures as prescribed by the UBBL to conserve water shall be
mandatory for the following developments:
i) All new developments and regeneration projects.
ii) All existing government, commercial and PSP buildings/plots (except local
facilities).

13.2.5 All concerned agencies shall encourage citizens and different stakeholders
towards adapting water-sensitive behaviour for long term water sustainability.

13.3 Optimizing bulk reuse of wastewater generated in the city

13.3.1 DJB and concerned agencies shall ensure treatment of all wastewater generated
in the city as only treated waste water shall be permitted to be discharged into
drains or water bodies. This will require augmentation of treatment capacity,
maximum collection of waste water through better coverage of unsewered areas,
installation of interceptor sewers and implementation of other suitable methods.

13.3.2 DJB shall ensure availability of treated wastewater for maximum reuse and shall
prepare a phasing plan for incrementally increasing the wastewater reuse
incorporating the following bulk uses:
i) Discharge of treated water to the river as per the requirements of
environmental flow prescribed by the authorized agency from time to
time.
ii) Rejuvenation and continuous maintenance of water quality in the various
lakes and water bodies of the city.
iii) Ground water recharge by using treated wastewater by developing aquifer
recharge ponds and lakes in the Yamuna floodplain greenways along
natural drains, biodiversity parks and land pooling areas.

95
 iv) Usage of treated wastewater for horticulture, irrigation,
bus/metro/railway carriage and vehicles cleaning, road cleaning etc., and
as far as possible, also for firefighting and construction purposes.
Developments within GDA shall also use recycled water in bulk (ref: DEV2).
It shall be mandatory to use treated wastewater for industrialprocesses,
and use of potable water shall not be allowed for the same.

13.4 Maximizing retention of storm water

13.4.1 Another important intervention is to reduce storm water runoff and maximise the
use of rain water, either directly through storage or indirectly through ground
water recharge.

13.4.2 The following strategies shall be implemented:

i) In all new developments, large parks and open spaces shall be located in
low lying areas to ensure recharge and prevent construction in flood prone
sites.
ii) Rainwater harvesting shall be permitted as common shared recharge
infrastructure in greenfield or regeneration layout plans.
iii) Developments within GDA shall be encouraged to create large-scale
storage for direct use of storm water for meeting the needs of horticulture.
iv) Improvement of pervious surfaces throughout the city by adopting water
sensitive urban design (WSUD) principles for all new layout plans and
area improvement projects. Elements such as bio-swales, vegetated filters,
pervious storm water drains, raingardens, semi-pervious pavements and
public parking areas, etc. shall be adopted in public areas as per ground
conditions (ref: ENV1 and HCP1).
v) The design of storm water networks in new areas shall ensure that at
least a proportion of the stormwater is directed/discharged into
existing/suitable ground water recharge sites.
vi) Bio drainage may be used at certain locations to design buffers of rivers,
natural drains and lakes to create natural sponges for the city during
monsoons. (ref: ENV2)

13.4.3 Strategies for ground water recharge shall be complemented by strict regulation
for ground water extraction. Extraction from borewells other than those
registered with DJB shall be considered illegal.

13.5 Improving efficiency of water systems

13.5.1 Delhi’s water availability and demand management strategies can be greatly
enhanced by bringing in several system improvements which includes:
i) Reducing non-revenue water (NRW), adopting 24X7 continuous water
supply and smart metering.
ii) Providing metered water connection to individuals households in
unplanned / unauthorised colonies.
iii) Implementing telescopic water pricing to disincentivise irresponsible use
of water.

96
iv) In dense colonies, where implementation of sewerage network is not
possible, DJB shall set up institutional mechanisms for periodic cleaning of
the septic tanks and faecal sludge management. Existing STPs can be used
for treatment of sullage and DJB shall set up a mechanism for transfer and
treatment of sullage to STPs. The by-products of wastewater treatment
shall be suitably treated through post-processing and recycled for road
building or any other suitable use.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

97
 Chapter code
14.0 MANAGING SOLID WASTE EFFICIENTLY INF2

14.1.1 Delhi’s commitment towards sustainable development hinges to a great extent

on the ability to conserve its resources and manage waste efficiently. The city
generates more waste than it is able to process in an environmentally sustainable
manner. This gap needs to be bridged to move from being “wasteful to
resourceful”. A common strategic framework has been envisaged for creating
sustainable and efficient waste management systems and adopting circular
economy principles:
i) Substantial proportion of waste managed locally
ii) Improved quantum of waste recovered as resource
iii) Waste processed and disposed with least environmental impact

14.1.2 This chapter makes separate provisions for both types of solid waste i.e.
municipal solid waste (MSW) and non-municipal waste generated in Delhi.

14.2 Managing Municipal Solid Waste locally

14.2.1 MSW is managed by concerned local bodies in their respective areas. Local bodies
shall fully implement the provisions of SWM-2016 guidelines (and any revisions
thereafter) in addition to the recommendations of the master plan.

14.2.2 Managing waste in closest proximity to where it is generated accrues multiple

benefits such as better control over segregation of waste at source/locality, better
integration of locally active informal waste workers, engagement of local
communities and RWAs, MTAs etc., and catalysing circular economy of reuse and
recycle.

14.2.3 Creating ‘Minimum Waste Localities’ (MWLs)

i) Localities (residential areas, housing societies, colonies, apartments,
markets, etc.) where all the wet MSW is managed within their boundaries
through eco-friendly solutions such as composting, bio-methanation etc.
shall be called MWLs.
ii) The dry recyclable MSW generated in MWLs shall be sent to Material
Recovery Facilities (MRF) or processing plants located within or in close
proximity to the locality. All non-municipal waste i.e. e-waste (electric,
electronics, battery waste), biomedical waste, hazardous waste and
construction and demolition (C&D) waste etc., shall be sent to government
authorised processing centres. Only inert waste, if any, shall be permitted
to be disposed at centralised landfill facilities.
iii) All new development coming up within Land Pooling, RegenerationSchemes
or Green Development Areas shall be developed as MWLs. (ref: DEV1, DEV2,
DEV3)
iv) All local bodies shall facilitate the transition of existing localities undertheir
jurisdiction to MWLs by involving RWAs, MTAs and local informal waste
pickers and transporters etc.

98
14.2.4 The following strategies shall be implemented to enable creation of MWLs:
i) RWAs/MTAs and local communities, in consultation with concerned
agencies, may dedicate some portion of large parks (neighbourhood park
and above hierarchy) for composting, bio-methanation or any other
innovative eco-friendly solution for processing wet waste.
ii) Wet waste from properties that are bulk waste generators (hotels,
restaurants, malls, etc.) shall be processed and segregated at source within
the premises or transported to authorized composting plants.
iii) Local bodies shall ensure that waste is collected, managed and treated in
closest proximity to its generation in unplanned settlements (including JJ
clusters) and. Sites for local treatment shall be identified in consultation
with residents/RWAs.
iv) To target long-term behavioural change and raise awareness, local bodies
may incentivise good practices of sustainable waste management, and
collaborate with NGOs, CBOs etc.

14.2.5 Repurposing waste infrastructure: Local bodies shall strategize existing

infrastructure and resources to manage maximum quantity of MSW.
i) Dhalaos with sufficient capacity and space can be repurposed to serve as
Material Recovery Facilities (MRFs) at local level, providing area for
segregation of wastes and recovery of recyclables.
ii) In the land pooling areas, provision for separate MRFs shall be made.
iii) Local waste pickers and ‘kabari valas’ may be engaged by local bodies or
RWAs for developing MWLs and leveraging existing recycling networks
for paper, glass, metal, and plastic.
iv) With reduction in the amount of waste being transported, local bodies
may incrementally use transportation vehicles for other purposes.

14.3 Minimising environmental impact of MSW

14.3.1 The following measures shall be implemented to minimize the environmental

impact of MSW:
i) Delhi’s reliance on landfills for waste disposal to be reduced significantly.
Existing landfill sites to be incrementally reclaimed as green/recreational
areas. Legacy waste at these sites to be salvaged in a phased manner as
per the CPCB Guidelines for Disposal of Legacy Waste 2019 (old MSW).
ii) Incentives/ disincentives recommended by National Resource Efficiency
Policy (NREP)-2019 shall be suitably adopted for Delhi.
iii) No new landfill sites shall be permitted in Delhi. All permissible
mechanisms for disposal shall be explored and based on assessment of its
impact on environment. Any new landfill (if proposed) shall mandatorily
adopt sanitary landfilling techniques for disposal of inert waste.
iv) Local bodies and private agencies are encouraged to explore and adopt any
other innovative environmentally friendly waste processing techniques in
the future.

99
 v) Littering in public areas and dumping of waste in water bodies, parks,
green areas and open land shall be strictly prohibited.

14.4 Management of non-municipal wastes

14.4.1 Non-municipal waste such as e-waste (electric, electronics, battery waste, etc.),
biomedical waste, hazardous waste and construction and demolition waste, shall
be managed with strict compliance to the rules notified by the Ministry of
Environment, Forests and Climate Change (2016). Additional authorised facilities
for processing such waste shall be provisioned as follows:
i) Medical waste and Common Bio-Medical Waste Treatment Facilities
(CBWTFs) should be provided as per requirement.
ii) With the coming up of IT/ITES and other digital economies, new
technologies such as e-vehicles, the quantum of e-waste is likely to
increase, accordingly provision for disposal to be made.
iii) The capacity of authorised C&D waste processing plants shall be enhanced
and new processing plants may be provisioned wherever feasible.

14.5 Optimizing Waste as a Resource

14.5.1 All agencies involved in waste management shall adopt principles of reduce,reuse
and recycle (circular economy), consider waste as a resource and facilitate an
environment for development of waste-related industries.
i) Use of C&D recycled products shall be mandated in accordance with C&D
waste Rules- 2016. Reuse of C&D waste generated on site for all
redevelopment projects and use of recycled C&D products in all new
development projects shall be mandatory to the extent possible.
ii) Large scale composting farms shall be encouraged in the notified Green
Development Area (GDA) for composting of bio-degradable waste. The
compost may be utilized within GDA or rest of the city for various green uses.
iii) Recycled waste products and compost that meet quality standards may be
promoted by the concerned agencies for a robust waste to wealth eco-
system in Delhi and the region.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

100
15.0 PROVISION OF POWER, GAS, TELECOM Chapter code
AND DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE INF3

15.1.1 Delhi needs to build world class digital network infrastructure and shift toclean
energy to become a sustainable city and enhance its globalcompetitiveness. The
following have been envisaged in this regard:
i) Enhanced production and increased use of renewable energy.
ii) Robust and adaptable city-wide digital infrastructure and connectivity.
iii) Improved infrastructure for power and gas.

15.2 Shifting to renewable energy and efficient power consumption

15.2.1 In light of global warming and climate change, it is imperative to develop a plan
to enable the transition from conventional sources such as fossil fuels towards
clean energy sources.

15.2.2 A Renewable Energy Plan shall be prepared for Delhi to identify potential
renewable energy generation areas within Delhi along with strategies and
projects to meet the targets outlined by Ministry of New and Renewable Energy,
Government of India.

15.2.3 Delhi has a high potential for generation of solar energy, therefore, the following
strategies maybe adopted for scaling up the production of solar energy in Delhi:
i) Solar farms shall be encouraged in the ‘Green Development Area ’in line
with “The Agriculture-cum-Solar Farm Scheme” of Delhi. Power purchase
agreement based models may be adopted to incentivise landowners to set
up solar farms on their agricultural lands. (ref: DEV 2)
ii) Delhi has a number of canals that can be utilised for harnessing solar
energy as per feasibility. The canal owning agencies may leverage this
potential for generation of solar energy.
iii) Government buildings and institutional campuses with a roof top area
above 500 sq.m to install solar PVs as per Delhi Solar Policy 2016 and Net
Metering Regulations, 2014.
iv) Large scale public facilities such as airports, metro stations, railway
stations, inter-state and city-level bus stations/depots, stadiums etc., may
progressively meet majority of their power requirements through solar
and other renewable energy.
v) Any excess power generated (after meeting on-site requirements) may be
fed into the grid,

15.2.4 The following strategies may be adopted to enhance the usage of solar energy in
buildings and public spaces:
i) Solar-based LED lighting to be used for roads, parks and public places.
These shall be implemented as part of area improvement projects by
concerned agencies such as Walk Plans and MMI.
ii) Installation of solar PVs shall be encouraged in all plots with roof area more
than 100 sq.m and solar assisted water heating shall be promoted as

101
 per UBBL. Installation of the same to be made mandatory for all new
constructions and linked to building permissions.
iii) DISCOMS shall undertake installation of smart meters in a phased manner
for all existing buildings, and mandatorily for all new constructions.
iv) The practice of differential pricing for power supply may be adopted by
DERC to encourage increased solar usage during peak hours, to reduce the
peak load and improve system efficiency.

15.2.5 Modular star rated electrical appliances and electrical fixtures to be mandated in
buildings for higher energy efficiency.

15.2.6 Thermally comfortable and energy-efficient buildings shall be promoted

according to the UBBL and Energy Conservation Building Code 2018. The
following shall be considered while planning and designing of projects:
i) Climatology, wind flow, drainage, presence of water body in close vicinity..
ii) Development of green blue green features within plots for all new
developments (ref: ENV2).
iii) Existing buildings may be retrofitted in order to improve their thermal
comfort. Retrofitting may include provision of shading, ventilation,
insulation etc.

15.2.7 All concerned agencies may adopt the following strategies for managing peak
load demand:
i. promote mixed use,
ii. permit select commercial/ recreational spaces to function for 24 hrs and
promote night economy.
iii. Setting up large public screenings of sporting and other events etc.
iv. Examine feasibility of shared heating and cooling systems
v. Use vacant office building/ schools etc., for night parking and EV charging.
vi. Promote EV battery swapping during peak hours and permit EV charging
only during non-peak hours.

15.2.8 All concerned agencies and departments, DISCOMS, EE&REM and BEE to run
awareness campaigns to sensitize the construction community and the end-users
towards the environmental and economic benefits of using solar panels.

15.3 A digitally enabled and connected city

15.3.1 Delhi requires adequate infrastructure provisions to support higher service levels
like network of 5G and above, full city fibre coverage, and integration of city’s
digital systems with IoTs (Internet of Things), Artificial Intelligence (AI), Cloud
Computing and Big Data etc. for effective urban management of Delhi.

15.3.2 With increased level of digitalization, data centres may be setup to meet the need
for data storage, server management, etc. Such data centres may be developed by
public and/or private agencies as per norms.

102
15.3.3 Digitally unified command and control centres may be set up by the local bodies
as key drivers for effective urban management, especially traffic, safety, disaster
response etc.

15.3.4 Connectivity through fibre-optics is considered to be more efficient in terms of

internet speed and reliability of services. “Fibre First Initiative” of NDCP 2018 and
regulations of ROW Policy 2016 will facilitate augmentation of telecom
infrastructure. Implementation of optic fibre shall be through collaborative
models involving state government, local bodies and private sector as required for
provision of shared telecommunication infrastructure.

15.3.5 Smart poles may be installed in public areas, comprising of CCTV cameras, air
pollution monitoring sensors, telecom antenna, Wi-Fi hotspots/ microcells, solar
lighting, public address and messaging systems, emergency call box etc., which
shall be connected to the digital systems of city agencies.

15.4 Improving infrastructure for power and gas supply

15.4.1 Power Infrastructure:

i) Major transmission network to be planned within the RoW of proposed
master plan roads as per feasibility and shall adhere to safety norms of
overhead and underground transmission lines as per norms prescribed by
CEA .
ii) All new sub-stations in Delhi to be developed as gas insulated sub-stations
as per feasibility, as roughly 50% lesser land area is required as compared
to traditional air insulated sub-stations
iii) All new 11KV power lines to be integrated underground within the road
cross sections of land pooling zones as per technical and financialfeasibility.

15.4.2 Digital and Telecommunication Infrastructure:

i) Optic fibre is a public utility and space for this has to be provided in all street
sections of12m RoW and above as per feasibility. On streets less than 12m,
optic fibre cabling shall be laid within the street section wherever possible
or retrofitted as per existing conditions.
ii) Telecom installations and associated in-building solutions to be promoted in
all new buildings and development.

15.4.3 Gas Infrastructure:

i) Future gas pipelines to be integrated within RoW of 12m and above.
ii) Provision of piped gas connections at household level to be promoted for
all new buildings and developments.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

103
 Chapter code
16.0 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS AND RESILIENCE INF4
16.1.1 Delhi has to develop resilient systems that can withstand, respond to, adapt and
recoverin the event of unpredictable disasters, shocks, chronic stresses. Like any
other megacity, Delhi also faces a wide range of varied risks such as climate change
impacts, earthquakes, fires, floods, disease outbreaks, pandemics, and other
threats.

16.1.2 In Delhi, the impact of such risks increases manifold when coupled with the
intrinsic issues such as presence of a large number of dense unplanned areas with
dilapidated or poor building stock and high densities. This makes a large part of
Delhi highly vulnerable to disasters as these areas are likely to bear large losses in
terms of life and property at the time of any such event.

16.1.3 The plan aligns with the state and national regulations on disaster mitigation and
preparedness and takes a three-pronged approach in terms of reducing risks and
vulnerabilities: mitigating the impact, being prepared to respond to disasters by
building state of the art resilient infrastructure and systems, and facilitating an
aware citizenry. Delhi will become future ready and resilient by striving for:
i) Enhanced resilience for natural disasters- specifically earthquakes
ii) Reduced vulnerability from fires and urban floods
iii) Improved ability to respond to all types of disasters and risks

16.2 Building resilience and preparedness for natural disasters

16.2.1 Reducing Seismic vulnerability: Delhi is located in the national seismic Zones IV
and V, in which, earthquakes can cause ‘high damage’. The city sits on twofault
lines, namely Mathura and Delhi-Moradabad fault lines. Delhi Disaster
Management Authority (DDMA) has prepared seismic micro-zonation for Delhi
and identified high, medium and low risk zones. In order to reduce vulnerability
and minimize the damage to life and property caused by earthquakes, following
strategies can be adopted:
i) Dedicated Structural Audits to be carried out across the city, and all
buildings in Delhi shall duly undergo audit as per the dedicated protocol/s
established by DDMA and concerned local bodies.
ii) The structural/safety audit as defined by Government of India shall be
prioritized in high risk zones, vulnerable localities, public buildings with
high footfall, buildings with response units (fire, police, integrated control
centres etc.), and essential infrastructure.
iii) The safety audit protocol shall provide details of procedure and parameters
for the audit, frequency of the audit and information for strengthening and
retrofitting buildings.
iv) In case of buildings and infrastructure, for which strengthening and
retrofitting has been recommended by the audit, compliance shall be
ensured.
v) Structural design of all new buildings and structures shall adhere to the
guidelines for seismically compliant buildings as per UBBL.

104
 vi) Base isolation, hydraulic dampeners and other such structural features
may be adopted by concerned agencies to make critical infrastructure of
transport, water, fuel etc., seismically resilient.
vii) Concerned agencies may identify areas/localities that are at risk of
incurring tremendous damage in the event of a natural disaster. Suchareas
may be facilitated to undergo mandatory retrofitting or redevelopment to
ensure safety of the residents. Regeneration Schemes proposed in high risk
zones may be given priority over other projects by concerned agencies.

16.3 Reduced vulnerability from other disasters

16.3.1 Reduced risk from fires: Industrial, commercial units and households in dense
settlements are highly susceptible to the hazard of fire. In order to minimize fire
risk in the city:
i) All buildings with functions involving highly inflammable material shall get
mandatory clearance from the Fire Department and adopt safety
precautions. Mixing of such uses with residential or PSP functions shall not
be permitted.
ii) The Delhi Electric Vehicle Policy, 2020 by GNCTD, for promoting electrical
vehicles needs to be reinforced with clear guidelines regarding storage,
charging, use, and disposal of EV batteries, which are a potential fire
hazard.
iii) The Delhi Fire Services can adopt the use of mobile fire hydrants and
other state of the art fire-fighting gear, in areas where fire tender cannot
reach.
iv) Buildings identified as ‘vulnerable to fire’ by DDMA and concerned agencies
shall be retrofitted with fire prevention and mitigation measures as per
UBBL and norms of the Delhi Fire Services.
v) Department of Power, local bodies and other concerned agencies shall take
joint action to ensure electrical safety in identified vulnerable areasin a
phased manner, by ensuring safety from electrical faults in buildings. Area
level fire safety shall also be ensured especially in the Walled City, urban
villages and other dense areas by taking care of exposed overhanging wires
and cables in the streets.

16.3.2 Reduced incidences of urban flooding and water logging: The frequency and
intensity of urban flooding and water logging has been on a steady rise in Delhi,
due to rapid urbanisation. This is likely to worsen due to climate change impacts.
Strategies for augmenting the green cover and water-sensitive urbandevelopment
- shall be taken up. Additionally, the following strategies shall be adopted:

i) All natural and engineered drains shall be kept free of obstructions and
encroachments with regular desilting and disposal of silt of drains.
ii) Local bodies may earmark certain parks and gardens in flood prone areas
to serve as flood detention sinks as identified in the Drainage Master Plan
of the I&FC department.

105
 iii) Large-scale storm water capture projects in the Yamuna floodplain shall be
undertaken by concerned agencies, with the dual objective of flood control
and trapping fresh water for augmenting supply. Such projects shall ensure
strict environmental compliance and cause no damage to the river.

16.3.3 Reducing vulnerability to pandemics:

i) Mixed use development and vertical mixing of compatible uses within

plots shall be promoted in the city, facilitating availability of all services,
work centres and homes within close vicinity of each other. This will
facilitate self-sufficient isolation zones as required.
ii) Decentralised workspaces shall be promoted in the form of co-working
spaces, shared workspaces within slum rehabilitation projects, support
for home-based work, etc. Additionally common community spaces shall be
promoted to be utilised for providing refuge spots, common kitchens,
quarantine spaces etc., at the time of emergency.
iii) Development of large green areas, mandatory creation of open areas,
public spaces and plazas in new developments, and reducing built densities
through planned regeneration will support requirements of social
distancing during pandemics, while providing an active public realm
during normal times.
iv) Development of adequate affordable rental or ownership housing options
for the poor, worker housing, hostels for women and men, etc. shall be
promoted to reduce crowding within dwelling units and support migrant
housing in the city.
v) The plan facilitates creation of multi-facility plots (particularly in dense
unplanned areas) that can be used temporarily repurposed along with
other government facilities during times of disaster.
vi) Better habitat design and green rated developments shall be promoted to
reduce the dependence on mechanical ventilation systems, which pose a
threat during air-borne epidemics.

16.4 Managing effective response to disasters and risks

16.4.1 DDMA may set up a state of the art ICT enabled Delhi Disaster Response Force
(DDRF) for effective response at the time of a disaster or an unpredictable event.
This force can be supported by government departments and agencies as well as
hospitals, CSOs etc. This force shall carry out regular risk assessment exercises,
receive and transmit early warning signals, converge all necessary protocols to be
followed at the time of occurrence and activate all response systems.

i) A disaster response protocol shall be developed for Delhi, outlining the

procedure to be followed for different types of disasters.

ii) All service providing agencies shall develop emergency response plans and
guidelines to ensure that there is minimal impact on delivery of these
essential services during times of disaster.

106
iii) Dedicated evacuation spaces and refuge spots for residents shall be
designated in all localities, especially in dense areas.
a) Evacuation spaces to be open to sky areas where people can gather at
the time of an event such as fire, earthquake etc. These can be parks,
multi-purpose grounds, other open spaces etc.
b) Refuge spots can be any internal spaces identified by RWAs/ local
bodies to provide alternate locations for unhealthy/unwell residents at
the time of contagious disease outbreaks. Such spots should be
publicly accessible facilities.

iv) DDMA shall also develop a post-disaster rehabilitation strategy. All

departments of GNCTD, local bodies and DDA shall develop a system for
regular assessment of disaster risk for Delhi.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

107
 VOLUME 2

FRAMEWORK
FOR
SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT
AND
PLAN MONITORING

108
 SECTION 7

SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT
FRAMEWORK

This section provides detailed ‘spatial Development Policies’ that will guide the future
development of Delhi over the plan period in greenfield as well as brownfield areas. Four
major policy areas shall be covered as follows:

DEV1 – Development of new areas through Land Pooling

DEV2 – Development within Green Development Area
DEV3- Urban Regeneration
DEV4- Transit-oriented Development

109
 Chapter code
17.0 DEVELOPMENT OF NEW AREAS THROUGH
LAND POOLING DEV1

17.1.1 Land Pooling is a new paradigm for urban development, wherein the private
sector will play an active role in assembling land and developing physical and
social infrastructure. Owners or groups of owners will pool land parcels for
development as per prescribed norms and guidelines, making them partners in
the development process. For integrated planning of a sector, the land required
for development of roads, utilities, greens and other infrastructure shall be made
available to DDA and service providing agencies as per approved/notified plans.
Such areas are envisaged to be world class, ‘smart’ and sustainable
neighbourhoods, sectors and zones, planned and executed as per the availability
of water, power and other infrastructure.

17.1.2 Regulations in this regard provide further details for development of such lands
and the process for the same.

17.2 Applicability
17.2.1 The policy shall be applicable in identified land pooling areas as notified by
DDA/Government from time to time, except:
i) Green Development Area
ii) land under unauthorized colonies (which are yet to be regularized);
iii) built up Lal Dora areas (abadi), notified extended Lal Dora of villages;
iv) lands under litigation including lands under acquisition proceedings, till the
case is settled;
v) land where DDA or any other government agency has issued NOC, or where
the plan stands approved for development by any other government agency
at the time of notification of this policy and its regulations;
vi) land under notified forests/government land (use undetermined) and any
other scheme of Government of NCT of Delhi for which change of land use
is under process under Section 11(A) of the Act at the time of notification of
these regulations;
vii) pre-existing institutions which have been considered for regularization or
are still under examination by the Government;
viii) land under roads natural drains, natural water bodies, heritage sites, flood
and irrigation department, railways and airport.

17.2.2 If any of the landowners who have lands listed under sub-clauses (ii) and (vii)
above wish to participate, they must clear all encumbrances before expressing
their willingness.

17.2.3 All remaining lands, other than those mentioned in Clause 17.2.1, shall form the
“Developable Area” that can be taken up for pooling.

110
17.3 Guiding Principles
17.3.1 Pooling of land shall be done on the basis of delineated sectors (as defined in the
Regulations) and the required modification in the Zonal Development Plan shall
be based on the approved Sector Plan as per the provisions of MPD.

17.3.2 Landowners with any size of land in identified land pooling areas may register and
express their willingness to participate as per the application process specified in
the Regulations.

17.3.3 A minimum of 70% contiguous land of the developable area within the sector, free
from encumbrances, shall be pooled to make the sector eligible for development.
This will ensure unified planning, servicing and subdivision/share of the land in a
sector. When such minimum contiguity is achieved in a sector, DDA shall intimate
all the constituent landowners forming part of the contiguous land in the sector to
form a consortium. Isolated land parcels of 2 ha and above falling in a sector, that
are not a part of 70% contiguous land shall also be eligiblefor being part of the
Consortium provided they can be integrated with the sector layout.

17.3.4 Of the pooled land, the Consortium will retain maximum 60% and hold the
remaining minimum 40% on behalf of DDA, to be surrendered (free of
encumbrances) to DDA/ service providing agencies, as and when required, for
development of city level physical infrastructure, recreational, industrial and
public/semi-public (PSP) facilities as per the norms of this plan. Each landowner
will surrender land proportionate to the area of land pooled, for provision of such
facilities.

17.3.5 The 60% land shall be utilized by the Consortium for development of residential,
commercial, public and semi-public facilities and physical infrastructure.

17.3.6 The Consortium will mutually decide a formula for redistribution of developed
land/ built space, or any other form of fair exchange as part of an “Implementation
Plan” and convey the same to DDA with the consent of all landowners.

17.3.7 The final development of the 60% land shall be taken-up by the Consortium only
after obtaining the necessary approvals. The 60% land can also be developed as
separate sub-projects by those landowners/ group of landowners who have
chosen to work as separate Developer Entities (DEs), only after the overall
integrated planning has been completed by the Consortium and all due approvals
have been obtained. The DE can be:
i) An individual land owner who has pooled one or more parcels of land in
the sector, adding up to a minimum of 2 ha;
ii) A group of land owners who have collectively pooled one or more land
parcels adding up to a minimum of 2 ha who have voluntarily grouped
together, through a valid and legally enforceable agreement for taking up
development;

111
 iii) An entity (developer/business/corporate entity) representing a group of
landowners who have pooled one or more land parcels adding up to a
minimum of 2 ha, through a legally binding agreement.

The limit of 2 ha has been set to ensure adequate return of land for development.

17.3.8 Adequate provision of EWS housing shall be ensured in the new development area
and provided as per MPD.

17.3.9 External Development Charges (EDC) shall be applicable on the entire area of
pooled land to cover the actual cost of providing city-level infrastructure.

17.3.10 Land parcels in a sector that remain un-pooled may be allowed to develop at a
later stage subject to:
i) Workability of the proposed layout plan in terms of accessibility and other
functional requirements.
ii) Making 45% land available for city level infrastructure/facilities or as
determined by the Authority from time to time.
iii) Payment of updated applicable EDC for infrastructure and services.

17.4 Role of DDA and/or Government

17.4.1 Ensure smooth and fair implementation of the Policy.

17.4.2 Delineation of sector boundaries and overall planning of the land to be utilized
by DDA and service providing agencies for provision of city level physical
infrastructure, recreational, industrial and public/semi-public (PSP) facilities.

17.4.3 Facilitation of the entire process of planning and development by

DEs/Consortiums through a Single Window System for application, verifications,
approvals, licenses, etc. in a time bound manner, as specified in the Regulations.

17.4.4 Overall monitoring of provision of relevant infrastructure for water supply,

sewerage, drainage, power, transportation etc., by service providing agencies in a
time bound manner.

17.4.5 Acquisition of any land, which has not been offered under Land Pooling and is
required for effectuating development in any sector, in accordance with law. The
cost of such acquisition shall be borne by the DEs/Consortiums.

17.5 Role of DE/Consortium

17.5.1 A Consortium of constituent landowners will be created for unified planning,
servicing and subdivision/ sharing of the land or any other defined action for
development of sectors under land pooling as per prescribed norms and
guidelines.
17.5.2 Development and finalization of the Implementation Plan with the approval of all
constituent landowners as per Clause 17.3.6.

112
 17.5.3 Preparation of layout plans and detailed site plans for the 60% land as per the
Planning norms, through a consultative process involving all DEs/ landowners.
17.5.4 Undertaking watch and ward of the land to be surrendered (free of
encumbrances) to DDA/ service providing agencies, as and when required.
17.5.5 Timely payment of External Development Charges (EDC) to DDA and service
providing agencies towards the cost of developing public infrastructure and
services, through the Single Window System and as per timelines specified in the
Regulations. EDC shall be payable on the total pooled land.
17.5.6 Seeking necessary approvals of layout plans, detailed site plans and other
drawings, through the Single Window System established by DDA.
17.5.7 Time bound development of all internal roads and other related infrastructure
such as water supply lines, power supply, rain water harvesting, sewage treatment
plant, and parking, including provision of multi-level parking facilities wherever
required, falling in its share of the land
17.5.8 Time bound development and maintenance of the entire development as per
approved layout plan, including all the local level facilities i.e. open spaces, roads
and services, till the area is handed over to the concerned Local Bodies for
maintenance. The deficiency charges, if any, shall be borne by the
DEs/Consortiums at the time of handing over of the services to the local bodies.
17.5.9 Time bound transfer of the share of built-up space/land to constituent
landowners/DEs as mutually agreed in the Implementation Plan.
17.5.10 Ensure development of the prescribed built-up space/dwelling units for EWS
Housing component as per provisions of this Plan. Sale and Disposal of EWS
housing stock shall be as per the Plan.
17.5.11 Bearing the cost of acquisition of land acquired by DDA as per law for the public
purpose of ensuring the planned development of infrastructure in the Zones and
Sectors where the Land Pooling Policy is applicable.

17.6 Development Norms

17.6.1 The following conditions shall apply for development:

i) A minimum of 40% of pooled land in every sector shall be reserved for city
level infrastructure and other use (surrendered to DDA and service
providing agencies, as and when required). DDA’s share of Industrial and
PSP land use (refer table 17.1) in sector shall be allowed to be clubbed with
adjacent sectors to meet the requirements of providing city/zonal level
facilities. A maximum of 60% of pooled land in every sector shall be available
to DE/Consortium for development. The distribution of land uses shall be as
follows:

Table 17.1 Distribution of land uses in Land Pooling areas

Area of Pooled Land
Land Use
Minimum 40%* Maximum 60%
Gross Residential -- 53%
Commercial -- 5%
Industrial 4% --
Recreational 16% --
PSP 8% 2%
Roads and circulation 12% --

113
 * The 40% of land in each sector can be utilized for any use as per the requirement.
There shall be no bar for DDA to use fix percentage in a particular sector. However,
the overall percentage of a zone will be as per the table above.

17.6.2 Division of Gross Residential areas and provision of facilities shall be as per
norms in the Plan. Land requirements for provision of internal roads/
infrastructure/ services (including water supply lines, power supply, rainwater
harvesting, STP, etc.) as earmarked in the layout plan will be met equitably by all
the landowners/DEs.

17.6.3 50% of the plots earmarked for local level health and education facilities, within
the Gross Residential Use (53%) in a sector, to be returned to DDA for allotment
to government agencies/ departments.

17.6.4 Amalgamation and sub-division of city level PSP plots as well as commercial
plots shall be permitted. Minimum area requirements as per the Plan shall be
applicable for development of any use premise. The DE/Consortium may also
adopt innovative ways for achieving a vertical mix of uses (residential,
commercial, PSP and industrial) within a building.

17.7 Additional Development Controls

17.7.1 Variance in Applicable FAR at Sector Level:
i) The prescribed FAR limit for different land uses at sector level shall be
computed as per the table below:

Table 17.2 FAR limit for different land uses at sector level

S.N. Land Use FAR Total area that can be built as per
FAR*
1 Residential 200 200 x Net residential land
(Net Residential land to be a maximum
of 55% of Gross Residential land on
which a mix of Group Housing and
Plotted Housing typology is allowed on
fulfilling the layout and plot level
controls as per Clause 17.7.4 and
17.7.5.[A]
2 Commercial 150 150 x 5% of pooled land [B]
3 PSP 225 225 x 10% of pooled land [C]
4 Industrial 200 200 x 4% of pooled land [D]
Total area that can be built as per
FAR at sector level [T]= A + B + C + D
* Notes:
a) In addition, mandatory FAR of 15% over and above the maximum permissible
residential FAR shall be available to the DE/Consortium only for provision of EWS
Housing. EWS requirements to be calculated for the entire permissible residential
FAR (irrespective of housing typology);

114
 b) Permissible FAR for social infrastructure and utilities (up to local level to be
provided under gross residential component) shall be calculated over and above
the residential FAR on the basis of population norms of MPD;
c) Distribution of PSP land use between Consortium/DE and DDA shall be as per Table
17.2. PSP plots shall avail the FAR as per the prevailing Master Plan provided that
the total PSP FAR in the sector does not exceed [C] mentioned above. and TDR, if
applicable

ii) FAR loading can be varied across different plots without exceeding the total
applicable FAR for a sector except in sectors where TDR will be utilised,
whereby higher FAR can be utilised along major roads, around identified
transit stations or other identified locations.
iii) In case there is a shortfall/variation in return of 60% land to the Consortium
due to site conditions or planning considerations, the Consortium/DEs shall
be permitted to utilise their respective FAR.
iv) Gram sabha lands shall be integrated into the overall layout plan for the
sector. Utilisation of such lands shall be as follows:
a) DDA may participate in the land pooling as a Developer Entity; (part of
developable area)
b) DDA may develop such lands to meet specific needs/gaps of respective
sectors. In such cases they shall not be considered part of the pooled
land for computation of FAR as per table 2and shall be developed for
different use premises as per norms. (not part of developable area)

17.7.2 Variance in applicable FAR shall be permitted through the following options:
i) Exchange of land uses within sectors:
a) For Consortiums– sector-level Commercial and/or PSP area under its
share can be increased up to 30% each with an equivalent reduction in
total area that can be built as per Residential FAR.
b) For DDA an exchange of up to 30% shall be permitted between sector-
level PSP and Industrial area under its share;
ii) Utilisation of TDR shall be permitted only in the identified TDR receiving
areas.

17.7.3 Mix of Uses/Vertical Mixing:

i) Vertical mixing (VM) of identified land uses shall be allowed within plots and
buildings to enable mix-use in building typologies and hubs, to create
innovative green layouts and facilitate the provision of adequate public
facilities. The controls and mix of uses for VM shall be as follows:
a) Mix of uses/VM shall be permitted in approved VM plots, identified in
the sector Layout Plan, where the overall FAR on such plots shall not
exceed 400.
b) The loading can be in the form of same land use or identified compatible
land use/s as per sub-clause (g) below.
c) Mixing of identified uses is permitted in any proportion in the form of
different buildings within a plot, or vertical mixing of floors within
buildings or both.

115
 d) Requirements w.r.t open spaces, facilities, parking, entries/ exits and
service cores, etc. within the identified plot shall be as per norms of the
Plan or applicable regulations.
e) Separate entry/exits and service cores shall be provided for each use.
Additional requirements, if any, due to utilisation of TDR shall be fully met
within the plot itself.
f) Mixing/ Vertical Mixing of recreational parks, hospitals, health facility,
university campuses, utilities, fuel stations and correction/ penal facilities
of any kind shall not be permitted.
g) Mixing shall only be permitted for compatible uses as follows:
• Non-manufacturing industries like service industry (IT/ITES,
BPO/KPO, etc.), packaging and logistics, and non-polluting MSME
units can be combined with PSP and commerce.
• Schools can only be combined with residential use premises. Other
educational institutions can be combined with clean industries such
as those mentioned above.
h) Surplus land (if any) due to use of VM shall be utilized for active greens
such as urban farming, nurseries, gardens.

17.7.4 Layout Controls in land pooling sectors

i) Layout Plan shall indicate the following:
a) use zones/ use premises as per the Plan.
b) redistributed plots returned to DE/Consortium , and
c) VM plots, mix of uses and respective FAR for all individual
redistributed plots at the sector level.

ii) Applicable FAR and other controls of various use premises falling under
Residential, Commercial and PSP and industrial land use and VM Plots
shall be as per Plot level controls laid down in Clause 17.7.5 and it shall be
ensured that the cumulative area that can be built for all the plots does
not exceed the permissible limits set out in Clause 17.1.1 except in sectors
where TDR is being utilized.

iii) Isolated land parcels of 2 ha or more shall have a minimum access of

18m RoW for inclusion in the layout plans of the sector.

iv) EWS block requirements shall be met by DEs individually or developed

as a separate area/s on a consolidated basis, preferably close to transit
stations.

v) At least 15% of the residential FAR (A) in the Sector as per Clause 7.1 shall
be utilized for development of small format dwelling units of 40-60 sq.m.

vi) Local level facilities shall be provided in the form of separate plots as per
norms of the Plan, or within Group Housing plots. Where such facilities
are within Group Housing plots:
a) FAR for the facilities will be over and above residential FAR of 200.

116
 b) Any open space requirements for such facilities as per master plan
shall be provided within the plot.

vii) Road Layout

a) The sector road network shall incorporate the road hierarchy and
Street Design Regulations of the Plan. Cycling and walkability
network shall be a mandatory requirement.
b) All major roads (24m and above) shall be provided with underground
utility ducts for accommodating trunk services.
c) At least 50% of the area under collector roads shall be developed with
minimum 24m RoW.
d) Existing revenue roads and phirni roads acting as major movement
corridors within a sector shall be improved and/or widened and
integrated into the sector layout, if feasible.
e) Direct vehicular or parking entries/exits shall be avoided on roads
of 24m RoW and an alternative vehicular access to be developed as
part of layout.
f) The new development shall maintain continuity with existing
movement networks of approved or built planned development.

viii) Buffers: In addition to all other mandatory buffer requirements, the

Consortium/DEs and public agencies shall maintain buffers along major
natural drains as per DCN.
a) Such buffers shall be used for developing parks of various hierarchies
or the edges shall be protected by providing pedestrian/cycling streets.
b) Buildings on the edges of buffers of natural drains shall maintainactive
facades in the form of balconies, windows, pedestrian entries, shop-
fronts, plazas, etc. facing towards the buffer.

ix) Public Plazas: The layout shall incorporate public plazas of various scales
to improve the availability of public spaces. Development of plazas shall
be regulated as follows:
a) Public plazas of minimum 2000 sq.m shall be planned at all major
intersections of arterial-to-arterial roads as part of the sector Layout
Plan.
b) All mass transit stations shall provide 20% of the plot area as a single
open access public plaza for spillover of passengers and Multi Modal
Integration.
c) All plots above a size of 1 ha shall also provide 10% of the plot area as
mid-street or corner public plazas. FAR for the area under such plazas
given within plots, shall be loaded on the remaining plot.

x) Active Frontage:
a) Active frontage shall be maintained along roads with RoW of 24m or
more.
b) A setback of 3m shall be maintained with greens and tree plantation,
with built-to-edge development for 70% of the building edge. At least
50% of such built-to-edge frontage shall be kept active on the

117
 ground/podium floor by using arcades, colonnades, shop-fronts,
pedestrian entries, plazas, etc.
c) These requirements will only be applicable on commercial, industrial
and PSP plots as well as VM plots;

xi) Sustainability features:

a) All projects within land pooling areas shall achieve mandatory Green
Blue Factor of 0.2 (refer DCN).
b) Physical infrastructure in the Sector shall ensure the following:
• 100% treatment and maximum reuse of treated wastewater
• Segregation and 100% reuse of green waste;
• Meeting 10% of the sector’s energy demand through renewable
sources like solar;
• Optimum retention of storm water for direct reuse and recharge of
groundwater as per applicable norms.

Multiple sectors/schemes may come together to meet these sustainability

requirements.

17.7.5 Plot and Building Controls

i) The following controls will apply for different kinds of plots outlined below:

Controls Residential plot – Residenti PSP/Comm VM Plot

plotted housing al plot – ercial/
group Industrial
housing Plots
1 Minimum - Only cluster
plot area developments on
minimum land of
5000 sq.m
permitted*
As per
- Sizes of plots shall
norms of the
range between
100-300 sq.m 3000 sq.m Plan for 5000 sq.m
- EWS units to be various use
provided as premises
separate block
either within the
cluster or jointly
with other DEs
2 Maximum As per MPD, 200 As per 400
FAR provided the overall norms for
FAR for the cluster various use
(i.e. 200) is not premises
exceeded**
3 Maximum As per MPD Up to 33% As per Up to 50%
ground norms for
coverage various use
premises
4 Mandator - Not permissible on 18m RoW As per - Collector
y road RoW of 18m and at least on norms of the road of

118
 access above one side Plan for 24m or
- Overall cluster to various use above at
have access from premises least on
min 12m road. one side
Individual Plots - Mandatory
may be provided alternate
access from 9m access
road. from 12m
RoW
5 Setbacks As per MPD 1. As per MPD for different Plot Sizes of
respective land uses.
2. For Plots on 24m ROW and above,
Front setback shall be as per Clause
17.7.4(x).
3. Side and Rear setbacks shall be subject
to requirements of height and
ventilation as per building bylaws/
NBC.
* All facilities, local access roads and decentralised infrastructure for solid waste and wastewater
management shall be accommodated within the cluster development.
**In case the computed built area for a plot is less than that permitted in a lower category plot, the
maximum built area of the lower category shall be permitted.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

119
 Chapter code
18.0 DEVELOPMENT WITHIN GREEN DEVELOPMENT DEV2
AREA

18.1.1 The Green Development Area (GDA) Policy provides an integrated framework for
development in the following areas of Delhi:
i) Green Belt – land along the NCT of Delhi boundary up to a depth of one peripheral
revenue village boundary, wherever possible.
ii) Low-Density Residential Area (LDRA) – Area of the villages notified for low
density development and having concentration of farmhouses, termed as Low-
Density Residential Plots or LDRPs.

18.1.2 The Policy will encourage ‘green development’, which shall be characterised by
lower FAR and large wooded and landscaped areas, to:
i) foster city-level hubs for green living and recreation, create green jobs and
economies,
ii) encourage production of food and other natural produce to improve food
security and meet horticultural needs.
iii) create a regional environmental buffer, reduce impacts of air pollution, urban
heating, improve predictability of rainfall and combat threat of desertification.

18.2 Applicability

18.2.1 The extent and boundary of GDA shall include the areas of villages notified as Green
Belt and LDRA. However, the extent and boundary of GDA may vary based on actual
delineation on ground.

18.2.2 All existing and future development shall be governed by the provisions of GDA,
superseding the earlier provisions for Green Belt and LDRA.

18.2.3 The Policy shall not be applicable in the following areas:

i) Land under unauthorized colonies (which are yet to be regularized);
ii) Land under litigation including lands under acquisition proceedings, till the
case is settled;
iii) Land parcels falling in built up Lal Dora areas (abadi), notified extended Lal
Dora of villages;
iv) Land where DDA or any other government agency has issued NOC or where
the plan stands approved for development by any other government agency at
the time of notification of the GDA Regulations;
v) Land/ property where a court order has been issued for eviction/vacation
of premises in favour of Government or DDA or local bodies;
vi) Land falling within protected monument/area under the provisions of the
Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 as
amended from time to time;

120
 vii) Land under notified forests/government land (use undetermined) and any
other scheme of Government of NCT of Delhi for which change of land use is
under process under Section 11(A) of the Act at the time of notification of
the GDA Regulations;
viii) Pre-existing institutions which have been approved or considered for
regularization or are still under examination by the Government;
ix) Land falling within the RoW of approved and notified infrastructure such as
existing/proposed master plan roads, major trunk water supply and sewage
lines, HT lines, transport and other essential infrastructure;
x) Land under natural drains, natural water bodies, heritage sites, flood and
irrigation department, railways and airport;
xi) Farmhouses falling in notified forest land or in regional park area (other
than farmhouses built on privately owned land in the regional parksanctioned
up to 07.02.2007 subject to orders of Supreme Court of India in this regard).
Landowners of lands listed under Clauses (i) and (ii) above may participate under
this Policy only after clearing all encumbrances from the land.

18.3 Guiding Principles

18.3.1 Provide a comprehensive framework defining permissible uses, activities / mix of

activities and FAR for proposed uses / activities / mix of activities for green
development. Mixing of these uses/ activities shall be permitted.

18.3.2 Provide environmentally sustainable development options to enable the landowners

to achieve the economic value of lands.

18.3.3 Provide connectivity and infrastructure for physical and functional integration ofthe
areas within and around GDA.

18.3.4 The activities permitted within GDA, shall be with the prescribed FAR and Mandatory
Wooded Area.

18.3.5 Three grades of green development shall be permitted in the GDA as per Clause
18.4.1.

18.3.6 Development of land within the GDA shall take place through private initiative on
individual plots or larger scheme areas pooled by constituent land owners.

18.3.7 Trunk Infrastructure shall be developed as follows:

i) DDA/ Service Providing Agencies (SPA) can develop infrastructure against
payment of EDC by landowners.
ii) Private entity can develop infrastructure on the basis of plan approved by
DDA/Service Providing Agencies (SPA).

121
18.4 Applicable Norms

18.4.1 The following grades of development shall be permitted:

Table 18.1: Grades of development permitted in GDA

Grade - 1 Grade - 2 Grade - 3

A. Permissibility
1.Minimum Land min. 600 sq.m 4000 sq.m 10,000 sq.m
Area (1 ha)
2.Minimum Access 6 m ROW Plot must be Plot must be
Road accessible from 12 accessible from
m RoW, of a minimum 30 m
continuous length RoW, of a
equivalent to at continuous length
least 15% of the equivalent to at
perimeter of the least 15% of the
plot perimeter of the
plot

3.Green Rating* Not required Entire scheme shall Entire scheme shall
meet minimum meet minimum
Green Ratings of Green Ratings of
GRIHA 3 or GRIHA 3 or
equivalent equivalent

4.Activities • Agriculture, • Farmhouses • Higher education

Permitted Horticulture, • Open air campuses
Floriculture, markets/mandi (including
Forestry (e.g. farmers’ vocational
• Smriti vans, Burial market, handicraft training)
Grounds, or used goods • Non-polluting
Cemeteries and markets) work centres like
Crematoriums • Zoological parks cyber and
• Composting and Aviaries knowledge
facility • Sports facilities industry,
• Natural • Primary and Research &
wastewater secondary Development,
treatment facility education facilities • Agro processing
• Solar fields and • Healthcare and packaging,
other renewable facilities cold storage
energy (including • Green Houses
installations veterinary • Convention and

122
 facilities) exhibition
• Resorts, motels centres
and clubs • Concert Spaces,
• Storage facilities, stadiums**,
showrooms and cultural
repair performance
workshops/ spaces,
service centres to museums, art
be permitted on galleries
18 m RoW and • Amusement
above. parks (except
• Green Houses water parks that
• All Grade 1 uses will not be
permitted with permitted within
FAR as prescribed GDA).
under Grade 1 • All Grade 1 & 2
• Animal Husbandry uses permitted
• Socio-cultural with FAR as
facilities prescribed under
Grade 1
B. Development Control Norms
1.Permissible FAR FAR: 5 FAR: 20 FAR: 60
(with minimum 30 (with additional (with additional
sq.m and maximum purchasable FAR of purchasable FAR of
200 sq.m of built up 10) 20)
area on any size of
land)
2.Maximum 5% 10% 20%
Ground Coverage
3.Mandatory No requirement 15% of plot area 45% of plot area
Wooded Area
4.Setbacks*** 3 m setback on all 10 m front setback 10 m setback on all
sides and 5 m. setbacks on sides.
remaining sides.
This may be relaxed
as per Clause18.
5.1(iv)
5.Basements Not permitted Permitted only Permitted only
under built under built
structures within structures within
permissible FAR permissible FAR

6.Parking • 5% of plot area to • 10% of plot area • 10% of plot area

123
 Provisions**** be earmarked for to be earmarked to be earmarked
surface parking for surface for surface
(to be kept parking (to be parking (to be
unpaved) kept unpaved) kept unpaved)

7.Paved Surfaces • Paved surfaces shall not exceed 5% of the plot area after
utilising the ground coverage.
• Water absorbent paving material to be used in 50% paved area.

* Grades 2 and 3 developments shall also adhere to any other greening norms prescribed by
DDA.
** Stadiums shall be permitted a maximum FAR of 40.
*** All structures falling along National Highways to adhere NHAI norms.
**** Except in case of plots proposed for events/gatherings where minimum parking
requirements shall be as per local body policy.

18.4.2 Compatible mix of activities are allowed provided permissible FAR and access
conditions are met as per Clause 18.4.1.

18.4.3 All developments shall adhere to prescribed green ratings and any violation of these
norms shall be penalized. All GDA schemes must achieve a mandatory GBF of
0.4. Incentives may be provided for achieving higher than prescribed GBF.

18.4.4 Greenhouses, solar fields and other renewable energy installations fields shall be
permitted under all grades, provided the total area under these installations is not
more than 30% of the plot (after excluding the Mandatory Wooded Area as applicable).

18.4.5 Maximum 20% of the permissible FAR can be utilised for supporting facilities like small
shops, restaurants or office. (ref: DCN)

18.4.6 All schemes shall be designed as ecologically self-sustaining units as follows:

i) 100% decentralized treatment and maximum reuse of wastewater.
ii) 100% on site processing of all green waste and animal waste.
iii) 30% of the on-site energy requirements are met through renewable energy.
iv) Optimum on-site trapping of storm water through mandatory rainwater
harvesting, unlined storage ponds and reservoirs as part of landscaping and urban
design.
v) These facilities of composting and recycling can be developed as shared facilities.

18.4.7 The following shall be permitted/allowed:

i) Levy any entry or access fees, rentals;
ii) Option for rental/lease models for implementation and management;
iii) Sub-divide their land and sell/lease plots as part of farmhouse or theme farming
clusters, etc.;
iv) Use the agricultural, forestry or other produce from the land commercially.

124
18.4.8 Change of grade of development is permitted, provided all conditions are met as per
Clause 18.4.1. The Mandatory Wooded Area shall be increased as per the grade change.
However, under no condition shall this area be reduced once approved under a certain
grade.

18.4.9 DDA shall identify ecologically sensitive areas (e.g. low-lying areas, potential sites
for ground water recharge, existing areas of high tree density, etc.), where only Grade
1 development shall be permitted.
i) Owners of such lands shall be compensated in the form of TDR that can beutilised
within identified receiving areas.
ii) In case a portion of the plot falls under ecologically sensitive area, it can be utilised
to meet the Mandatory Wooded Area requirements. The remaining plot may be
used for any Grade of activity, as per Clause 18.4.1. In such cases, the compensatory
TDR will only be awarded to the extent of land falling under ecologically sensitive
area.
iii) The norms for public gathering, events and functions shall be as per the policy
of the concerned local body.

18.5 Special Conditions for Farmhouses

18.5.1 The following conditions shall be met for farmhouse developments:

i) New farmhouses shall be permitted in the form of standalone plots or farmhouse
clusters. Standalone plots shall be permitted on minimum 12 m RoW. In
farmhouse clusters, the internal roads shall be 9 m RoW, the cluster access should
be from 12 m RoW.
ii) Existing farmhouses constructed on private lands (till the date of notification
of this Policy) with minimum access of 9 m, shall be regularised under Grade 2.
iii) Where RoW is less than 9 m, all landowners along the street shall provide land to
fulfil the access conditions, however the permissible FAR shall be applicable as
per the original plot. In case this is not feasible, a minimum of 6 m RoW shall be
provided with appropriate road geometrics as given in UBBL/IRC to ensure
smooth movement of emergency vehicles.
iv) Existing Farmhouses that do not meet the setback requirements for Grade 2
developments, shall provide setbacks on front and any one side of at least 5 m.

18.5.2 Other norms applicable for all farmhouse developments:

i) Maximum built up area for a farmhouse plot (whether standalone or part of a
cluster) shall not exceed 3000 sq.m irrespective of plot size.
ii) Height of the built structures shall not exceed 12 m.
iii) Basements in existing farmhouses that exceed the permissible FAR shall be
regularised upon payment of requisite regularization charges up to themaximum
extent of permissible ground coverage.
iv) In addition to permissible FAR, 2 dwelling units of 30 sq.m each for community
service personnel shall be permitted per 4000 sq.m of land area (up to a
maximum of 5 such dwelling units per farmhouse plot).
v) Watch & ward guard unit will be permitted adjacent to boundary or entrance gate
up to a maximum of 20 sq.m as per UBBL free from FAR and setbacknorms.
vi) Sub-division of plots shall be permitted not less than 4000 sq.m with an
125
 independent access from minimum 9 m RoW.

18.6 Provision of Infrastructure and Connectivity in the GDA

18.6.1 DDA shall prepare a GIS-based Integrated GDA Plan (IGP) in coordination with SPAs.
The IGP will be a structure plan (with no pre-identified land uses) indicating the
following:
i) Excluded areas (as given in the Regulations to this Policy);
ii) Eco sensitive areas;
iii) Major access roads that will provide connectivity to the GDA. This will include
all Master Plan, zonal plan roads and any local or revenue roads.

18.6.2 The alignment of Master Plan and Zonal plan roads passing through Green
Development Area shall be adhered to.

18.6.3 Development of zonal roads shall be undertaken by concerned authorities to ensure

connectivity to GDA. Land requirement for such roads shall be met through a pooling
process as detailed in the GDA Regulations and suitable incentives such as TDR may be
provided.

18.6.4 Landowners shall provide land for social infrastructure and utilities such as police
stations, fire stations, fuel stations, sub-stations, telecom towers, etc., as per local
needs. The norms including road access conditions, setbacks etc. specific to the
particular facility need to be adhered to. All such facilities can be developed on any land
in the GDA as per permissibility in master plan and as per notified GDA Regulations.

18.6.5 Provision of trunk infrastructure for water, power and telecommunications shall be
as per the Regulations to this Policy.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

126
 Chapter code
19.0 URBAN REGENERATION DEV3

19.1.1 A large number of areas in Delhi were developed between 1940-1970, resulting in
an old built stock. Many of these areas are in a dilapidated state, in need of regeneration
and can be utilised more optimally. These areas have different characteristics, needs,
potentials and constraints, highlighting the requirement for a nuanced strategy for
regeneration across the city.

19.1.2 The strategy is to use regeneration as a planning and design tool for renewing ageing
and unsafe building stock and improving the quality of life of people livingand
working in these areas. It will also facilitate provision of physical and social
infrastructure, revitalisation of historically and culturally significant areas,
enhancement of the public realm, and strategic development in select areas by
unlocking their latent potential.

19.2 Guiding principles

19.2.1 Nuanced framework to address different contexts ranging from planned residential
neighbourhoods and economic centres, to dense unplanned areas.

19.2.2 Flexible framework with the option of using a mix of instruments for regeneration
of an area, namely, retrofitting, reconstruction or full/partial redevelopment, provided
that the requirements of structural safety, sustainable services and improved
walkability are met. Reuse of existing good quality-built stock is a sustainable circular
economy approach to construction.

19.2.3 Integrated framework for regeneration allowing amalgamation and reconstitution

of plots to achieve integrated planning, creation of well-proportioned open spaces,
improvement of road networks, walkability and sustainable site design.

19.2.4 Incentivised framework linked to public outcomes, providing incentives such as

higher FAR or relaxed norms/charges on the condition that the project will fulfil public
purpose for example, creation of new public spaces and parks, sustainable
development etc.

19.2.5 Strategic development framework to unlock the value of high potential areas in the
city and achieve a better urban form over the long term (25-30 years), withhigher
FAR, densities and mix of uses concentrated closer to public transit nodesand
networks and facilitate development of strategic hubs.

127
19.3 Applicability

19.3.1 This Policy shall apply to all existing developed areas, except the following:
i) Areas under natural greens and water bodies, drains and buffers and any other
areas identified for environmental protection
ii) Zone ‘O’
iii) Green Development Area
iv) Land Pooling Area
v) TOD Nodes
vi) Monument Prohibited Area and notified heritage sites/plots
vii) Civil Lines Bungalow Area (as per layout plan of North Delhi Municipal
Corporation & DDA)
viii) Lutyen’s Bungalow Zone (as per layout plans of NDMC, L&DO)
ix) Embassies/ Diplomatic Enclaves/ Foreign Missions

19.3.2 Regulations for Regeneration shall be prepared and notified within 6 months of
notification of the Plan.

19.4 Reconstruction at Plot level

19.4.1 All buildings in Delhi, except heritage buildings and illegal structures, are permitted
individual plot level reconstruction as per applicable development control norms.
Regeneration FAR shall only be available for plots that fulfill the conditions of this
Policy (including preparation of Regeneration Plan as per Clause 19.5).

19.4.2 The following typologies shall only be permitted reconstruction or addition/

alteration at plot level as per the following provisions:
19.4.2.1 Plotted residential development shall be permitted individual plot level
reconstruction utilising the prevailing FAR for plotted housing as per MPD.
i) Small sized plots may amalgamate only up to an area of 64 sq.m.

19.4.2.2 Mixed Use Streets/ Commercial streets: plot-level reconstructions as per

norms for residential plotted development shall be permitted.
i) Linear amalgamation of single line of plots along the street shall be
permitted, provided that individual plots are 500 sq.m. Continuous
active frontage shall be maintained along the street. Such schemes shall
provide parking requirements within the plot.
ii) Additional FAR of 10% of permitted FAR shall be provided for stack
parking.

19.4.2.3 Non-Hierarchical Commercial Centres/ designated CCs/ designated

LSCs/ designated CSCs/shop-cum-residence plots: shall be permittedto
undertake plot-level reconstruction according to permissible plotted
residential FAR.

i) The permissible ground coverage shall be as per footprint of the

existing structure, circulation space and open area shall be retained.

128
 ii) In shops with shared walls, property owners may come together and
undertake reconstruction at block or street level.
iii) Maximum two adjacent plots/ properties can be amalgamated.

19.4.2.4 Plots with non-heritage buildings in Shahjahanabad shall be permitted

plot level reconstruction as per the following conditions:
i) The grain of the fabric and street morphology shall be preserved. The
existing circulation pattern may be improved without restructuring.
ii) Plots shall be eligible for FAR as per norms for residential plotted
housing. Maximum permissible height shall be 12m. Plots that are
unable to utilise the permissible FAR shall be eligible for TDR.
iii) Existing basements at plot level can be used for storage. No new
basement shall be permitted in any building.
iv) Permissible ground coverage shall be the same as existing.
v) Built-to-edge frontage shall be maintained along access roads and no
stilts shall be permitted in the Walled City Heritage Zone.
vi) Mandatory ECS norms shall not be applicable in the Walled City Heritage
Zone, and minimal parking shall be permitted for residents only.
vii) Amalgamation shall be permitted only up to a maximum of 2 plotswith
non-heritage structures.
viii) Local level commercial activities shall be permitted on ground floor.
Entire building may be permitted to have retail, guest house, boarding
and lodging, socio-cultural facilities, repair shops, restaurants, etc shall
be permitted, if access from minimum 6m road is available.
ix) Norms for social facilities shall be as per Clause 19.10.4.2
x) No projections/ chajjas/ balconies shall be permitted in structures
facing streets less than 6m wide.

19.4.2.5 Integrated Regeneration Plans with specific building and urban design
controls shall be developed on a case to case basis for special areas inKarol
Bagh, area outside walled city and any other areas identified by the Authority
from time to time.

19.4.2.6 JJ Resettlement Colonies:

i) Plot level reconstruction shall be permitted with amalgamation of
plots up to a maximum of 64 sq.m.
ii) Regeneration Scheme shall be permitted for the entire area under a JJ
Resettlement Colony as per the norms for Slum Rehabilitation.

19.5 Regeneration Plans

19.5.1 For comprehensive planning, Regeneration Plans (RPs) covering larger area shall be
prepared. Thereafter separate Regeneration Schemes may be designed and
implemented for single or multiple plots.

19.5.2 RPs shall demarcate a public road grid/network of 18-24m roads @ approximately
500m c/c to provide access and circulation. Additional infrastructural requirements
shall be provided in the RP.
129
19.5.3 RPs may be prepared by DDA or by any Developer Entity (DE) interested in
undertaking Regeneration Scheme/s. RPs prepared by DEs shall be submitted toDDA
or local body under whose jurisdiction the area falls for approval. DEs may also
approach DDA to prepare RP for a particular area where more than one Regeneration
Scheme is identified.

19.5.4 RPs shall be approved for an area of minimum 4 Ha or any area with well-defined
boundary:
19.5.4.1 RP of an existing approved layout plan or a pocket/ block/ other sub-
division having well defined boundaries shall be considered. Direct access
from minimum 18m RoW along one longer edge is mandatory. For e.g. a
pocket or sector in a group housing colony or a sub-division of an industrial
layout.
19.5.4.2 RPs for LSC, CC, DC and integrated office complex shall be prepared for the
entire approved layout.

19.5.5 On approval of the RP, smaller areas within the RP can submit for individual
Regeneration Schemes after meeting the following requirements:
19.5.5.1 Minimum prescribed access conditions are met.
19.5.5.2 Regeneration Schemes shall not be permitted on vacant land. At least 50% of
the cumulative FAR (permissible at the time of construction) on theScheme
area should be built up at the time of submission of the scheme for
regeneration. This condition shall not apply to strategic areas i.e. TOD
Schemes, Business Promotion Districts or any other strategic area notified
by the Plan.

19.5.6 Roads and public facilities shall be provided in all Regeneration Schemes as per
approved RP.

19.6 Norms for Regeneration Schemes in planned layouts

19.6.1 Regeneration Schemes shall have access from road of minimum 18m RoW.
Amalgamation shall be permitted only for plots with the same gross land use.
Reconstitution of plots may be done for the entire scheme area.
19.6.1.1 All schemes shall be permitted to use a mix of strategies to undertake
regeneration as per clause 19.2.2.
19.6.1.2 Public areas such as roads, open spaces, drains, etc. may be included for
integrated planning provided that public roads are less than 18m RoW and
public drains with width of less than 5m, and public parks not bigger than
‘tot-lots’ not hampering the access to the adjoining plots. Such areas shall not
consider for computation of permissible FAR and ground coverage.
19.6.1.3 Reconstitution of plots shall be permitted. Reconfiguration of existing roads
and open spaces shall be permitted, provided that:
i) the reconfigured layout provides equal or more area under roads and
open spaces. In areas where a fine network of streets already exists, it
shall be preserved as far as possible.
ii) due approval has to be obtained from the concerned public agencies for
130
 reconstitution of public parks and roads. Reconstituted public areas
shall be handed over to the concerned public agency and remain open
to public. there is zero or minimal damage to existing trees.
19.6.1.4 Regeneration schemes shall receive no additional water supply over and
above the existing requirement except for Schemes with vacant land/s for
which additional water supply may be provided on a case to case basis.
The additional requirement shall be met by recycling of water and tapping of
rain water.

19.6.2 Minimum area for a Regeneration Scheme shall be 3000sq.m. This shall be relaxed
to 2000 sq.m. for Cooperative Group Housing Societies and 1000 sq.m. for Industrial
plots.

19.6.3 The following segmented Regeneration FAR shall apply to Regeneration Schemes.

No Factor for calculating Scale of Scale of Scale of

incentive Regeneration FAR development development development
(minimum 3000 (minimum 1 (4ha and
sq.m.but lesser ha but lesser above)
than 1ha)* than 4ha)
1 General Regeneration 1.1X** 1.15X 1.2X
Factor
(available to all Regeneration
Schemes)
2 Sustainable Urban Services (SUS) Factor
(additional FAR available for implementing requirements 2A and 2B given below)
2A Green Rating*** 0.15X
(if platinum/5 Green Rating is achieved)
2B 20% public open green space Not applicable 0.05X
3 Age Factor 0.1X
(additional FAR only available
to schemes with 50%
buildings older than 40 years)
Maximum incentive Regeneration 1.35X 1.45X 1.5X
FAR
* for industrial and cooperative group housing plots, the minimum scheme area shall be as
per Clause 19.6.2
**X stands for the current permissible FAR for each plot being included in the Regeneration
Scheme
***Any green rating system as approved by Government from time to time.

19.6.4 The following shall apply to Regeneration Schemes:

19.6.4.1 Different premises within the Scheme shall be permitted additional uses as
per the DCN.
19.6.4.2 Good quality EWS housing shall be provided within the Regeneration
Scheme as per the norms of the Plan. The EWS FAR shall be over andabove
the residential FAR, calculated as 15% of the maximum permissible
residential FAR in the scheme. The requirement for EWS housing shall be met
as a separate well-designed area within the Scheme with low/mid-rise,
high-density built form, with access to the public greens and social facilities.
131
 19.6.4.3 For Schemes of less than 3000 sq.m. area, the option of collective provision
of prescribed EWS housing on an alternate site may also be explored.
19.6.4.4 10% of the area of the Scheme shall be mandatorily developed as a single
consolidated Green Public Space for public use and handed over to thelocal
body/DDA. In case Schemes of 1 ha and above, this requirement may be met
by providing multiple parcels that are usable to the community as public
space, with at least one parcel of 1,000 sq.m.
19.6.4.5 All Regeneration Schemes shall achieve a GBF factor of 0.2 (ref: DCN).
19.6.4.6 All schemes located along drains or water bodies shall maintain minimum
mandatory buffers and building orientation as per ENV2.
19.6.4.7 All Schemes of plots more than 1ha shall provide public plazas as per HCP1.
Corner plots on major roads shall mandatorily provide corner plazas.
19.6.4.8 Active frontage shall be maintained along all roads of 18m and above RoW.
i) A setback of 3m shall be maintained with built-to-edge development
for 70% of the building edge. At least 50% of such built-to-edge frontage
shall be kept active on the ground/ podium floor by using arcades,
colonnades, shop-fronts, pedestrian entries, plazas, etc. Residential
schemes shall maintain at least 20% active frontage.
ii) Buildings shall be recessed beyond a height of 10m or after two floors.

19.6.5 In case of residential schemes:

19.6.5.1 Plots earmarked for local level facilities (except senior secondary schools)
can be included in the scheme with approval of concerned agencies. Insuch
cases, equivalent facilities of the same type and area/pro rata basis as per
norms shall be provided in the scheme.
19.6.5.2 At least 5% of the permissible FAR shall be utilised for provision of additional
local facilities. Schemes of 4 ha or more shall be eligible to provide city level
PSP facilities as per prevailing norms.
19.6.5.3 5% of the FAR may be utilised for commercial activities (as permitted in
CSC and LSC).
19.6.5.4 Such PSP and commercial uses as given in Clauses 19.6.5.2 and 19.6.5.3
may be developed through vertical mixing.
19.6.5.5 Increase in the number of dwelling units shall be permitted in the scheme
area (even in case of cooperative group housing societies for which relevant
regulations/act may be amended by the Registrar of Societies).

19.6.6 In case of Regeneration Schemes within 500m radius of transit stations (except
those declared as TOD Nodes), the following shall be permitted:
19.6.6.1 Ground coverage up to a maximum of 50%
19.6.6.2 Parking norms as applicable in TOD Schemes
19.6.6.3 Residential Schemes may utilise up to 10% of the permissible FAR for
provision of PSP facilities

19.7 Strategic Regeneration

19.7.1 Business Promotion Districts (BPDs) shall be promoted as strategic economic and
cultural hubs. RP shall be prepared for the entire area identified as BPD.

132
19.7.2 Schemes within BPDs shall be developed as per Clauses 19.6.1 and 19.6.4. higher
Regeneration FAR shall be provided for such schemes as per the following table:

No Factor for calculating Scale of Scale of Scale of

incentive Regeneration FAR development development development
(minimum 5000 (minimum 1 (4 ha and
but lesser than 1 ha but lesser above)
ha) than 4 ha)
1 Base Regeneration Factor 1.2X* 1.3X 1.4X
(available to all Regeneration
Schemes within BPDs)
2 Sustainable Urban Services (SUS) Factor
(additional FAR available for implementing requirements 2A and 2B given below)
2A Green Rating 0.15X
(if platinum/5 Green Rating is achieved)
2B 20% public open green space Not applicable 0.05X
3 Use Promotion (USP) Factor 0.2X 0.2X 0.2X
(additional FAR only available
for implementing non-
residential uses)
Maximum incentive Regeneration 1.55X 1.7X 1.8X
FAR
*X stands for the ‘Base FAR’ i.e. the current permissible FAR for each plot being included in
the Regeneration Scheme.

19.7.3 7.3 Schemes within BPDs shall be permitted maximum 275 FAR at Scheme leveland
additional 25 FAR in the form of TDR.

19.8 Integration of undeveloped private land parcels

19.8.1 There are some privately owned land pockets in Delhi that have remained outside
the purview of planned development up till now due to reasons such as denotification
from acquisition, exclusion from acquisition, legal encumbrances, etc. Planned
development of such land pockets shall be as per “Regulations for Enabling the Planned
Development of Privately Owned Lands".

19.9 Regeneration of Unplanned Areas

19.9.1 A number of Delhiites live and work in unplanned and/or unauthorized areas,
characterized by poor condition of buildings, inadequate accessibility (particularly
during emergencies) and inadequate physical and social infrastructure. However,these
areas have also emerged as high density, mix-use hubs, providing affordable options
for housing, micro, small and medium enterprises. Many heritage urban villages are
also reinventing themselves as centres of high-end retail and cultural economies.
There is a need to reinforce this potential, while incrementally improving safety
standards, infrastructure and quality of life in these areas.

19.9.2 Four broad typologies of unplanned areas have been identified in the city.
Provisions for regeneration have been provided for each type:

133
 i) Unauthorized Colonies (UCs), including Regularized Unauthorized Colonies
and those identified for regularization (19.10)
ii) Urban Villages, including notified Lal Dora and Extended Lal Dora areas in the
city (refer Clause 19.10.6)
iii) Slums and JJ Clusters (refer Clause 19.11)
iv) Non-conforming industrial areas (refer Clause 19.12)
v) Non-Conforming Godown clusters (refer Clause 19.13)

19.10 Regeneration of UCs

19.10.1 UCs/part UCs shall be taken up for improvement in the following ways:
i) Constituent land/property owners or RWAs can come forward with a UC
Regeneration Scheme. Such schemes shall be considered as independent
layouts for layout and building sanctions and may be proposed in any of the UCs,
with or without regularized layouts.
ii) UCs may alternatively apply for regularization of their existing layouts as per
Regulations. Once the layout is approved, individual land/property owners may
proceed for building plan sanction.

19.10.2 UC Regeneration Schemes: UCs/part UCs that wish to implement a UC

Regeneration Scheme shall come forward as a Developer Entity (DE) and submit a
scheme as per processes set out in the relevant Regulations. The following norms
shall apply:
19.10.2.1 The scheme area shall have direct access from an existing road of 12m
RoW (for atleast 15% of the perimeter of the scheme). This condition may be
met by providing area for road widening, provided that the schemeincludes
an entire road stretch that connects with a road of minimum 12m ROW on at
least one side.
19.10.2.2 Four types of schemes can be proposed:
i) Level 1: 2,000 – 3,000 sq.m. consolidated land area
ii) Level 2: 3,000 – 5,000 sq.m. consolidated land area
iii) Level 3: 5,000 – 10,000 sq.m. consolidated land area
iv) Level 4: More than 10,000 sq.m. consolidated land area
19.10.2.3 A large proportion of the prescribed setbacks shall be utilised for
development or widening of roads. This shall not only improve accessibility
within the UC but also provide opportunities to adjoining unplanned areas
to come up with UC Regeneration Schemes by fulfilling the minimum
access condition. As such all land for public roads shall be handed over to the
concerned local body whenever required.
19.10.2.4 DEs shall ensure that the scheme has a regular shape and boundary. Linear
amalgamations of single line of plots along a road shall not be permitted,
unless the individual plots are 750 sq.m. or more in area.
19.10.2.5 Two or more adjoining UCs/ part UCs may be brought under a single UC
Regeneration Scheme. A scheme may also include additional area outside the
boundary of the UC if the land/property owners on both sides agree to plan
in an integrated manner. This additional area shall not be more than 25% of
the scheme area and MPD norms as per land use shall apply on this area for
calculation of FAR.
134
 19.10.2.6 Public areas such as roads, open spaces, drains, etc. may be included in
Level 3-4 schemes for purposes of integrated planning. However, the area
under such public facilities shall not be considered for meeting minimum
area requirements or computation of FAR and ground coverage. Such areas
may be reconfigured as part of the final layout provided all general
conditions mentioned in Clause 19.4.5 are followed.

19.10.3 FAR for Regeneration Schemes in UCs:

19.10.3.1 FAR for a UC Regeneration Scheme shall be calculated as follows:

Area of plot (sq.m.) Permissible FAR*
Up to 175 350
175 up to 250 300
250 up to 750 250
750 up to 1500 225
1500 and above 200
*In case the computed built area for a plot is less than that permitted in a lower category
plot, the maximum built area of the lower category shall be permitted

19.10.3.2 In order to improve the availability of facilities in UCs, a special Amenities

FAR will be available as an incentive regeneration FAR:

Level of UC Amenities Regulating conditions

Regeneration FAR
Scheme
Level 1 20 Secondary schools and city-level facilities
Level 2 30 shall not be permitted
Level 3 40 All PSP uses permitted, provided that
Level 4 50 open space requirements are met.
Separate entry/exit and service cores
shall be provided for city-level facilities.

19.10.3.3 Permissible scheme FAR shall be the sum of FARs of all constituent land
parcels with additional incentive FAR in the form of Amenities FAR.
19.10.3.4 The base land use for all schemes shall be Residential.
i) While standard MPD FAR of 200 shall be considered Base FAR and be
free of any regularization charges, all additional Scheme level FAR will
have to be purchased by the DE at rates prescribed by DDA. Such charges
shall be waived for every affordable rental housing unit of 60 sq.m.
created by the DE and maintained at regulated rents for a period of 15
years. Such properties shall be part of a public rental housing inventory
and all rental transactions for such properties shall be executed through
a portal created by DDA for the purpose.
ii) 5% of the final scheme FAR shall be mandatorily utilised to provide local
level commercial and PSP facilities. The DE shall have the optionof
utilizing up to 15% of the FAR for such facilities.

135
19.10.4 Other development norms for Regeneration Schemes in UCs:

19.10.4.1 The following other development norms shall apply:

Parameter Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4

Ground Up to 50% Up to 50% Up to 40% Up to 40%
coverage
Minimum - 2m on 12m and above ROW
Setback as - 4.5 m on sides with access from less than 12m ROW
per edge - 6m on all sides adjoining existing built-up
condition*
Public 10% as a 10% as a 10% as plot 10% as plot for
space** single plot single plot for public public purpose
purpose including at
including at least one plot
least one plot of 1,000 sq.m.
of 500 sq.m.
Parking 1.0 ECS/100 sq. m.
Land for - 5% to 15% based on the existing infrastructure
social already available within a radius of 1 to 3 km
infrastructure
***
*setbacks shall be kept hindrance free at all times and be made available for road
widening/construction as and when required
**shall have access from minimum 9m RoW and shall be transferred to the local
body. Local body may utilize such public space for provision of parks, plazas or
installation of utilities as per requirement.
***shall be provided as one consolidated land parcel with access from minimum 9m
RoW and shall be transferred to the local body. Local body may utilize the land for
provision of schools or multi-facility centres (including healthcare facilities, community
halls, basti vikas kendras, police posts, child-care centres, early learning centres, small-
scale non-polluting economic activities, community green-waste recycling, dhalaos or
material recovery centres, informal markets, etc.)

19.10.4.2 The following norms shall apply for provision of social infrastructure as
part of UC Regeneration Schemes:

Facility* Facilities built on separate plot Facilities provided through

vertical mixing
Minimum FAR Ground Minimum Additional
Plot Area Coverage built up conditions
(sq. m.) (%) area (sq.
m.)
Primary 800 120 30 960 Open space
School requirements to be
met
Senior 2000 150 35 3000 Open space
secondary requirements to be
school met

136
 Any other 500 – 120 30 600s Health facilities
local 1000 in with a maximum of
facility the form 50 bedded facility
of Multi (@60 sq. m./bed)
Facility can be created
Centres

19.10.4.3 Once a UC Regeneration scheme is approved, implementation may be

permitted for smaller blocks of minimum 3,000 sq.m in case of level 4
schemes.

19.10.5 Layout Plan approval of existing UCs shall be as per the Regulations.
19.10.5.1 Once the layout plan has been approved, applications for individual plot-
level building plan sanctions can be submitted to the concerned local body.
19.10.5.2 The land use of all approved plots shall be ’Residential’. However, to ensure
provision of local level facilities within such UCs, the following shall be
permitted
i) Plots measuring 100 sq.m. or more and falling on 9m RoW shall be
permitted to utilize up to 100% of the residential FAR for providing
local level facilities (except secondary schools) as per the norms for
vertical mixing given in Clause 19.2.12 above.
ii) Up to 5% of commercial shall be permitted on all plots with access from
minimum 6m RoW.
iii) Such uses shall be permitted as part of ‘as is’ approvals as well as plot
level reconstructions
19.10.6 Affluent UCs: Affluent UCs as identified by the Central Government shall be eligible
for layout plan approval and development of Regeneration Schemes as per prescribed
norms

19.11 In Situ Slum Rehabilitation Schemes

19.11.1 The following norms shall apply for in-situ slum rehabilitation schemes.
19.11.1.1 Group housing norms with a minimum plot-size of 2000 sqm (on a min. RoW
of 9m) shall be permitted. Maximum density of 900 DUs/ha permitted on
residential component of the land.
19.11.1.2 Minimum 60% of the site shall be utilised to provide housing for the
identified beneficiaries (@25-40 sq.m. per DU) and maximum 40% shall
be remunerative component.
19.11.1.3 The scheme should be designed in a composite manner with an overall
maximum FAR of 400 on the residential component of the land. FAR of 300
shall be applicable on the remunerative component of the land with mix of
uses.
19.11.1.4 Local facilities shall be provided as part of residential FAR as per the
population accommodated under the project/scheme. To support the
livelihood of the occupants and create new job opportunities, mandatory
10% of permissible FAR of residential component shall be utilised for
creation of commercial and industrial activities. Such facilities may be
accommodated as part of vertical mixing. Service floors shall also be
137
 permitted for use as community work centres, provided no permanent
structures/fixtures are created.
19.11.1.5 Commercial activities permitted in Community Centres (in projects with
ROW of minimum 18m) and District Centres (in projects with ROW of 30m
or more).
19.11.1.6 Common parking is to be provided for residential component at 0.5 ECS
per 100 sqm of floor area which can be relaxed wherever required. Parking
for remunerative purposes shall be as applicable for the relevant land use.
19.11.1.7 Innovative financing mechanisms such as TDR and/or Viability GapFunding
may be utilised to ensure that the social development objectivesof such
schemes are prioritised while ensuring adequate remuneration to private
partners. Possibility of clubbing of multiple schemes may also be examined
for this purpose.
19.11.1.8 Specific situations may require clubbing of scattered squatters with JJ sites
in the neighbourhood to work out an overall comprehensive scheme.

19.12 Regeneration of unplanned industrial areas

19.12.1 Besides the planned Industrial Areas, GNCTD has notified clusters of Industrial
concentration in non-conforming areas for redevelopment (Annexure 9). More than
70% plots in such clusters have industrial activities.

19.12.2 The redevelopment process involves preparation of redevelopment plans for widening
of roads, laying of services, development of open space and parking etc.

19.12.3 In practical terms, these areas are deficient in terms of services and endanger the
environment. The redevelopment of such areas needs to be based on clearly defined
parameters in terms of the types of industries which may be permitted, spatial
planning norms and environment related conditionalities regarding the provision of
essential infrastructure with the participation of the owners/entrepreneurs in a
systematic manner.

19.12.4 Keeping in view the existing realities, as well as the imperatives of planned
development, the following norms shall apply for redevelopment of clusters of
Industrial Concentration in Non-Conforming Areas:
i) Non-conforming clusters of industrial concentration of minimum 4ha contiguous
area, having more than 70% plots within the cluster under industrial activity/use
may be considered for redevelopment on the basis of actual surveys. After
notification of such clusters by GNCTD, the redevelopment scheme shall be
prepared by the concerned local body / land owning agency.
ii) The cluster should have direct approach from a road of at least 18 m RoW.
iii) Formation of Society and any other such entity shall be mandatory to facilitate
preparation of redevelopment plan, pollution control and environmental
management, development of services, parking and maintenance.
iv) Only permissible industries having clearance from DPCC shall be permitted.
v) Amalgamation and reconstitution of plots shall be permissible for
redevelopment.
vi) All the units shall have to obtain the statutory clearances. The industrial units
138
 shall have separate electric connections.
vii) Other stipulations include:
a. About 10% area is to be reserved for circulation / roads / service lanes.
b. About 10% of semi-permeable surface for parking and loading / unloading
areas.
c. About 8% of the cluster area shall be reserved for parks / greens.
d. About 10% of total area to be reserved for infrastructure requirements like
CETP, Sub-Stations. Pump House, Fire Station, Police post, etc. as per the
norms.
e. About 3% area shall be permitted under commercial use.]
f. Preparation of plans for water supply by DJB / Central Ground Water
Authority (wherever required) along with requirement for pumping stations,
storage tanks, ground water recharging / rainwater harvesting; and drainage
plan
g. Plots measuring more than 100 sq.m to have access from minimum 9.0 m.
RoW; and plots measuring less than 100 sq.m to have access from minimum
7.5 m. RoW.
h. Common parking to be provided for plots below 60 sq.m, and designated in
the layout plan whereas for plots above 60 sqm front setback of minimum
3m shall be provided without boundary wall for parking and loading and
unloading.
i. Alternatively, the Society may adopt the option of preparation of layout
plan/Redevelopment scheme based on the land distribution. as stipulated in
the DCN
viii) Other provisions/development control norms shall be applicable as prescribed.
Depending upon ground conditions, the Technical Committee of DDA may relax
in the norms up to 10%.

Note: These facilities mentioned at 12.4.7 (a, b, c, d) shall be provided subject to availability of
land within Industrial cluster or in the surrounding area.

19.12.5 The regeneration work may be undertaken by the societies voluntarily or by the
concerned local body/agencies. In case the agencies take up the redevelopment work,
they shall collect the charges from the individual industries directly. Requisite charges
for change in land use, enhanced FAR and land (wherever applicable) would be
required to be paid to the concerned agency.

19.12.6 The regeneration scheme shall be prepared within a period of 2 years of notification of
the plan. Scheme shall be completed with the time period of 3 years after approval
of scheme. Clusters, which fail to complete the redevelopment proposals within the
specified period specified, shall have to shift to other conforming industrial areas and
the units functioning in non-conforming clusters shall have to close down. In such
cases, the licensing authority will not renew/ issue the licensesto industrial units
without obtaining land use clearance from the competent authority. No new licenses
will be issued in non-conforming areas, without obtaining land use clearance.

19.12.7 The following areas shall not be eligible for industrial clusters redevelopment scheme:
Bungalow Zones (New Delhi & Civil Lines), the Ridge, River Bed (Zone-O), areas along
139
 water bodies, canals, sensitive areas from security point of view, conservation &
heritage areas, reserved / protected forests, DDA flats, Cooperative Group Housing
Societies, Government flats / bungalows / employer housing etc. and their immediate
proximity.

19.13 Norms for Redevelopment of godown clusters in non-conforming

areas

19.13.1 The National Capital Territory of Delhi Laws (Special Provisions) Seconds Act- 2011
provides for formulation of “policy or plan for orderly arrangement regarding schools,
dispensaries, religious institutions, cultural institutions, storages, warehouses and
godowns used for agricultural inputs or produce (including dairyand poultry) in
rural areas built on agricultural land and guidelines for redevelopment for existing
Godown clusters (including those for a storages of non- agricultural goods) required to
cater to the needs of the peoples of the National Capital Territory of Delhi”

19.13.2 There are large number of godowns, food grain, marbles and other good have come
into existence in the rural area of Delhi last time in earlier MPD, village Lal Dora,
extended Lal Dora etc., The NCT of Delhi (Special Provisions) Act 2007 Further
extended upto 2023 provide formulation of policy. The following norms shall be
applicable to stand along and godowns cluster.

i) Stand along godwons:- Stand along godown plots which do not form part of
big cluster shall be governed with the following conditions.
ii) Stand-alone godowns (storage of non-polluting / non-hazardous materials)
shall be allowed on minimum 30 m RoW.
iii) In village abadi (lal dora area) and extended lal dora areas, storage godowns
of non-polluting / non-hazardous materials shall be allowed on:
a) 9 m. RoW with plot size up to 300 sq.m (7.5 m in case the road is defined /
approved by the Revenue Department.)
b) 12 m. RoW for plot size above 300 sq.m.
iv) These godowns shall be allowed subject to fulfilment of parking requirements
within the plot and NOC from Delhi Traffic Police and DelhiFire Services of
GNCTD.
v) Facility for loading / unloading from the vehicles shall be provided within the
plot.
vi) Owners of standalone godowns shall get the plans approved a definite time
period. The owners of plots falling in nonconforming areas and existing
godowns located on less than 30 m RoW will have to shift to the other
conforming areas / godown clusters by 31.12.2023. Such godowns functioning
in non-conforming areas shall have to close down within the above said time
period.

19.13.3 Non-conforming godown cluster: Non-conforming cluster of godown / warehousing

activities of minimum 2 ha contiguous area and having concentration of more than
55 percent of the plots within the clusters may be considered for regeneration of area
identified on the basis of actual surveys.
140
19.13.4 After notification of such clusters by the local bodies / GNCTD, the regeneration
scheme will have to be prepared by the society (to be formed by the land owners)
based on following norms/ conditions and thereafter approval by concerned local
body.
i) The cluster should have direct access from a road of minimum 30m RoW.
ii) Formation of group or society shall be mandatory to facilitate preparation of
regeneration scheme / plan, development of services, parking andmaintenance,
pollution control and environment management.
iii) Amalgamation and reconstitution of plots shall be permissible for regeneration
within the scheme area.
iv) Owners of the godowns shall have to obtain the requisite statutory clearances
from the concerned agencies, wherever necessary. After approval of the
Layout Plan for regeneration by the society, the identified clusters will be
processed for change of land use on receiving the proposal from localbody.
v) Other stipulations shall include:
a. About 10% area is to be reserved for circulation / roads / service lanes.
b. About 10% area of semi permeable surface for common parking, idle
parking and loading / uploading areas.
c. About 10% of the area to be reserved for associated infrastructure
requirement such as Electric Sub-stations, Fire Station, Police Post,
servicing, lodging and Boarding and informal market areas etc. as per the
norms.
d. Preparation of Plan for water supply from DJB / Central Ground Water
Authority (wherever required) along with requirement for pumping
stations, storage tanks, ground water recharging / rainwater harvesting
and Drainage plan as per norms.
e. About 8% of the area shall be reserved for parks / green buffer.
f. Utilities such as ESS, underground water storage tank, rain waterharvesting
system, solar heating / lighting systems etc. will be provided within the plot.
g. All plots within the scheme should have direct access from minimum12
m RoW.
h. Other provisions / development control norms shall be applicable as
prescribed.

Note: Subject to availability of land for these facilities mentioned at v) (a, b, c,

e) within godown cluster or in the surrounding area be considered.

vi) Requisite conversion charges and any other levies as decided by the
Government from time to time (wherever applicable) would be required to
be paid to the concerned authority.
vii) Regeneration plans of individual clusters will have to be prepared by the society
and thereafter approved by the concerned local authority / MCD. The
redevelopment shall be completed within three years from the date of approval
of the plans.
viii) Clusters, which fail to complete the regeneration proposals within the period
specified as above, shall have to shift to other conforming areas and these
godowns functioning in non-conforming clusters shall have to close down. In

141
 such cases, the licensing authority will not renew the licenses to such godowns
without obtaining land use clearance from the competent authority. Further, no
new licenses will be issued in non-conforming areas, without obtaining land use
clearance.

19.13.5 Other conditions

19.13.5.1 Development control norms for the godown plot incorporating the risk-
based classification as per Table 3.2 of UBBL 2016, shall be as follows:

Plot Size Max. Gr. Max. FAR Max. Height Parking

(in sq. m.) Coverage (%)
Up to 500 70 140 Below 15 m Common parking to be
Above 500 - 60 120 Below 15 m provided in case ofplots
2000 upto 300 sq.m.
Above 2000 - 50 100 Below 15 m 3 ECS / 100 sq.m. of
upto 10,000 floor area for plots
Above 10,000 40 80 Below 15 m above 300 sq.m.
Notes:
1. Wherever the building regulations are given for different categories of plots, the covered
area and the floor area shall in no case be less than the permissible covered area and floor area
respectively for the largest size of plot in the lower category.
2. Conformity to fire safety norms based on Risk based classification as per UBBL 2016; Delhi Fire
Services Act.
3. Common parking shall be provided for plots up to 300sqmt. size and front setback shall be
provided without boundary wall for use of parking and loading / unloading purposes.
4. For plots above 300 sq.m, provision for parking and loading / unloading shall be made by
the owners within their plots.
5. Provision / use of basement shall be as per the stipulations of MPD-2021.
6. Workroom / Office (not exceeding 25% of the permissible FAR) related to godown activity
within godown premises shall be allowed in a covered permanent structure with proper
arrangements of dust and pollution control subject to clearance from statutory bodies.

19.13.5.2 The remaining plot owners shall be allowed to continue with existing use
or conversion to godowns or any permissible use as per provisions
stipulated in the MPD / UBBL / policy guidelines and after obtaining
clearances / permissions from all statutory bodies.
19.13.5.3 All the Regeneration Scheme sunder these guidelines shall conform to all
the statutory provisions and Master Plan stipulations / UBBL, 2016.
19.13.5.4 The concerned local body and the stakeholders will work out the
mechanism for the recovery of stipulated levies / charges.
19.13.5.5 In case of surrender of land for road widening, the FAR of the original
plot will be permissible.
19.13.5.6 The implementation of these regulations be brought out by the Local Body
as part of user-friendly Guide covering the Frequently Asked Questions
(FAQs) for such projects.
19.13.5.7 The following areas shall not be eligible for godown clusters regeneration
schemes: Bungalow Zones (New Delhi & Civil Lines), theRidge, River Bed
(Zone-O), areas along water bodies, canals, sensitive areas from security
point of view, conservation & heritage areas, reserved/protected forests,
142
DDA flats, Cooperative Group Housing Societies, Government
flats/bungalows/employer housing etc. and their immediate proximity.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

143
 Chapter code
20.0 TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT DEV4

20.1.1 Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) is an innovative urban paradigm that involves

leveraging existing and upcoming public transit infrastructure and associated large
number of users, to ensure sustainable mobility and optimize utilisation of land
through compact mixed-use development.

20.1.2 A TOD approach in Delhi will help in bringing people and jobs closer to mass transit
and lead to much needed integration of land use and transport in the city. It will
result in compact, walkable, mixed-use developments within influence zones of transit
stations. This is a critical paradigm shift that can potentially improve public transit
ridership, reduce vehicular congestion, and reduce greenhouse emissions and
pollution in the long term.

20.1.3 TOD is also an important strategy for unlocking the latent economic potential and land
values in the city. It will facilitate the development/regeneration of select nodes/areas
in the city through planned intensification of uses and activities, infusion of new
infrastructure and improvements in the public realm. This will also allow the city to
capitalise on the large-scale investments being made into public transit infrastructure
- Metro Rail, Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS), etc., by facilitating the
improvement of old housing stock in addition to creation of newhousing stock and
economic centres around strategically located transit nodes and opening up
opportunities for value capture.

20.1.4 The following key outcomes shall be targeted through the TOD Policy for Delhi.

20.1.4.1 Optimised density and diversification of uses and activities: This will
be facilitated through higher FAR norms and compact mixed-use
development, with augmentation of infrastructure by respective service
providing agencies, and application of norms for green buildings and
environment conservation. Such an approach will result in achieving an
optimum mix of activities and higher job densities close to public transit
systems, unlock the development potential of these areas and facilitate value
capture.

20.1.4.2 Enhanced mobility:

i) Pedestrian and NMT friendly environment - providing highest priority
to pedestrians and NMT, through various strategies such as traffic
management plans, street improvements, creation of a fine network of
pedestrian and NMT routes and restricted and high- priced public
parking.
ii) Modal shift in favour of public transport through multi-modal
integration, enhanced walkability and last mile connectivity.

144
 20.1.4.3 Improved public realm: Generation of a vibrant and safe public realm for
all age groups, with barrier-free universal access, achieved through place-
making strategies for creation of public plazas and open/green spaces, multi-
utility zones, spaces for public art, etc.

20.1.4.4 Multi-modal integration: Integration of rail and road-based systems which

may include metro, rail/ rapid rail, bus/ BRTS and intermediate public
transport (IPT) including feeder services, taxis, auto-rickshaws & private
modes including non-motorized transport (NMT) such as cycle- rickshaws,
bicycle, pedestrian, etc.

20.2 Applicability of the Policy

20.2.1 DDA will identify TOD Nodes and release maps showing the delineated TOD Planning
Area for each TOD Node. The TOD Policy will only be applicable in the influence zones
of such TOD Nodes. The Policy will not be applicable in the following areas or as
notified by DDA from time to time:
i) Land under drains, natural water bodies, notified forest, any other
environmentally protected areas
ii) Zone ‘O’ and buffers
iii) Green Development Areas
iv) Villages notified under the Land Pooling Policy
v) Monument Prohibited Area
vi) Civil Lines Bungalow Area (as per layout plan of North Delhi Municipal
Corporation & DDA)
vii) Lutyen’s Bungalow Zone, Chanakyapuri (as per sub-zone D-13 of Zone-D)
viii) Walled City
ix) Land under Embassies/Diplomatic Enclaves/Foreign Missions
x) Unauthorised colonies

20.3 Guiding Principles

20.3.1 This framework will provide higher norms for FAR and mix of uses. In order to
manage the impacts of such developments and maximise the opportunities, the Policy
will be implemented strategically in select TOD Nodes with high development
potential. This will enable the creation of well-planned growth centres, developed as
per sustainability principles, capable of developing into future economic drivers and
cultural hubs for the city.

20.3.2 DDA will undertake a rapid assessment of the development potential of the various
transit nodes in the city and identify a limited number of TOD Nodes on the basis of
their strategic importance and ease of implementation.

20.3.2.1 Such transit nodes shall be along Metro Rail, Railway, RRTS or any public
transit system having the capacity to carry 5,000 or more peak hour per
direction traffic (PHPDT) with a dedicated carriageway.
145
 20.3.2.2 Strategic nodes will be identified on the basis of the following broad
considerations:
i) The nodes shall have sites that can be readily taken up as TOD
Schemes (adding up to a minimum of 8 ha), such as vacant or
underutilised government lands, government housing, commercial
centres, industrial estates, etc. Availability of such sites will ensure
that trigger projects can be taken up on priorityto provide the
necessary impetus for other projects to come up in the node;
ii) They shall have a good mix of green field and/or low-density brown
field sites;
iii) Their location shall be strategic – either as economic/cultural hubs
for the city or as potential triggers for development/regeneration of
under-developed areas in the city.
iv) They shall be amenable to augmentation of infrastructure such as
water supply, sewerage, etc.

20.3.3 Additionally, further TOD nodes may be considered only if adequate interest has
been expressed by constituent land/ property owners i.e., at least 8 ha of land is
proposed to be developed in the form of a single or multiple TOD Schemes. A joint
application shall be made to DDA comprising of the following:
i) Map showing the sites proposed to be developed as TOD Scheme/s,
ii) List of landowners with details of location and area of land proposed under
the TOD Schemes,
iii) Letters of consent from all the land and property owners involved.
DDA shall examine such proposals and may consider such nodes for inclusion under
the Policy.

20.3.4 DDA/DE will prepare an IZP for the delineated TOD Planning Area of concerned
TOD Nodes. IZPs prepared by DEs shall be submitted to DDA for approval. DDA may
appoint expert consulting firms/institutions to expedite the process of IZP
preparation.
20.3.4.1 In case two or more TOD Nodes are in close proximity with overlapping
TOD Planning Areas, such areas shall be planned as an integrated IZP.
20.3.4.2 The IZP shall integrate any other plans or schemes proposed for the
area such as plans for enhancing walkability, street improvement, Parking
Management Area Plans, etc. Any Multi-Modal Integration (MMI), station
area development projects proposed around the transit stations by
concerned transit agencies shall also be considered while preparing the
IZP.
20.3.4.3 The IZPs may be updated/revised over time (as required) to reflect the
changes due to development activity, to meet the needs of the area.

20.3.5 All lands and properties within the respective Influence Zones will be eligible to
undertake development as per the norms of this Policy, provided they fulfil the
requirements for undertaking TOD Schemes as per applicability. Interested land
owners may apply as a DE by preparing a TOD Scheme as per procedures set out in the
Regulations.

146
20.3.6 While participation under the TOD Policy is voluntary, the Development Control
Norms of this Policy can only be availed by participating through approved TOD
Schemes. Constituent Land/property owners within the TOD Nodes who do not
participate in the TOD Policy shall only be permitted to undertake
reconstruction/additions/ alterations to their existing buildings as per the permissible
FAR without taking into account TOD benefits. They shall also not be eligible to avail
the norms of any other policies of DDA, unless specifically stated otherwise.

20.4 TOD Schemes

20.4.1 TOD Schemes must fulfil the following criteria in order to be eligible:
20.4.1.1 A TOD Scheme must cover a minimum area of 1 ha. TOD Schemes may
fully or partly fall within the Intense Development Area of a TOD Node. In
any case:
i) At least 25% of the scheme area shall fall in the Intense Development
Area
ii) The entire scheme area shall fall within the TOD Planning Area.
20.4.1.2 A TOD Scheme must be accessible from an existing road having a
minimum ROW of 18m, of a continuous length equivalent to at least 15%
of the perimeter of the scheme.

20.4.2 Plots earmarked for Housing area and Neighbourhood level PSPs (except senior
secondary schools and parks) can be included within TOD Schemes, provided that
the underlying land belongs to the DE/constituent landowners of the DE. In such cases,
equivalent facilities of the same type and of the same area shall be provided in the
scheme. These facilities shall be over and above the mandatory PSP requirements
prescribed under this Policy.

20.4.3 Public areas such as roads, open spaces, drains, etc. may be included in the TOD Scheme
for purposes of integrated planning provided the following conditions are met:
20.4.3.1 Public roads (less than 18m. RoW)
20.4.3.2 Public drains (not more than 5m. width)
20.4.3.3 Public parks (not exceeding the open space hierarchy of ‘tot lots’ as per the
Plan.)
However, the area under such public facilities shall not be considered for meeting
the minimum scheme area requirement for computation of permissible FAR/ ground
coverage.

20.4.4 Amalgamation and reconstitution of plots (including Housing Area and

Neighbourhood PSPs) will be permitted for all TOD Schemes. Reconfiguration of
existing roads and open spaces within a TOD Scheme area shall be permitted, provided
that:
20.4.4.1 The reconfigured layout provides equal or more area under roads and open
spaces. In areas where a fine network of streets for pedestrian movement
already exists, it shall be preserved as far as possible.
20.4.4.2 Due approval has been obtained from the concerned public agencies incase
of public parks and roads. Such public areas shall be handed over tothe
concerned public agency and remain open to public at all times.
147
 20.4.4.3 There is minimal damage to existing trees.
20.4.4.4 The areas under existing public parks as per Clause 20.4.3.3 (if any) shall
be preserved and shall not be counted towards the minimum Green Public
Space requirement of the Scheme.

20.4.5 In case of brown field sites, increase in the number of dwelling units shall be permitted
under this Policy (even in case of cooperative group housing societies for which
relevant regulation/act may be amended the Registrar of Societies). However,
reducing the existing number of dwelling units shall not be permitted in a TOD Scheme.

20.4.6 Development under TOD Schemes can be a mix of new development, partial/full
reconstruction and partial/full retrofitting of existing structures.

20.4.7 TOD Schemes may comprise of plots under different land uses/ use premises. The
permissible mix of uses for each plot in a TOD Scheme depending upon the assigned
land use/use premise shall be as per the Table below:

Table 20.1: Mix of Uses / Distribution of FAR in TOD

Land use/ use Permissible Mix of Uses (distribution of FAR in TOD Scheme)
premise of plot Minimum % Minimum % Minimum % Other uses
as per ZDP/ of FAR for of FAR for of FAR for
Layout Plan Residential Commercial PSP and/or
uses uses utilities
Residential 50% 10% 20% Other uses* are
permitted up to
20%.
Commercial 30% 50% 10% Other uses* are
permitted up to
10%.
Industrial 30% 10% 10% Remaining 50%
of FAR to be for
Industrial use.
Government 30% 10% 10% Remaining 50%
of FAR may be for
any Government
use.
Transportation 30% 10% 10% Remaining 50%
of FAR may be for
any use* after
meeting all
operational
requirements for
transportation
facilities.

148
 PSP (only The FAR for such plots shall be entirely utilised for PSPs and/or
housing and utilities in the TOD Scheme.
neighbourhood
level PSP plots
allowed as per
Clause 20.4.2)
* This remaining FAR can be utilised as a mix of residential, commercial and PSP in any
proportion as per project requirement.

20.4.8 Any plot falling under notified mixed use/ commercial streets that are part of TOD
Scheme shall be developed as per norms specified for ‘Residential’ in Table 20.1.

20.4.9 FAR and mix of uses will be separately calculated for each constituent plot in a TOD
Scheme. The overall mix of uses for a TOD Scheme shall be a sum total of the mix
computed for each constituent plot. The DE shall have the flexibility to utilise such
overall mix on the entire reconstituted scheme area as per design considerations.
The prescribed mix can also be achieved through vertical mixing of uses within
buildings, provided that:
20.4.9.1 Only non-manufacturing industries (service industry like IT/ITES, BPO/KPO,
etc.) and non-polluting MSME units are combined with other uses like
residential, commercial and institutional,
20.4.9.2 Educational institutions, anganwadis, creches, old age homes, etc., are not
combined with hospitals, penal institutions such as correction facilities, jails,
etc. or manufacturing and/or warehousing facilities,
20.4.9.3 Facilities as mentioned above shall mandatorily be developed on the lower
floors, preferably with access to open spaces of the TOD Scheme,
20.4.9.4 Separate entry/exits and service cores will have to be provided as required
in buildings with vertical mix of uses, complying with statutory requirements
of prevalent UBBL.

20.4.10 For plots falling under transportation land use as a part of TOD Scheme, following
areas shall be included for calculation of FAR, ground coverage, minimum scheme
area and mix of uses:
20.4.10.1 Area of the platforms of transit stations including land under tracks only for
the length of the platform.
20.4.10.2 In case of depots, operational areas including land under tracks within such
plots.

Over station and over tracks development shall be permitted in these areas. Over
station development shall be limited to the length of the platform.

20.4.11 Commercial FAR can be utilised to provide -activities permitted in Community

Centres (in TOD Schemes with ROW of 18 to 30m.) and District Centres (in TOD
Schemes with ROW of 30m. or more).

20.4.12 The DE shall provide the following mandatory public areas as part of TOD Scheme
layouts:
20.4.12.1 Green Public Space:

149
 i) 20% of the area of the amalgamated plot shall be developed as Green
Public Space for public use. The DE shall design and develop this in the
form of parcels that are usable to the community as public space, with
at least one parcel of 2000 sq.m. Such greens shall be kept un-gated, have
direct access from a major ROW (18m. or above) on at least one side and
shall be handed over to the concerned local body for maintenance. No
parking or basements shall be permitted under such greens.
ii) Additional 10% green/recreational area shall be developed by the DE for
exclusive use of the occupants. This may include plazas, tot-lots, green
spaces, gardens, common areas, etc., that can also be providedon top
of basements, podiums, terraces, etc. The extent of podium area used for
this purpose shall not be included for computation of ground coverage.
iii) In case of transportation land use, where it is not feasible to create Green
Public Space at ground level in TOD Schemes that have largearea
under tracks, this requirement may be met through podium level public
greens. Such greens shall be maintained by the concerned transport
agency.
20.4.12.2 Public road network: DE shall provide additional roads/streets for public
use within the TOD Scheme as per the following norms.
i) Road networks to be planned with a vehicular route network of
approximately 250m. c/c and pedestrian network of approximately
100m. c/c.
ii) Based on ground conditions, this may be relaxed up to a maximum of
10%.
20.4.13 City-level PSP plots (community or zonal PSPs and secondary schools) cannot be part
of any TOD Scheme. However, in order to meet the additional requirement for health,
education and other PSP facilities to cater to the enhanced densities in TOD Nodes,
any such PSP plots (greater than or equal to 1 Ha) falling entirely within the TOD
Planning Area shall be permitted to apply as stand-alone TOD Schemes. Such
schemes can avail an additional FAR of 1.5 times the existing permissible FAR up to
a maximum of 500. The following additional conditions shall apply:
20.4.13.1 Mix use norms shall not be applicable to such sites, and the existing use
premise shall be retained.
20.4.13.2 In case of school plots, the existing area under playgrounds shall be
retained or increased within the same plot.
20.4.13.3 ROW of the adjoining road shall not be less than 30m.

20.4.14 TOD Schemes falling in two TOD Nodes (where the influence zones of such TOD Nodes
are adjacent and contiguous) can be considered for approval, provided they meet all
other conditions under this Policy.

20.4.15 Joint ventures for station area development or development of multi-modal transit
hubs may be considered between multiple transport agencies. Such projects shall
be designed to ensure integration between various transport services and may be
designed as part of the same building/ complex for seamless commuter movement.
Wherever feasible, concourse level integration between TOD Scheme developments
and mass transit stations shall be ensured, and the cost for the same shall be borne
by the DE.
150
20.4.16 DE shall execute the development in accordance with the provisions detailed in the
TOD Regulations.

20.5 Development Control Norms for TOD schemes

20.5.1 The Development Control Norms of this Policy shall be applicable to all TOD Schemes
and prevail in case of conflict with any other policy/provisions within the Plan.
Development under TOD Schemes can be a mix of new development, partial/full
reconstruction and partial/full retrofitting of existing structures. The strategy to be
adopted shall be detailed by the DE as part of the TOD Scheme submission and
approved as per the process laid out in the Regulations.

20.5.2 FAR
20.5.2.1 The FAR for a TOD scheme shall be calculated as the sum of FAR calculations
for all constituent plots. FAR entitlement for each constituent plot shall be
calculated as follows:
i) The FAR shall be 1.5 times the existing permissible FAR on the plot or
300, whichever is more.
ii) The maximum FAR limit for any plot included in TOD Schemes shall be
500.
iii) Larger TOD Schemes with an area of 4 ha and above, having direct access
from roads of 30m. RoW, will be eligible for FAR of 500 on all constituent
plots, if feasible.
20.5.2.2 While consumption of the entire entitled FAR is not mandatory, the following
shall be ensured by all TOD Schemes:
i) Minimum FAR utilisation shall be equivalent to the existingpermissible
FAR for each of the plots.
ii) Overall proportion of mix of uses shall always be maintained.
20.5.2.3 In case of TOD Schemes that include existing service lanes/ public roads/
public drains/ public parks, etc., land under such areas shall not be
considered for computation of FAR.
20.5.2.4 Any public amenities provided as part of the development such as public
toilets, bridges, etc. shall be free of FAR, subject to the condition that they are
maintained regularly by the DE and remain open and accessible topublic at
all times of the day, failing which, the concerned local body shall take over
the same.
20.5.2.5 TOD Schemes that are not able to utilise the permissible FAR due to height
restrictions, may be allowed relaxations in ground coverage and setbacks
without compromising the area to be maintained under Green Public Spaces
and subject to fire safety requirement.
20.5.2.6 Larger TOD Schemes (4 ha and above) with direct access from 30m. or above
RoW shall be considered TDR receiving areas and utilise TDR as per DCN.

20.5.3 Size of dwelling units

20.5.3.1 There is no restriction on the size of residential units for accommodating
existing dwelling units within the TOD Scheme.
20.5.3.2 In order to encourage affordable and non-ownership housing (rental
housing, student housing and hostels) within TOD Schemes, the following
151
 norms shall apply:
i) The residential FAR remaining after accommodating existing number
of dwelling units, shall be used for providing dwelling units of size up
to 60 sq.m.
ii) In case a TOD Scheme comprises of plots with no existing residential
development, at least 50% of the residential FAR shall be used for
developing dwelling units of size up to 80 sq.m.
iii) In case of TOD Schemes comprising of a mix of existing built-up and
vacant plots, the final mix of dwelling units in the TOD Scheme will be
derived on a pro-rata basis as per above provisions.

20.5.4 Ground Coverage and setbacks: Norms for setbacks and ground coverage shallapply
to the entire TOD Scheme boundary, as part of the reconstituted plan for the scheme
area.
20.5.4.1 Maximum ground coverage of 40% shall be permitted.
20.5.4.2 The following setbacks shall be maintained:

Table20.2: Setbacks in TOD Schemes

Type of plot edge Setback
Public road of 18m. and • No setback
above RoW • At least 90% of the building line
shall be built-to-edge
Roads of ROW < 18m. or site • 6m. setback
edge facing parks, natural • The setback to be kept unblocked at
drains, forest, etc. all times for public movement.
Shared edge with adjoining • Trees/plantation for noise reduction
plot and utilities like fire hydrants shall
be permitted

20.5.4.3 Active frontage includes arcades, colonnades, shopfronts, pedestrian

entries/ exits, plazas, access points, transparent windows etc.
i) At least 50% of frontage along 18m. ROW streets, and at least 10%
frontage along all other streets (including public streets) shall be
maintained as active frontage.
ii) No projections (balconies, awnings, etc.) shall be allowed beyond the
built-to line.
iii) All vehicular entries shall be from side streets. In case of sites where
no side streets are available, at least 1 road with ROW of 12m. or more
will have to be provided as part of the TOD Scheme.
iv) Commercial frontages shall have minimum 50% transparent facade (un-
tinted) at ground floor level. Residential frontages shall have
balconies/verandas and active spaces facing public ROWs.
v) The ground floor of all parking structures / podiums or stilts must be
lined with active frontage facing the main streets.
vi) All buildings shall be recessed by 10m. beyond the height of 10m or after
two floors. Any further recess required for providing adequate light and
ventilation shall be maintained.

152
20.5.5 EWS Housing: DE shall provide good quality EWS housing within the TOD Scheme
as per the norms of the Plan. The EWS FAR shall be over and above the residential FAR,
calculated as 15% of the maximum permissible residential FAR in the scheme. The
requirement for EWS housing shall be met as a separate well-designed areawithin
the Scheme with low/mid-rise, high-density built form, with access to the public greens
and social facilities.

20.5.6 Parking:
20.5.6.1 TOD Schemes shall provide 1 Equivalent Car Space (ECS) per 100 sq.m. of
covered area, with mandatory 5% of the parking area earmarked for bicycles
and wheelchairs.
20.5.6.2 DE shall provide at least 50% of all parking facilities within TOD schemes
as ‘public parking’ facility.
20.5.6.3 At least 10% of the parking area shall be equipped with charging points for
electric vehicles as per prescribed policy/ UBBL.

20.5.7 Other controls

20.5.7.1 Other building controls:
i) Building design shall ensure that all dwelling units have natural
ventilation and receive direct sunlight in at least one habitable room.
ii) Adequate noise reduction measures shall be incorporated where
buildings are adjacent to mass transit stations.
20.5.7.2 Location of various use premises:
i) PSP and commercial uses shall be located on lower floors with adequate
public frontage.
ii) Facilities such as creches, day care centres for children and elderly shall
be provided as part of the TOD Scheme. Such facilities shall be located
on a public road created within the scheme with access to public greens
planned within the scheme.
20.5.7.3 Norms for Public Roads within TOD Scheme:
i) All new roads (including facilities like street furniture, lighting and
illumination and public conveniences) shall be as per Street Design
Regulations (Annexure 7) and integrate fully with any proposals for MMI,
walking and cycling as per the IZP for the TOD Node.
ii) Separate child care rooms, changing spaces for cyclists and drinking water
fountains shall be included within the design of public conveniences.
iii) Cycle parking facilities shall be provided at every 100m. interval along the
network. These can be calculated as part of the mandatory ECS
requirement.
iv) The public road network within TOD Schemes can be partially covered
through walkways, bridges or building blocks, provided that:
o The covered length does not exceed 1/3rd of the total length of the
network
o Such walkways, bridges or building blocks provide a clear height of
8m from the highest point of the road section.
v) TOD Schemes that include metro stations within the scheme area, shall
create pedestrian plazas for congregation/ spill over on ground or at the
concourse level as feasible. Such schemes must also include multi- modal
153
 integration facilities for IPT, buses, drop-off for private vehicles, etc. as
part of the design.
vi) The road network shall be kept active at all times through appropriate
public activity programming along the edges such as vending zones,
plazas, shops, restaurants, open spaces, etc.
20.5.7.4 Sustainability Features:
i) TOD Schemes shall meet all greening norms notified by DDA at the time of
approval of the Scheme. Greens and public spaces within a Scheme shall
be interconnected to form green-blue and public space networksas far
as possible.
ii) Each TOD Scheme shall ensure the following:
o 100% treatment and maximum reuse of wastewater;
o Segregation and reuse of 100% green waste;
o At least 10% of the energy demand should be met through renewable
sources like solar
o Optimum retention of storm water for direct reuse and recharge of
groundwater as per applicable norms.
o Only permeable materials are used for surface parking and open
plazas.
Multiple schemes/DEs may come together to meet these sustainability
requirements.

20.5.7.5 Universal Barrier - Free Access - All public spaces, roads, Green Public
Spaces, parking areas, buildings, etc. within TOD Schemes and all area
improvement works taken up as per the approved IZPs shall be designed
for barrier free universal access as per Harmonised Guidelines and Space
Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Persons with Disability and
Elderly Persons, 2016 of the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs,
Government of India.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x ---

154
 SECTION 8

PLAN MONITORING AND EVALUATION

155
21.0 MONITORING FRAMEWORK Chapter code
PME

21.1.1 The master plan is a long-term perspective framework for guiding city development.
It is critical for the strategies in the Plan to adapt and align with the changing needs
and ensure that the provisions remain relevant and effective for achieving the vision
and goals identified for the development of the city. This will require a robust
monitoring framework to periodically take stock of the key performance indicators,
timelines, and action points.

21.1.2 The on-ground progress of implementation of various policies of the master plan
shall be monitored continuously, thereby reducing time lags in data procurement
and analysis. A detailed review shall be conducted every five years and the master
plan shall be modified if required.

21.1.3 Such a dynamic framework will be supported through the following multi- pronged
approach:
i) KPI-based Evaluation: An evaluation framework comprising of variouskey
performance indicators (KPIs) is proposed to measure the effectiveness of
the plan. The KPIs are focused on measuring larger outcomes for the city and
will help in undertaking course correction for achieving the goals and
objectives.
ii) Multi-agency Coordination: This will comprise of various coordination
committees, with members from multiple concerned agencies. These
committees will take stock of the progress, facilitate inter-agency
coordination, and address hurdles (if any) for implementation.
iii) Data Sharing and Management: A data protocol shall be defined to decide
the process, particulars and periodicity of sharing of data by concerned
agencies, to ensure collation required data for supporting plan monitoring.
iv) Dedicated Monitoring Unit: An interdisciplinary team will be set up at DDA
for monitoring the progress of the Plan.
v) Implementation support: In order to facilitate proper implementation,the
business processes associated with implementation of various spatial
policies (ref: Section 7) shall be streamlined through single window systems,
robust grievance management frameworks and real-time tracking.
Technical support shall also be provided to stakeholders for implementation
of various projects/schemes.

21.2 Evaluation framework

21.2.1 Delhi’s progress towards achieving the vision and goals envisioned for the Plan
period shall be measured through the following Key Performance Indicators (KPIs):
i) Reduction in Indigenous Air Pollution
ii) Water Pollution Control
iii) Green Cover Enhancement
iv) Rejuvenation of Water Bodies

156
 v) Flood Risk Reduction
vi) Wastewater Reuse
vii) Groundwater Augmentation
viii) Reducing Landfill Stress
ix) Converting Waste to Wealth
x) Share of Renewable Energy in Total Usage
xi) Seismic Compliance
xii) Safety Against Fire Outbreaks
xiii) Share of Small Format Housing in New Housing Stock
xiv) Slum Rehabilitation
xv) Shift towards Public Transport
xvi) Adoption of Electric Vehicle
xvii) Human Development Index
xviii) Heritage Conservations
xix) Vibrancy of Public Streets
xx) Female Participation in Workforce

21.2.2 Details of these indicators are provided in Annexure 11.

21.2.3 These indicators will contribute to three key indices linked to the goals of the
master plan:
21.2.3.1 Environmental Sustainability Index: that corresponds to Goal 1 (G1)
of the Plan
21.2.3.2 Built Environment Index: that corresponds to Goal 2 (G2) of the Plan
21.2.3.3 City Vitality Index: that corresponds to Goal 3 (G3) of the Plan

21.2.4 The KPIs will contribute to computation of these indices as follows:

21.2.4.1 Ten core KPIs contribute to the Environmental Sustainability Index. These
are Reduction in Indigenous Air Pollution; Water Pollution Control; Green
Cover Enhancement; Rejuvenation of Water Bodies; Flood Risk Reduction;
Wastewater Reuse; Groundwater Augmentation; Reducing Landfill Stress;
Converting Waste to Wealth; and Share of Renewable Energy in Total
Usage. Additionally, two cross-cutting KPIs, namely, Shift towards Public
Transport, and Adoption of Electric Vehicles, alsocontribute to this Index.

21.2.4.2 Six core KPIs contribute to the Built Environment Index. These are Seismic
Compliance; Safety against Fire Outbreaks; Share of Small Format
Housing in New Housing Stock; Slum Rehabilitation; Shift towards Public
Transport; and Adoption of Electric Vehicles.Additionally, a cross-cutting
variable in the form of Flood Risk Reduction also contributes to this Index.
21.2.4.3 Four core KPIs contribute to the City Vitality Index. These are Human
Development Index, Heritage Conservation, Vibrancy of Public Streets, and
Female Participation in Workforce.

21.2.4.4 An overarching Delhi Liveability Index shall also be developed for

assessing the overall progress of the city in implementing the Plan. This
will be computed by using the progress against all 20 indicators.

157
 21.2.4.5 All KPIs are quantitative, and shall be measured against desired targets
for each 5-year period between 2021-41. The three coordination
committees indicated in Clause 21.3 shall be responsible for setting these
desired targets within the first year of plan implementation. The targets
shall be set in consultation with the various concerned
departments/agencies.

21.3 Multi-agency coordination framework

21.3.1 Three monitoring committees, namely, Environmental Sustainability Committee

(ES-COM), Built Environment Committee (BE-COM) and City Vitality Committee
(CV-COM) shall be set up to monitor the progress achieved against the three goals
of the Plan. The committees shall have representatives from concerned
departments/agencies and shall be chaired by a senior officer from DDA.
21.3.1.1 The ES-COM shall lead the monitoring of the progress made against
actionable items in chapters ENV1, ENV2, INF1, INF2, INF3, INF4, and take
stock of the KPIs related to the Environmental Sustainability Index.
21.3.1.2 The BE-COM shall lead the monitoring of the progress made against
actionable items in chapters SS1, SS2, MOB1, MOB2, MOB3, MOB4, and
take stock of the KPIs related to the Built Environment Index.
21.3.1.3 The CV-COM shall lead the monitoring of the progress made against
actionable items in chapters ECO, HCP1, HCP2, and take stock of the
KPIs related to the City Vitality Index.

21.3.2 Sub-committees may be formed under the ES-COM, BE-COM and CV-COM to
facilitate the working of the committees. The committees may also directconcerned
agencies to prepare detailed Action Plans and Special Projects for achieving the
targets.

21.3.3 An annual progress report shall be developed by each monitoring committee,

highlighting the status-quo with respect to the on-ground implementation of the
Plan and suggesting measures for course correction as required.

21.3.4 The three monitoring committees shall report on an annual basis to a high- powered
Apex Review Committee, chaired by the Lieutenant Governor of Delhi. The Apex
Committee shall review the annual progress reports, provide coordination support
and suggest amendments to the Plan as required.

21.3.5 An annual multi-agency workshop may be organized by DDA to discuss any

implementation issues being faced by different agencies, review road maps and take
stock of overall progress and future plans and projects.

21.4 Data sharing and management

21.4.1 The Apex Review Committee shall finalize a list of key data points that need to be
monitored and shared by each agency periodically for estimating the KPIs. A formal
data sharing protocol shall be set up for all concerned agencies indicating the data
points, metrics and standardized units, sources and methods for data capture,
158
 periodicity of reporting, etc. This shall be mandatorily followed by concerned
agencies.

21.4.2 A dedicated web portal shall be set up by DDA for the concerned agencies to
upload the data pertaining to each KPI, which will be made accessible to the
committees monitoring the respective KPIs.

21.5 Plan Monitoring and Review Unit at DDA

21.5.1 A dedicated Plan Monitoring and Review Unit (PMRU) shall be set up at DDA
comprising an interdisciplinary team of professionals to carry out the various
supportive tasks required for plan implementation.

21.5.2 The PMRU shall perform the following indicative tasks:

i) Develop a data bank based on information received from different agencies.
ii) Prepare annual review reports based on the data received/compiled.
iii) Manage the GIS database of the master plan (Delhi Spatial Information
System) including updating the database with real time inputs from different
agencies, on ground surveys, CLUs, etc.
iv) Manage the online citizen portal developed by DDA as per Clause 21.6.2.
v) Conduct or commission studies to evaluate key trends, issues and
challenges on a wide range of topics.
vi) Act as a technical support unit to the Apex Review Committee.

21.6 Implementation Support

21.6.1 DDA shall set up online single window mechanisms to support smooth
implementation of the various spatial development policies (ref: Section 7) of the
Plan. The portal shall act as a one-point facility for making applications,participating
in schemes, tracking the status of approvals, etc.

21.6.2 DDA shall also develop and maintain an online citizen portal for providing
information on a regular basis, as well as for responding to queries made by the
citizens. An online dashboard with real time analysis of data and reporting on
various milestones/ achievements may be included within the portal.

21.6.3 DDA and other government agencies may provide technical assistance and
handholding support to stakeholder groups such as RWAs, market traders
associations or civil society organizations for conceptualizing, designing and
executing various area improvement projects both within planned andunplanned
areas of the city.

21.6.4 DDA and other government agencies shall ensure continuous engagement with
different citizen groups such as women, youth etc., and stakeholders to understand
and assess impacts of plan implementation on ground; obtainfeedback and solicit
views; suggestions on various projects and initiativesplanned for the city and to
provide opportunities and avenues for citizen-driven innovation.

159
21.6.5 DDA shall also develop simple to understand FAQs and IEC material, guidelines
for topics such as improving public spaces through community action, greening of
built environments, etc. and make such material available to public through its
online portal.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x --- x ---

160
 SECTION 9

DEVELOPMENT CODE &

DEVELOPMENT CONTROL NORMS

161
 Chapter code
22.0 DEVELOPMENT CONTROL NORMS DCN

Development Control Norms are special provisions that regulate development within the
framework of the land use plan and policies contained in the Plan. These apply to all
plots/integrated schemes/areas and is envisaged to improve the quality of built and
natural environment by promoting appropriate development on all sites.

Any development, extension, change of use, new or existing, use conversion, site
alteration, relocation, reconstruction and any building or other structure shall be
governed by these norms

22.1 Land Use Plan for Delhi 2041

22.1.1 Land Use Plan for Master Plan for Delhi - 2041 (MPD – 2041) has been prepared
on GIS (Geographic Information System) platform considering the existing
ground/ site conditions. Delhi has been divided into 18 Planning Zones. In the base
map various issues such as change of Land Uses notified by Central Government
till date, overlapping issues of Zonal boundaries, continuity of existing/ proposed
roads, rectification of actual size and shapes of Land Uses/ Use Zones as per actual
site condition, refinement of Zonal Plan Boundaries have been resolved and
incorporated in the Master Plan.

22.1.2 Mapping of the NCT of Delhi will also be updated from time to time to have
valuable data with respect to ground situation, to detect and prevent unauthorised
development including encroachment on public land and facilitate the protection
of greens.

22.1.3 In order to control the development, the areas have been identified into 27 Use
Zones in the Development Code. These Use Zones have been classified broadly in
nine categories of Land Uses namely Residential, Commercial, Industrial,
Recreational, Transportation, Utility, Government, Public & Semi - Public Facilities
and Green Belt & Water Body. The development in these Use Zones would be
carried out in accordance with the regulations as laid down in the Development
Code and respective chapters.

22.2 Zonal Development Plans

22.2.1 The NCTD has been divided in 18 Planning Zones (Divisions) designated 'A' to 'P'
(except Zone 'I') in the Master Plan 2041.

22.2.2 The Zonal plans shall act as link between the Layout Plan and Master Plan. The
development schemes and layout plans indicating various use premises shall
conform to the Master Plan / Zonal Plans.

22.2.3 In absence of Zonal Plan of any area, the development shall be in accordance with
the provisions of the Master Plan. No urban activity shall be permitted without

162
 change of land use / modification to the Master Plan as per the Delhi
Development Act, 1957.

The Zone wise approximate area is as given below:

Table 22. 1: Zone Wise Area

S. No. Zone Name of Zone Area (Ha.)

1 A Walled City + Other than Walled City 540.65+628.42=1169.07
(OWC)
2 B City Extn. (Karol Bagh) 2317.05
3 C Civil Line 3991.73
4 D New Delhi 6657.30
5 E Trans Yamuna 8567.96
6 F South Delhi-I 11088.82
7 G West Delhi-I 12311.22
8 H North West Delhi-I 5452.84
9 J South Delhi-II 15519.67
10 K-I West Delhi-II 6461.91
11 K-II Dwarka 5708.44
12 L West Delhi-III 22108.97
13 M North West Delhi-II 5594.68
14 N North West Delhi-III 14015
15 O-I* River Zone (Active floodplain) 6295.00
16 O-II* Riverfront (Regulated) 3638.36
17 P-I Narela 9623.26
18 P-II North Delhi 8128.92
Note: *The above areas are approximate and as per GIS. The re-delineation & rezoning
of the zones can be done with the approval of the Authority.

22.3 Land Use and Use Zones

22.3.1 The National Capital Territory of Delhi is divided into nine (9) Land Use categories
as mentioned in the Table 22.2. Each Land Use category is assigned number of Use
Zones, which shall be further subdivided into required number of Use Premises.
Any one of the Use Zones may be located at one or more than one places as shown
in the Land Use Plan. The boundaries of various pockets of use zones are defined
in Land Use Plan.
Table 22. 2 : Land Use and Use Zones

S. No. Land Use Use Zones

1 Residential RD* Residential Area

RF Foreign Mission

163
S. No. Land Use Use Zones

2 Commercial C1 Retail Shopping, General Business and

Commerce, District Centre, Community
Centre, Non-Hierarchical CommercialCentre

C2 Wholesale & Warehousing, Cold Storage

and Oil Depot

C3 Hotels

3 Industrial M1 Manufacturing, Service Industry and Repair

Industry

4 Recreational P1 Regional Park

P2 City Park, District Park, Community Park,

Multi-purpose grounds

P3 Historical Monuments / Archaeological

parks

P4 Green Buffers

P5 Sports Facilities/Complex

5 Transportation T1 Airport

T2 Terminal/Depot - Rail/MRTS/Bus/Truck,
Yards

T3 Circulation – Rail/MRTS/Road/RRTS/High
Speed Rail

6 Utility U1 Water (Treatment Plant etc.)

U2 Sewerage (Treatment Plant etc.),

U3 Electricity (Power House, Sub-Station etc.)

U4 Solid Waste (Treatment, etc.)

U5 Drain
U6 Other Utilities

7 Government G1 President Estate and Parliament House

G2 Government Office Complex / Courts/ PSUs

G3 Government Land (Use undetermined)

8 Public and Semi- PS1 Health, Education and Research University

/ University centre, College, Social -

164
 S. No. Land Use Use Zones
Public Cultural, Socio Cultural Complex/ Centre,
Police / Police Headquarter / Police Lines,
Fire stations / Disaster Management
Centres, Religious, Burial Ground
/Cemetery/ Cremation

PS2 Transmission Site/Centre

9 Green Belt A1 Green Belt

and Water Body A2 River Zone (Active floodplain), water
bodies and natural drains
Note:
1. *Land use of Village Abadi (Lal Dora / firni) and Extended Lal Dora, as notified by
Revenue Deptt., GNCTD, located in any use zone is residential.
2. Mixed Use Zone in the Land Use Plan may consist of more than one Use Zone.

22.4 Spatial Development

22.4.1 Spatial development shall be governed through specific spatial development

policies (DEV 1,2,3,4) for greenfield and brownfield areas.
22.4.2 The Plan identifies Overlay Zones, such as Business Promotion Districts (BPD),
Transit oriented Development (TOD), Land Pooling Area, Green Development
Area. These zones will enable specific type of development as per applicable
norms set out in the spatial development policies.

22.5 Sanction of Plans

22.5.1 Layout Plans / Site Plans and Building plans shall be approved by the Local Bodies
and Authority in their areas of jurisdiction.

22.5.2 Authority / Local Body(s) shall be empowered after levying penalty to compound
deviations from limits of coverage/ FAR to the extent of 5% of the permissible
coverage and FAR, subject to maximum of 13.5 sqm. in building(s) / premises at
the time of considering the completion / occupancy certificate. In Group Housing
schemes and Public & semi-public facilities, 5% FAR beyond permissible FAR can
be compounded by the authority / Local Body at the time of considering the
completion/occupancy certificate.

22.5.3 Wherever required, the Technical Committee of the DDA shall formulate policy
guidelines for the sanctioning of layout plans, comprehensive/ integrated schemes
and re-generation schemes as identified. The Technical Committee shall be
empowered to call for the plans from the development organisations / Local
Bodies and would give directions / recommendations wherever necessary. Old
redevelopment schemes shall be termed as regeneration schemes.

22.5.4 Any change in the location, boundaries and predominant use of use premises shall
be duly approved and incorporated in Layout Plan.

165
 22.5.5 Layout Plans already approved by the Authority or any other local authority
concerned in accordance with law shall be deemed to have been approved. An area
in respect of which there is no approved Layout Plan shall be governed by the
provisions of the Master Plan / Zonal Development Plan.

22.5.6 The service plans corresponding to all layout plans/ integrated schemes, for
provision of physical infrastructure like water supply, sewerage, drainage, etc.,
shall conform to municipal byelaws/ service providing agency.

22.5.7 Conversion charges / other levies as prescribed by the Government from time to
time shall be payable wherever land use conversion is enabled at premise level
by the Master Plan / Zonal Plan or any other Regulations.

22.5.8 In case of spatial development, the minimum area prescribed for planning and
approval shall be as per applicable policy.

22.5.9 Requisite Plans as prescribed under various policies shall be a mandatory

requirement for layout and building plan approvals.

22.5.10 The provision of requisite social infrastructure within residential use zone, shall
be governed by the norms for local level of 10,000 population, as per Table 22.2a

22.6 Hierarchy of facilities

For the purpose of devising an equitable and planned development the essential as well
as support facilities need to be provided at different level of development hierarchies
ranging from local level to city level. The planning standards for all required facilities
are as below

Table 22.2 a Hierarchy of facilities

TO BE
PER UNIT PROVIDED
LEVEL FACILITIES NO. OF PLOTS
AREA
LOP ZDP
Non-bedded Health
1 @ 10,000 Min. 800 Sqm √
Facility
Learning Centre/ Creche 1 @ 10,000 Min. 500 Sqm √
Range- 2000-
School (Type-I) 1 @ 10,000 4000 Sqm √
Min. 4000-8000
School (Type-II) 1 @ 10,000 Sqm √
Local Level
Socio-Cultural facility Range 800 –
Pop: Upto (Type-I) 1 @ 10,000 2000 Sqm √
10000
Other Community
2 @ 10,000 Min. 400 Sqm √
Facility (Type-I)
Local Level Play Area 1 @ 10,000 Min. 5000 Sqm √
Traffic and Police As per
Max. 25 Sqm
control room requirement
As per
Police Post Max. 150 Sqm √
requirement

166
 TO BE
PER UNIT PROVIDED
LEVEL FACILITIES NO. OF PLOTS
AREA
LOP ZDP
P&T facility (Type-I) As per requirement √
Milk Booth/ Milk, Fruit As per standard
& Vegetable design of the
1 @ 5,000 √
Booth/Delhi Milk Supply concerned
Booth/ Fair Price Shop department
Tot lot 40 @ 10,000 Min. 125 Sqm √
Local level parks 1 @ 10,000 Minimum 1 ha √
Three wheeler & Taxi
1 @ 10,000 Min. 400 Sqm √
Stand
Bus Terminal 1 @ 10,000 Min. 1000 Sqm √
Convenience Shopping
1 @ 5,000 Min. 1000 Sqm √
Centre
Local Shopping Centre 1 @ 10,000 Min. 3000 Sqm √
Service Market 1 @ 10,000 Min. 2000 Sqm √ √
Informal Sector Market 1 @ 10,000 Min. 1000 Sqm √
Non-bedded Health
1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 300 Sqm √
Facility (Veterinary)
Health Facility (Small) 6 @ 1 Lakh Min. 1000 Sqm √
Range-0.2 to 1.5
Hospital 3 @ 1 Lakh ha √ √
Socio-Cultural facility
2 @ 1 Lakh Min. 1000 Sqm √
(Type-II)
Police Post 1 @ 1 Lakh Max. 2500 Sqm √
Fire Post 1 @ 1 Lakh Max. 2500 Sqm √
Night Shelter 1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 100 Sqm √
Community Sports Range- 1.0 to 3.0
1 @ 1 Lakh √
Centre ha
Community
Level Pop: Community Park 1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 3.5 ha √
Upto 1 Lakh Community
1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 2.0 ha √ √
Multipurpose Ground
Min. 600 Sqm
(As per
LPG godown including As per provisions of
√
booking office requirements the applicable
standards of
PESO)
Bus Terminal 1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 1000 Sqm √
Parking space for
parking of buses, LMVs, 2 @ 1 Lakh Min. 3000 Sqm √
IPTs, etc.
Community Centre 1 @ 1 Lakh Min. 2.0 ha √ √
Hospital 3 2 @ 5 Lakh Min. 1.5 ha √ √
Sub- City
De-addiction/
Level Pop: 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 2000 Sqm √
Rehabilitation Centres
Upto 5 Lakh
Veterinary hospitals 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 2000 Sqm √

167
 TO BE
PER UNIT PROVIDED
LEVEL FACILITIES NO. OF PLOTS
AREA
LOP ZDP
Special Schools 4 @ 5 Lakh Min. 2000 Sqm √
Research &
1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 4000 Sqm √ √
Development Centres
Institute 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 4000 Sqm √ √
As per UGC/
College 2 @ 5 Lakh √
AICTE Norms
Socio-Cultural facility
(Type-III) 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 5000 Sqm √
Other Community
5 @ 5 Lakh Min. 1000 Sqm √
Facility (Type-II)
Range- 3.0 to
District Sports centre 1 @ 5 Lakh 10.0 ha √
Police Station 2 @ 5 Lakh Max. 1.0 ha √ √
Fire Station 2 @ 5 Lakh Max. 1.0 ha √ √
Disaster Management Range- 0.5 to 1.0
1 @ 5 Lakh √
Unit ha
Cremation Ground 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 5000 sqm √
Electric Crematorium 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 5000 sqm √
District Park 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 25 ha √
District Multipurpose
Ground 1 @ 5 Lakh Min. 4.0 ha √
Bus Terminal 1 2 @ 5 Lakh Min. 2000 Sqm √ √
Bus Depot 1@ 5 Lakh Min. 4000 Sqm √ √
As per
Fuel Station As per DCNs √
requirement
District Centre 1@ 5lakh Min. 10 ha √ √

As per Medical
Council of India
As per
Medical College and Veterinary √
requirement
Council of India
Norms
Veterinary
As per Council of India
Veterinary Institute √
requirement / Ministry
norms
University Campus
City Level As per As per UGC/
including International √
Education Centre (IEC) / requirement AICTE Norms
Socio-Cultural facility
As per requirement √
(Type-IV)*
City Level Sports:
1 @ 10 Lakh
Divisional Sports Min. 10 ha √
and above
Centre*
Other Community As per
Facility (Type-III) requirement Min. 2000 Sqm √ √
Other Community As per requirement √

168
 TO BE
PER UNIT PROVIDED
LEVEL FACILITIES NO. OF PLOTS
AREA
LOP ZDP
Facility (Type-IV)
District Jail 1 @ 50 Lakh Min. 2 ha √
As per
Police Lines Max. 1 ha √
requirement
District Police Office and As per
Max. 1 ha √
Battalion requirement
Police Training As per
Institute/ College requirement Max. 5 ha √
Police As per
Firing Range Max. 5 ha √
requirement
As per
Police camp requirement Max. 5 ha √
As per Max. 5 ha
Fire Training Institute √
requirement
Disaster Management As per Max. 5 ha
√
Centre requirement
P&T facility (Type-II) 2 @ 20 Lakh Min. 2500 Sqm
P&T facility (Type-III) As per requirement √
Burial Ground 1 @ 10 Lakh Min. 1 ha √
Cemetery 1 @ 10 Lakh Min. 1 ha √
Burial Ground for
1@ 10 Lakh Min. 2000 Sqm √
Animals
City Park 2@10 Lakh Min. 40 ha √
City Multipurpose
1@10 Lakh Min. 8.0 ha √
Ground
Bus Depot As per Requirement √
Fuel Stations As per requirement √
As per
ISBT Min. 10 ha √
Requirement
Wholesale 1@ 10 lakh Min. 8.0 ha √
* Upto 200 ha to be reserved in Land pooling areas wherever possible
UTILITIES
Water Supply and Sanitation
PER UNIT
LEVEL FACILITIES NO OF PLOTS LOP ZDP
AREA
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)
STP (with SPS & EPS ) -
As per
upto 5 MGD (22.7 MLD) 650 Sqm /MLD
capacity Requirement
STP (with SPS & EPS ) -
As per 1,100 Sqm
NA capacity above 5 MGD √ √
Requirement /MLD
(22.7 MLD)
Sewage Pumping Station As per
(SPS) Requirement 50 Sqm
Effluent Pumping As per
50 Sqm
Station (EPS) Requirement

169
 TO BE
PER UNIT PROVIDED
LEVEL FACILITIES NO. OF PLOTS
AREA
LOP ZDP
Water Treatment Plant (WTP)
WTP - 80 MGD (363 As per
300 Sqm /MLD √ √
MLD) Requirement
WTP - 40 MGD (182 As per
400 Sqm /MLD √ √
MLD) Requirement
Underground Reservoir with Booster Pumping Stations
As per
5 ML Capacity Requirement 700 Sqm /ML √
As per
50 ML Capacity 600 Sqm /ML √
Requirement
Solid Waste Management
Area for segregation of
waste and parking of
Local Level 1 @ 10,000 200 Sqm √
utility vehicles
(previously: Dhalao)
Material recovery
6,000 - 8,000
Sub-City Level facility (semi- 1 @ 5 Lakh √
Sqm
automatic): 200 TPD
Material recovery
10,000 - 20,000
City Level facility (automated) : > 1@ > 20 Lakh √ √
10,000 TPD Sqm
Power
Electric Sub-Station 11
Local Level 1 @ 10,000 40 Sqm √
KV
Community Electric Sub-station 66 2,500-4,000
2 @ 1 Lakh Sqm √
Level KV
Electric Sub-station 220 7,000-10,000
Sub-City Level 1 @ 5 Lakh Sqm √
KV
Electrical Sub-station
City Level 1 @ 20 Lakh 4.0 ha √ √
400 KV

22.7 Designated Use Zones and Use Premises

22.7.1 Each Use Zone comprises of several Use Premises that are distinct. The Use
Premises further comprise of compatible activities and these can be developed
either as standalone plots (assigned for each Use Premise) or in form of
integrated/ comprehensive schemes (like District Centres, Community Centres,
etc.).
i. Each Use Premises shall be permitted to have specific Uses / Use activities.
ii. The location and boundaries of each use premises shall conform to as
specified in the Layout Plan.
iii. Any change in the location, boundaries and predominant use of use premises
due to any reason whatsoever and duly approved shall be incorporated in
layout plan.

170
22.8 Residential

A. Use Premises and Definitions

Table 22. 3 : Use Premises and Definitions - Residential

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Group Housing A premise of size not less than 3000 sqm (2000 sqm. for slum/
JJ rehabilitation area/Special Area/Village (Lal Dora/Firni)
/Extended Lal Dora) comprising of residential flats with basic
amenities like parking, park, convenience
shops, public utility etc.
2 Plotted Premise for one or more than one dwelling unit(s) and may
Housing* have on it one or more main building block and other
accessory block for garages and service personnel.
3 Studio Premise for residential flats with carpet area** 40-60 sq.m
Apartment units.
4 Dharamshala or Premise providing temporary accommodation for short
its equivalent duration.
5 State Bhawan/ Government owned premise for providing the transit
State Guest accommodation for the guests of State Government and
House Central Government.
6 Affordable Premise for temporary accommodation facilities with
Public Rental residential flats and dormitories with common amenities
Housing with or without dining facility.
7 Slum Premise for residential flats provided for beneficiaries as
Rehabilitation part of slum area resettlement/ rehabilitation.
Scheme
8 Hostel A premise in which residential accommodation in the form of
rooms is provided.
9 Rain Basera A premise having the facility for providing the night
(Night Shelter) accommodation to individuals without any charges or with
token charges. It may be run by local government or
voluntary agencies***
10 Guest House, A premise providing temporary accommodation for short
Lodging & durations.
Boarding House
11 Low Density Existing farm houses in urban extension regularised as per
Residential Plot Policy and new Low Density Residential Plots to be
permitted in the Green Development Area.
12 Foreign Mission Premise for the Foreign Mission.
Note:
1. *Pre 1962 plotted double storied flats shall be treated as Residential Plots.
2. *Bed and Breakfast accommodation may be a permissible activity in residential plot/ flat, if
registered under the Scheme notified by Ministry of Tourism, GoI/ GNCTD from time to time.
3. ** Carpet Area definition to be taken as per RERA
4. ***As land is a constraint, the endeavour should be to optimally utilize the land for creating
multipurpose facilities in residential and PSP plots. Night shelter should also be made in

171
 existing buildings and in new proposed constructions within the Railway Terminals, Bus
Terminals, Wholesale/Retail markets, Freight Complexes, Police Stations etc. by the agencies
concerned such as Railways, Health, Industry, DTC, Police, etc., wherever available, with
suitable modifications into night shelters as well as by adopting innovative concepts such as
integrated complex with commercial space on the ground floor and night shelter on the first
floor.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 4 : Use Premises and Activities Permitted: Residential

S. Use Zone Residential Area (RD)

No Use 1 2 3 4 5 6
. Premise Group Plotted Studio Dharamshala State Affordable
Housing Housing Apartment orits Bhawan/ Rental
equivalent State Housing
Guest
Activities House
Permitted
1 Residence ✓
(Plotted)
2 Residential ✓ ✓ ✓
(Flats)
3 Retail Shops ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(on ground
floor with an
area up to 20
Sq.m. each)
4 Mixed use ✓ ✓
activity
5 Society ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Office /
Registered
RWA Office
6 Community ✓ ✓ ✓
Room/ Basti
Vikas Kendra
7 Crèche / Day ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Care Centre/
Anganwari
8 Senior ✓ ✓ ✓
Citizen
Recreation
Room
9 Recreational ✓ ✓ ✓
Club/ Hall
10 Swimming ✓ ✓
pool
11 Religious ✓ ✓ ✓

172
12 Dormitory ✓ ✓
13 Guest Room ✓ ✓
14 Dining Area ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
15 Watch and ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ward
Residence
(20sqm)
16 Conference ✓
Hall and
related
facilities
17 Government ✓
office
18 Souvenir ✓
shops
19 Restaurants ✓
20 ATM ✓ ✓ ✓
21 Staff ✓
Residential
Accommodat
ion
22 Garage ✓
23 Fair Price ✓
Shop

173
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 5 : Group Housing

Use Minimu Maximum FAR Min. Height

Premise m Plot Ground Coverage ROW (M)
Area (M)

Group 3000 33.33% 200 18 NR

Housing sq.m. (in case of addition/ (Subject to
alteration of existing DUs clearance from
for availing balance FAR, AAI/ Fire Dept.
ground coverage upto and other
40% may be allowed) statutory
bodies)
Other Controls
i. The upper limit of density will be taken as 200 DUs/ha (900pph) with flexible
Dwelling Unit sizes to achieve optimal utilization of land. The Central Government in
consultation with the DDA may relax density and other norms for public housing and
projects of national importance.
ii. Group Housing plots in Special Area / Village (Lal Dora / Firni) / Extended Lal Dora/
unauthorised colonies shall be 2000 Sqm. and roads with minimum RoW 7.5m. These
conditions are subject to meeting parking requirements within the plot and NOC from
the Traffic Police Deptt. and the Delhi Fire Service (DFS) of GNCTD. Such plots shall be
incorporated as group housing plots in the Development/Layout Plans of these areas
to be prepared, subsequently, if such, plans are not already approved.
iii. Additional floor area of 400 sq.m. or at the rate 6% of permissible FAR, whichever is
less shall be allowed, free from FAR, to cater to community needs such as community
/ recreational hall, crèche/ day care, library, reading room, senior citizen recreation
room / club and society office.
iv. Ground coverage up to 40% may be allowed to achieve low-rise high-density housing.
v. The developer shall ensure that minimum 15% of the proposed FAR (over and above
200 permissible FAR and density of 200 DUs/ha), to be constructed for Community-
Service Personnel / EWS and lower category. Such flats shall have a carpet area of
minimum 32 sq.m. Following are the conditions for these EWS DUs:
a. 50% of the EWS Housing Stock shall be retained by Developer Entity (DE) and
disposed only to the Apartment owners, at market rates, to house Community
Service Personnel (CSP) working for the Residents/Owners of the Group Housing.
These will be developed by DE at the respective Group Housing site/premises or
contiguous site.
b. Remaining 50% of DUs developed by DE for EWS housing purpose will be sold to
the eligible beneficiaries identified by DDA/ Local Bodies as per DDA Policy. These
can be developed by DE at an alternate nearby site.
c. Necessary Parking, Commercial and PSP facilities shall also be provided by the DE
for this separate housing pocket.
d. The EWS housing component created by the DE shall be subject to quality
assurance checks, as prescribed in this regard by Govt./DDA. The final

174
 handing/taking over of this component shall be subject to fulfilling the quality
assurance requirements.
e. The DE shall be allowed to undertake actual transfer/transaction of saleable
component under its share/ownership to the prospective buyers only after the
prescribed land and EWS housing component sold / transferred to the eligible
beneficiaries identified by DDA / local bodies at the rates prescribed by DDA.
vi. Employer Housing of Central Government, State Government and other Government
Agencies are not required to follow the requirement of FAR or Dwelling Units for
Community Service Personnel / EWS and lower income category.

Table 22. 6 : Plotted Housing

Use Minimum Plot Area Max. FAR Max. Height

Premise (sq.m.) Ground No. of (M)
Coverag DUs
e (%)
Plotted 1 Up to 50 90* 350 3 15m (without
Housing 2 Above 50 to 100 90* 350 4 stilt)
3 Above 100 to 250 75** 300** 4
4 Above 250 to 500 75 225 6 17.5m (with stilt)
5 Above 500 to 750 60 225 6
6 Above 750 to 1000 50 200 9 Subject to
7 Above 1000 to 1500 50 200 9 clearance from
8 Above 1500 to 2250 50 200 12 Fire Dept. for
9 Above 2250 to 3000 50 200 15 individual plot
10 Above 3000 to 3750 50 200 18
11 Above 3750 50 200 21
Other Controls
i. For the purpose of density calculations, the dwelling unit shall be considered to
accommodate 4.5 persons and the servant quarter to accommodate 2.25 persons.
ii. The local body concerned shall be competent for the following
a) to disregard variation of up to 2% in plot size, arising from conversion of area
from sq. yard to sq.m.
b) *100% ground coverage norms applicable to the preceding category of plot
size shall be eligible for regularization of construction, already existing as on
22.09.06 on payment of charges as notified.
c) **100% ground coverage and 350 FAR shall be eligible for regularization of
construction already existing as on 22.09.06 on payment of charges as per
the notification, in respect plot size between 100 to 175 sqm.
iii. Minimum size of the residential plot shall be 32 sq.m.
iv. The additional number of dwelling units would be subject to payment of levy for
the augmentation of civic infrastructure.
v. The total ground coverage and FAR permissible in any plot shall not be less than
that permissible for the largest plot in the next preceding category.
vi. Maximum height of the building shall be 15m in plots without stilt parking and
17.5m in plots with stilt parking. Such residential building shall not be considered
as high rise building. For purpose of fire and life safety requirements, clearance of
Fire Department will be obtained by the individual plot owner.
vii. Subdivision of plots is not permitted. However, if there are more than one

175
 building in one residential plot, the sum of the built-up area and ground coverage
of all such buildings, shall not exceed the built-up area and ground coverage
permissible in that plot.
viii. Amalgamation of two plots adding up to maximum of 64 sq.m. shall be permitted
with following conditions:
a) Local Body will simultaneously modify the Layout Plan.
b) The maximum ground coverage, setbacks, parking, Dwelling Units etc. shall be
for the amalgamated plot size.
c) The maximum FAR permissible shall not be less than the permissible in case
of two individual plots.
ix. The mezzanine floor, if constructed, shall be counted in the FAR.
x. Provision of stilt shall be mandatory for plots with area of 100 sq.m upto 750 sq.m.
For plots above 750 sq.m., parking shall be provided in the setback/ stilt to achieve
parking/ECS as per MPD norms. If the building is constructed with stilt area of
non-habitable height (less than 2.4m), used for parking, such stilt area shall not be
included in FAR but would be counted towards the height of the building.
xi. Number of servant quarters shall be provided as per approved layout plan and
shall be constructed within the stipulated height. However, if the garage block
space is merged with the main building, no separate servant quarter block or
servant quarter, as part of main building shall be allowed. However, provision for
a servant’s room as part of the dwelling unit within the permissible coverage FAR
shall be allowed.
xii. Provision for a servant’s room (with a floor area not less than 11 sq.m. exclusive
of cooking verandah, bathroom and lavatory) as part of the dwelling unit, within
the permissible FAR with stipulated height restriction, shall be allowed. The
maximum size of servant quarter shall be 25 sq.m. If larger in size, the servant’s
quarter shall be counted in density as a full dwelling unit.
xiii. Standard Plans: There are a number of standard building plans designed and
approved by the Authority. Such plans shall continue to operate whenever
applicable. Such plans shall be modified as per the applicable development
controls.
xiv. Encroachment on public land shall not be regularized and shall be removedbefore
the local body grants sanction for regularization of additional construction or
height except the following:
a) Projections / chajjas / covered chajjas built up portion which existed before
7.02.2007 upto 1m above 3m height from the ground level shall be regularized
for plot size upto 175 sq.m on roads below 24m ROW in pre-1962 colonies
(except for A & B category), in unplanned areas (including special area, village
abadi and unauthorized regularized colonies) and resettlement colonies. The
owners /occupiers shall have to obtain structural safety certificate and fire
clearance within a reasonable period of time as notified by the Government. Such
projections / built up portion thereon shall be counted in FAR and in case of
excess FAR over and above permissible FAR, such FAR in excess shall be
regularized subject to payment of appropriate charges as approved by the
Government.
b) The local body concerned shall carry out a survey of all such projections eligible
to be regularized and put such list in public domain for objections from the
occupiers / owners and any person of the public against inclusion / exclusion of

176
 such projection in the list and the list thereafter will be finalized within a period
of one month after considering such objections received in writing.
xv. Every applicant seeking sanction or regularization of additional FAR and/ or
height shall submit a certificate of structural safety obtained from a structural
engineer. Where such certificate is not submitted or the Building is otherwise
found to be structurally unsafe, formal notice shall be given to the owner by the
local body concerned, to rectify the structural weakness within a reasonable
stipulated period, failing which the building shall be declared unsafe by the local
body concerned and shall be demolished by owner or the local body.

xvi. The minimum setbacks shall be as given in the following table:

Table 22. 7 : Minimum Setback Norms for Residential Area- Plotted Housing

S. No Plot size (sq.m.) Minimum Setbacks (in metre)

Front Rear Side 1 Side 2
1 Below 100 0 0 0 0
2 101 upto 250 3 0 0 0
3 251 upto 500 3 3 3 0
4 501 upto 2000 6 3 3 3
5 2001 and upto 10000 9 6 6 6
6 Above 10000 15 9 9 9
a. In case the permissible ground coverage is not achieved with the above-
mentioned setbacks in a plot, the setbacks of the preceding category may be
permitted.
b. A minimum 2m x 2m open courtyard/service duct shall be provided in
residential plots of area of 50 sq.m. to 100 sq.m.

Table 22. 8 : Studio Apartment

Use Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Premise Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
Coverage
Studio 2000 33.33% 200 12 NR
Apartment sq.m. (Subject to clearance from
AAI/ Fire Dept. and other
statutory bodies)
Other Controls
i. The maximum carpet area of flat will be 60 sq.m.
ii. Additional floor area 400 sq.m or at the rate 6% of permissible FAR, whichever is
less shall be allowed free from FAR to cater to community needs such as community
/ recreational hall, crèche, library, reading room, senior citizen recreation room /
club and society office.

177
 Table 22. 9: Dharamshala

Use Premise Minimu Maximum FAR Minimum Height

m Plot Ground RoW (M) (M)
Area Coverage
500
Dharamshala 30% 120 - 15
sq.m.

Table 22. 10: State Bhawan/State Guest House

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
Coverage
State -- 50% 200 -- NR
Bhawan/State (Subject to clearance from
Guest House AAI/ Fire Dept. and other
statutory bodies)
Other Controls
i. In case of Sub-Zone D-13 of Zone-D, the maximum height shall not exceed 26m
(Subject to Fire and other statutory/ security clearances that may be required from
time to time).

Table 22. 11 : Affordable Public Rental Housing

Use Premise Minimu Maximum FAR Minimu Height

m Plot Ground m ROW (M)
Area Coverage (M)

Affordable 2000 33.33% 200 12 NR

Public Rental sq.m. (Subject to clearance
Housing from AAI/ Fire Dept.
(APRH) and other statutory
bodies)
Other Controls
i. Additional floor area of 400 sq.m. or at the rate 6% of permissible FAR, whichever
is less shall be allowed, free from FAR, to cater to community needs such as
community / recreational hall, crèche/ day care, storage facilities and society
office.
ii. APRH could be constructed, operated and maintained by any entity, including
Government Bodies or could be handed over to a Concessionaire (Private Entities)
for operation and maintenance, as per Model-I (Converting existing Government
funded vacant houses into Affordable Rental Housing through Concession
Agreement) of the ARHC Scheme of Govt. of India.
iii. Affordable Rental Housing (ARH) can be on PPP basis (Model II)
a. ARH constructed through this model will consist of a mix of Dwelling Unit
(upto 32/60sqm carpet area each for single/double bedroom respectively)
and Dormitory of 4/6 beds (upto 10 sqm carpet area per
bed) including all common facilities.

178
 b. A single project of ARH shall have at least 40 DU (double bedroom/single
bedroom) or equivalent dormitory beds (1 single bedroom unit of upto
32 sqm carpet area is considered equivalent to 3 Dormitory beds).
c. There will be flexibility to Private/Public Entities to have any mix of
single/double bedroom and dormitories (4/6 units). However, to ensure
that such complexes are used for urban migrant/poor or EWS/LIG
category and not misused for any other purposes, a ceiling of maximum
tenure of License has been provisioned.
iv. Commercial component up to 10% of permissible FAR in the premise may be
permitted which could be rented or sold by the Entity.
v. All the residents in the ARH shall occupy the house on the basis of License rights
provided by the Owner of the Housing Complex to them.
vi. The Maximum Tenure of such Licenses shall not be more than three years.
vii. The License deed should not be renewable beyond the maximum tenure.
viii. In an ARH Complex it shall be the obligation of the owner of the Housing
complex that:
(a) He does not charge any premium towards grant of license to any resident.
(b) No resident is allowed to continue residing in the house / complex
beyond the maximum tenure of license by re-executing a license.
ix. The Modalities with respect to ARH shall be as per the Operational Guidelinesfor
the Affordable Rental Housing Complexes as issued by Ministry of Housing and
Urban Affairs, Govt. of India and as per approvals of DDA.
x. In case where the provisions in the guidelines are not explicit, separate
Development Control Norms shall be prescribed, subject to approval of
DDA/Authority.

Table 22. 12 Slum Rehabilitation

Use Premise Minimum Maximum Ground FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Coverage ROW (M) (M)

Slum 2000 No restriction on 400 9 NR

Rehabilitation sq.m.* ground coverage (Subject to
(except setbacks) clearance from
for flexibility in AAI/ Fire Dept.
design of the and other
rehabilitation statutory bodies)
project
Other Controls
1. (*) In case of public housing, the Technical Committee of DDA may relax minimum
plot size 10%.
2. The following are guidelines for slum rehabilitation (with site-specific relaxations
may be adopted as required).
i. The upper limit of density for Slum & JJ clusters (In-situ up-gradation/
Rehabilitation/ Redevelopment of Slum & JJ Clusters, Resettlement Colonies) and
EWS Public Housing Schemes be maximum 900 DUs/ ha.
ii. The land area for rehabilitation of slum/JJ Cluster shall be taken up on PPP through
prescribed land monetisation as per Slum Rehabilitation Regulations/ Policy. The
minimum residential component of the land area for slum rehabilitation scheme

179
 has to be 60% and maximum area for remunerative use 40%.
iii. The scheme shall be designed in a composite manner with an overall maximum FAR
of 400 on the residential component, (beneficiary i.e. 60%) of the land. The
maximum FAR of 300 on the remunerative component of the land shall be as
applicable irrespective of the land use.
iv. Any use/mix of uses shall be permitted in the remunerative component as per MPD
provisions. In case the DE proposes a mix of uses, the parking and development
control norms shall be applicable on a pro-rata basis, on the FAR utilised for each
use.
v. 10% of the permissible residential FAR shall be utilised for commercial development
as an integrated scheme. No separate plot shall be delineated for use of this FAR.
vi. In addition to the above, 10% of the permissible residential FAR may be permitted
for development of community work centres for home based economic activities
(Household Industries as per MPD norms).
vii. Specific situations may require clubbing of scattered squatters within one site to
work out an overall comprehensive scheme. Slum & JJ Clusters on plots smaller than
2000 sqm be relocated instead of taking up in-situ rehabilitation as per the above-
cited guidelines.
viii. Buildings may be recessed on different floors to create incidental spaces shared
between DUs in a cluster.
ix. Green areas shall be encouraged in schemes where a larger central green/ open
space is not feasible, smaller green areas shall be provided.
x. Schemes shall be approved by concerned body.
xi. Schemes / designs should be compatible for differently-abled persons.
xii. Norms for Social and Physical Infrastructure shall be as per DCN

Table 22. 13 : Hostel

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
Coverage
(sq.m)
Hostel 500 30 120 -- 15
Other Controls
i. These norms shall not be applicable for hostels under Mixed Use.
ii. Norms for working men-women hostels shall be as per provisions under “Other
Community Facilities”.

Table 22. 14 : Rain Basera (Night Shelter)

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
(sq.m) Coverage
Rain Basera 100 60 200 -- 26
(Night Shelter)

180
 Table 22. 15 Guest House, Lodging & Boarding House

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
(sq.m) Coverage
Guest House, 500 30 120 -- 15
Lodging &
Boarding
House
Other Controls
i. These norms shall not be applicable for Guest House under Mixed Use.

Table 22. 16 : Low Density Residential Plot

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
Coverage
Low Density As per Green Development Area
Residential
Plot

Table 22. 17 : Foreign Mission (RF)

Use Premise Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
Coverage
Foreign -- 25% 75 -- 15
Mission
Other Controls
i. Basement up to the building envelope line to the maximum extent of 50% of plot
area shall be permitted. The basement area, if used for parking and services, shall
not be counted in FAR.
ii. As part of approved layout plan following use premises shall be permitted in Foreign
Mission sub-use zone: Foreign Mission, Housing (for the Mission Employees), Guest
House, Local Shopping, Bank, Recreational Club, Health Centre - Hospital, Tertiary health
care centre, Dispensary, Integrated Residential School, Cultural and Information
Centre, Police Post, Fire Station, Post and Telegraph office

Other controls relevant for Residential Use Zone

1. Community facilities and local facilities shall be provided as per norms. In addition
to this, the following shall be considered for provision of these facilities:
i. These facilities should preferably be located along internal roads with
minimum 12 m ROW, unless specified. The development of the
infrastructure should be monitored to assess the achievement in the
relevant sectors.
ii. Parking requirements shall be as per the parking norms.
iii. The minimum size of tot lot at cluster level shall be 125 sq.m.

181
 iv. The location of schools and Anganwaris should be made in the layout plan
in cluster form to facilitate sharing of common parking space and
playground.
v. The planning of physical infrastructure i.e. Underground Tank, Sewerage-
pumping System, Rainwater harvesting, Dual pipe system, Area for
segregation of waste, Electric substation, Pole mounted electric
transformers, decentralised sewerage treatment should be provided as per
norms.
2. Planning of the residential neighbourhood regarding circulation system, including
safety requirements shall be governed by the BIS standards or as per the norms of
the concerned agencies.
3. Suitable landscape plans for the neighbourhood shall be prepared for
development of the parks and roadside plantation etc.
4. Schemes / designs should be compatible for differently abled persons.
5. All plans, Layout and Schemes shall be approved by concerned agencies.
6. Basement, if constructed, and used only for parking, utilities and services shall not
be counted towards FAR.
7. Stilts: If the building is constructed with stilt area of non-habitable / stipulated
height and is proposed to be used for parking, landscaping etc. the stilt floor need
not be included in FAR and shall be counted towards height.
8. Parking shall not be allowed in the mandatory Fire Tender movement road.
9. Levy on additional FAR shall be at rates notified with the approval ofGovernment
from time to time.
10. Lower norms may be adopted in special cases, as specified in relevant regulations
or as per approval of the Authority.

182
22.9 Commercial

22.9.1 General Business and Commerce

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 18 : Use Premise and Definition – Commercial

S. No. Use premise Definition
1. Retail Shop A premise for sale of commodities directly to consumer
with necessary storage.
2. Repair Shop A premise equivalent of a of a retail shop for carrying out
repair of household goods, electronic gadgets,
automobiles, cycles etc.
3. Personnel Service A premise equivalent of retail shop providing personnel
Shop services like tailor barber etc.
4. Vending Booth/ A premise in the form of booth for sale of commodities of
Kiosk daily needs either through a mechanical installation or
otherwise.
5. Convenience A group of shops in residential area serving a population
Shopping Centre of about 5,000 persons.
6. Local Shopping A group of shops in residential area serving a population
Centre of 10,000persons
7. Office A premise used for offices etc.
8. Bank A premise for offices to perform banking function and
operation.
9. Motor Garage and A premise for servicing and repair of automobiles.
workshop
10. Cinema / Cineplex A premise with facilities for projection of movies and
/ Multiplex stills with a covered space to seat audience.
11. Restaurant A premise used for serving food items on commercial
basis including cooking facilities. It may have covered or
open space or both for sitting arrangement.
12. Professional Professional activities shall mean those activities
Activities involving services based on professional skills namely
Doctor, Lawyer, Architect, and Chartered Accountant,
Company secretary, Cost and Works Accountant,
Engineer, Town Planner, Media professionals and
Documentary Film maker, Management Professionals and
Dietician/ Nutritionists.
13. Weekly Market An area used once in a week by a group of informal shop
establishments in the form of a market. These markets
shift from one area to another on different days of the
week.
14. Informal Sector Retail/ service unit, stationary or mobile, working
Unit without roof including small khokhas on roadside.
Street vendor- A person who offers goods or services for
sale to the public without having a permanent built up
structure but with a temporary static structure or mobile
stall (or head load).

183
 Note:
Small Shop: Shop of maximum 20 sqm area, trading in or dealing with retail and personnel
services, excluding: Retail shops of building materials Repair shops/ workshops of automobiles,
tyre resoling and re-treading, and battery charging, Storage, go-down and warehousing, Junk
shop (except paper and glass waste), Liquor shop, Printing, dyeing and varnishing.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 19 : Use Premise and Activities Permitted – Commercial

S.
Use zone RD C1
No.
Use Premise 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Convenience Local Servic Inform Commun NHC District MC
Shopping Shoppin e al ity Centre Centre/ C
Centre g Centre Marke Bazaar (CC) Sub CBD/
(CSC) (LSC) t Sub City
Level
Commerc
Activities ial Areas
Permitted
1. Retail Shop Small
Small
✓ ✓ Shop ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shops
s
2. Vending
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Booth/ Kiosk
3. Stockists and
dealers of
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
medicines
and drugs
4. Fair Price
✓ ✓
Shop
5. Repair / ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Service
6. Personnel
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Service Shop
7. Office ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
8. Offices of
local bodies, ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PSUs
9. Conference
✓ ✓ ✓
Facility
10. Cinema,
Cineplex, ✓ ✓ ✓
Multiplex
11. Hotels ✓ ✓ ✓
12. Guest House ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
13. Service ✓ ✓ ✓

184
 Apptts
14. Restaurants ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
15. Banquet
✓ ✓ ✓
Halls
16. Socio-
Cultural
activities / ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Recreational
Club/
17. Coaching
Centres/
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Training
Institutes
18. Police Post,
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fire Post.
19. Petrol Pump
✓ ✓ ✓
/ CNG Station
20. Bus Terminal ✓ ✓
21. Multi-level
✓ ✓ ✓
parking
22. Service
Market,
Motor Garage ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
and
Workshop
23. Bank ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
24. ATM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
25. Informal ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Sector unit
26. Nursing
Home/
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
maternity
etc.
27. Dispensary,
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clinical Lab,
28. Clinic and
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Polyclinic
29. Path lab,
Diagnostic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Facility1
30. Spa, Gym and
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Salon
31. Museum/ Art
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Gallery
32. Crèche / day
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
care
1Subject to controls and safety considerations

185
 Notes:

i. Utilities, Public Conveniences shall be provided as per norms.

ii. The mandatory requirement of parking as per prescribed standards would be met
through multi level parking as far as possible in Metropolitan City Centre, District
Centre and Community Centre.

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 20 : Commercial

S. Use Premise Nos Min. Max FAR Min ROW Height

No. Plot Ground (m)
Area Coverage
(sqm)/
unit
A. Local
Population upto 10,000
1 Convenience 2 1000 50% 100 12 NR
Shopping Center
(CSC)
2 Local Shopping 1 3000 50% 100 18 NR
Centre (LSC)
Other controls:
i. In case of integrated schemes of Commercial Centres, amalgamation and
subdivision of the plots is permitted for permitted uses of the respective hierarchy
of commercial centres subject to payment of requisite charges as notified by the
Competent Authority from time to time.
ii. Max. 10% additional Ground Coverage shall be allowed for providing atrium only
in LSC.
iii. In case the permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is utilised, 25% of
the utilized ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR.
3 Service Market 1 2000 50% 100 18m NR
4 Informal sector 1 1000 50% 40 18m NR
market
About 10% of the unutilized sites of LSC / CSC may be converted into Service Markets.

S. Use Zone Nos Min. Max FAR ROW Height

No. Plot Ground (m)
Area Coverag (min)
(sqm)/ e
unit
Commercial Centres
Community
Population 1,00,000
1 Community Centre 1 20,000 50% 125 24m NR
(CC)
i. Maximum 10% additional ground coverage shall be allowed for providing atrium.
In case the permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is utilised, 25% of the

186
 utilized ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR.
ii. Maximum 10% of FAR may be permitted for service market and/or informal market
Sub-City
Population 5,00,000
1 District Centre 1 50% 150 30m NR
(DC) / Sub-Central 10 ha
Business District /
Sub- City Level
Commercial areas
i. Maximum 10% additional ground coverage shall be allowed for providing atrium.
In case the permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is utilised, 25% of the
utilized ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR.
ii. Maximum 10% of FAR may be permitted for service market and/or informal market
City
Population 20,00,000
Metropolitan City Centre /CBD
1 Commercial Plot: - - 25% 150 As NR
Retail & existin
Commerce g
Metropolitan
City Centre i.e.
Connaught Place
& its Extension
Other Controls
i. The size of the plot shall be as in the layout of commercial area, any subdivision of
the plot in Connaught Place and its extension should not be permitted.
ii. The development controls shall be in accordance with the comprehensive plan of the
area to be reframed by the local body.
a. In case of Connaught Place, the existing height shall be maintained and FAR
could be achieved by increasing proportionate ground coverage.
b. No basement shall be permitted in middle circle of Connaught Place.
c. Mandatory Architectural Controls shall be applicable
iii. For plots developed as part of comprehensive schemes, the permissible FAR shall be
as per the valid lease deed.
2 Commercial - - 25% 150 As NR
Complex at Fire existin
Brigade Lane and g
Janpath Lane
i. Ground coverage and FAR shall be calculated on the area of presently available plots.
ii. The area shall be developed on the basis of comprehensive scheme.
Any other commercial centre
1 Non-hierarchical - - 50% 125 - NR
Commercial
Centre (NHCC)
2 Including Up to 3 25% 100 NR
Commercial ha.
component along
with Railway /
MRTS Stations /

187
 ISBT
Subject to statutory clearances. The development controls can vary subject to approved
scheme.
3 Asaf Ali Road - - 80% 200 18m 20
(the area shown as
commercial strip
in Delhi Gate –
Ajmeri Gate
scheme)
Setbacks are not mandatory. In case of rebuilding stilts shall be provided for parking.
4 Existing 1200 50% a. 100 18m 15m
Temporary sqm- subject subject to
Cinema (minimum 4000 to min max.
300 seater in one sqm setbacks built-up
or more cinema as per area of
hall) In case a MPD to 3000sqm
cinema be
has more adhered b. In case
land, the plot size
rest of is more
the area than
would be 4000
kept sq.m., and
green. is located
on 24m
ROW and
above,
max.
built-up
area not
to exceed
4000sqm

a. New Temporary cinemas shall not be permissible, however already existing

Temporary Cinemas shall be allowed to continue on permanent basis as per the
stipulated conditions.
b. Commercial activity shall be permissible after excluding the space required for
capacity of 300 seated cinema hall. The commercial space will be for the activities
as permissible for Local Shopping Centre (LSC)
c. Cinema would confirm to the Cinematography act and other statutory provisions.
Multiplexes shall accordingly be permissible.
d. Land use conversion charges, FAR charges, betterment levies and other charges
will be levied as approved by the Government from time to time.
e. The Temporary Cinema existing on Government Land shall not continue.
f. The excess land in such cases if required for larger public purposes shall be
acquired and developed as per the norms by the concerned local agencies.
g. It should be ensured that adequate parking facilities are provided within the
respective plot areas.]
h. The local body and Licensing Authorities shall ensure that the above conditions

188
 are compiled before renewing the license.
i. Individual cases will be processed as per the above provisions
Other controls for Any other commercial centre
i. Subject to statutory clearances. The development controls can vary subject to
approved scheme.

Other Controls
i. Additional FAR Charges, Conversion Charges, Betterment Levy/ External
Development Charges etc. shall be payable as decided by the Government from
time to time.
ii. No restriction subject to clearance from Airport Authority of India and Fire
Department of GNCTD.
iii. Ground Coverage up to 50% instead of 40% will be permissible to achieve the
enhanced FAR at site(s), in case of any height restriction from Airport Authority
of India.
iv. NR - No Restriction, subject to clearance from AAI, Delhi Fire Service and other
statutory bodies.
v. FAR: The norms of 325 FAR below 30m ROW or 375 FAR on 30m ROW or above
and 40% ground coverage shall be applicable in respect of all (I) hotels including
hotel plots in Commercial Centres Community Centre, District Centre/ Sub-
Central Business District/ Sub City Level Commercial Areas and Metropolitan City
Centre/Central Business District except those located in LBZ area, Civil Lines
Bungalow Area and hotels existing on heritage structures and (II) Hotel-cum-
commercial plots. This shall apply to all categories of hotels mentioned in Clause
4.4. The FAR for Commercial Centres and Metropolitan City Centre/Central
Business District as well as Hotel-cum-commercial plots where apportionment of
FAR shall be as per original lease conditions and shall stand enhanced
automatically to that extent, for this purpose only if not available.
vi. The utilities such as, underground water storage tank, roof top water harvesting
system, separate dry and wet dustbins, post-delivery counter etc. are to be
provided within the plot. All hotels, restaurants, auto workshops, hospitals,
tertiary health care centres etc. will have to make arrangements for solid waste
disposal and primary effluent treatment.
vii. Individual plot with floor area of 5000 sq.m. or above will provide ESS and
generator within the plot. They have to submit energy consumption / audit at the
time of sanction of building plans.
viii. Wherever parking is provided within the plot / basement and is misused, the same
is liable to municipalisation / taken over by the authority.
ix. Wherever redevelopment of existing commercial areas stipulate preparation of a
comprehensive scheme, the same can be initiated jointly by the lessees / owners
themselves and submitted to land owning agency / planning authority for
approval. Wherever any enhancement in FAR is approved, the same will be subject
to charging appropriate levies from the beneficiaries. For Metropolitan City
Centre, development controls shall be as per approved scheme.
x. In case of integrated schemes of Commercial Centres, amalgamation and sub-
division of the plots is permitted for permitted activities of the respective
hierarchy of commercial centres subject to payment of requisite charges as
notified by the Competent Authority from time to time.

189
Any other commercial centre
Shop cum Residence Plot/ Shop Plots
i) Shop-cum-residence complexes (Shop-cum-residence plots / shop plots) later
designated as CC/LSC/CSC (as already earmarked / shown in the respective Zonal
Development Plans / notified by ULBs / GNCTD) shall be allowed to continue with the
activities permissible in the Local Shopping Centre with the following conditions:
a. FAR of such plot shall be as prescribed for respective size of the residential
plotted development or lease deed / conveyance deed / sale deed / allotment
conditions, whichever is more. However, in case total FAR in the existing
building is exceeding the permissible FAR on the plots of size above 100 sq.m
and upto 250 sq.m., such excess FAR (upto max. 350 FAR) shall be permitted
subject to payment of penalty charges as prescribed with the approval of
Government.
b. Additional FAR shall be permitted on payment of additional FAR charges, as
applicable.
c. Payment of use conversion charges from “Residential” to ‘Commercial” shall be
applicable as prescribed with the approval of Government.
d. LSCs, CSCs and shop plots which are already under commercial use zone are not
be liable to pay any conversion charges.
e. Commercial establishments / shop plots under the above category not having
any deviation from already approved layout plans / lease deed / conveyance
deed / sale deed are not be liable to pay any additional charges.

ii) Other existing shop-cum-residence plots shall also be allowed to continue with
original permitted use with the FAR of residential plotted development. The upper
floors can be converted to commercial use after paying the applicable charges.

iii) The basement shall be permitted in shop-cum-residence plots / complexes later

designated as CC/LSC/CSC subject to relevant provisions under mixed use
regulations. If such use of basement leads to exceeding the permissible FAR on the
plot, such excess FAR shall be subject to payment of applicable charges prescribed
with the approval of Government.

iv) In all the above cases, owner shall obtain the approval of revised building plans
for any addition / alteration / new construction / conversion from the concerned
local body subject to all statutory clearances w.r.t. relevant provisions of building
bye laws, structural safety, fire safety etc.

v) Parking provisions shall be as per prevailing norms for residential plotted

development and as stipulated in Table 22.46. Onetime parking charges shall be
paid either as down payment or in maximum four instalments subject to payment
of applicable charges as prescribed with the approval of Government.

vi) In order to meet the parking requirements, concerned local bodies along with
concerned traders / establishments / RWAs shall identify and develop the land for
providing shared / common `parking. 5% additional Ground Coverage shall be
permissible within the scheme area for the provision of public parking.

vii) In order to promote parking, the owner of the plot will be allowed to amalgamate

190
 the plots upto minimum plot size of 1000 sq.m, to provide additional parking on the
amalgamated plot. Such plots shall be entitled for a rebate of 50% in conversion
charges.

viii) In case there is no parking facility available in the vicinity, concerned local body
may declare such areas as pedestrian shopping streets / areas. Public transport
authority shall ensure last mile connectivity to these areas.

D. Informal Sector
Informal Sector Market to be incorporated in the planned development of various use
zones are as follows:

Table 22. 21 : Norms for informal sector trade units

S. No. Use Zones / Use premise No. of Informal shops / Units

i) Retail trade:
Metropolitan City Centre, 3 to 4 units per 10 formal shops (to be
District Centre, provided in informal bazaar / service
Community Centre, market components)
Convenience Shopping Centre,
ii) Government and Commercial 5 to 6 units per 1000 employees
Offices
iii) Wholesale trade and Freight 3 to 4 units per 10 formal shops
Complexes
iv) Hospital/ Tertiary Health Care 3 to 4 units per 100 beds
Centre
v) Bus Terminal 1 unit for two bus bay
vi)

vii) Parks
District Parks 8 to 10 units at each major entry
Neighbourhood parks 2 to 3 units
viii) Residential 1 unit / 1000 population
ix) Industrial 5 to 6 units per 1000 employees
x) Railways Terminus / MRTS To be based on surveys at the time of
Stations preparation of the project.

22.9.2 Wholesale, Warehousing

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 22 : Use Premise and Definition – Wholesale, Warehousing

S. Use Premise Definition

No
1 Wholesale market a. A premise from where goods and
commodities are sold and delivered to

191
 retailers. The premises include storage and
godown, loading and unloading facilities.
2 Warehouse/ Storage/ A premise from where goods and commodities are
Godown/ Cold Storage stored
3 Integrated Freight Complex A premise to provide facilities for regional and
intra-urban freight movement and inter-link with
specialized markets in the City. The premise
includes storage facilities, servicing, idle parking
for goods vehicles and other related functions.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 23 : Use Premise and Activities Permitted – Wholesale, Warehousing

S.No Use Zone C2

Use Premise 1 2 3
Integrated Wholesale/ Warehouse/
Freight sub city Storage/
Complex markets Godown
Activities Permitted
1 Wholesale Shop ✓ ✓ ✓
2 Warehouse ✓ ✓ ✓
3 Godown and Storage Shops Storage of non-
polluting/ non-
✓ ✓
hazardous
materials
4 Office ✓ ✓ ✓
5 Retail Shop (including
✓ ✓
Personnel Service Shop
6 Hotel/ Restaurants ✓ ✓ ✓
7 Repair / Service /Motor ✓
Garage & Workshop (max ✓ ✓
10% of FAR)
(4 to 7- Upto 25% of
FAR)
8 Night Shelter ✓ ✓
9 Police outpost upto 150
sq.m, Traffic Police Control
✓ ✓
Room (Max. 25 sq.m.), Fire
Post
10 Fuel Station ✓ ✓
11 Bus Terminal ✓ ✓
12 Multi-level parking ✓ ✓
13 Bank ✓ ✓
14 ATM ✓ ✓ ✓

192
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 24 Wholesale, Warehousing

# Use Zone Nos Min. Plot Max FAR ROW Height

Area Ground (m) (max.)
(sqm)/ unit Coverage (min)
1 Integrated
As per
Freight 40% 100 30 NR
requirement
Complex
2 Wholesale 8 ha 40% 100 30 NR
3 Warehousing 500 70 140 18 15
/Godown/ 501-2000 60 120 18 15
Storage/ 2001-10000 50 100 18 15
Cold Storage Above 40 80 24 15
10,000

Other applicable conditions:

In addition to specified norms, the following conditions shall be applicable on all plots/
integrated schemes:
i. Warehouses on plots of 1 ha and above with direct access from 30m RoW can be
developed as big-box retail. Such plots shall be permitted to have retail activity up to
50% of the permissible FAR on payment of charges as fixed by govt. from time to time.
ii. Utilities, Public conveniences shall be provided as per requirement.
iii. Height subject to clearance from Airport Authority of India, ASI, Delhi Fire Service
(DFS), other concerned authority and statutory bodies.
iv. The minimum parking as per Transport development control norms shall be
earmarked. Wherever parking is provided within the plot / basement and is misused,
the same is liable to municipalisation / taken over by the authority. In case of plots
less than 300 sq.m. common parking can be provided.
v. 5% extra ground coverage will be provided for stack parking.
vi. In case of plots of size 500sq.m. and above, the utilities such as E.S.S., underground
water storage tank, roof top water harvesting system, separate dry and wet dustbins,
solar heating / lighting system etc. are to be provided within the plot.
vii. Additional FAR charges, Conversion charges, FAR charges, betterment levies and
other charges will be levied as approved by the Government from time to time.
viii. In case of individual plots not forming part of any comprehensive / integrated
development scheme, the development controls shall be as per already approved
scheme / layout plan.

193
22.9.3 Hotels (C3)

A. Use Premise Definition

Table 22. 25 : Use Premise and Definition – Hotels

S. No Use Premise Definition

1 Hotel A premise having minimum 10 lettable rooms for lodging of and
boarding of 15 persons or more on short / long termbasis. The
premise may include Banquet, Conferencing facilities,
Swimming pool, Health Club, Discotheque.
Hotels having Heritage Classification and those which have
classification above 3 star.
2 Budget Hotel Mid Segment Hotels (i.e. 1-3 stars)
3 Service Premise fully furnished, serviced and self-contained with meal
Apartment preparation and used for short-term or long-term individual,
family or corporate accommodation. Premise may also include
conference facilities and office space.
4 Motel A premise providing lodging and free parking facilities, typically a
roadside hotel having rooms adjacent to an outside parking area.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 26 : Use Premise and Activities Permitted – Hotels

S. Use Zone C3
No. Use Premise 1 2 3

Hotels Budget Hotel Service Apartment

Activities Permitted
1. Service Apartment ✓ ✓ ✓
2. Guest Room ✓ ✓ ✓
3. Guest Suite ✓ ✓ ✓
4. Banquet ✓
5. Conference Facility ✓
6. Restaurants ✓ ✓ ✓
7. Swimming Pool ✓ ✓
8. Health Club ✓
9. Food Court ✓
10. Discotheque ✓
11. Office ✓ ✓ ✓
12. Retail and Service Shop ✓
13. Dining and related facilities ✓ ✓
14. Watch and Ward (upto ✓
✓ ✓
20sqm)

194
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 27 : Hotels

S. Use Nos Min. Plot Max Ground FAR ROW Height

No Zone Area Coverage (m)
(sqm)/ (min)
unit
1 Hotel 40% a. below 30m 12 NR
- ROW - 325
(includi
ng b. 30m and above
Hotel ROW - 375
Plots)
2 Budget 1200 50% 100 - NR
Hotels
3 Service 2000 30% 225 18 NR
Apartm
ent
Other controls for above (1, 2 and 3)
i) Maximum 20% of the FAR can be used for the Commercial offices, Retail & Service
shops.
4 Motels - 40% 175 30 NR
i. Maximum 175 FAR shall be permissible on the plot area disclosed in the
sanctioned plan as on 07-02-2007 in conformity with Government of India
Notification S.O. 550 (E) dated 16-06-1995 and motel guidelines issued by
Government of India, MoUD on 04-03-2002.
ii. Ground Coverage up to 50% instead of 40% will be permissible to achieve the
enhanced FAR at site(s), if there exist any height restriction from Airport
Authority of India.
iii. Additional FAR Charges, Conversion Charges, Betterment Levy/ External
Development Charges etc. shall be payable as decided by the Governmentfrom
time to time.
iv. The motels shall face the road of minimum 30 mts. ROW (if additional land is
required for road widening, same to be kept reserved out of the motel area).
v. Other norms and permissible activities shall be the same as applicable to hotel
use premise.
vi. Water, electric supply, sewerage, drainage, traffic circulation, provision of
linking road of adequate ROW and other such infrastructure shall have to be
provided by the owner at their own cost till the same is made available by the
service providing agencies. The Motel owner will have to pay the external
development charges including provision of linking road of adequate ROW as
demanded by the concerned agencies.

Other applicable conditions:

In addition to specified norms, the following conditions shall be applicable on all
commercial plots/ integrated schemes
i. Utilities, Public conveniences shall be provided as per requirement.

195
ii. Additional FAR charges, Conversion charges, FAR charges, betterment levies and
other charges will be levied as approved/prescribed/ notified by the Government
from time to time.
iii. Maximum 10% additional ground coverage shall be allowed for atrium. In case the
permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is utilised, 25% of the utilized
ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR.
iv. In case of revision of building plans to avail additional FAR, hotel can avail additional
FAR only if adequate parking provision is made within the plot itself.
v. The norms of 325 FAR below 30m ROW or 375 FAR on 30m ROW or above and 40%
ground coverage shall be applicable in respect of all
a. Hotels including hotel plots in Commercial Centres Community Centre/ District
Centre/ Sub-Central Business District/ Sub City Level Commercial Areas and
Metropolitan City Centre/Central Business District except thoselocated in LBZ
area, Civil Lines Bungalow Area and hotels existing on heritage structures and
b. Hotel-cum-commercial plots.
This shall apply to all categories of hotels. The FAR for Commercial Centres and
Metropolitan City Centre/Central Business District as well as Hotel-cum-commercial
plots where apportionment of FAR shall be as per original lease conditions and shall
stand enhanced automatically to that extent, for this purpose only if not available.
vi. In respect of hotels where the building plans stand sanctioned prior to 27.1.2006,
parking standard of 3 ECS for 100 sqm of floor area shall be applicable only for the
additional FAR which will be availed consequent upon amendment to MPD-2021. In
respect of hotels where the building plans have been sanctioned on or after 27.1.2006,
the parking standard of 3 ECS for 100 sqm of floor area shall be applicable to the
entire plot.
vii. Sustainable Management of waste in hotels & motels will be responsibility of the
owner and net pollution discharge should be zero.
viii. Modern techniques shall have to be adopted in disposal of waste in motels viz.
segregation of solid waste into compostable and non-compostable. Compostable
waste should be deposited in localized compost pits; non-compostable should be
incinerated in incinerators maintained by the motel, subject to pollution control
norms.
ix. Revised building plans will be submitted to the local bodies i.e., concerned municipal
body/ DDA as the case may be for sanction under building bye laws.
x. Height subject to clearance from Airport Authority of India, ASI, Delhi Fire Service
(DFS), other concerned authority and statutory bodies.
xi. The minimum parking as per Clause 22.12.1 shall be earmarked. Wherever parking is
provided within the plot / basement and is misused, the same is liable to
municipalisation/ taken over by the authority.

196
22.10 Industries
22.10.1 Planned Industrial Area

A. Use Premise Definition

Table 22. 28 : Use Premise and Definition – Industrial

S. No Use premise Definition

1. Industrial Plot A premise for industrial activity with non-
hazardous, non-polluting activity.
2. Industrial Flatted A premise having a group of small industrial units
with common services and facilities of non-
polluting nature.
3. Integrated Industrial A premise for industrial activity with non-
Area/ Scheme hazardous, non-polluting activity. It can be mix of
plotted or flatted.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 29 : Use Premise and Activities Permitted – Industry

Use Zone M1
S. Use Premise Manufacturing/ Service Industries /Service and Repair
No. Plotted Flatted
Upt Abov Abov Above Min. Above Above
o 50 e 50 - e 2000 400- 2000 20,000
Activity sq. 400 400- sq.m. 2000 sq.m. – sq.m.
Permitted m. sq.m. 2000 sq.m. 20,000
sq.m.
1 Retail Shop/Repair ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shop/ Personnel ✓
Service Shop
2 Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓

3 Warehouse/Storage ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
/ Godown related to
industrial activity:
Upto maximum 10%
FAR
4 Offices ✓
5 Watch and ward ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
residence (20 sq.m.).
6 Treatment Plant, ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ESS
7 Residential for staff/ ✓ ✓ ✓
worker: upto
maximum 10% of
FAR

197
8 R&D Facilities ✓ ✓ ✓
9 Incubation Centers/ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Co-working

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 30 : Industry

S. Use Zone M1
No. Use Premise Plot Area Ground FAR ROW (m) Height
(minimum) Coverage (minimum) (m)
(maximum)
Upto 50
100 200 9 8
sq.m.
Plots below 100
Above 50 - sq.m.: 9
60 200 15
Industrial 400 sq.m. Plots above 100
1. sq.m.: 12
Plotted
Above 400-
50 200 12 NR*
2000 sq.m.
Above upto 2 ha: 24
40 200 NR*
2000 sq.m. above 2 ha: 30
400-2000 30 200 12 26
Above
Industrial 2000- 30 200 24 NR*
2.
Flatted 20,000
Above
30 200 30 NR*
20,000
*Subject to clearance from AAI / Fire Department and other statutory bodies.
# The additional FAR Charges shall be payable as decided by the Government from time
to time.
Other Controls:
i. All industries should have provision for separating the solid waste before disposal.
No untreated effluent shall be allowed to be discharged. Primary treatment of the
effluent shall be done at the plot level as per requirement.
ii. In case of plots upto 60 sq.m., common parking shall be provided whereas for plots
above 60 sqm front set back (min. 3 m) shall be provided without boundary wall
for parking and loading and unloading.
iii. 5% extra ground coverage will be provided for stack parking.
iv. In case of plots of size 500 sq.m. and above, the utilities such as E.S.S., underground
water storage tank, roof top water harvesting system, separate dry and wet
dustbins, solar heating / lighting system etc. shall be provided within theplot.
v. Service Centres shall be planned as per plotted industrial area norms.
vi. Upto maximum 10% FAR can be used for office in Manufacturing and Service/
Repair
vii. Retail Shop/Repair Shop/ Personnel Service Shop/ Canteen - Upto a maximum
10% FAR or 500 sqm whichever is less.

198
 viii. In order to facilitate start-ups and innovation clusters in industrial areas, co-
working spaces shall be permitted on industrial plots up to 10% of the FAR
without any use conversion.
ix. Warehousing shall be permitted on plots with direct access from min. 30m RoW.

D. Permissible Uses for Use Conversion in Planned Industrial Areas

Table 22. 31 : Permissible Uses for Use Conversion in Planned Industrial Areas

S. Permissible Use premises as part of modification in Subject to Conditions

No layout plan of industrial area/ redevelopment Min
Min. Plot
. scheme* ROW
size (sq.m.)
(m)
1 Commercial Use
a. Commercial (except Hotel/Cineplex) - 24
Other Controls
i. Activity permitted shall be as per DCN related to the
plot size and ROW
b. Warehouse/ Storage/ Godown Min 30
Other Conditions 1000sqm.
i. Industrial plots are eligible for conversion as per DCN
of warehousing
ii. Warehouses on plots of 1 ha and above with direct
access from 30m RoW shall be permitted to have retail
activity up to 50% of the permissible FAR on payment
of charges as fixed by govt. from time to time.
iii. All loading and unloading facilities are providedwithin
the plot

2 PSP
a. Education Facilities: Norms 24
Research & Development Centres, Institutions,Vocational related to
Training Centre, ITI/ Polytechnic/ Skilling centres, plot size as
Vocational/ Training Institute, Teacher Training Institute, prescribed
Management Institute, Coaching Centres, Other training by PSP DCNs
institutes (commercial & secretarial training centre),
General Colleges, Professional Colleges, College. FAR as per
original land
use
c. Health Facilities: Norms 24
Hospital / Tertiary Health Care Centre (up to 100 related to
beds) plot size as
Other Conditions prescribed
Eligible for conversion within the existing development by PSP DCNs
control norms subject to conditions that number of beds
to be accommodated on a plot shall be worked out {@ 80
sqm} of gross floor area per bed
FAR as per original landuse shall be applicable
d. Banquet Hall 800 24

199
 subject to specification/ regulations including Fire
Norms as may be prescribed.
DCN of banquet plot shall be applicable
e. Restaurant, Recreational Club, Hostel & Old age home, Norms as prescribed
Community and Recreational hall, Nursing Home & Health by DCNs of original
Centre are permitted as part of modification in layout plan land use
of industrial area.
DCN of respective use shall be applicable
3 Group Housing
a. Group Housing 3000 24
i. Eligible for conversion within development control norms of group housing
along with incentive 1.5 times FAR of permissible FAR of Group Housing.
ii. Required Commercial preferably and PSP activity for residential population,
and working space up to 15% of Permissible FAR shall also be allowed.
Other Controls:
i. There shall be no height restriction subject to clearance from AAI, Delhi Fire
Services (DFS) and other statutory bodies.
ii. The industrial use shall be eligible for conversion to other uses within the existing
development control norms, subject to payment of conversion charges computed
on current market value and cost of parking as decided by the Government from
time to time.
iii. Sub-division of larger Industrial plot or amalgamation of Industrial plots will be
allowed in existing areas as well as approved schemes/layouts/building plans on
these Industrial Plots.
iv. Rain water harvesting preferably with rain water storage for re-use ,STP, dual
piping system, use of solar PV shall be provided to minimize the additional burden
on infrastructure services
v. These provisions shall not be permitted on non-conforming/ regularized
industrial cluster.
vi. The above provisions shall not affect the concerned Supreme Court orders in any
manner.
vii. For regeneration of industrial areas, a regeneration plan of min. 4 hectares shall
be prepared where minimum plot size eligible for regeneration will be 1000sqm.
In such redevelopment relaxation in area upto 5% in lower limit of plot size shall
be permitted.
viii. In the redevelopment of industrial plots, 1.5 times of permissible FAR has already
been notified in Notification S.O. 683 (E) dated 01.04.2011 regarding Regulations
and Guidelines for Existing Planned Industrial Area, therefore, the incentive of 1.5
times of permissible FAR shall be allowed on all permissible uses on industrial
plot.

E. Parameters for Industrial Units in Different Use Zones and Use Premises
Permissibility of Industries in Non-Industrial Use Zones

For the industrial classification, the limits of parameters shall be fixed according to
the nature of industries, area and the nature of industrial development.

200
 Table 22. 32 : Parameters for Industrial Units in Non-industrial use zones

S. Use Premises Groups Permitted Conditions

No (Refer Annexure) Max. no. Max.
of Industrial
workers Power
Load
(KW)
1 Residential
a. Plotted housing (Household Activities listed in 9 11
Industries) Annexure 5 /
(Annexure 12)
b. Village Abadi Activities listed in 9 11
Annexure5
2 Commercial
a. Convenience Shopping M1 (Annexure 12) 5 11
Centre, Local Shopping
Centre
b. Community Centre 9 11
c. District Centre 19 11

d. Service Market, Service (Annexure 12) and -- --

Centre (Annexure 13)
3 Industrial Use
a. Plotted development All industries except As per As per
those prohibited and need need
of Non-polluting &
non-hazardous
nature,
b. Flatted Industries All industries except 1[As per As per
those prohibited, need] need
and of Non-polluting
& non-hazardous
nature, excluding
industries producing
noise / water /
vibrations / odour
pollution

Other Controls:
i. Maximum no. of workers shall be as per notification issued by the Competent
Authority from time to time.
ii. The power requirement for operating pollution control devices and non-
manufacturing use shall be over and above the aforesaid permissible load.

201
22.10.2 New Industrial Areas

i. New industrial activity in the NCT of Delhi should be restricted to hi-tech and
service-based industries (Annexure 12). These activities shall be permissible in
existing industrial areas subject to the payment of infrastructure upgradation
charges to be decided and recovered by concerned Authority / local body.

ii. Industrial Use Zone - Guidelines

The subdivision of industrial use zone into use premises and subsequent approval
of layout plans for industrial estates shall be governed by the following norms:
a) DE/ DDA shall prepare layout plan/ regeneration plan based on the following
options.

Table 22. 33 : Land distribution in New Industrial Area (Integrated Scheme)

Use Premise Percentage

of land
Industrial (Net Area) 50%
Residential*: workers housing 20%
Recreational: Buffer Zone, Parks, Water Bodies, Green under HT lines, 7%-10%
internal paved walkways between zones, open air theatre etc.
Other Use permitted: Commercial 2%-3%
Shopping Centre, Retail, exhibition space, Guest House / Budget hotels,
Lodging and Boarding, Communication, information centres, training
centres, R&D facilities, Restaurant etc.
Social and Physical Facilities 6%-8%
1. Public and Semi-Public: Fire Station / Fire Post, Police Station / Police
Post, Hospital / Tertiary Health care Centre /Dispensary, ITI /
Polytechnic, Dharamshala, Night Shelter, Day Care Centre, Working Men-
Women Hostel, etc.
2. Utilities: Electric Sub-Station, CETPs, Pumping Stations, Underground
Reservoirs / Fire Fighting Tanks and other utilities, etc. solid waste
collection centres, water recycling plants etc.
Transportation: Circulation, Parking, Walking/cycling paths, Goods 15%-18%
Vehicle Parking Fuel Station etc.
Total 100
* Regulations for Group Housing shall apply. The housing would be utilised for the workers/
employees engaged in the industrial area.

Other controls:
i. For Industrial areas (above 1 ha), additional 15% of permissible residential FAR
may be utilised to develop affordable rental housing.Warehousing within the plot
in, shall be limited to 10% and shall be provided as incidental storage accruing out
of the industrial activity in the respective plot (raw material, finished products,
etc., storage)
ii. Parking norms must be applied as per Clause 22.12.1.

202
Other conditions for approval of layout plans for Industrial Use Zones:

i. All new Industrial Estates/ areas shall have approach from a road of at least 30m
ROW.
ii. Grease traps should be provided near automobile washing area.
iii. New Industrial areas should be located along major arterial roads. Major
infrastructure network like CNG, LPG, oil, optical fibre, electricity, etc. to be made
available along this corridor through underground pipelines.
iv. The provision of CETPs, solid waste separation / treatment plants shall be made
at the industrial cluster level.
v. Proper disaster arrangements shall be made by the concerned agency.
vi. Landscape plans shall be prepared for the area.
vii. All industries should have provision of separating solid waste before disposal.
Provisions for management of e-waste should be made

203
22.11 Recreational

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 34 Use Premises and Definition – Recreational

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Regional Park The area comprising of the Northern, central, South Central and
Southern Ridge subject to verification by the Forest
Department.
2 City Park/ District A park is an area of natural, semi-natural or planted space set
Park/ Community aside for human enjoyment and recreation. It may include areas
Park designated for protection/ preservation.
3 Theme A large outdoor area usually based on a particular
Based/Amusement theme/idea featuring various attractions, such as rides,
Parks games, as well as other events for entertainment purposes.

4 Multipurpose An open space for multiple public activities/functions

Ground with recreational facilities.

5 Archaeological Archaeological Park is an area which combines assets of

Parks heritage value with ecologically sensitive assets.

6 Historical Historical complexes identified as having a degree of

Monuments historic and/ or socio-cultural significance.

7 Biodiversity Parks These are special parks with unique landscape that serve
as nature reserves for the area and harbor of native flora
and fauna.
8 Green Buffer Buffers are green areas/ corridors developed along water
bodies, natural drains, HT Lines, etc.
9 Sports Centre A premise used for Outdoor and indoor games with
pavilion buildings, stadium structure for spectators and
related facilities.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 35 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Regional Park, City Park, District
Park, Community Park & Multipurpose Grounds

S. Use Zone P1 P2 RD
No
Use 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

204
 Premise Regi City Distr Com Theme City Distri Co Local
onal Par ict muni Based ct mm Level
Park k ty / unit Park
* Park
Park Amuse y s
ment
Parks Multipurpose
Ground
Activities
Permitted
1 Forests/
✓ ✓ ✓
Woodlands
2 Watch and
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ward room
3 Picnic Huts
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
& grounds
4 Bio-
diversity
✓ ✓ ✓
Park

5 Zoological
Garden
✓
/Bird
Sanctuary
6 Botanical
Garden/ ✓ ✓ ✓
Arboretum
7 Local
Governmen
t Offices ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Maintenan
ce)
8 Open Air
Theatre/
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Amphitheat
re
9 Shooting
✓
Range
10 Police Post/
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fire Post
11 Orchard ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
12 Plant
✓ ✓ ✓
Nursery
13 National
Memorial
(approved
✓ ✓
by Cabinet/
Govt. of
India)

205
S. Use Zone P1 P2 RD
No
Use 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Premise Regi City Distr Com Theme City Distri Co Local
onal Par ict muni Based ct mm Level
Park k ty / unit Park
* Park
Park Amuse y s
ment
Parks Multipurpose
Activities Ground
Permitted
14 Aqua
park/water
sports ✓ ✓ ✓
park/
Aquarium
15 Sports
✓ ✓
activities
16 Playground ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
17 Recreationa
✓ ✓ ✓
l Club
18 Open-air
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
food court
19 Children
Park /
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Children
Traffic Park
20 Specialized
✓ ✓ ✓
Park
21 Archaeologi
cal Park ✓ ✓

22 Amusement
Park/
Theme
Park
Rides
Mechanical ✓ ✓ ✓
+water ride
s), games,
shows,The
me Exhibits
etc.
23 Amenity
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
structures
24 Open gyms ✓ ✓ ✓
25 restaurant ✓ ✓ ✓

206
S. Use Zone P1 P2 RD
No
Use 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Premise Regi City Distr Com Theme City Distri Co Local
onal Par ict muni Based ct mm Level
Park k ty / unit Park
* Park
Park Amuse y s
ment
Parks Multipurpose
Activities Ground
Permitted
/ Café
26 Vending
booth/ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Kiosks/
27 Public
meeting
ground,
Public
address
podium,
Provision
for public
gathering/ ✓ ✓ ✓
marriage/
Utsav
Pandal &
other
public &
social
functions
etc.
28 Play area ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
29 Public
fairground/ ✓ ✓
Mela
Note:
*Approved Farm Houses sanctioned prior to 01.08.90 [or subsequently if approved by
[concerned municipal body], as per the policy applicable for regularization of the existing
farm houses subject to necessary clearances from the Central Empowered Committee of
Supreme Court and the Ridge Management Board of GNCTD are allowed.]

Table 22. 36 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Archaeological Park, Biodiversity
Park & Green buffer
S. Use Zone P3 P4
No
Use Premise 10 11 12 13

207
 Archaeological Historical Biodiversity Green
Activities Parks Monuments Park Buffer
Permitted
1 Public
festivals/exhibitions
✓ ✓ ✓
(Temporary
Structures)
2 Cycling & walking
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
tracks
3 Interpretation/ Visitor
✓ ✓ ✓
centres
4 Restaurants / Food
✓ ✓ ✓
courts
5 Orchards/
Arboretums,
greenhouses,
gardening clubs, ✓ ✓ ✓
community vegetable
gardens & plant
nurseries, etc.
6 Specialized Parks
(Butterfly Parks,
Fernarium etc.)/ ✓ ✓
Facilities for Flora &
Fauna
7 Open Air-Theatre ✓ ✓
8 Amenity Structures* ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
9 Scientific Laboratories ✓
10 Administrative Office ✓ ✓ ✓
11 Camping Site ✓ ✓
12 Wetlands & marshes
for water-based ✓ ✓
ecologies
13 Active public use;
parks, yoga spaces,
active sports (without ✓
formal seating) &
boating
14 Kiosks
✓ ✓ ✓
✓

Note:
* Amenity structure includes toilet blocks, pump room, electric room, guard room, store
room and equipment room. These shall be permissible in all parks except at local level.

208
 Table 22. 37 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Sports Facilities

S. Use Zone P5 (Sports Facilities) RD

No
Use Premise 14 15 16 17

City Level District Community Local

Activities sports: Sports sports Level
Permitted Divisional Centre Centre Play
Sports Area
Centre
1 Multiuse Stadium (Seating
✓
capacity 15,000)
2 Stadium ✓ ✓
3 Aquatic centre
(covered or otherwise withfull
size competition pool, a
training / lap pool, diving pool
which can also be used for
Water Polo and Synchronized ✓
swimming as well as other
aquatic recreational facilities
like waterslides, wave pool,
hydrotherapy pool, Akhara
etc.)
4 Multipurpose hall (Seating
capacity 4,000)
[for Exhibitions, Trade Shows, ✓
Banquets, Multiple sports &
related and socio-cultural
events
5 Sports facilities (outdoor and ✓
✓ ✓
indoor)
6 Sports academy/ Sports
✓ ✓
Training Centre
7 Sports Medicine Centre ✓ ✓ ✓
8 Swimming pool ✓ ✓ ✓
9 support infrastructure; ✓ ✓
storage space /spaces for
✓ ✓
facilities like changing rooms,
multi-gym, etc.

209
 S. Use Zone P5 (Sports Facilities) RD
No
Use Premise 14 15 16 17

City Level District Community Local

Activities sports: Sports sports Level
Permitted Divisional Centre Centre Play
Sports Area
Centre
10 Shop* ✓ ✓ ✓
11 Restaurant/ cafeteria* ✓ ✓ ✓
12 Bank extension (counter)* ✓ ✓ ✓
13 Office (departmental)* ✓ ✓ ✓
14 Hostel / Residential
Accommodation for sports
persons/ players, Plotted
✓ ✓
Housing (maintenance &
management staff): Min. 5%
of total FAR
15 Police Post, Fire Post,
Digital Infrastructure Kiosks ✓ ✓ ✓

16 Children’s corner ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
17 Playground ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
18 Watch & Ward Residence. ✓ ✓ ✓
Note:
*S. no 10 to 13 Activities all together are permitted for Max 5% of total FAR.

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 38 Recreational

Min. Plot Max.

Min
S. Use Area Ground
No.(s) FAR ROW Height(m)
No Premise (sqm)/ Coverage
(m)
unit (%)
LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000
Tot lot
1 40 125 -- -- -- --
Housing 2
2 5000 -- -- -- --
area park
3 Housing 2 5000 -- NR*

210
 Area (0.5 ha)
Playground
Local level
4 1 10,000 -- -- -- --
Park
(1 ha)
5000-
Local level 10,000
5 1 2% 4 -- NR*
Play area (0.5 to 1
ha)
* Subject to clearance from AAI, Fire Department and other statutory bodies.

Min. Plot Max.

Min
S. Area Ground
Use Premise No.(s) FAR ROW Height (m)
No. (sqm)/ Coverage
(m)
unit (%)
COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100,000
Maximum
permissible
Community height for
35000sq.m
Park all types of
1 1 (3.5 ha) -- --- 18
habitable
built
structures
is 4.8 m
Other Controls:
i. All permissible permanent built structures in the park shall not exceed 0.5% of
the park area or 100 sq.m. whichever is lesser.
ii. 20% of the area shall be developed as dense plantation.
Maximum
permissible
Community height for
Multipurpose 20,000sq.m all types of
2 1 NA* NA** 18
ground (2 ha) habitable
built
structures
is 4.8 m
Other Controls:
i. * Minimum 50% of total area shall be under soft parking and remaining 50%
shall be utilized for activities.
ii. **All permanent built structures within the multipurpose grounds, shall not
exceed 1% of the plot area or 500 sq.m. Whichever is less.
Community
3 sports Centre 1 1 ha to 3 ha 20% 40 24 NR*

Other Controls:
Maximum 5% of FAR is permitted for the following:
i. Shop,

211
 Min. Plot Max.
Min
S. Area Ground
Use Premise No.(s) FAR ROW Height (m)
No. (sqm)/ Coverage
(m)
unit (%)
COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100,000
ii. Restaurant,
iii. Bankextension (counter),
iv. Office (departmental),
v. Police Post, Fire Post,
vi. Digital Infrastructure Kiosks.

* Subject to clearance from AAI, Fire Department and other statutory bodies.

Min. Plot Max.

Min.
S. Use Area Ground
No.(s) FAR RoW Height (m)
No. Premise (sqm)/ Coverage
(m)
unit (%)
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population 5,00,000
Maximum
permissible
District 2,50,000
height for all
1 Park 1 sq.m -- NA** 30
types of habitable
(25 ha) built structures is
4.8 m
Other Controls:
i. Following norms shall be applicable for built structures within District park that
have an area more than 25 ha.
a. Area of the restaurant plot shall not be more than 0.8 Ha or 1% of the District
Park, whichever is less.
b. Restaurant plot shall have no physical segregation from the rest of the District
Park area.
c. The building shall be a single storey structure with max. FAR of 5 and height not
more than 4m. without any residential facility and to harmonize with the
surroundings.
d. In case there is no parking lot in the vicinity, parking should be provided at a
reasonable distance from the restaurants. Parking area should not form part of
the restaurant complex / greens.
e. 30% of the area shall be developed as dense plantation.
ii.
Maximum
District
40000sq. permissible
Multipurp
m height for all
2 ose 1 NA* NA** 24
types of habitable
Ground (4 ha)
built structures is
4.8 m
Other Controls:
i. **All permanent built structures within the multipurpose grounds, shall not

212
 Min. Plot Max.
Min.
S. Use Area Ground
No.(s) FAR RoW Height (m)
No. Premise (sqm)/ Coverage
(m)
unit (%)
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population 5,00,000
exceed 1% of the plot area or 500 sq.m. whichever is lesser.
ii. * Minimum 50% of total area shall be under Soft Parking and remaining 50%
shall be utilized for activities.

District
3 ha to 10
3 Sports 1 20% 40 24 NR*
ha
Centre
Other Controls:
Maximum 20% of FAR
a. Max. 5% for-
i. Shop,
ii. Restaurant,
iii. Bank extension (counter),
iv. Office (departmental).
b. Min. 5% for-
i. Hostel/ Residential Accommodation (for sports persons/ players),
ii. Plotted Housing (maintenance and management staff),
iii. Police Post/Fire Post,
iv. Digital Infrastructure Kiosks.
* Subject to clearance from AAI, Fire Department and other statutory bodies.

Min. Min.
Max.
Use Plot Ro Height
S. No.(s) Ground FAR
Premise Area / W (m)
No. Coverage
unit (m)
CITY LEVEL
Population Above 20,00,000
Maximum
permissible
Regional height for all
1 Park --- NA NA* --- NA types of
habitable built
structures is 4.8
m
Other Controls:
i. The built structure shall include, provision of security cabins at the entrances to such
sites, and 2 (two) toilets per sq.km. in the areas identified as recreational zones/
accessible zones with approval by concerned agencies.
ii. Paved surfaces shall be restricted to a maximum of 0.1% of the area of a site. Wherever
possible, only pervious material shall be used for paving.
Note:
**Any development in forest land falling within the Regional Park shall be in accordance to the

213
 Min. Min.
Max.
Use Plot Ro Height
S. No.(s) Ground FAR
Premise Area / W (m)
No. Coverage
unit (m)
CITY LEVEL
Population Above 20,00,000
Forest Department.

Maximum
permissible
1
height for all
City Park @10,00,000 NA*
2 40 ha - 30 types of
population *
habitable built
structures is 4.8
m
Other Controls:
i. Following norms shall be applicable for built structures within City park having an
area of more than 80 ha:
• As regards permissible activities, norms for district park shall be applicable
• Parking area for such activities should not form part of the built complex /
greens.
ii. 30% of the plot area shall be developed as dense vegetation.
Maximum
City permissible
Multipur 1 80,000 height for all
3 pose @10,00,000 sq.m NA* NA** 30 types of
Ground population (8 ha) habitable built
structures is
4.8 m
Other Controls:
i. ** All permanent built structures within the multipurpose grounds, shall not
exceed 1% of the plot area or 500 sq.m. whichever is lesser.
ii. * Minimum 50% of total area shall be under Soft Parking and remaining 50% shall
be utilized for activities.
Theme
Based/ Up to
4 --- Upto 10% 60 30 12
Amusem 10 ha
ent Parks
Maximum
permissible
Archaeol
height is 6m
ogical NA
5 --- 0.5%* --- 18 subject to
Parks
permission
from competent
authorities.
Other Controls:
i. *Maximum built area for permanent structures shall not be more than 0.5% of the

214
 Min. Min.
Max.
Use Plot Ro Height
S. No.(s) Ground FAR
Premise Area / W (m)
No. Coverage
unit (m)
CITY LEVEL
Population Above 20,00,000
area of the park or 10,000 sq.m., whichever is less.
ii. This built area computation shall exclude any heritage assets identified for adaptive
reuse.
iii. The built area shall be as per applicable statutory provisions including the Acts and
Rules governing heritage assets.
iv. Design and height of structures shall not obstruct views of the heritage assets and
shall be approved by the Competent Authority.
v. Public art and installations shall not be considered a part of built area.
vi. Cycle tracks, local walkways and desire lines of access through the park shall be
maintained and kept open to public during fixed hours.

2 storeys
Biodiversity
Max. 12 m for
6 Parks --- NA 0.5%* --- ---
sloping roof
structures.
Other Controls:
i. *Maximum permissible area of built structures shall be 0.5% of park area or
10000 sq.m., whichever is less.
ii. Building within the Bio-diversity parks should meet “green building” criteria
(Griha 4 star rating).

Green
7 --- NA 0.5%* --- NA 4.8m**
Buffer

Controls for built structures:

i. *Maximum built area for permanent structures shall not be more than 0.5% of the
area of the site.
ii. ** Maximum height of the permanent structures shall be 4.8m., except as prescribed
by AAI, HCC, DUAC, DTL.
iii. Where any projects for buffer development include heritage assets, the built area
shall be as per applicable statutory provisions including the Acts and Rules governing
heritage assets.
iv. Maximum ancillary permissible is 20% of total built up –museums and information
centers, restaurants, cafes (applicable on minimum consolidated area of 1 ha).
Other Controls:
i. Cycle tracks, local walkways and desire lines of access through the site shall be
maintained and kept open to public during fixed hours.
ii. Wherever possible, new developments along the edge of such sites shall face the
sites. Compound walls shall be transparent above a height of 1m. The green buffer
should be kept maintained, free from all encumbrances and open to public.

215
 Min. Min.
Max.
Use Plot Ro Height
S. No.(s) Ground FAR
Premise Area / W (m)
No. Coverage
unit (m)
CITY LEVEL
Population Above 20,00,000
City Level
1,00,00
sports: 1
0 sq.m
8 Divisional @10,00,000 20% 40 30 NR*
(10 ha)
Sports population
Centre
Other Controls:
Maximum 20% of total FAR
a. Max. 5%
i. Shop,
ii. Restaurant,
iii. Bank extension (counter),
iv. Office (departmental).
a. Min. 5% for
i. Hostel / Residential Accommodation (for sports persons/ players),
ii. Plotted Housing (maintenance and management staff),
iii. Police Post/Fire Post,
iv. Digital Infrastructure Kiosks.

*Subject to clearance from AAI, Fire Dept. and other statutory bodies.

Other Controls for Recreational Areas:

i. In all new projects located along drains or water bodies (above 1 ha) shall maintain
a minimum mandatory buffer of 10m from the edge of the water bodies/drains
wherever feasible.
ii. All permanent and temporary construction shall be made inclusive for all and
accommodate the needs of persons with disabilities.
iii. All habitable built structures shall not exceed 4.8m unless otherwise specified such as
in case of Biodiversity parks etc.
iv. Recreational activities in Yamuna Flood Plain shall be permitted as identified as
Yamuna Comprehensive Plan developed by DDA (ref: ENV:2). The norms for built
structures developed in these zones shall be as follows:
a. Maximum built area for all such structures shall not be more than 0.5% of the area
of the plot or 10,000 sq.m. whichever is less.
v. For Parks and Multipurpose grounds:
a. Paved surfaces shall not exceed 1% of the total park area.
b. Any park currently operating/serving as District park or City park, shall continue
to fall in the same nomenclature.
c. Minimum 50% of total area shall be under Soft Parking and remaining 50% shall
be utilized for activities.
d. Minimum 3% of the remaining area (excluding Soft Parking area) shall be utilized
for Electric Sub Station, Toilets, Security and other marriage relatedactivities etc.

216
 e. Multipurpose Ground can be sub-divided suitably with minimum of 0.5 ha of plot
area to accommodate number of functions at one time.
f. All park / multipurpose grounds (5 to 10%) shall have provisions for rainwater
harvesting.
g. Neighbourhood park, housing park, neighbourhood playground, housing
playground and tot lots shall be a part of gross residential area.
h. Maximum permissible height for all types of habitable built structures is 4.8 m
(unless otherwise specified). Pneumatic structures and kinetic facades (as per
international standards), temporary structures, iconic structures, sculptures and
installations, architectural features, that are non-habitable shall be free of FAR and
no height restrictions shall be applicable on these, with approval from Authority.
For archaeological parks, necessary permissions shall be taken from approval
authorities.
i. Amenity structure includes toilet blocks, pump room, electric room, guard room,
store room and equipment room. These shall be permissible in all parks except
at local level.
j. Parks that have been identified as flood sink areas shall not have any permanent
construction.
k. Multi-gyms shall be permissible in parks having an area of 1 ha and would have
built-up area of min. 225 sq.m. and not more than 500 sq.m.
l. Informal shops shall be permitted at the entry of these parks as follows:
 City/ District park: 8-10 at major entries
 Community parks: 2-5 at major entries
 Multipurpose grounds: 2-5 at major entries
m. Development of parks and green corridors along the Nallahs should incorporate
conservation of ground water and water bodies. To recharge the ground water,
conservation of water bodies and rainwater shall be essential. The area near
Najafgarh Jheel and its surroundings and the Ridge can also be used as potential
water conservation area.
vi. Sports Facilities:
a. New play fields shall be preferably provided / developed in the vicinity of
educational institutions and landscape areas.
b. To incentivize development of sports facilities and swimming pool (maximum 100
sq.m.) within the group housing areas, schools, clubs, etc. shall not be counted
towards ground coverage and FAR.
c. All these various sports facilities shall have layout plan, landscape plan, and
parking plan, etc.
d. The playground and sports facilities should be accessible by a network of
pedestrian and cycle tracks wherever feasible.
e. The sports facilities shall be developed according to proper layout plan and
landscape plan with adequate parking facility.
f. The existing sports infrastructure shall be upgraded and efficiently re-planned to
provide better facilities.
g. Multi-gyms would be permissible in parks having an area of one ha. and would
have built up area upto 225 sq.m.

217
 22.12 Transport
A. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 39 - Transport

Development Controls^
Area Area FAR for
S. under under passenger/
No Use Premise RoW*
Plot Area Operation Buildin staff
. FAR* *
(minimum) (%) g (%) accommodati
(m)
(Maximum (Maximu on (%)
) m) (maximum)
1. Airport As per norms of Airport Authority of India (AAI)
Rail
Terminal/
2. Integrated -NA- 70 30 100 15 -NA-
Passenger
Terminals
3. ISBT 10 Ha. 60 40 100 30 45
4. Bus Depot 0.4 Ha 50 50 100 25 24
Multi-level
5. parking for 2 Ha 100 50 100 25 24
public buses
0.1 Ha
(Communit 50 50 100 25 18
Bus y level)
6.
Terminal 0.2 Ha
(Sub-City 50 50 100 25 18
Level)
Property
As per
Development
7. Upto 3Ha requireme 25 100 -NA- -NA-
for Metro
nt
Stations
Metro/ RRTS
8. -NA- 80% 20% 100 15% -NA-
Yards
Multi-level
9. 0.1 Ha -NA- 66.6% 100 -NA- 18
parking
30m X 36m
(Minimum)
10. Fuel stations 80 20 40 -NA- 30
33m X 45m
(Maximum)
^ To be read along with ‘Other Controls’ mentioned below.
* FAR is to be calculated and utilised only on the Building Plot. Area under Bus Shelter
not to be included in FAR.
** All existing Use premise shall continue to function.

Other Controls:

218
 i. Airport:
a. Activities Permitted: All facilities related to Airport / Aviation Passengers
as decided by AAI.
ii. Rail Terminal/ Integrated Passenger Terminals/ Metropolitan Passenger
Terminal:
a. Activities Permitted: All facilities related to Railway operations, Passengers,
Goods handling, watch & ward, Hotel, Night Shelter.
b. Only identified Rail Terminal/ Integrated Passenger Terminal/ Multi-Modal
Transport Hub to be developed as per TOD norms subject to traffic and
transportation studies related to surrounding road network.
iii. ISBT:
a. Activities Permitted: All facilities related to Bus operations & Passengers,
Bus Terminal, parking, watch & ward, Soft Drink & Snack Stall, Offices, Hotel,
Night Shelter, Commercial, Social infrastructure, Residential, Service
Apartments, hostels.
b. FAR shall be available on a maximum area of 10 Ha. or area of the site
whichever is less. ISBT including operational structures have maximum FAR
of 70 and Hotel/ Passenger accommodation & facilities have maximum FAR
of 30.
c. Parking: In addition to the requirement of parking for ISBT/ buses, parking
for Hotel/ passenger accommodation and facilities shall be at the rate of 2
ECS per 100 sq.m. of floor area.
d. The development shall be undertaken in a composite manner.
e. ISBT only if identified as TOD node to be developed as per TOD norms
subject to traffic and transportation studies related to surrounding road
network.
iv. Bus Depot:
a. Activities Permitted: All facilities related to Bus operations & Passengers,
Bus Terminal, parking, watch & ward, Soft Drink & Snack Stall, Offices, Hotel,
Commercial, Social infrastructure, Residential, Service Apartments, hostels.
b. Area of Bus depots at sub-city level shall be as per the requirement.
c. As far as possible, bus depots must function as Bus Terminals.
d. Bus depot site identified as TOD node to be developed as per TOD norms
subject to traffic and transportation studies related to surrounding road
network.
v. Multi-level parking for public buses:
a. Multilevel bus parking is permitted in all Use Zones except Recreational
Open Space and environmentally sensitive areas.
b. The site must accommodate at least the required number of bus parking
space on site at the rate of minimum 1 bus per 70 sq.m.
c. A FAR of 100 is permissible over 50% of plot area. Norms of podium-based
building shall be applicable.
d. Operational structures and circulation areas may cover 100% of the plot
area and shall not be counted towards FAR.
e. The maximum height shall be as per local constraints like flight paths,
heritage zones etc.
f. There will be no restriction on the number of levels of basement subject to
structural safety.

219
 g. In case of integrated schemes, development controls including height shall
be asper approved scheme or as per local restrictions if any.
vi. Bus Terminal:
a. Activities Permitted: All facilities related to Bus operations & Passengers,
Soft Drink & Snack Stall.
vii. Property Development for Metro Stations:
a. Metro Stations along with property development (composite development)
up to a maximum area of 3.0 Ha shall be permitted in all Use Zones, except
in Recreational and Regional Park/ Ridge Use Zone, Lutyens’ Bungalow Zone
and Heritage Zones subject to approval from Technical Committee of DDA.
b. This enabling provision of property development would have the following
broad development controls:
1. 25% ground coverage and 100 FAR, including area under Metro
Station with no height restrictions and subject to approval of the
statutory bodies such as ASI, Airport Authority, DUAC etc.
2. In addition to the requirement of parking for Metro Stations, parking
for the commercial component will be @ 2 ECS per 100 sq.m.
3. The development shall be undertaken in a composite manner and
DMRC shall obtain approval of all the concerned local bodies/
agencies.
c. Metro site identified as TOD node to be developed as per TOD norms subject
to traffic and transportation studies related to surrounding road network.
d. The following structures shall be treated as operational structures:
1. All Metro Stations and tracks supporting at grade, elevated and
underground including entry structures, ancillary buildings to
house DG sets, chilling plants and electric substation, supply exhaust
and tunnel ventilation shafts etc.
2. Depots and maintenance workshops.
3. Traction sub-stations.
4. Operational Control Centres.
5. Police Station.
6. Recruitment and Training Centres for operational and
maintenance staff.
7. Housing for operational staff and Metro security personnel only.
8. Rehabilitation work to be undertaken for the construction of Metro
Project.
9. Shops in Metro Stations to cater to the public amenities.
10.Structures above platform over the foot print of the Metro Stations.
viii. Metro/ RRTS Yards:
a. Activities Permitted: Idle parking of coaches, washing and cleaning
facilities, maintenance related facilities, watch & ward and staff related
facilities.

ix. Multi-level parking:

For plots for Multi-Level Car Parking (MLCP) already earmarked / designated by local

220
bodies, the existing development control norms will continue, as follows:

a. Minimum Plot Size – 1000 sqm.

b.
Plot size FAR
Upto 3000 sqm 100
Above 3000-10000 100 FAR up to 3000 sqm + additional
sqm 60 FAR on balance land.
Above 10000 sqm 100 FAR up to 3000 sqm +
additional 60 FAR up to 10000 sqm +
additional 50 FAR on balance land.
Maximum FAR permissible (excluding parking area)

c. Maximum Ground coverage - 66.6%.

d. MLCP plots shall be located on roads with RoW of 12 m and above, subject
to feasibility report from a competent agency and NOC from Traffic Police
and other statutory bodies.
e. Remunerative uses i.e. activities permitted in Local Shopping Centre,
Public and Semi Public uses and Residential use except Banqueting and
multiplexes
f. Parking to be provided for remunerative use, shall be @ 3 ECS/100 sqm.
and 3 times additional ECS for MLCP component.
g. The height shall not be restricted, subject to clearance from AAI, Delhi Fire
Service and other statutory bodies.
h. A single agency shall be responsible for management of the MLCP and the
On-street parking up to a distance of minimum 500 m along the road from
the MLCP site.
i. Suitable measures have to be taken by the Management Agency to
discourage on-street parking around the MLCPs by means of increased
parking charges (at least 3 times that of MLCP) and other measures.
j. MLCP plots forming part of comprehensive schemes, shall be governed by
the development control norms of the approved scheme.
k. Metro deduction shall not be applicable.
l. For all the MLCP sites beyond 3000 sqm Traffic Impact Assessment (TIA)
and Traffic Management Plan (TMA) studies are mandatory.
In case of MLCP plots which do not completely get covered by these norms shall be put
up for approval of authority for appropriate decision.

x. Fuel stations:
a. CNG stations may be permitted in all use zones except in ‘Regional Park/ Ridge’,
developed district parks and Zone ‘O’. Petrol pumps are permissible in all
use zones except in Zone ‘O’ and recreational use zone.
b. Fuel Stations are permissible on Master Plan / Zonal Plan roads and shall
not be permitted in absence of an approved Zonal Plan of the area.
c. The regulations for locating the fuel stations-cum-service stations, the
development control and permissibility shall be governed by the policy /
decision by competent Authority / Government Notifications issued from
time to time.
d. Fuel stations shall be regulated by the following controls:

221
 1. Fuel stations shall be located on roads of minimum 24m ROW.
2. The plot size for fuel stations shall be minimum of 30m X 36m
and maximum of 33m X 45m (75m X 40m for CNG mother
station as per requirement).
3. The minimum distance of plot from the ROW line of road
intersections shall be as follows:
• For minor roads having less than 30m ROW - 50m
• For roads of ROW 30m or more- 100m
• Frontage of plots should not be less than 30m.
e. Maximum Height: 6m
f. Canopy: equivalent to ground coverage within set back.
g. Maximum 10 FAR permissible for non-inflammable, non-hazardous
commercial activities subject to payment of conversion charges/ levies as
may be prescribed by the government from time to time.
h. In case of existing petrol pumps the provision of maximum 10 FAR for
commercial activity would be permissible only to those fuel stations /
petrol pumps which conform to the controls given in d) i, ii, and iii above
subject to payment of appropriate fees/ levies/ misuse, penalty and other
charges.
i. Dispensing capacity of CNG stations should be substantially increased to
cater to the increasing demand from all types of CNG vehicles.
j. At the time of preparation of layout plans of various use zones namely viz.
residential, commercial, industrial, PSP facilities and other areas, the
location of Fuel Stations should be provided as per the following norms:

Table 22. 40 Fuel station norms

S. No Land Use/Use Premises Norms

1. Residential Use Zone Two Fuel Stations (One Petrol Pump +
One CNG station) per 150 ha. of gross
residential area
2. Industrial Use Zone Two Fuel Stations (One Petrol Pump +
One CNG station) per 40 ha. of gross
industrial area
3. Freight Complexes Four Fuel Stations (Two Petrol Pumps
+ Two CNG stations) in each

4. District Centres Four Fuel Stations (Two Petrol Pumps

+ Two CNG stations) in each district
centre
5. Community Centre Two Fuel Stations (One Petrol Pump +
One CNG station) in each
6. Public & Semi-Public use Two Fuel Stations (One Petrol Pump +
zone One CNG station) in each PSP area.

7. Security Forces Campus / For captive use / as per requirement.

Police / Hospitals /
Tertiary Health Care
Centres / Govt.

222
 k. Electric charging stations shall be permitted as an integrated installation within
fuel stations, wherever feasible.

22.12.1 Parking Standards

i. Parking standards have been prescribed in each use premise. However, wherever it
is not prescribed, it will be followed as given as below:

Table 22. 41 General Parking Standards

S. Use Premises Permissible Equivalent Car Spaces (ECS) per 100

No. sq. m. of built up area*
1. Residential Refer table 22.45
2. Commercial Refer table 22.45
3. Industrial Refer table 22.45
4. Government Refer table 22.45
5. Public and semi- Refer table 22.45
public facilities
Note:
a. Additional parking may be created only as paid, shared parking facilities
accessible to public at all times.
b. In case of integrated schemes with multiple use premise, parking norms may be
rationalized proportionately to each use unless otherwise specified (for e.g. in
TOD Schemes). This shall be subject to approval of Technical Committee of DDA.
ii. For the provision of parking spaces, the space standards shall be as given in the Table
below.
Table 22. 42 Space Standards for Car Parking

S. No. Type of Parking Area per ECS (sq. m.)

1. Open 23
2. Ground floor covered 28
3. Basement 32
4. Multi-level with ramps 30
5. Automated multilevel with 16
lifts
iii. In the use premises, parking on the above standards shall be provided within the plot.
iv. In cases, where the building (except hotel) with sanctioned plan is existing/ under
construction and where building plans stand sanctioned as per MPD-2021, the parking
is to be provided for additional FAR availed, as per the parking standards prescribed
in MPD- 2041.
v. Parking is one of the activities permitted in all use zones except in regional park /
ridge, Recreational Open Space and parks as per the approved Zonal Plan/ layout plan.
vi. The standards given in Equivalent Car Space (ECS) shall include parking for all types
of vehicles i.e. cars, scooters, cycles, light and heavy commercial vehicles, buses etc.
Parking adequacy statement / study for large projects like Stadia, Shopping Malls,
Multiplexes will be desirable. Mode-wise parking spaces are to be marked on drawings
to be submitted for approval.

223
 Table 22. 43 Indicative On-site Parking (ECS) Requirements for projects*

Mode ECS Area Distribution by Distribution by

Standard including mode – per 1 mode – per 1
by mode circulation ECS ECS
(sq. m.) (TOD Scheme)
Cars/ Taxis 1.00 23.00 0.60 0.60
2 Wheelers 0.25 5.75 0.25 0.10
Cycles 0.10 2.30 0.05 0.10
Buses/ 3.50 80.50 0.05 0.10
Shared Vans
Commercial 3.50 80.50 0.05 0.10
vehicles
Total 1.00 ECS 1.00 ECS
*The above figures are indicative and may be customized on case-to-case basis. However,
minimum proportion of cycle parking is mandatory.
vii. Based on the outcome of the study of Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL)
value, parking norms shall be reduced by the following deductions:

Table 22. 44 PTAL Deduction in Parking Norms

PTAL % Deduction in Parking norms

Access Index Range
Level Residential Commercial Industrial PSPs*
0 0-2 0 0 0 0
1 2 -3 0 0 0 0
2 3 - 5.5 10 5 5 10
3 5.5 - 7 20 10 10 20
4 7 - 8.5 20 20 20 20
5 8.5 - 12 20 20 20 30
6 12 - 20 20 30 30 30
7 20 - 30 30 30 30 30
30 and
8 30 30 30 30
above
viii. MLCP deduction: If any Multi-level Car Parking (MLCP) is located within 500 m radius
of any property, the parking requirement within that property shall be reduced by 10
percent. MLCP deduction shall not be applicable on Residential Use/Premise.
ix. ECS norms for all use premise shall be as per the table below. The PTAL and MLCP
deduction shall be applicable on these parking norms provisions.

Table 22. 45 Parking Norms

Use Zones Parking Provisions* Deductions

PTAL MLCP
Residential Premises
Group Housing • EWS/ Service Personnel Housing DU P NP
size: less than 40 sqm- Parking @ 0.5
ECS per DU*
• DU size: 40sqm to 100 sqm: Parking

224
 Use Zones Parking Provisions* Deductions
PTAL MLCP
@1.0 ECS per DU*
• DU Size: 100 sqm to 200 sqm: Parking
@2.0 ECS per DU*
• DU Size: above 200 sqm: Parking @
2.0 ECS per DU* and additional 1.0 ECS
per 100 sqm or part thereof.

* DU size: Plinth Area

In case of Government Housing

Projects, the parking norms shall be
as per the applicable norms adopted
in case of GPRA Colonies.
Studio Apartment • 1.0 ECS/100m2 of Built-up area P NP
• Basement, if constructed, and used
only for parking, utilities and services
shall not be counted towards FAR.
Plotted housing • 2 Equivalent Car Space (ECS) in plots NP NP
of size 250-300 sq.m.
• 1 ECS for every 100 sq.m. built up NP NP
area, in plots exceeding 300 sq.m.,
provided that, if the permissible
coverage and FAR is not achieved
with the above-mentioned parking
norms in a plot, the parking norms of
the preceding category shall be
allowed.
Hostel/ Dharamshala or its • 0.5 ECS/100m2 of Built-up area P NP
equivalent / Guest House / Lodging • These norms shall not be applicable
& Boarding House/ Sarai for Guest House under Mixed Use
Regulations
Low Density Residential Plot • For plots 0.4 to 2 Ha, minimum 50% NP NP
(LDRP) of plot area be left for soft parkingand
landscaping.
• For plots more than 2 Ha located on
roads of minimum width18m,
minimum 50% of the plot area be left
for soft parking, maximum 25% of the
plot area for landscaping and max.
25% plot area for functions/ building
purposes.
State Bhawan/ State Guest House 1.0 ECS/100m2 of Built-up area NP NP
Affordable Public Rental Housing 0.5 ECS/100 sqm built up area P NP
(APRH)/ Affordable Rental Housing
Complex (ARHC)
Slum Rehabilitation Scheme • Residential component at 0.5 ECS per P NP
100 sq.m. of built-up area which can
be relaxed wherever required.
• Parking for remunerative purposes
shall be as applicable for the relevant
land use.

225
 Use Zones Parking Provisions* Deductions
PTAL MLCP
Night Shelter • No mandatory parking is to be NP NP
provided
Foreign Mission -- NP NP
Economy - Industry, Trade and Commerce
Convenience Shopping Centre / 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Local Shopping Centre / Local Level
Commercial areas
Service Market 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Community Centre / Non- 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
hierarchical Commercial Centre
District Centre/ Sub-Central 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Business District / Sub- City Level
Commercial areas
Commercial Plot: Retail & 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Commerce Metropolitan City Centre
i.e. Connaught Place & its Extension,
Fire Brigade Lane and Janpath Lane
Any other Commercial Centre, 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
including
i. Commercial component
within/along with Railway / MRTS
Stations / ISBT
ii. Asaf Ali Road (the area shown as
commercial strip in Delhi Gate –
Ajmeri Gate scheme)
Integrated Freight Complex/ 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Wholesale Market
Godown Plot Common parking to be provided in case P P
of plots upto 300 sq.m
3 ECS / 100 sq.m. of floor area for
plots above 300 sq.m.
Hotel • 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P NP
• In respect of hotels where the
building plans stand sanctioned prior
to 27.1.2006, parking standard of 3
ECS for 100 sqm of built-up area shall
be applicable only for the additional
FAR which will be availed consequent
upon amendment to MPD-2021. In
respect of hotels where the building
plans have been sanctioned on or
after 27.1.2006, the parking standard
of 3 ECS for 100 sqm of built-up area
shall be applicable to the entire plot.
Service Apartment 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P NP
Motel • 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
• All guest parking must be catered to
within the motel premises
themselves.
Manufacturing, Service and Repair 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Industry

226
 Use Zones Parking Provisions* Deductions
PTAL MLCP
District Court 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Integrated Office Complex, 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m of built-up area. P P
Government offices (Central / State
Government / Local Bodies)
Social Infrastructure
Play School, Coaching Centre, 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m of built-up area. P P
Computer- Training Institute,
Physical Education Centre etc.
Nursery School 1.33 ECS / 100 sq m of built-up area. NP NP
Primary School 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
Senior Secondary Schools, , 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
Integrated School
Schools for mentally challenged, 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
schools for differently abled (new)
persons
Research & Development Centres 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Institutions, Forensic Science 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Laboratory
Vocational Training Centre, 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
ITI/Polytechnic/ skill centres,
Management Institute, Coaching
Centre, training Institutes, etc
General Colleges, Professional 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Colleges, etc
University Campus 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Dispensary, clinics, diagnostic 2.0 ECS/ 100 sqm of built-up area. P NP
facility, Maternity home, Nursing
home, Hospitals, Tertiary health
centre, etc.
Paramedic Institute 1.0 ECS/ 100 sqm of built-up area. P P
Govt. Hospitals, Medical college 1.0 ECS/ 100 sqm of built-up area P P
Dispensary for pet animals and 1.0 ECS/ 100 sqm of built-up area. NP NP
birds
Veterinary Hospital for pet animals
and birds
Veterinary Institute 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of Admin. Built-up NP NP
area
Multi-facility Plot 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P NP
Old Age Home/ Adult Education 1.8 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Centre/Orphanage/Children’s
Centre
Residential Care Centre for 1.8 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
differently abled persons/Mentally
challenged
Large religious centre 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Banquet Hall 6.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
Fitness centre 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
Multipurpose Community Hall, 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Socio-cultural Institute, Cultural
and Information Centre
Recreation Club, Convention 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP P

227
 Use Zones Parking Provisions* Deductions
PTAL MLCP
facilities, Museum, Public/ other
Library
Socio-cultural centre, Science • Subject to statutory clearances P P
Centre, Planetarium, Exhibition- • 2.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area
cum-Fair Ground, International
Convention Centre, etc
Police Outpost 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area NP NP
Police Post/station, Fire 2 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P
Post/station, Police Line, District
Police office, District Disaster
Management, District Jail, Police /
Fire Training Institute/college,
Police Camp, Security Camps,
Disaster Management centre,
Security Establishment
Head Post Office, Telecom facilities, 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Digital infrastructure facilities
Media/ Radio services, satellite & 1.33 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Telecommunication centre,
Observatory & Weather Office,
Media & news agency, Digital
infrastructure facilities
Green and Recreational Areas
For Parks above 3.5 Ha- City Park, Parking may be provided in the lots of 25 NP NP
District Park and Community Park to 40 ECS at different locations, as per
requirement.
City Multipurpose Ground, District Minimum 50% of total area shall be
Multipurpose Ground and under soft parking
Community Multipurpose Ground
Amusement Parks/ Theme Based 3 ECS / 100 sqm. of built-up area with NP NP
the stipulation to provide min. parking
for 100 cars.
Biodiversity Park Parking may be provided in the lots of 20 NP NP
to 25 ECS at different locations, as per
requirement.
Sports facilities 2 ECS/100 sq.m. of built up P P
Other Use Premises
Property development in Transit 1.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area of P P
Stations commercial component
Temporary Cinema 3.0 ECS / 100 sq.m. of built-up area P P
Hotel/ passenger accommodation 2 ECS per 100 sq.m. of built up P P
within ISBT
Note-
* In all use premises, parking based on the above standards and applicable deductions shall be
provided within the plot.

228
22.13 Utilities

22.13.1 Water Supply and Sanitation

Table 22. 46 Water Supply and Sanitation

Area per
S. No. Utilities No.
Unit (Ha)
Sewage Pumping Station As per
Local Level Underground water tank with booster requirement
1 Population upto station and OHT
10,000 Local level waste water treatment
facility
Sub-City Level Sewage Pumping Station As per
2 Population requirement
Waste water treatment facility
5,00,000
City Level Sewage Pumping Station
As per
3 Population Sewerage Treatment Plant (180 mld)
requirement
20,00,000

Table 22. 47 Area requirement for Water Supply and Sanitation

Land
S. No. Utility Capacity Requirement
(sqm)
STP (with SPS & EPS) - upto 5 MGD (22.7
1 650 sq.m./MLD
MLD) capacity
Sewage
STP (with SPS & EPS) - capacity above 5 1,100
2 Treatment
MGD (22.7 MLD) sq.m./MLD
Plant (STP)
3 Sewage Pumping Station (SPS) 50 sq.m.
4 Effluent Pumping Station (EPS) 50 sq.m.
5 Water WTP - 80 MGD (363 MLD) 300 sq.m./MLD
Treatment WTP - 40 MGD (182 MLD)
6 Plant (WTP) 400 sq.m./MLD
7 Underground 5 ML Capacity 700 SQ/ML
Reservoir with 50 ML Capacity
Booster
8 600 SQ/ML
Pumping
Stations

22.13.2 Solid Waste Management

Table 22. 48 Area requirement for Solid Waste Management

Area per
S. No. Utilities (Capacity) No. Unit
(sqm)
Local Level Area for segregation of waste
1 Population upto and parking of utility vehicles 1 200
10,000 (previously: Dhalao)
229
 Sub-City Level
Material recovery facility (semi- 6,000 -
2 Population 1
automatic): 200 TPD 8,000
5,00,000
City Level
Material recovery facility 1@ > 10,000 -
3 Population
20,00,000 (automated) : > 10,000 TPD 20,00,000 20,000
Remark: MRF (Material recovery facility) as per SBM guidelines

22.13.3 Power
Table 22. 49 Area requirement for Power

Area per
S. No. LEVEL Utility No.
Unit (sqm)
Local Level
1 Population upto Electric Sub Station 11 KV 1 40
10,000
Community Level
2 Population Electric Sub station 66 KV 2 2,500-4,000
1,00,000
Sub-City Level
3 Population Electric Sub station 220 KV 1 7,000-10,000
5,00,000
City Level
4 Population Electrical Sub station 400 KV 1 40,000
20,00,000

22.13.4 High Tension (HT) Line Buffer

Table 22. 50 Buffer from High Tension (HT) Line

Minimum
RoW
S. No. Utility Voltage Ground
Clearance Requirement
1 765kV 12.1m 67m
2 HT Line buffer 400kV 8.8m 52m
3 220kV 7m 35m

230
22.14 Government

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 51 Use Premise and Definition - Government

S.No. Use Premise/ Category Definition

President Estate and
1 President Estate and Parliament House
Parliament House
Premises used for the office of Central/ State/ Local
2 Government Offices Government departments/ agencies.
Premises/ Office complex for offices of Central,
Integrated Office State, Local Government departments/ agencies and
3
Complex PSUs. These premises may include offices of single/
multiple departments/ agencies.
Premises/ Court Complexes used for the offices of
District Court, Family
4 Judiciary and related activities like lawyers
Court, etc.
chambers.
The norms of Govt. land (use undermined) shall be
Government Land (use as per approved layout / scheme, for which
5
undetermined) development controls shall be as per respective use
premises.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 52 Use Premise and Activities permitted

Use Zone G2 (Government)

Use Premise 1 2
S.No. Government Offices /
District Court, Family
PSU’s, Integrated Office
Court, etc.
Activities permitted Complex
1 Court ✓
2 Government Offices ✓
Residential max. 5% of ✓ ✓
3
FAR
4 Post Office ✓ ✓
5 Canteen/ Cafeteria ✓ ✓
6 Police Post ✓ ✓
7 Fire Post ✓
8 Restaurant ✓ ✓
9 Retail Shop ✓ ✓
10 Library ✓ ✓

231
 11 Dispensary ✓ ✓
12 Administrative offices ✓
13 Banks and ATM ✓ ✓
14 Lawyer’s Chamber ✓
15 offices ✓ ✓
Digital Infrastructure ✓ ✓
16
facility
Gym/ Yoga/ Meditation ✓ ✓
17 Centre (non-Commercial)
Creche / Child Care ✓ ✓
18
Centre

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 53 Government Offices

Plot Maximum
Minimum Height
S.No. Use Premise Area Ground FAR
ROW (m) (m)
(Min) Coverage
District Court, No height
1 Family Court, restriction
etc. subject to
Government 1 Ha 50% 300 18 clearance from
2
Offices AAI, DFS and
Integrated other statutory
3 Office Complex bodies
Note
• For all new allotments only. Land already allotted not covered under this
provision.
• The maximum FAR for Use premises located in Zone O, and Bungalow Area of Zone
C and Zone D, will be 200, along with other provisions given in ZonalDevelopment
Plans.

Other Controls
i. Residential Use– Maximum up to 5% of total permissible FAR can be utilized for
residential activities.
ii. Public Sector Undertaking/Commercial offices to be restricted to 10% of the total
permissible FAR.
iii. In case of Redevelopment: Utilization of 10% of total permissible FAR for
Commercial Uses shall be permissible to make the redevelopment process
financially feasible. This shall be subject to approval of land-owning agency and
concerned local body.
iv. The norms of Govt. land (use undermined) shall be as per approved layout/
scheme, for which development controls shall be as per respective use premises.

232
22.15 Public and Semi-Public – Social Infrastructure
22.15.1 Health Facilities
A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 54 Use Premises and Definition – Health Facilities

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Non-bedded Health A premise with facilities for medical advice, provision of
facility medicine, and/or for carrying out various tests for
confirmation of symptoms of a disease. Such facilities may
have a few observation beds.
(eg. Dispensary/ Clinics/ Clinical laboratory, etc.)
2 Non bedded Health A premise having facilities for medical advice and provision
facility (Veterinary) of medicines.
(eg. Dispensary for animals and birds, Pet clinics, etc.)
3 Bedded Health facility A premise having medical facilities for treatment/ care for
(Small) both indoor and outdoor patients having upto 50 beds. Such
premises may also include health-care facilities for persons
with special needs, elderly, etc. and facilities for pathological/
radiological evaluation of a person’s health condition for
confirmation of any ailment/ disease.
(eg. Nursing Home/ Maternity Home/ Polyclinic/ PHC /
Family Welfare Centre/ Paediatric Centre/ Geriatric Centre/
Transition-homes/ Respite care centres, Voluntary health
services, Diagnostic centres, Deaddiction/ Rehabilitation
facility, etc.)
4 Hospital A premise providing medical facilities of general or
specialised/ advanced nature for treatment of indoor and
outdoor patients. Such premises may also include R&D
facilities related to health-care.
(eg. Hospital/ Tertiary Health Care Centre)
5 De-addiction/ A premise with facilities for providing substance use disorder
Rehabilitation Centre treatment (like drug, alcohol, etc.) and rehabilitation ranging
from Acute Detoxification Centres to Long Term Treatment
Centres.
(eg. Standalone De-addiction Centre/ Rehabilitation Centre)
6 Veterinary Hospital A premise having medical facilities for indoor and outdoor
treatment of animals and birds.
(eg. Veterinary hospital)
7 Veterinary Institute A premise providing medical education and training for
granting degrees, diplomas, licenses in veterinary science
and animal husbandry
8 Medical College A premise having facilities in which a person may undergo a
course of study or training including any post graduate course
of study or training which will qualify him for the
award of a recognized medical qualification.

Note: Health facilities can be managed by public/ private/ voluntary organizations.

B. Permissible Activities

233
 Table 22. 55 Use Premises and Activities Permitted – Health Facilities
Sr no. Use Zone RD PS1

Medical College
De-addiction &
Bedded Health
facility (Small)

Rehabilitation
Health facility

Health facility
(Veterinary)
Non-bedded

Non-bedded

Veterinary

Veterinary
Institute
Hospital

Hospital
facility
Use Premise

Activities Permitted 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Administrative office ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Facilities for indoor
2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
treatment of patients
Facilities for outdoor
3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
treatment of patients
Facilities for indoor
4 treatment animals ✓ ✓
and birds
Facilities for outdoor
5 treatment of animals ✓ ✓ ✓
and birds
De-addiction/
6 Rehabilitation/ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Counselling Centre
7 R&D facilities ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
8 Laboratories ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
9 Diagnostic facilities ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
10 College / Institute ✓ ✓ ✓
Library/Reading
11 ✓ ✓ ✓
room
Watch & Ward
12 Residence (Upto 20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
sqm)
Retail shop (chemist
13 shop upto 20 sq.m. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
only)
Retail shop (other
14 ✓ ✓
than chemist)
15 Canteen/ Cafeteria ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
16 ATM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
17 Vending booth/ kiosk ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Accommodation for
18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Staff
Patient attendant
19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
accommodation
20 Hostel ✓ ✓ ✓
21 Indoor games hall ✓ ✓
Bank extension
22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
counter
23 Prayer room ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Creche/day-care
24 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
facilities

234
 Traffic Police Control
25 Room / Police ✓ ✓
Outpost
26 Fire Post ✓ ✓
27 Post office counter ✓ ✓

235
 Use Zone RD PS1

Medical College
De-addiction &
Bedded Health
facility (Small)

Rehabilitation
Health facility

Health facility
(Veterinary)
Non-bedded

Non-bedded

Veterinary

Veterinary
Institute
Hospital

Hospital
facility
Sr no. Use Premise

Activities Permitted 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
28 Auditorium ✓ ✓

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 56 Health facilities

Min. Plot
Max. Min
Area
S. No. Ground RO Height
Use Premise (sqm)/ FAR
No (s) Coverage W (m)
unit
(%) (m)
LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000

Non-bedded
1
Health facility 1 800 30% 150 12

COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100000
Non-bedded
Health facility
1 1 300 35% 100 18
(Veterinary)

Health facility
2 6 1000* 30% 150 18
(Small)
250 for
RoW less
than 24m.
40%and
300 for
2000- 5%
3 Hospital 3 RoW 18
15000 (MLCP)
above24m.
BRT
375 for
RoW above
30m.
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 500000
250 for
RoW 18m to
40% and 24m.
Above 1.5 5% 300 for
1 Hospital** 3 18
ha (MLCP) RoW above
24m.
375 for
RoW above

236
 Min. Plot
Max. Min
Area
S. No. Ground RO Height
Use Premise (sqm)/ FAR
No (s) Coverage W (m)
unit
(%) (m)
30m.

De-addiction/
2 Rehabilitation 1 2000 35% 150 18
Centres
Veterinary
3 1 2000 30% 150 18
hospitals
CITY LEVEL
Population upto 20,00,000

As per Gross FAR:

1 Medical college MCI 160
Norms College and
As per hospital =
requir 35% min. 75% 24
Veterinar
ement Residential
y Council
= min. 20%
Veterinary of India /
2 Others =
Institute Ministry
upto 5%
norms

Notes:
* In developed areas the plot size may vary depending on the availability of land.
**Size of hospital plot will be restricted up to 1.5 ha in residential area, with preference to plot
having three side open and having minimum 18m ROW on one side. Total floor area of the
hospital shall be governed as per the total number of beds allowed in it.

Other Controls for the above Use Premises:

i. No height restriction subject to clearance from AAI, DFS, DMA, NMA and other
statutory bodies.
ii. For Maternity Home, Nursing Home/ Polyclinic, Primary Health Centre, Family
Welfare Centre, Paediatric Centre/ Geriatric Centre, Diagnostic Centre, minimum
gross area shall be 60 sq.m per bed and for use premises such as Hospitals,
Tertiary Health Care Centre, De-addiction/ Rehabilitation Centres, R&D facilities,
Veterinary hospitals for pet and animals, Medical colleges, Veterinary Institutes,
minimum gross floor area shall be 80 sq.m per bed.
iii. For Hospitals, Tertiary Health Care Centre, Veterinary hospitals, De-addiction/
Rehabilitation Centres and R&D facilities, maximum 10% ground coverage shall
be allowed for providing atrium. In case, the permissible additional ground
coverage for atrium is utilized 25% of the utilized ground coverage shall be
counted toward FAR.
iv. For Hospitals, Tertiary Health Care Centre, Veterinary hospitals, De-addiction/
Rehabilitation Centres and R&D facilities multilevel podium parking shall be

237
 v. permissible to the extent of building envelope lines, free from FAR and ground coverage
to facilitate ample parking in spaces, subject to structural safety.
vi. For Hospitals, Tertiary Health Care Centre, Veterinary hospitals, De-addiction/
Rehabilitation Centres and R&D facilities, maximum 10% of the achieved FAR
shall be free if utilized for waiting and reception area. However, this area shall be
taken into account for the provision of hospital parking as per norms.
vii. For Hospitals, Tertiary Health Care Centre, Veterinary hospitals, de-addiction/
Rehabilitation Centres and R&D facilities, service floor of height 1.8m shall not be
counted in FAR.
viii. Environmental clearances are mandatory as per the prevailing regulations of
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.
ix. Zero discharge for sewerage shall be enforced at the cost of the promoters and
post treatment water can be used by premises for its needs of horticulture,
flushing, coolant tower, washing or disposal to other construction sites. These
issues concerned the local bodies and can be dealt accordingly as per existing
regulations at the time of sanctioning the plan.
x. Natural sky light condition is exempted for Atrium and construction over the
Atrium may be allowed.
xi. In case of existing premises / sites, the enhanced FAR shall be permitted, subject
to payment of charges as may be prescribed by the Authority / land owning agency
and other clearances.
xii. Basement after utilization for Parking; Services Requirements such as air
conditioning plant and equipment, water storage, boiler, electric substation, HT
& LT panel rooms, transformer compartment, control room, pump house,
generator room; staff locker room, staff changing room, staff dining facilities
without kitchen facility, Central sterile supply deptt., back end office; Other
Mechanical Services; Installation of Electrical and firefighting equipments; and
Other Services like kitchen, laundry and radiology lab and other essential services
required for the maintenance/ functioning of the building, may be used for
healthcare facilities with prior approval of the concerned agencies.
xiii. Conditions for Ancillary Use:
a. In case of Hospital (Upto 1.5 ha):
i. Maximum 25% of FAR shall be allowed for residential
component/ use such as accommodation of essential staff and
attendants of the patients.
ii. For support facilities other than residential component, a built-up
area of max. 1% FAR upto 300 sq.m. shall be permitted.
b. In case of Hospital (Above 1.5 ha) and Rehabilitation facility:
i. Maximum 25% of FAR shall be allowed for residential
component/ use such as accommodation of essential staff and
attendants of the patients.
ii. For support facilities other than residential component, a built-up
area of max. 1% FAR upto 500 sq.m. shall be permitted.
c. In case of Veterinary Hospital:
i. Maximum 10% of FAR shall be allowed for residential
component/ use such as accommodation of essential staff and
attendants.
ii. For support facilities other than residential component, a built-up
area of max. 1% FAR upto 300 sq.m. shall be permitted.
238
 d. In case of Medical colleges & Veterinary Institutes) maximum 30% of FAR
shall be allowed for permitted support activities:
i. Minimum 20% of FAR to be allowed for residential component/ use
such as accommodation of essential staff and attendants of the
patients, hostel for students.
ii. Maximum 5% of FAR shall be allowed for other support/ ancillary
facilities other than residential

22.15.2 Educational Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 57 Use Premise and Definition - Educational Facilities

S. No Use Premise Definition

1 Learning Premises used for providing support/ parallel education facilities.
Centres/ (eg. Playschool, Creche, Early learning centres, Coaching/ tuition
Creches facilities, Anganwadi)
2 School (Type-I) A premise having educational and playing facilities for students’ upto V/
VIII standard.
(eg. Primary School, Middle School)
3 A premise having educational and playing facilities for students’ upto XII
School (Type- standard.
II) (eg. Senior Secondary School, Secondary School, Integrated School)

4 A premise having educational (formal and vocational) and playing

Special Schools facilities for mentally challenged & differently abled persons
(eg. School for Mentally challenged, Schools for differently abled
persons)
5 Research and A premise providing facilities for research and development for any
Development specific field.
Centre (eg. Research and Development Centre)
6 Institute Premises with facilities for vocational training and education (technical/
vocational/ management/ preparatory for employment)
(eg. Vocational Training Centre/ ITI/ Polytechnic/ Vocational/ Training
Institute/ Management Institute/ Teacher Training Institute,
Commercial/ Secretarial Training Centre, Hotel Management, Nursingand
Paramedic Institute, etc.)
7 College A premise having educational and playing facilities for students of under-
graduate & post-graduate courses under a university. It includes all
professional disciplines.
(eg. General College, Professional College)
8 University A premise having an educational institution designed for instruction,
examination, or both, of students in many branches of advanced learning,
conferring degrees in various faculties, and often embodying colleges
and similar institutions.

239
B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 58 Use Premise and Activities permitted - Educational facilities

Use Zone RD PS1
Use Premise

Developme

University
Research

nt Centre
Learning

Institute
centers/
Creches

College
Special
Type-II
Type -I
School

School

School

and
Activities 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Permitted
1 Creche and Day Care ✓
Centre
2 Nursery School ✓ ✓
3 Kiosks ✓ ✓ ✓
4 Canteen/ Cafeteria ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
5 Watch & Ward ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Residence upto
20sq.m
6 Retail Shops upto ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
20sq.m
7 Bank extension ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
counter
8 ATM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
9 Auditorium ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
10 Indoor games hall ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
11 Swimming Pool ✓ ✓ ✓
12 Post Office Counter ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Facility
13 Hostel facility ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
14 Residential use of ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
essential staff and
student
15 Rehabilitation ✓
Centre
16 Workshop ✓
17 College ✓ ✓
18 Playground ✓ ✓
19 Library ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 59 : Education Facilities

240
 S. Use Premise No Minim Maxim FAR Minimum Height
No. um um ROW (m) (m)
Plot Ground
Area Covera
(sq.m.) ge

LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000
1 Learning Centre/ Creche 1 500 35% 120 12

1 School (Type-I) 1 2000- 30% 120 18 18

4000
2 School (Type-II) 1 4000- 35% 150 18 18
8000
Other Controls:
a. In case of new schools, the front boundary wall shall be recessed by 6m to
accommodate visitors parking within setback area.
b. Upto 10% variation in plot size is permitted. Differential norms will be applicable
to Special Area, Regularized Unauthorized Colonies, Urban Villages and
Resettlement Colonies.
c. Playground shall be developed on pool basis in different areas at local level.
Note: Pre-Primary Schools / Nursery Schools / Montessary Schools / Creche, Play Schools,
are permissible in residential use

Use Premise No Minimum Maximu FAR Minimu Height

Plot Area m m ROW (m)
(sq.m.) Ground (m)
Coverage
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 5,00,000
1
Special Schools 4
18
2000 50% 120 18

2 Research & Development 1

4000 35% 225 24 37
Centres
3 Institute 1
4000 35% 225 24 37
4 College* 2 As per 35% 225 24 37
UGC /
AICTE
Norms
Other Controls:
a. Variation in plot size upto 10% is permissible.
b. In case of Special Schools, max. 20% of permissible FAR can be utilised for
residential use of the essential staff and student accommodation.
c. In case of R&D Centres, Institutes and Colleges, max. 30% of permissible FAR can
be used for hostel accommodation for the students and staff.
d. In case of old Colleges (above 4 ha area) plot shall be divided as follows:
a. College Building area 1.8 ha 45%
b. Play field area 1.8 ha 45%

241
 Use Premise No Minimum Maximu FAR Minimu Height
Plot Area m m ROW (m)
(sq.m.) Ground (m)
Coverage
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 5,00,000
c. Residential including hostel area 0.4 ha 10%
Development control norms for academic college building & residential will be
same as that of University.

Use Premise No Minim Maxim FAR Minimum Height

um um ROW (m) (m)
Plot Ground
Area Covera
(sq.m.) ge

CITY LEVEL
Population upto20,00,000
1 University Campus As
including International per As per
Education Centre (IEC) – req UGC/
Large campus (10 ha and uire AICTE 24 37
above) will be divided into men Norms
following four parts: ts

a) Academic including
Administration (45% 30% 225 37
of total land area)
b) Residential (25% of 1. Regulations for group
total land area) housing shall apply
2. The land shall be reserved for
facilities as per residential
norms
c) Sports and Cultural
activities (15%) 10% 15 26

d) Parks and Landscape

(15%) NA

22.15.3 Post and Telecommunication Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

242
 Table 22. 60 Use Premise and Definition - Post & telecommunication facilities

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1
P&T facility (Type-I) Premise with facilities/ counters for postal, courier services,
digital infrastructure and telecom facilities
(eg. Post office counter, Courier service office, Digital infra
facility/ kiosks, etc.)
2 P&T facility (Type-II) A premise with facility for postal and telecommunication
General Post Office services, to and from a number of post offices attached to it.
(eg. General post office, Head post office, Sub-city level
digital infra facility, etc.)
3 P&T facility (Type-III)* Premise with facilities for recording, broadcast and
Radio & Television transmission of news and other programmes, research &
Station development of satellite & telecommunication technology,
research and development of data relating to weather and
forecasting thereof, facilities for digital resources and data
management, etc..
(eg. Satellite and Tele- Communication Centre, Observatory
& Weather Office, Media & News Agency including Media
Training Centre, Digital infrastructure facility, etc.)
4 Transmission Tower A premise used for installation of a tower for
and wireless station communication purposes.
* Transmission Site/ Centre shall be considered as part of P&T facility (Type-III), however the
development of such sites shall be as per requirement.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 61 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Post & Telecommunication facilities

Use Zone PS1

Sl.no. Use Premise P & T Facility (Type II) P & T Facility (Type III)
Activities Permitted 1 2
1. Retail shop ✓ ✓
Canteen/cafeteria/
2. ✓ ✓
Vending booth/kiosk
3. Auditorium ✓
Accommodation/
4. ✓ ✓
Residential for staff
Watch & Ward Residence
5. ✓ ✓
(upto 20sqm.)
6. Library/ Reading room ✓ ✓
Fitness centre (non
7. ✓
commercial use

Use Zone PS1

243
 Use Premise P & T Facility (Type II) P & T Facility (Type III)
Sl.no. Activities Permitted 1 2
Hostel accommodation for
8. ✓
students/ trainees
9. Press club ✓
10. Dining area ✓
Facilities for Media (print,
11. ✓
television & internet
12. Research laboratory ✓
13 Data Center ✓ ✓

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 62 Post and Tele-communication facilities

Use Premise No. Minimu Maximum FAR Mini Height

m Plot Ground mum (m)
Area Coverage ROW
(m)

LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000
1 No specific site reservation to be kept NA
P&T facility (Type-I) in the layout plan since it is permitted
in all use zones / under mixed use as
per requirement, except in
Recreational use zone
CITY LEVEL
Population upto 2000000
P&T facility (Type-II) 2 2500 30% 120 18 26
2 sq.m.
3 As per As per 35% 150 18 26
requir requirem
ement ent
P&T facility (Type-III)

Note: Upto 10% variation in plot size is permitted.

Other Controls:
i. For P&T facility (Type-II), upto 15% of FAR is allowed for residential component
and other support facilities.
ii. For P&T facility (Type-III), upto 30% of FAR is allowed for hostel accommodation
for students and residential use of essential staff.

244
22.15.4 Security-Police Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 63 Use Premises and Definition – Security-Police Facilities

S.No. Use Premise Definition

A premise of temporary structures having facilities
1 Traffic Control Room
for the managing of traffic and related issues.
A Premise with temporary structures for people and
2 Police Outpost
equipment to manage law and order.
A premise having facility for a local police post of a
3 Police Post temporary nature or on smaller scale as compared to
a police station.
A premise having facilities for offices of local police
4 Police Station
post.
District Police office and A premise having facilities for the offices and
5
Battalion paramilitary forces.
An area having facilities for work and residential
6 Police Line
accommodation of paramilitary forces.
A premise with facilities for detention, confinement
7 Jail
and reform of criminals under the law
Police Training Institute/ A premise having facilities for training of paramilitary
8
College forces.
Police Firing Range A premise having facilities for firing practice of the
9
paramilitary forces.
Civil defense and home A premise having facilities for offices and other
10
guards etc. functions of civil organization for internal defense.
Forensic science A premise having facility for application of medical
11
laboratory knowledge.
A premise having establishments undertaking issues of
National Security
12 National Security or as defined/ notified by Government of
Establishments India from time to time.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 64 Use Premises and Activities Permitted - Security-Police Facilities

# S.
No Use Zone RD PS1
Use 1 2 3 4 5 6
Premise
Traffic Police Police Police District Police Line
Control Outpos Post Station Police
Room t Office and
Activities Battalion
Permitted

1. Accommodatio ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

245
# S.
No Use Zone RD PS1
Use 1 2 3 4 5 6
Premise
Traffic Police Police Police District Police Line
Control Outpos Post Station Police
Room t Office and
Activities Battalion
Permitted

n for staff
2. Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3. Bank Extension
✓ ✓ ✓
Counter
4. Hostel ✓
5. Playground ✓
6. Indoor games
✓ ✓
facility
7. Officers Room
with facilities
for recording
NCR (Non-
Cognizable ✓
Report) and
storing
emergency
equipments
8. Dormitory with
toilet & bath
✓ ✓ ✓
facilities and
kitchen
9. Communicatio
✓ ✓ ✓
n Centre
10. Service
✓ ✓
Workshop
11. Religious
✓ ✓
facility
12. Vending
✓ ✓
booth/ Kiosk
13. Reading room/
✓ ✓
library
14. Fitness Centre
for non- ✓ ✓
commercial use

246
# S.
No. Use Zone PS 1
Use 7 8 9 10 11 12
Premise
District Police Police Civil Forensic National
Jail Trainin Firing defense Science Security
g Range & home Laborator Establishment
Institut guards y s
e/ etc.
Activities College
Permitted
1. Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2. Bank
Extension ✓ ✓ ✓
Counter
3. Hostel ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
4. Playground/
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
games facility
5. Accommodati
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
on for staff
6. Retail shop of
area 20 sq. m. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
each
7. Auditorium ✓ ✓
8. Swimming
✓ ✓
Pool
9. Post office
counter ✓
facility
10. First aid
✓
facility
11. Emergency
Backup/
✓
Disaster
Preparedness
12. Watch and
ward
residence ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(upto 20 sq.
m.)
13. Communicati ✓
✓ ✓
on Centre (Temporary)
14. Reading
✓ ✓ ✓
room/ library
15. Fitness
Centre for ✓ ✓ ✓
non-
commercial

247
# S.
No. Use Zone PS 1
Use 7 8 9 10 11 12
Premise
District Police Police Civil Forensic National
Jail Trainin Firing defense Science Security
g Range & home Laborator Establishment
Institut guards y s
e/ etc.
Activities College
Permitted
use
16. Kiosks ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
17. Voluntary
Health ✓ ✓ ✓
Services

#
S. Use Zone PS 1
No
Use 13 14 15
Premise
Activities Central Police Security Forces Police Camp
Permitted Organisation camp
1. Bank Extension Counter ✓ ✓ ✓
2. Hostel ✓ ✓ ✓
3. Retail shop of area 20 sq. m. ✓ ✓ ✓
4. Swimming Pool ✓ ✓ ✓
5. Communication Centre ✓ ✓ ✓
6. Facilities for meditation/
✓ ✓ ✓
spiritual training
7. Fitness Centre for non-
✓ ✓ ✓
commercial use
8. Accommodation for staff ✓ ✓ ✓
9. Hostel ✓ ✓ ✓
10. Hospital/ nursing/ paramedic
✓ ✓ ✓
facility
11. Veterinary hospitals for pet and
✓ ✓ ✓
animals
12. De-addiction/ Rehabilitation
✓ ✓ ✓
Center
13. Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓

248
 C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 65 Security-Police Facilities

Min. Plot Max.

Min
S. Use Area Ground
No.(s) FAR ROW Height(m)
No. Premise (sqm)/ unit Coverag
(m)
e (%)
LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000

As per
1. As per requirement on
Traffic requirement,
major road junctions/
and Police Permissible
1 stretches etc. as part of road right ---
control in all use
of way based on site feasibility.
room premises/
2. Maximum area = 25 sq m.
zone, and to
be provided
in schemes
Police as per
2 requirement. Upto 150 75% 300 18 m
Outpost

COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100,000

1 Police Post
1 Upto 2500 50% 300 18 m

SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 500,000
Police
1 2 Upto 1 Ha. 50 300 18 m
Station
CITY LEVEL
Population upto 20,00,000
1 per 50.0
1 District Jail Upto 2 Ha. 50 300 18 m
lakh
2 Police Lines
District As per
Upto 1 Ha.
Police requirement 50 300 18 m
3
Office and
Battalion
Police
Training
4
Institute/ As per
College requirement Upto 5 Ha. 50 300 18 m
Police
5 Firing
Range

249
 Min. Plot Max.
Min
S. Use Area Ground
No.(s) FAR ROW Height(m)
No. Premise (sqm)/ unit Coverag
e (%) (m)
Police
6
camp

Other controls
i. Max. FAR for Use Premises located in Zone O, and Bungalow Area of Zone C & Zone D, will
be 120, along with other provisions given in Zonal Development Plans.
ii. In case of Security-Police facilities, for all the use premises, maximum of 30%of
permissible FAR can be allowed for residential and permitted activities as mentioned in
table above. The residential component shall be as per Residential Plot-Group Housing.
iii. Use premises such as National Security Establishments shall be permitted within the
categories mentioned in above Table.
iv. For the above plots, no height restriction shall be applicable, subject to clearance from
AAI, Delhi Fire Service, and other Statutory bodies.

22.15.5 Safety-Fire Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 66 Use Premises and Definition – Safety-Fire Facilities

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Fire post Premises with lesser degree of facilities for
fire fighting. The post may be attached to
specific premises with fire prone
activities.
2 Fire station A premise having facility for fire fighting
for a catchment area assigned to it. It
includes residence of essential staff.
3 Fire Training Institute A premise having facilities of training for
emergency times in case of fire, building
collapse etc.
4 Disaster Management Centre A premise having facility of disaster
emergency backup, hospital facility,
training centre for disaster preparedness,
wireless communication etc.
5 Disaster Management Units A premise having establishments
undertaking issues of Disaster
Management or as defined/ notified by
GOI from time to time.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 67 Use Premises and Activities Permitted - Safety-Fire Facilities

250
 S. Use Zone PS1

No Use Premise 1 2 3 4 5
Fire Fire Fire Disaster Disaster
post Station Training Management Managem
Activities Institute Centre ent Units
Permitted
Accommodation for
1. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
staff
2. Service Workshop ✓ ✓ ✓
3. Hostel ✓ ✓ ✓
4. Fire station ✓ ✓
5. Watch and ward
residence ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(upto 20 sq. m.)
6. Healthcare facility ✓ ✓
7. Open practice
grounds for
practice and relief ✓ ✓ ✓
camps/ Disaster
Preparedness
8. Communication ✓
Centre ✓ ✓ Temporar
y
9. First aid facility ✓ ✓
10. Emergency Backup ✓ ✓
11. Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
12. Bank extension
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Counter
13. Night shelter ✓
14.
15. Vending booth/
✓ ✓
Kiosk
16. Reading room/
✓ ✓ ✓
library
17. Indoor games
✓ ✓
facility
18. Fitness Centers for
non-commercial ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
use

251
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 68 Safety-Fire Facilities

Min. Plot Max.

S.
Use Area Ground Min ROW
No No.(s) FAR Height(m)
Premise (sqm)/ unit Coverag (m)
.
e (%)
COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100,000

1 Fire Post 1 Upto2500 50% 300 18 m

sq. m.

SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 500,000

Upto
1 Fire Station 2 50 300 18 m
1 Ha.

Disaster
5000-
2 Managemen 1 50 300 18 m
10000
t Unit
CITY LEVEL
Population upto 20,00,000

As per
Fire Upto
Training
Requireme 5Ha.
50 300 18 m
1
Institute nt

Disaster As per
Upto 5Ha
2 Managemen Requireme 50 300 18 m
t Centre nt

Other controls
i. Delhi Fire Services (DFS) shall identify fire hazard zones and the location of the fire
services (fire stations/ fire posts) shall be identified such that it is tactically advantageous
in providing fire protection services to the community.
ii. Max. FAR for Use Premises located in Zone O, and Bungalow Area of Zone C & Zone D, will
be 120, along with other provisions given in Zonal Development Plans.

252
 iii. In case of Safety-Fire facilities, for all the use premises, maximum of 30%of permissible
FAR can be allowed for residential and permitted activities as mentioned in table above.
The residential component shall be as per Residential Plot-Group Housing.
iv. For the above plots, no height restriction shall be applicable, subject to clearance from
AAI, Delhi Fire Service, and other Statutory bodies.

22.15.6 Distributive Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 69 Use Premise and Definition - Distributive Facilities

S.
Use Premise Definition
No.
1 Milk Booth/Milk, Fruit & Vegetable A premise with basic facility for the supply of
Booth/Delhi Milk Supply Booth/ daily groceries to the local population.
Fair Price Shop

2 LPG godown including booking A premise for the booking, storing and supply of
office LPG to local population.
3 Gas godown A premise having the facility of wholesale storage
of LPG, godown, etc.

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 70 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Distributive Facilities

Use Zone
PS 1 RD
S.
No. Use 1 2 3
Premise
Gas Godown LPG Godown Milk Booth/Milk, Fruit
including & Vegetable
Activities booking Booth/Delhi Milk
Permitted office Supply Booth
1. Booth/ built structure
fordisplay and sale of
dairy products/ fruits and ✓
vegetables etc.

2. Watch and ward

residence (up to 20 sq.m.) ✓ ✓

3. Booking office ✓
4. Store / Godown ✓ ✓
5. Care taker office ✓
Note:
1. Booking Office cum Godown: Permitted in all Use Zones except residential and
recreational Use Zones.
2. LPG Booking Office can be permitted in all Use Zones.

253
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 71 Distributive Facilities

S. Use Premise No Minimum Maximum FAR Minimum Height

No. Plot Area Ground ROW (M) (M)
(sq.m.) Coverage
1 Milk Booth/ Milk, One per 5000 i. As per standard design of the concerned
Fruit & Vegetable population. department
Booth/Delhi Milk
Supply Booth/ Fair ii. Permitted in all zones as per approved layout
Price Shop plan.

2 LPG godown i. Plot size – upto 600 sqm including booking office
including booking As per and security hut.
office requirements
ii. Permitted in all use zones except in residential
and recreational use zones subject to statutory
clearances.
Other Controls:
1. Milk, Fruit, vegetable and LPG are the basic requirements of the day-to-day life, and
should have proper distribution set-up.
2. Fair Price Shops may be provided in close proximity to EWS / LIG housing /
resettlement colonies.
3. For LPG godowns the norms and standards shall be as per PESO (Petroleum and
Explosives Safety Organization)

22.15.7 Socio-Cultural Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 72 Use Premises and Definition – Socio-Cultural Facilities

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Socio-Cultural facility Premises with facilities for local level socio-cultural
(Type-I) activities; learning (music, art, etc.), playing, interaction,
meeting and gathering spaces.
(eg. Banquet Hall, etc.)
2 Socio-Cultural facility Premises with facilities for various socio-cultural
(Type-II) activities/ training facilities that can have community
level public gatherings/ functions and public events.Can
also include facilities for cultural and information
services.
[eg. Multipurpose community hall, Socio-cultural
Institute (with facilities for learning and performance of
music, dance, other performing arts, exhibition space,
art gallery, library, creative workshops, auditorium,
small theatres), Cultural and Information Centre, etc.]

254
 3 Socio-Cultural facility Premises with facilities that promote culture & other
(Type-III) creative as well as recreational activities.
(eg. Recreational Club, Public Library, etc.)
4 Socio-Cultural facility Premises with facilities for holding large gatherings and
(Type-IV) events like exhibitions, international/ national
conferences, meetings, symposiums etc. These may also
include large entertainment/ socio-cultural facilities.
(eg. Socio cultural centre, Science Centre, Planetarium,
Museum, International Convention Centre, Exhibition-
cum-fair ground)

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 73 Use Premises and Activities Permitted - Socio-Cultural Facilities

Use Zone RD PS 1
Socio- Socio- Socio- Socio-
Cultural Cultural Cultural Cultural
Sr. no Use Premise
Facility Facility Facility Facility
(Type-I) (Type-II) (Type-III) (Type-IV)
Activities Permitted 1 2 3 4
1 Canteen ✓ ✓
2 Bank Extension Counter ✓ ✓ ✓
3 Vending Booth/ Kiosks ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
4 Restaurant ✓ ✓ ✓
Watch & Ward
5 Residence (upto ✓ ✓ ✓
20sqm.)
Exhibition centre and
6 ✓ ✓
art gallery
7 Community Hall ✓ 
8 Hostel ✓ 
Music, dance and drama
9  ✓
training centre
10 Library/ Reading room ✓ ✓ ✓
11 Auditorium  ✓
Hall for public
gatherings, marriages,
12 ✓
cooking facilities and
other facilities
13 Museum  ✓
14 ATM ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
15 Health care facility ✓
16 Commercial office  ✓

255
 Use Zone RD PS 1
Socio- Socio- Socio- Socio-
Cultural Cultural Cultural Cultural
Sr. no Use Premise
Facility Facility Facility Facility
(Type-I) (Type-II) (Type-III) (Type-IV)
Activities Permitted 1 2 3 4
17 Hotel ✓
18 Police Post ✓
19 Fire post ✓
Accommodation for
20 ✓ ✓
Maintenance Staff
Open Air theatre/
21 ✓ ✓ ✓
amphitheatre
22 Fair ground ✓
Convention and
23 meeting space/ ✓
convention centre
24 Film centre ✓
Multipurpose training
25 ✓
and meeting rooms
26 Retail Shop ✓ ✓
Guest House/ Guest
28 ✓ ✓
Rooms
29 Indoor/ Outdoor Sports ✓
30 Swimming Pool ✓ ✓

C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 74 Socio-Cultural facilities

Min. Plot Max.

Min
Area Ground
Use Premise No.(s) FAR ROW Height(m)
(sqm)/ unit Coverag
(m)
e (%)

Socio-Cultural
facility (Type- 1 800-2000 30% 150 12 -
I)

Socio-Cultural
facility (Type- 2 1000 40% 120 24 -
II)

256
 Min. Plot Max.
Min
Area Ground
Use Premise No.(s) FAR ROW Height(m)
(sqm)/ unit Coverag
e (%) (m)
Socio-Cultural
facility (Type- 1 5000 40% 120 24
III)

Socio-Cultural As
As per 35%
facility (Type- Per 120 30
requirement + 5%
IV)* requirement
(MLCP)

Notes:
* For activities like exhibition-cum-fair grounds, max. ground coverage shall be 20% and
5% ground coverage for MLCP and max. FAR shall be 20.

Other Controls:
i. Recreational Clubs located in LBZ Area, Civil Lines Bungalow Area, Recreational Use Zones
and existing on Heritage Structures will be dealt on case-to-case basis and Technical
Committee of DDA will approve the Development Controls norms based on the existing
status.
ii. In the open area apart from outdoor games / sport facilities, swimming pool would be
permissible upto an area of 300 sqm. free from ground coverage.
iii. In case of Banquet Hall
- Basements within the ground envelope shall be allowed for parking. Stilt floor for parking
is permissible
- 30% of basement area for services / storage shall not be counted in FAR.
iv. In case of International Convention Centre, maximum 10% ground coverage shall be allowed
for providing atrium. In case, the permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is
utilized, 25% of the utilized ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR
v. For the above plots, no height restriction shall be applicable, subject to clearance from AAI,
Delhi Fire Service, and other Statutory bodies.
vi. Conditions for Ancillary Use:
a. In case of Socio-Cultural facility (Type-II & III): Support/ ancillary facilities shall be
allowed upto a maximum of 20% of permissible FAR.
b. In case of Socio-Cultural facility (Type-IV) except International convention centre and
Socio-cultural centre: Support/ ancillary facilities shall be allowed upto a maximum of
50% of permissible FAR.
c. In case of International Convention Centre: Exhibition space, Convention and meeting
space shall be minimum 40% of permissible FAR. Support/ Ancillary facilities (Retail
shop, office space/ commercial office, Hotels and related activities) shall be permitted
upto maximum 60% of permissible FAR.
d. In case of Socio-Cultural Centre: Socio Cultural activities shall be minimum 40% of
permissible FAR. Support/ Ancillary facilities (Retail shops, office space/ commercial
office, Hotels and related activities) shall be upto maximum 60% of permissible FAR.

257
22.15.8 Other-Community Facilities

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 75 Use Premise and Definition - Other-Community Facilities

S. No. Use Premise Definition
1 Night Shelter Premise having the facility for providing the night
accommodation to individuals without any charges or
with token charges. It may run by local government or
voluntary agencies.
2 Other Community Facility Premises that can accommodate multiple small-
(Type-I) scale community/ religious facilities
(eg. Small religious facility, etc.)
3 Other Community Facility Premise having facility of caring and training, boarding &
(Type-II) lodging of elderly/ differently abled persons/ mentally
challenged, women and children. It may also include
residential facilities for working women / men and
education/ training facilities for adults.
(eg. Old Age Home, Care Centre for differently abled
persons / mentally challenged, Working women-men
hostel, Adult education centre, etc.)
4 Other Community Facility Premises with facilities for correction, counselling
(Type-III) and accommodation of child in conflict with law or
who have committed an offence. Related judicial
facilities and services for behavioural reforms may also
be located here.
(eg. Reformatory/ Observation homes/ Special Homes/
Juvenile homes)
5 Other Community Facility Premises for large religious facilities with high
(Type-IV) footfall.
(eg. Large religious facility)

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 76 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Other-Community Facilities

Sr Use RD PS 1
. Zone
no

Use Premise Night Other Other Other Other

Shelte Communit Communit Communit Communit
r y Facilities y Facilities y Facilities y Facilities
(Type-I) (Type-II) (Type-III) (Type-IV)
Activities Permitted 1 2 3 4 5
1 Accommodation for staff ✓ ✓ ✓
2 Hostel ✓ ✓
3 Retail shop (upto 20 sqm.) ✓ ✓ ✓ 
4 Bank extension Counter ✓

258
5 Accommodation for preachers/ ✓
devotees/ management staff
(Max.15% of total FAR)
6 Langar Hall/ Kitchen ✓
7 Prayer halls ✓ ✓
8 Auditorium ✓
9 Museum ✓
1 Museum/Art Gallery/ ✓
0 ExhibitionCentre
1 Training Centre for Yoga ✓
1
1 Care home with residential facility ✓
2
1 Health facilities/gym ✓
3
1 Dining facility ✓ ✓
4
1 Welfare Centre ✓
5
1 Night Shelter and related facilities. ✓
6
1 Temple, Mosque, Church, ✓
7 Gurdwara,Synagogue, Ashram
1 Bathing Ghat ✓
8
1 Gaushala ✓
9
2 Dargah ✓
0
2 Charitable Health Facility ✓
1
2 Canteen ✓ ✓ ✓
8
2 Restaurant
9
3 Watch and ward residence (upto ✓
0 20sq m).
3 ATM ✓ ✓
2
3 Space for administration office ✓ ✓
3
3 Facilities for meditation/ ✓ ✓
4 spiritualtraining
3 Facilities/ studios for training ✓
5 inmusic and other forms of art

259
 C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 77 Other-Community facilities

Max.
Min. Plot Area Min
S. Ground Height
Use Premise No.(s) (sqm)/ unit FAR ROW
No. Coverage (m)
(m)
(%)
LOCAL LEVEL
Population upto 10000
No height
restriction
subject to
Other clearance
Community from AAI,
1 2 400 40 100 12
Facility (Type- DFS, DMA,
I) NMA and
other
statutory
bodies.
COMMUNITY LEVEL
Population upto 100000
1 Night Shelter* 1 100 60 200 - 26m
SUB-CITY LEVEL
Population upto 500000
No height
restriction
subject to
Other clearance
Community from AAI,
1 5 1000 40% 120 18
Facility (Type- DFS, DMA,
II)** NMA and
other
statutory
bodies.
CITY LEVEL
Population upto 2000000
Other No height
Community As per restriction
1 2000 40% 150 18
Facility (Type- requirement subject to
III) clearance
from AAI,
Other DFS, DMA,
Community As per As per NMA and
2 30% 100 24
Facility (Type- requirement requirement other
IV) statutory
bodies.

Other Controls:
i. Sites for Dhobi ghats / laundry shall be provided in Residential use zone / PSP facility
areas as per the norms of local body. In such sites following facilities shall be permitted:
Overhead tank, Underground Tank, Oxidation Pond, Septic Tank

260
 Sewerage Pumping station, Public Toilet & Urinal, Electric Sub-station, Dhallao
and Dustbin, Dhobi Ghat, Machine Laundry.
ii. *Location of night shelter is to be decided by the Local Authorities / GNCTD based on
practical demand / assessment. For geographical distribution of night shelters a
minimum of at least one night shelter per administrative unit such as the Revenue Sub-
Division or jurisdiction of Police Station may also be taken as criteria for planning
purposes. Night shelter shall be permitted in new proposed constructions by adopting
innovative concepts such as integrated complex with commercial space on the ground
floor and night shelter on the first floor; and in existing buildings with suitable
modifications. Night shelter can be developed within the Railway Terminals, Bus
Terminals, Wholesale/Retail markets, Freight Complexes, Police Stations etc. by the
concerned agencies such as Railways, Health, Industry, DTC, Police, etc., wherever
feasible.
iii. **Location of Working Men-Women Hostels shall be decided on the basis of proximity
with work/ employment centres and on the basis of demand assessment.
iv. Conditions for Ancillary Use:
a. In case of Other-Community Facilities (Type-I): Support/ ancillary facilities shall
be allowed maximum upto 50 sq.m.
b. In case of Other-Community Facilities (Type-II and III): Support/ ancillary
facilities shall be allowed maximum of 20% of permissible FAR.
c. In case of Other-Community Facilities (Type-IV): Support/ ancillary facilities
shall be allowed maximum of 5% of permissible FAR.

22.15.9 Cremation Ground, Burial Ground & Cemetery

A. Use Premise and Definitions

Table 22. 78 Use Premise and Definition - Cremation Ground, Burial Ground & Cemetery

S. No. Use Premise Definition

1 Burial Ground A premise with facilities for burying of dead bodies.

2 Cremation Ground A premise with facilities of performing last rites of

dead bodies by burning.

3 Cemetery A premise with facilities for burying of dead bodies.

4 Electric Crematorium A premise with facilities for last rites of the deceased.

5 Burial Ground for Animals A premise with facilities for burial of animals

B. Permissible Activities

Table 22. 79 Use Premise and Activities Permitted - Cremation Ground, Burial Ground &
Cemetery

S. Use Zone PS1

No.
Use 1 2 3 4 5
Premise
Burial Cremation Cemeter Electric Burial
Ground Ground y Crematoriu Ground
Activities m for

261
 Permitted Animals
1. Sheds for ✓ ✓ ✓
performing rituals
2. Facilities for ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
registration of
deaths
3. Retail shops of ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
woods, flowers and
other related
material
4. Drinking water ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
5. Parking ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
6. Watch and ward ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
residence (20
sq.m.)
C. Development Control Norms

Table 22. 80 Cremation Ground, Burial Ground & Cemetery

S. Use No Minimu Maximu FAR Mini Height

No Premise m Plot m mum (m)
Area Ground ROW
(sq.m.) Coverag (m)
e

1 Burial 1 for 10 10000 NA NA 18 NA

Ground lakh
population
2 Cremation 1 for 5 lakh 5000 50% 100 18 No height
Ground population restriction subject
to clearance from
AAI, DFS, DMA,
NMA and other
statutory bodies
3 Cemetery 1 for 10 10000 NA NA 18 NA
lakh
population
4 Electric 1 for 5 lakh 5000 50% 100 18 NA
Crematoriu population
m
5 Burial 1 for 10 2000 NA NA 18 NA
Ground for lakh
Animals population
Other controls:
i) In case of Cremation Ground, provisions for crematoriums (basic/ green/
gasifier based/ electric) shall be made. In the existing cremation grounds,
provision of crematorium is to be made

262
22.15.10 Multi-Facility Plot

Table 22. 81 Development Control Norms of Multi facility Plot

Use Plot Ground FAR ROW (m) Height Activities Permitted

premise Area Coverage (minimum) (m)
(sq.m.) (maximum)
No height Mix of PSP facilities at
restriction the local level
subject to (Health, Education,
clearance Socio-cultural,
Multi
from AAI, Other-Community
Facility 500 50% 200 18
DFS, DMA, facilities,
Plot
NMA and Communication
other facilities)
statutory
bodies.
Note: Single function shall be permitted upto max of 2/3 of BUA, to facilitate multiple facility
on the plot.

22.15.11 Public & Semi-Public Facilities / Premises

The following norms shall be applicable in case of PSP facilities / premises, for which specific
development controls have not been specified.
1. Max. Ground Coverage 30%
2. Max. Floor Area Ratio 120
3. Max. Height 26 m.

Note:
i. In case of plots allotted to political parties by the government land housing agencies, up to
15% of maximum FAR may be utilized for residential hostel accommodation.
ii. Amalgamation of the smaller PSP plots or sub division of the larger PSP plots for a single or
its multiple use, is allowed with the permissible PSP facilities as per the provisions of MPD-
2021.

263
22.16 Permission of Use Premises in Use Zones
As part of approval of layout plan or as a case of special permission from the Authority,
Permission of selected Use Premises in Use Zones RD, C1, C2, M, PS are as per the following:
Table 22. 82 Permission of Use Premises in Use Zones

S. Use Zones
Use Premises
No. RD C1 C2 M PS
RD RESIDENTIAL
i. Residential plot – Plotted Housing P P** NP NP NP
ii. Residential plot – Group Housing P P NP P P
iii. Studio Apartment P NP NP NP NP
iv. Residence - cum - Work Plot P P NP NP NP
v. Foreign mission P P NP NP NP
vi. Hostel / Old age home P P NP P P
vii. Short term Accommodation – Hostel / P P P P P
Guest house / Lodging & Boarding
House / Sarai / Working Women-Men
Hostel, Dharamshala and its equivalent
/ Service Apartment

Multipurpose Community Hall / Barat P P NP P P

viii. Ghar
ix. Night Shelter P P P P P
x. Community / Recreational Hall, Library, P P P P P
Reading Room, Society Office, Crèche
and Day Care Centre.
xi. State Bhawan/ State Guest Houses P P P P P
C COMMERCIAL
i. Local Level (Convenience / Local P P P P P
shopping centre)
ii. Cinema / Multiplexes NP P P P* NP
iii. Service markets / Informal Bazaars P P P P NP
iv. Wholesale Trade NP P P NP NP
v. Storage, godown and warehousing, cold NP NP P P NP
storage & Ice factory, gas godown.
vi. Guest House/ Lodging & Boarding
P P P P P
House
vii.
Service Apartment NP P P P P
viii.
Hotel NP P P P NP
P RECREATIONAL
i. Recreational (Park, Play grounds, P P P P P
Swimming Pool) / Sports Complex/
Stadium/ Amusement parks/
Recreational Clubs etc.
M INDUSTRY
i. Industrial plot, flatted group industry NP NP NP P NP
ii. Service centre & Service industry NP P P P NP

264
 T TRANSPORTATION
i. Circulation (Road network with street P P P P P
furniture, Bus terminal, MRTS stations,
Parking etc.
ii. Bus depot & Workshop NP NP NP P NP
iii. Multi-level parking for private modes NP P P P P
G GOVERNMENT
i. Local / Government maintenance P P P P P
Offices
ii. Offices of utility services providing P P P P P
agencies
iii. Government Offices (Central / State NP P P P P
Government / Local Bodies), Integrated
Office Complex
iv. District Court/ Family Courts NP P P P P
PS1 PUBLIC AND SEMI PUBLIC FACILITIES
Health
i. Hospital (0.2 ha. to 1.5 ha.) P P NP P P
ii. Tertiary Health Care Centre P P NP P P
iii. Primary Health Centre / Family Welfare P P NP P P
Centre / Maternity Home / Dispensary
etc., Pediatric Centre/ Geriatric Centre,
Voluntary Health Services, Extended
health-care facilities (like transition-
homes, respite care centres, Pathology
laboratory, Small collection centres), De-
addiction Centres
iv. Nursing Home / poly clinic / clinic / P P NP P* P
clinical laboratory etc.
v. Dispensary for pet and animals P P P P P
Education
i. Primary school / Middle school, Pre- P NP NP NP P
primary/ Nursery/ Montessori schools,
ii. Creche & Day care centres, Anganwadi, P P P P P
Play schools
iii. Sr. Secondary School P NP NP NP P
iv. School for Mentally Challenged / P NP NP NP P
differently abled persons
v. Technical Training centre (ITI / P P NP P P
Polytechnic/ Vocational/ Training
Institute/ Management institute/
Teacher Training Institute, etc.), Skilling
centres
vi. Research & Development Centres NP P NP P P
Facilities
i. Bus terminal, taxi stand, milk / P P P P P
vegetable booths, religious premises,
vending booth, petrol / CNG filling
pump, recreational club, police outpost,

265
 police post, police station, fire post, fire
station, post office, & telegraph office
and telephone exchange.
ii. Care centres for differently-abled and
mentally challenged, Orphanage/ P NP NP P P
Children's Centre, Senior citizens’ club
P: Permitted P*: Permitted only in Commercial Centres
NP: Not Permitted P**: Special permission as per Mixed use/ Special Area Regulations

Note:
1. Park, Open Parking, Circulation and Public Utilities/convenience are permitted in all Use
Zones.
2. The permission of Use Premise in the following Use Zones shall be governed by the
specific function of the Use Zone.
a. C3- Hotel,
b. P3- Historical Monuments,
c. T1- Airport,
d. T2- Terminal / Depot - Rail / MRTS / Bus / Truck,
e. T3- Circulation - Rail / MRTS / Road,
f. U1-Water, U2-Sewerage, U3-Electricity, U4-Solid Waste, U5- Drain,
g. G1-President Estate & Parliament House,
h. G3-Government Land (Use Undetermined),
i. PS -Cremation and Burial Ground, Religious,
j. Green Development Area
k. W2-River & River Flood Plain

22.17 Other Development Codes

For each Use Premise, the following DCNs shall be applicable. Wherever DCNs are not
mentioned in the Plan or this section, National Building Code shall be referred.

22.17.1 High Rise Buildings

i. Buildings taller than 15 m (without stilt) and 17.5 m (including stilt) in all use
zones will be considered as a High Rise Building.
ii. In case of provision of stack-parking in stilt floor, minimum height of 2.4 m. for
stilt floor may be relaxed. However, in case of stack parking the height shall be as
per design and structural safety requirement.
iii. Intermittent service floor may be permitted for installation of equipments and
services required for the maintenance of the building with prior approval of the
agencies concerned and is not to be counted in FAR. The height of the service floor
is to be decided based on the depth of structural members, the height requirement
for providing water-reservoirs, other equipments, etc. Height belowbottom of any
beam shall not be more than 1.8 m. from the finished floor level excluding false
floor if any.
iv. Basement will be permitted within the setback lines subject to clearance from
local bodies / deptts. Concerned municipal corporation and Fire Deptt. Where
there are no setbacks, basements should be permitted upto 2 meters and where
there is setback, it should be 6 meters from the plot boundary.
v. Podium(s) will be permitted within the setback lines subject to clearance from the
fire department. The movement of vehicles and parking shall be restricted within
the podium. Rooftop to be allowed for uses such as swimming pool, landscaping,
and related structures.

266
 vi. Other conditions for basement will be as per Clause 22.16.3.

22.17.2 Setbacks:
Minimum setbacks shall be provided as per the Table 22.81 for all developments other
than residential plotted and areas specifically mentioned in the Plan.
Table 22. 83 Minimum Setbacks (Other than Residential Plotted Development)

Plot size (in sq.m) Minimum Setbacks

Front (m) Rear (m) Side (m) (1) Side (m) (2)
Upto 60 0 0 0 0
Above 60 & upto 150 3 1.5 (avg.) - -
Above150 & upto 300 4 2 (avg.) - -
Above 300 upto 500 4 3 3 -
Above 500 upto 2,000 6 3 3 3
Above 2,000 upto 9 6 6 6
10,000
Above 10,000 15 12 12 12
Note:
i. In case the permissible coverage is not achieved with the above given setbacks, the
setbacks of the preceding category may be allowed.
ii. The setbacks are subject to requirements of height and ventilation as per building
byelaws.
iii. In case a layout is sanctioned with more than the minimum prescribed setbacks,
the same shall be followed in the sanction of the building plans.
iv. Technical Committee of DDA may relax setbacks, ground coverage and height in
special circumstances.
v. ESS wherever required to be provided within the plot, is allowed by shifting of side
/ rear setbacks.

22.17.3 Basements:
i. Basement(s) up to the setback line, maximum equivalent to parking and services
requirement, such as air conditioning plant and equipment, water storage, boiler,
electric sub-station HT and LT Panel rooms, transformer compartment, control room,
pump house, generator room and other mechanical services and installation of electrical
and firefighting equipment, and other services required for the maintenance of the
building with prior approval of the concerned agencies, could be permitted and not to
be counted in FAR.
ii. In case of residential use, basement shall not be counted towards FAR if used for
household storage and parking. Basement if used for permissible mixed-use activities
shall be counted towards FAR. If such use of basement leads to exceeding the
permissible FAR on the plot, appropriate charges prescribed with the approval of
government, shall be levied on the additional FAR.
iii. In case of Hotels, use of basement for laundry, cold room for storing food articles, linen
store, garbage room, housekeeping store and cold storage may be allowed.
iv. In case of Healthcare facilities, basement after utilization for Parking; Services
Requirements such as air conditioning plant and equipment, water storage, boiler,
electric sub-station, HT & LT panel rooms, transformer compartment, control room,
pump house, generator room; staff locker room, staff changing room, staff dining
facilities without kitchen facility, Central sterile supply deptt., back end office; Other
Mechanical Services; Installation of Electrical and fire fighting equipment; and Other
Services like kitchen, laundry and radiology lab and other essential services required for
the maintenance/functioning of the building may be used for healthcare facilities with
prior approval of the concerned agencies.

267
 v. In case of high rise buildings, basement shall be permitted 6m from the plot boundary,
within the setback lines, subject to clearance from concerned authorities.
vi. The basement(s) beyond building line shall be kept flushed with the ground and shall
be ventilated with mechanical means of ventilation.
vii. Basement(s) shall be designed to take full load of the fire tender, wherever required
and subject to adequate safety measures.
viii. In case the basement is used for activity in conformity with the use premises, wherever
permitted, the same shall be counted in FAR subject to clearance from the Fire
Authorities and other statutory bodies.
ix. The ESS, fire fighting installations and underground water tank shall neither be counted
in ground coverage nor in FAR.

22.17.4 Service Plans

The Developing Agency should provide for the following in layout plans of plots of size
3000 sq.m and above:
i. Recycling of treated waste water with separate lines for potable water and recycled
water. Dual piping system to be introduced.
ii. Ground water recharge through rain water harvesting, conserving water bodies and
regulating groundwater abstraction.
iii. Treated sewage effluent should be recycled for non-potable uses like gardening,
washing of vehicles, cooling towers, etc.
iv. Utilities such as, underground water storage tank, roof-top water harvesting system,
separate dry and wet dustbins etc. are to be provided within the plot.
v. All hospitals, commercial, industrial, hotels, restaurants, auto workshops, etc. will have
to make arrangements for primary effluent treatment within the plot.
vi. Provide ESS and generator and to submit energy consumption/audit will be submitted
at the time of sanction of building plans.
vii. Provision of cavity walls, atriums, shading devices in buildings will be encouraged to
make them energy efficient.
viii. Solar heating system will be provided on all plots with roof area of 300 sqm and above.
ix. In order to encourage the above, 1% to 4% extra ground coverage and FAR, on each, may
be given as an incentive by the local bodies, depending upon the provisions made.In
exceptional cases 5% incentive may be permitted.
x. These incentives shall be based on the rating criteria prescribed by ‘Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat Assessment’ (GRIHA) for green buildings.
xi. In case of non-compliance of above, after obtaining occupancy certificate, penalty at
market rate shall be levied for incentive FAR by land owning agency.
The regulations for enforcement of above shall be prepared by the Director, Local Self
Government, GNCTD in consultation with Environment Department, GNCTD within a
period of six months (after notification of modifications) and notified with the approval
of the Authority/Central Government

22.17.5 Regulations for Building Controls within Use premises

The objective of these regulations is to provide controls for building(s) within use premises
excluding the internal arrangement, which are covered in Building Bye-laws.

General Notes:

i. Where development controls are not stipulated for any use premise, the same
can be formulated by the Authority.

268
 ii. The mezzanine floor and service floor wherever provided shall be considered as
a part of the total FAR. In case of the buildings with 26 m. and more height in all
use-zones, Technical Committee of DDA may permit the following in special
circumstances:

a) In case of provision of stack-parking in stilt floor or basement, minimum

height should be 2.4 m.

b) Intermittent service floor may be permitted for installation of equipments and

services required for the maintenance of the building with prior approval of
the agencies concerned and are not to be counted in FAR. The height of the
service floor is to be decided based on the depth of structural members, the
height requirement for providing water-reservoirs, other equipments, etc.
The height of Service floor in the building shall be limited to
1.8 m.

iii. If the building is constructed with stilt area of non-habitable height (2.4 mts)and
is proposed to be used for parking, landscaping, etc. the stilt floor need not be
included in FAR.

iv. Wherever the building regulations are given for different categories of plots, the
area covered and the floor area shall in no case be less than the permissible
covered area and floor area respectively for the largest size of plot in the
preceding category.

v. In case of all the plots of size 1000 sq.m. and above, except ‘Residential Plot –
Plotted Housing’, atrium will be permitted with stipulations – Maximum 10%
additional ground coverage shall be allowed for providing atrium. In case, the
permissible additional ground coverage for atrium is utilized, 25% of the utilized
ground coverage shall be counted towards FAR.

22.17.6 Norms for non-residential use within residential use premises

i. Three types of non-residential activities shall be permitted within residential use

premises:
a. Professional activities
b. Other activities – Commercial and PSP uses

ii. Non-residential use within residential use premises, (including small shops) shall not be
permitted in the Lutyens' Bungalow Zone, Civil Lines bungalow zone, government
housing, institutional / staff housing of public and private agencies and buildings /
precincts listed by the Heritage Conservation Committee.

iii. Identification of Mixed-Use areas/ Streets:

Following streets/ areas shall be considered as Mixed Use areas/ streets and Commercial
Streets for the purpose of this Clause:
a. All streets/ stretches already notified as Mixed Use street or Commercial street
by the Competent Authority;
b. Residential areas and streets/ stretch earlier declared as commercial areas /
streets or where commercial use was allowed in MPD-1962 shall continue to the
extent as was permissible as per MPD-1962;
c. Commercial activity existing from prior to 1962 in residential areas, subject to
documentary proof thereof;

269
 d. Plotted development in pre-1962 colonies shall be treated as rehabilitation
colonies in their respective categories (A to G) for the purpose of this chapter.
e. Any street /stretch under the process of notification by the Competent Authority
or where the matter is presently sub-judice, upon completion of the notification
process.
f. No new streets other than already identified shall be notified as Mixed Use/
Commercial Use streets.
g. All existing plots and uses as approved for mixed use under MPD-21 shall
continue to be permitted as per approved conditions.

iv. Professional Activities:

Professional activities shall mean those activities involving services based on professional
skills namely Doctor, Lawyer, Architect, and Chartered Accountant, Company secretary,
Cost and Works Accountant, Engineer, Town Planner, Media professionals and
Documentary Film maker, Management* Professionals and Dietician/ Nutritionists.
These shall be permitted in all residential use premises (plotted development and group
housing)
Professional activity is permissible in:
a. In group housing, and plotted development with multiple dwelling units,
professional activity shall be permitted on any floor subject to maximum of 50%
of the permissible or sanctioned FAR, whichever is less, of each dwelling unit.
b. In the case of plotted development with single dwelling unit, professional activity
shall be permissible on any one floor only, but restricted to less than 50% of the
permissible or sanctioned FAR whichever is less on that plot.
c. Professional activity in basements is permissible in plotted development, subject
to relevant provisions of Building Bye-Laws, structural safety norms and fire
safety clearance. In case, the use of basement for professional activity leads to
exceeding the permissible FAR on the plot, such FAR in excess shall be used
subject to payment of appropriate charges prescribed with the approval of
Government.
d. No combining of DUs shall be permitted. All required licenses, permissions and
clearances for conducting such activities shall be obtained from concerned
agencies.

v. Provisions for identified Mixed-Use areas/ Streets:

Following streets/ areas shall be considered as Mixed Use areas/ streets and Commercial
Streets for the purpose of this Clause:
a. All streets/ stretches already notified as Mixed Use street or Commercial street
by the Competent Authority;
b. Residential areas and streets/ stretch earlier declared as commercial areas /
streets or where commercial use was allowed in MPD-1962 shall continue to the
extent as was permissible as per MPD-1962;
c. Commercial activity existing from prior to 1962 in residential areas, subject to
documentary proof thereof;
d. Plotted development in pre-1962 colonies shall be treated as rehabilitation
colonies in their respective categories (A to G) for the purpose of this chapter.
e. Any street /stretch under the process of notification by the Competent Authority
or where the matter is presently sub-judice, upon completion of the notification
process.
f. No new streets other than already identified shall be notified as Mixed Use/
Commercial Use streets.

270
 g. All existing plots and uses as approved for mixed use under MPD-21 shall
continue to be permitted as per approved conditions.

vi. Household Industries:

Industrial activities (listed in Annexure 4) shall be permitted as Household Industries in
all residential use premises, as per following conditions:
a. Maximum number of workers: 9
b. Maximum power load: 11 kw
c. No inflammable or hazardous substance is stored within premise.
d. Household industrial units shall be allowed on any floor to the extent of 50% of
permissible floor area of the dwelling unit. Such activities shall not be permitted
in basements.
e. Separate industrial electric connection (single phase) and Municipal License shall
be obtained from the concerned authorities.
f. None of the industries in residential areas shall be allowed to carry out processes
such as anodizing, bleaching, burning of coal, canning facility, dyeing,
electroplating, moulding works, use of CFC gases, varnishing, washing and other
water intensive processes.

vii. Permissibility of Commercial and Other activities in mixed use

a. Commercial activities

Table 22. 84 Types of activities permitted in identified mixed use areas/ streets and
commercial streets

Activities Type of uses In case of notified In case of notified

permitted Mixed Use Street Commercial Street
Commercial - Retail Shop, Entire ground floor up a. Permitted up to 100%
Repair Shop, to permitted ground of FAR
Personnel coverage b. All uses as permitted
Service Shop in LSCs shall be
- Office allowed
- Restaurant c. Banquet Hall shall also
be permitted

Notes:
i. The following activities shall not be allowed under Mixed Use:
a) Retail shops of building materials [timber, timber products (excluding furniture),
marble1, iron and steel, (gravel, cement and sand2], firewood, coal and any fire hazardous
and other bulky materials.
b) Repair shops / workshops of automobiles, tyre resoling and re-treading, and battery
charging.
c) Storage, go-down and warehousing.
d) Junk shop (except paper and glass waste)
e) Liquor shop
f) Printing, dyeing and varnishing
g) Any other activity that may be notified from time to time by Government.

ii. On mixed-use or commercial notified streets with 24m and above ROW,

271
 • Shops of finished building material (including gravel, sand and cement) will be permitted
only if no cutting and polishing activity is undertaken. These shall be permitted on plots
of minimum 100 sqm with maximum 50% ground coverage.
• Automobile repair shops and workshops shall be permitted on 30m or above ROW.

iii. In case of DDA flats, the entire ground floor of the flats on notified streets shall be
permitted as follows:
• Only one Small Shop- maximum 20 sqm area unit shall be permitted.
• No amalgamation of flats shall be permitted

iv. If use of basement for non-residential activities leads to exceeding the permissible FAR
on the plot, such excess FAR shall be used, subject to payment of appropriate charges
prescribed by the competent authority.

b. Other activities

"Other activity" are broadly in the nature of 'Public and Semi-Public' facilities as per conditions
specified and plots abutting roads of minimum ROW prescribed.
For other activities permissible in residential plots following conditions shall be applicable,
whether or not the road is notified as mixed use street:

i. In A, B, C & D colonies, all activities shall be permitted on minimum 200 sq.m plots and
in E, F, G colonies on minimum 75 sq.m plots. Min. RoW shall be as follows:

Table 22. 85 Min. RoW conditions for other activities

Colony type Condition

A & B colonies Only on 24m and above ROW

C & D colonies Only on 24m ROW and above in regular residential plotted development, 9
m ROW in rehabilitation colonies and in regularized-unauthorized
colonies, resettlement colonies, AOWC and urban villages
E, F & G colonies Only on 13.5m and above ROW in regular residential plotted development,
9 m ROW in rehabilitation colonies and in regularized-unauthorized
colonies, resettlement colonies, AOWC and urban villages
Note: Any existing uses approved in all types of colonies (prior to notification of the prevailing
master plan) as per the provisions of MPD-21 shall continue to be permitted.

ii. Other activities shall include the following:

272
 Table 22. 86 Other activities permitted in identified mixed use areas/ streets and
commercial streets

Other Type of uses permitted Other Condition

Activities
a. Other activities shall be permissible upto
PSP • Bank 2/3rd of total FAR. In case of Banks it shall
• Dispensary, Clinics, Clinical be limited to 600 sq.m.
laboratory, Pathology b. On plots abutting 24 m RoW/ notified
laboratory, Small collection mixed use/ commercial street, other
centres, activities shall be permissible upto 100%
• Maternity Home, Nursing of permissible FAR
Home/ Polyclinic/ Primary c. Banks lockers if part of existing bank shall
Health Centre, Nursing be allowed in the respective basements of
home, Family Welfare same premises.
Centre Pediatric Centre/ d. In A & B colonies following shall be
Geriatric Centre Diagnostic permitted:
Centre, etc. • Guest House (incl. Lodging houses)
• Wellness Centres including • Diagnostic Centre,
day spas/ weight-loss • Maternity Home, Nursing Home/
centres/ ayurvedic centres Polyclinic, Primary Health Centre,
offering ayurvedic Family Welfare Centre, Pediatric
treatment/ salons offering Centre/ Geriatric Centre, Extended
fitness and aesthetic health-care facilities (like transition-
medical services homes, respite care centres, Special
• Pre-primary/ Nursery/ facilities for differently-abled and
Montessori schools; Play mentally challenged persons)
schools, Creche & Day care • Pre-primary School/ Nursery/
centres Montessory/ Day Care shall be
• Coaching Centre, Computer permissible
training institute • Banks, NGOs, Fitness centres and
• Vocational Training Centre, wellness centres shall be permissible
Skilling centres, Coaching as per provisions of MPD-2021.
Centres, e. Pre-Primary/Nursery, Montessory/
• Senior citizens’ meeting Creche/ Day Care uses shall not be
room, Banquet Hall, Indoor permitted in basement.
games facilities, Fitness f. Skilling centres, Coaching Centres,
centres and Gym, Guest Computer Training institute uses shall only
house (including lodging be permitted on plots with minimum area
houses) irrespective of of 1000 sq.m on roads with 24m ROW.
number of rooms. g. Banquet Hall shall only be permitted on
24m and above ROW. These shall be
restricted to basement and ground floor.
h. In case of Health facilities, radiation-based
activities shall not be permitted in
Residential areas.
i. Only the Non-profit organizations/ NGOs
existing as on 07.02.2007 and registered
under applicable Acts, may continue to
operate.
j. Restaurants on ground floor only with

273
 valid appropriate licenses and with all
statutory clearances, as existing on or
before the date of notification shall only be
permissible on notified mixed use streets

viii. Permissibility of Commercial and Other Activities in Mixed Use in Walled City and
Cultural Precincts

Table 22. 87 Norms applicable for Walled City and for plots identified as part of Cultural
Precincts

Type of uses permitted ROW requirement Minimum plot size

Small Shops No minimum No minimum

requirement requirement.
Max. 1 unit per plot.
Retail Shop, Repair Shop, Personnel Service Minimum 6m ROW 75 sq.m
Shop, Office and Restaurant)
- Dispensary, Clinics, Clinical Minimum 9m ROW 75 sq.m
laboratory, Pathology laboratory,
Small collection centres,
- Maternity Home
Nursing Home/ Polyclinic
- Primary Health Centre
- Family Welfare Centre
- Pediatric Centre/ Geriatric Centre
- Diagnostic Centre
- Pre-primary/ Nursery/ Montessori
schools; Play schools
- Creche & Day care centres
- Coaching Centre, Computer training
institute
- Vocational Training Centre, Skilling
centres, Coaching Centres
- Reading room/ library, Youth
Centre, Senior citizens’ meeting
room, Facilities for meditation/
spiritual training, Banquet Hall,
Indoor games facilities, Fitness
centres and Gym, Small Religious
facility, Post Office Counter

ix. Non-residential activities in Group Housing

In case of Group Housing Plots Small shop and Retail Shop, Repair Shop, Personnel Service Shop
specially provided for in the layout plan shall be permitted up to a maximum of 1.5% of the
permissible FAR or 1000 sqm, whichever is less. At least 50% of such FAR shall be mandatorily
utilised for provision of small shops units catering to local needs. A minimum of 4 shops of 20
sqm each shall be provided. Such uses may be provided in the form of vertical mixing orseparate
block within the plot.

274
 x. Additional Norms applicable on all non-residential activities within residential
development:
a. DCN as applicable for the particular residential use will continue to be applicable, even if
the plot / dwelling unit is put to mixed use.
b. In Plotted Housing plots, boundary wall shall be optional along the main access road. In
plots with stilt parking, active frontage may be maintained by providing shop fronts and
other permitted mixed-use activities. ??Such shops shall be counted towards FAR.
c. Wherever a service road is available or proposed, then the mix-use premises should be
approached from such service road and not directly from the main carriageway.
d. No encroachment shall be permitted on the streets or public land.
e. Any trade or activity involving any kind of obnoxious, hazardous, inflammable, non-
compatible and polluting substance or process shall not be permitted.

f. Applicable charges shall be as under:

• All premises with non-residential activities shall be required to declare such
Mixed Use to the concerned local body and pay necessary charges as per the
process notified by the competent authority.
• All premises with non-residential activities shall be liable for payment of
applicable Mixed Use charges to the concerned local body as per the rates notified
by the competent authority, for the period during which the property is used for
non-residential activities.
• The allottee / owner shall obtain pay all necessary fees or charges before using
the premise for any non-residential activity.
• The local body concerned shall be responsible for the conduct of test check of
properties under mix use, whether registered with it or not.
• In addition to other penal action available under the relevant act, properties found
to be under mix use, without registration or in violation of the terms of this
notification shall be liable to pay, to the local body, a penalty as prescribed by the
competent authority from time to time.

22.18 Green Blue Factor (GBF)

Computation of GBF shall be done at the plot level and the same shall be integrated as a
condition for all building and layout sanction. The factors and methodology to be used for GBF
computation are as follows:
GBF is the ratio of the sum of area under different types of blue/green elements (as
identified above) against their respective factor to the total plot area:

Table 22. 88 GBF Calculator

S. No. Type of Blue/green element (X) Factor

1 Impervious surface (including paved areas, black top driveways and internal 0
streets, roof surface without green roof)
2 Chlorinated water feature (e.g. swimming pool) 0.2
3 Green Wall (supported vertical systems for plants on external wall surfaces) 0.2
4 Pervious surface with water absorbent tiles 0.3
5 Pervious surface with manicured lawn and/or Greenhouse 0.5
6 Green Roof (minimum 70% area covered with plantation and shrubs) 0.6
7 Pervious surface with natural grass/ground and vegetation (including urban 0.8
agriculture)
8 Area under tree cover (canopy density 10-40%) 0.9
9 Area under dense tree cover (canopy density 40% or more) 1

275
S. No. Type of Blue/green element (X) Factor
10 Open water body with non-lined bottom (non-chlorinated) 1
GBF for a plot shall be calculated using the following formula:
GBF = {(Area under element X corresponding factor) +... (Area under
element nX corresponding factor)}/ Total plot area

22.19 Transfer of Development Right (TDR)

Transferable Development Right (TDR) means the FAR provided in exchange of unutilized
development rights on specific sites as permitted by the master plan. TDR can be utilized only in
TDR receiving areas identified by the Plan.

TDR shall only be awarded where land/development right is forfeited for a public purpose such
as provision of essential infrastructure, regeneration of historical areas, housing for urban poor,
etc.

TDR shall be awarded in the form of a TDR Certificate. TDR Certificate shall be issued by Delhi
Development Authority as per regulations for the same. Regulations detailing out the process of
implementation of TDR shall be prepared by DDA within 6 months of the notification of this Plan.

TDR Certificate shall provide development rights only within the NCT of Delhi.
TDR Certificate will be valid in perpetuity and the owner can use it at any time or transfer it to
any other person or entity as per the regulations.

Multiple transactions are permitted on the TDR Certificate till the total value of TDR issued has
been utilised. Once the TDR is completely expended, the TDR Certificate becomes null and void.
A dedicated online portal for all matters pertaining to demarcating TDR generating and
receiving areas, TDR issuance, tracking TDR utilization shall be set up.

Computation of TDR for utilisation: The value of TDR for utilisation shall vary according to the
variation in land values across the city. The following formula shall apply to rationalise the
variation and compute the value of TDR to be utilised at the receiving site:
Table 22. 89 TDR

TDR value on the receiving site =(Rg/Rr) x Y

Where,
Rg = Land rate in rupees per sq.m. as per the circle rate of generating site in the year
when TDR Certificate is issued.
Rr = Land Rate in rupees per sq.m. as per the circle rate of the receiving site of the same
year for which Rg has been considered
Y = Unutilized FAR (can be whole or part of the TDR value in the Certificate)

Other conditions for TDR utilisation:

i. TDR shall be utilised only within TDR Receiving Areas, demarcated and notified by DDA
ii. TDR shall be utilised to build over and above the permissible FAR on a receiving
site/plot.
iii. A plot shall be eligible to utilise TDR only if at least 50% of the area is within the notified
TDR Receiving Area.

276
Following are the identified TDR Receiving Areas and associated conditions for TDR
utilisation.
TDR Receiving Area in land pooling zones: 500m corridor on either side of the urban extension
roads (UERs) only applicable in area notified under land pooling. (ref: DEV1)

i. Only plots of minimum 3000 sq.m., with direct access from minimum 18m RoW are
eligible to receive TDR. Plotted housing shall not be eligible to receive TDR.
ii. TDR may be utilised up to a maximum of 10% of the permissible FAR for the same land
use permissible on the plot.
iii. On VM plots, TDR can be utilised as FAR for any land use after rationalisation. It shall not
be linked to the land use of the receiving plot and can be utilised as residential,
commercial, PSP or industrial FAR, provided the maximum FAR limit is not exceeded, and
compatible uses are ensured on the plot.
iv. Only 10% increase shall be permitted on the extent of FAR calculated for each land use
at sector level, for utilisation of TDR.
v. TDR Receiving Area in notified TOD Nodes and Business Promotion Districts:
vi. Only plots having direct access from minimum 30m RoW, coming up as TOD Schemes or
Regeneration Schemes of minimum 1 ha area shall be eligible to receive TDR.
vii. Maximum TDR shall be 10% of the permissible FAR. Total FAR including TDR on a plot
shall not exceed 500.
viii. TDR on such Schemes can be utilised for Commercial, PSP and Industrial uses.

22.20 Norms for Vertical Mixing

i. Compatible uses shall be permitted to be developed as part of the same
building/structure on a plot.
ii. Separate entry/exits and service cores shall be provided for each use.
iii. Public uses such as facilities, commerce, schools, etc. Shall be located on the lower floors
with direct access from the ground level.
iv. Vertical Mixing of hospitals, health care facility, university campuses, utilities, fuel
stations, parks and correction/ penal facilities of any kind shall not be permitted. Local
medical facilities shall be permitted as part of vertical mixing.
v. Mixing shall only be permitted for compatible uses as follows:
a. Only non-manufacturing industries like service industry (IT/ITES, BPO/KPO,etc.),
packaging and logistics, and non-polluting MSME units can be combined with PSP.
b. Schools can only be combined with residential use premises. Other educational
institutions can be combined with clean industries such as those mentioned
above.

--- x --- x ---- x --- x --- x ---

277
 List of Abbreviations
A
AI - Artificial Intelligence
AAI- Airport Authority of India
APRH - Affordable Public Rental Housing
ASI - Archaeological Survey of India
ATA - Active Travel Area
AQI - Air Quality Index

B
B&B – Bed and Breakfast
BBMB - Bhakra Beas Management Board
BEE- Bureau of Energy Efficiency
BFSI - Banking, Financial Services and Insurance
BID - Business Improvement District
BIS - Bureau of Indian Standards
BPD - Business Promotion District
BRT - Bus Rapid Transit
BUA - Built-up Area

C
CBD - Central Business District
CHBS - Cooperative Housing Building Societies
CBO - Community-Based Organization
CBWTFs - Common Bio-Medical Waste Treatment Facilities
CC - Community Centre
CCTV - Closed-Circuit Television
C&D wastes - Construction and Demolition Wastes
CETP - Common Effluent Treatment Plant
CGWB - Central Ground Water Board
CMP - Comprehensive Mobility Plan
CNG - Compressed Natural Gas
CNCR - Central National Capital Region
CP - Connaught Place
CPCB - Central Pollution Control Board
CPHEEO- Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
CPWD – Central Public Works Department
CRMP - Cultural Resource Management Plan
CSC - Convenience Shopping Centre
CSP- Community Service Personnel
CSO – Civil Society Organization
CSR - Corporate Social Responsibility
CVs - Commercial Vehicles
D
DC - District Centres
DE- Developer Entity
DCN- Development Control Norms
DCR - Development Control Regulations
DDA - Delhi Development Authority
DDMA- Delhi Disaster Management Authority
DE - Developer Entity
DFC - Dedicated Freight Corridor
DFS- Delhi Fire Service
DDMA- Delhi Disaster Management Authority
DMRC- Delhi Metro Rail Corporation
DIMTS - Delhi Integrated Multi-Modal Transit System
DISCOM - Distribution Company
DJB - Delhi Jal Board
DMA - District Metered Area
DMC - Delhi Municipal Corporation
DMIC - Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor
DMRC - Delhi Metro Rail Corporation
DOMC - Delhi One-Mobility Commission
DPCC - Delhi Pollution Control Committee
DPGS - Delhi Parks & Gardens Society
DRU - Disaster Response Unit
DSA - Data Sharing Agreement
DSIIDC - Delhi State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation
DTC - Delhi Transport Corporation
DTIDC - Delhi Transport Infrastructure Development Corporation
DU - Dwelling Unit
DUAC - Delhi Urban Art Commission
DUHF - Delhi Urban Heritage Foundation
DUSIB – Delhi Urban Shelter Improvement Board
DVC - Damodar Valley Corporation

E
ECS - Equivalent Car Space
ECBC- Energy Conservation Building Code
ECS - Equivalent Car Space
EDC - External Development Charges
EDMC - East Delhi Municipal Corporation
EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment
EoDB – Ease of Doing Business
ESZ - Eco-Sensitive Zones
ESS- Electric Sub Station
EWS- Economically Weaker Section
EV - Electric Vehicle
EWS - Economically Weaker Section
F
FAR - Floor Area Ratio
FDI - Foreign Direct Investment
FOBs - Foot Over Bridges
FTTH - Fibre-to-the-Home

G
GBF - Green-Blue Factor
GDA - Green Development Area
GDP - Gross Domestic Product
GER - Gross Enrolment Rate
GHG - Greenhouse Gas
GIS - Geographic Information System
GNCTD - Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi
GPCD - Gallons Per Capita per Day
GPRA - General Pool Residential Accommodation
GRIHA - Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment
GSM - Global System for Mobile Communication
GVA - Gross Value Added

H
HCC - Heritage Conservation Committee
HCV - Heavy Commercial Vehicle
HDI - Human Development Index
HH - Household
HT - High Tension

I
ICD - Inland Container Depot
ICT - Information and Communication Technology
ICV - Intermediate Commercial Vehicle
IEC- Information Education and Communication
I&FC - Irrigation and Flood Control Department
IFC - Integrated Freight Complex
IGP - Integrated GDA Plan
IGBC- Indian Green Building Council
IIA - Industrial Improvement Area
INTACH - Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage
IPT - Intermediate Public Transport
IRC - Indian Road Congress
ISBT - Inter State Bus Terminal
IT - Information Technology
ISBT- Inter State Bus Terminal

ITES - Information Technology Enabled Services

ITI - Industrial Training Institute
ITMS - Intelligent Transport Management System

J
JJ clusters - Jhuggi Jhopri clusters

K
KBI – Knowledge Based Industries
KPI - Key Performance Indicator

L
LBZ - Lutyens Bungalow Zone
LCA - Life Cycle Analysis
LCV - Light Commercial Vehicle
LDC - Liveable Delhi Committee
L&DO - Land and Development Office
LDRA - Low-Density Residential Area
LDRP - Low-Density Residential Plot
LEED- Leadership in Energy and Environment Design
LIG - Low Income Group
LoS - Level of Service
LPCD - Litre Per Capita per Day
LPG - Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LPR - Labour Participation Rate
LRT - Light Rail Transit
LSC - Local Shopping Centre

M
MCC - Metropolitan City Centre
MCD - Municipal Corporation of Delhi
MCV - Medium Commercial Vehicle
MDR - Mobility Data Repository
M&E - Monitoring & Evaluation
MOEF& CC- Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate Change
MES - Military Engineer Services
MFA - Material Flow Analysis
MGD - Millions of Gallons per Day
MICE - Meetings, Incentives, Conferences & Exhibitions
MIG – Medium Income Group
MLCP - Multi-Level Car Parking
MMI - Multi-Modal Integration
MMSCMD - Million Metric Standard Cubic Meter Per Day
MMTH - Multi-modal Transport Hub
MoHUA - Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs
MPD - Master Plan Delhi
MRF - Material Recovery Facilities
MRTS - Mass Rapid Transit System
MSME - Micro Small Medium Enterprise
MSW - Municipal Solid Waste
MTA - Market Traders Association
MTNL - Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited
MU - Mega Unit
MUZ - Multi-Utility Zone
MW - Megawatt
M&WC - Medicine & Walk-in Clinic

N
NBC- National Building Code
NCR - National Capital Region
NCRPB - National Capital Region Planning Board
NCTD - National Capital Territory of Delhi
NCZ – Natural Conservation Zones
NDMC - New Delhi Municipal Corporation
NFHS - National Family Health Survey
NGO - Non-Governmental Organization
NHAI - National Highways Authority of India
NHC - Non-Hierarchical Commercial Centres
NHCC - Non-Hierarchical Commercial Centre
NMA- National Monument Authority
NMT - Non-Motorized Transport
NMV - Non-Motorized Vehicle
NOC - No Objection Certificate
NR- No Restriction
NREP - National Resource Efficiency Policy
NRW - Non-Revenue Water
NTE - Night Time Economy

O
O-D - Origin Destination
O&M - Operations & Maintenance

P
PBS - Public Bicycle Share
PDS - Public Distribution System
PHPDT - Peak Hour Peak Direction Traffic
PIS - Passenger Information System
PLFS - Periodic Labour Force Survey
PM - Particulate Matter
PMD - Parking Management District
PMDMU - Plan Monitoring and Database Management Unit
PMDP - Parking Management District Plan
PMKVY - Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana
PM-UDAY - Pradhan Mantri Unauthorised Colonies in Delhi Awas Adhikar Yojana
PMV - Personal Motor Vehicle
POPS - Privately-Owned Public Spaces
PPP - Public Private Partnership
PSP - Public & Semi-Public
PT - Public Transport
PTAL - Public Transport Accessibility Levels
PUHC - Primary Urban Health Centre
PVs- Passenger Vehicles
PwD - Persons with Disabilities
CPWD - Central Public Works Department

R
R&D - Research and development
RFID - Radio Frequency Identification
RoW - Right of Way
ROB - Road Over Bridge
RUB - Railway Under Bridge
RRTS - Regional Rail Transportation System
RRTS - Regional Rapid Transit System
RTVs - Rapid Transit Vehicles
RWA - Resident Welfare Association

S
SCADA - Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SDC - Sustainable Delhi Committee
SDG - Sustainable Development Goals
SDMC - South Delhi Municipal Corporation
SEZ - Special Economic Zone
SMEs - Small and Medium-sized Enterprises
SPAs - Service Providing Agencies
SPV - Special Purpose Vehicle
SRDC - Shahjahanabad Redevelopment Corporation
SRS - Sample Registration System
STP - Sewerage Treatment Plant
SUS - Sustainable Urban Services
SWM - Solid Waste Management
SWOT - Strengths Weaknesses Opportunities and Threats

T
TDR - Transferable Development Rights
TERI - The Energy and Resource Institute

TOD - Transit-Oriented Development

ToR - Terms of Reference
TPD - Tonnes Per Day

U
UBBL - Unified Building Bye Laws
UCs - Unauthorized Colonies
UERs - Urban Extension Roads
UGR - Under Ground Reservoir
ULB - Urban Local Body
UMTA - Unified Metropolitan Transportation Authority
URDPFI - Urban and Regional Development Plans Formulation and Implementation
UT - Union Territory
UTF - Urban Transport Fund
UTTIPEC - Unified Traffic and Transportation Infrastructure (Planning & Engineering) Centre

V
VDC - Vibrant Delhi Committee
VGF - Viability Gap Funding

W
2Ws - Two wheelers
3Ws - Three wheelers
4Ws - Four wheelers / PV(cars)
WHO - World Health Organization
WSUD - Water Sensitive Urban Design
WTP - Water Treatment Plant

Z
ZDP - Zonal Development Plan
Z-farming - Zero Acreage farming
ZWLs - Zero Waste Localities
 Definitions
A
Active frontage
A street stretches where there is an active engagement through visual / physical permeability between
the street and the building. In active frontage the front façade of buildings open towards the streets and
accommodates public activity suc as retail or recreational activities. It enhances pedestrian activities and
passive surveillance on the public street.

Active travel
A mode of transport which involves physical activity such as walking and cycling to get from one
destination to another.

Active Travel Area (ATA)

A precinct/area identified , to promote Active Travel by improving the density of NMT streets and/or
retrofitting the existing network in that area.

Adaptive reuse
It is the process of reusing a listed existing building, to accommodate permissible and compatible uses .
With adaptive reuse in historic buildings, continuation of the aesthetic and historic values along with
prolonged useful life can be achieved. The re-use and permissible alterations of building shall be as per
the grade provisions given in UBBL 2016.

Affordable rental dwelling units

Tenure-based residential units comprising of affordable rental dwelling units and dormitories with initial
rents as prescribed by the Government.

All-abilities Park
Park designed with recreational facilities/activities making them inclusive for users of all abilities and age
groups.

Amenities FAR
Amenities FAR is an incentive FAR (over and above permissible FAR) for provisioning additional social
amenities in unplanned areas as part of the regeneration process.

Archaeological Park
A spatially contiguous area that combines assets of heritage value with ecological assets. Such parks
have the potential to become an interpretative and educational resource for the public in addition to the
value as a tourist attraction.
Assisted purchase units
Tenure-based residential dwelling units comprising of rent-to-own model units where tenants will
mandatorily set aside annual lump sum amounts with the option of purchasing the unit at the end of a
pre-specified period.

B
Bio-drainage
Bio-drainage or biological drainage is the removal of excess soil water by plants through
evapotranspiration, which depends upon the plant species, plantation density, depth to water table and
climate.

Bio-swale
A green infrastructure facility designed as a vegetated, shallow, landscaped depression to capture, treat,
and infiltrate stormwater runoff as it moves downstream.

Blue assets
Ecological features like river Yamuna and wetlands, ponds, lakes, natural drains and man-made features
like canals, baolis, wells, etc.

Brownfield area
The existing built-up area of the city.

Business Promotion Districts (BPDs)

BPDs include specific existing Industrial Areas, District Centres and Institutional Areas etc. as identified
in the Plan

C
Canopy density
The proportion of an area that is covered by the crown of trees and is expressed in percentage of the
total area.

Carriageway
A space reserved for movement of motorized and non- motorized vehicles.

Circular economy
An economic model in which resources are kept in use for as long as possible in order to maximize value
and reduce waste. It is an alternative to the traditional linear economic model of ‘make, use, dispose’ and
includes recycling and repair economies, wastewater reuse, recycled C&D waste products and
construction materials (like fly ash bricks, reclaimed asphalt pavement etc.), recycling of faecal sludge,
etc.

City level circuits

Public space networks for fostering a safe and vibrant civic society/societal behavior public realm
supported with improved public amenities/facilities for facilitating cultural and/or creative economies, at
times coupled with for introduction of themed events, etc

Clean economies /industry

 Non-polluting and environment-friendly economies/industries such as knowledge and cyber economies,
cultural and creative economies, green economies, circular economy etc. which has low impact on the
quality of air and water, manages waste and reduces its generation, as well as minimizes chemical risks.

Commercial Centers
These are the major business trade & commerce & shopping centres that serve as the multi modal
activities. It includes Metropolitan City Centre, District Centre, Community Centre, Local Shopping Centre,
Convenience Shopping Centre and Non-Hierarchical Commercial Centre, Wholesale andWarehousing.

Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP)

A Plan presents a long-term vision of desirable mobility patterns (people and goods) for a city and
provides strategy and policy measures to achieve this vision.

Congestion pricing
The charge applied to vehicles entering a defined area of the city so as to reduce the number of vehicles
and level of congestion in those areas.

Consortium
A duly registered association having rights, duties & obligations in accordance with the law, consisting of
multiple landowners/Developer Entities who have come together to pool land for development as per
prescribed norms and guidelines.

Conversion charges
These are the charges prescribed by the Government from time to time & payable wherever use of the
land / activity is changed, other than the license fee permitted as per law.

Complete Streets
Streets designed and operated such that they prioritize pedestrian and cyclists over other users, and
enable safe mobility for all users, including people of all ages and abilities.

Cultural and Creative Economies

Economy based on industries such as tourism, design and fashion, publishing, F&B, media,
visual/performing arts, etc.

Cultural hotspots
Places of intense public activity, attracting locals as well as tourists due to the identity of the place, or
historic, cultural or any other significance.

Cultural Precincts
A concentration of fragmented and non-contiguous heritage sites and/or buildings of socio-cultural
importance within an area, connected to each other by streets or street networks to form a cohesive
cultural hotspot.

Cultural Resource Management Plan (CRMP)

It is a plan to be prepared for each cultural precinct, incorporating urban design and built form controls.

Cycling Highways
Dedicated cycling corridors identified and developed with all necessary infrastructure to facilitate long
distance active travel.

D
Developer Entity (DE)
An individual land/property owner or a group of land/property owners who have pooled one or more
parcels of land for taking up development/ regeneration.

E
Eco-cultural assets
Features where both ecological and cultural aspects of a landscape are combined together, such as
protected monuments and heritage buildings with open greens, gardens, constructed water systems like
tanks, stepwells (baolis) etc.

Economy Routes
Dedicated high frequency low-fare mass transit routes in the city.

Encumbrance
Any legal or physical impediment that can adversely impact the transferability of the property and
restrict its free use until the encumbrance is removed.

Evacuation spaces
Open to sky areas where people can gather at the time of an event such as fire, earthquake etc. These
can be parks, multi-purpose grounds, other open spaces etc. that are easily accessible by residents.

Economically Weaker Section (EWS)

EWS households are defined as households having an annual income for qualifying into the Category, as
may be prescribed by the Government from time to time.

Express Routes
Route connecting high footfall mass transit stations/destinations such that the number of stops /halt
stations during the journey are minimized and the travel time is optimized. Refer MOB2, clause 4.4

External Development Charges (EDC)

The charges to be paid by DE/Consortium towards the cost of constructing, laying and installing the
trunk public infrastructure and services, including inter-alia roads, water supply, sewerage and drainage
systems, electricity supply, greens etc.

F
First mile connectivity
First mile connectivity refers to getting people from origin of a trip to any public transportation hub like
a railway station, bus stand/depot or metro station etc.

Flood Detention Sinks/retention sinks

Storm water management practice used to retain/store flood water. Detention sinks can be used to
attenuate and treat surface water runoff from roads or other impermeable surfaces. They are designed
for areas in which storm runoff needs to be contained for a period of time to allow solids to settle and for
downstream peak flow to be reduced.

G
Green assets
Ecological features like forests, orchards, riverside development, planned parks, trees and landscaped
areas, recreational greens, green belts, gardens and green roofs in built fabric, etc.

Green-Blue Factor (GBF)

It is a factor used for calculating a combination various green - blue features at the plot level i.e. roof
gardens, terrace gardens on intermediate floors, green walls, landscaped and/ or pervious ground areas
etc.). .

Green-Blue Infrastructure
The interconnected network of multi-scalar and multi-functional Green and Blue Assets that may be
natural or form a part of designed landscapes/urban design. The concept refers to urban planning where
water bodies and land are interdependent, and grow with the help of each other while offering
environmental and social benefits

Green building
A building that, in its design, construction and operation, reduces or eliminates negative impacts, and
create positive impacts, on the climate and natural environment and preserves natural resources.

Green campus
A campus designed with low carbon footprint and net zero energy. Such sites have very high proportion
of greens and open spaces while employing sustainable and eco-friendly practices at all stages of the
building’s lifecycle.

Green cess
Tariff levied by the development authority and local bodies, creating as a separate Green Fund used for
promoting various environment-related works and interventions in the city.

Green corridors
Continuous green and open space existing / proposed along natural drains, water bodies that may include
scrub lands, buffers, floodplains, to create a city-wide network of green-blue assets

Green cover
The total area under vegetation across the city that includes publicly accessible and publicly managed
green space, non-accessible green spaces, privately owned vegetated land (including farmland, private
gardens) and the area of vegetated cover on buildings (green roofs, terrace gardens, etc.)

Green Development Area (GDA)

Area earmarked for development characterized by low density and low building foot print with large
wooded and landscaped areas as per the Green Development Area Policy.

Green economies
Economies that allow reduced carbon emissions and pollution, enhanced energy and resource efficiency,
and prevention of the loss of biodiversity and ecosystem services. Examples include urban farming,
horticulture, solar farms, theme parks, etc.

Greenfield area
The new areas available for development of urban uses within a city, typically on large vacant lands for
new development.

Green fuel
Green fuel or bio fuel is a hydrocarbon that is made by or from a living organism that can be used to
generate energy.

Green fund
A fund dedicated for activities/initiative pertaining to protection and enhancement of green-blue assets.

Greenways
Greenways are multifunctional linear landscapes that provide a range of socio-ecological benefits. When
created along natural drains and rivers, these offer great potential to be developed as city level dedicated
corridors for pedestrians and cyclists. Such greenways can serve the twin functions as safe spaces for
leisurely walking, family picnics, cycling etc. as well as provide connection to a Strategic Active Corridors
in the vicinity.

Gross Residential Use

A Residential neighborhood consisting of parks, Local shopping centre, schools, dispensary, religious
building, utilities and other facilities required for the population at the local level.

H
Heritage assets
Heritage Assets includes both tangible (movable and immovable heritage properties such as paintings,
sculptures, manuscripts etc and monuments, heritage buildings, sites, places, streets, areas, gardens,
landscapes etc.) and intangible elements (practices, knowledge, skills, living expressions and traditions
such as festivals, art forms & folk culture, cuisine, dance & drama etc.) of heritage value.

Heritage building
Any iconic / histrocally important building identified, listed and notified by concerned agency and
urban local bodies. Currently, there are 1459 notified heritage buildings within Delhi.

Heritage TDR
Compensation awarded in the form of FAR to the land / property owner for reduction/loss of
development rights against his land due to protection of a heritage building / site.

Heritage precincts It is an area identified by concerned agency that requires conservation and/or
preservation for historical and/ or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental
and/or ecological purpose.

Heritage Zone
A large contiguous area of historic importance with characteristics such as unique built fabric,
concentration of tangible and intangible heritage assets, associated with a particular dynasty / era or
architectural style etc.

Household industries (HHI)

A non polluting, non-obnoxious industrial unit allowed in all residential areas (except the ‘No Industrial
Activity Zones’) with certain conditions.

I
Influence Zone Plan (IZP)
An integrated plan prepared for the delineated TOD Planning Area of a TOD Node, that includes various
area improvement works such as road widening, upgrading public streets multi-utility zones, and facilities
for IPT, pedestrian and NMT, multi-modal integration, provision of public parking, urban furniture,
signage, public conveniences, street vending zones etc.

Integrated GDA Plan (IGP)

A broad structure plan for the identified area in Green Development Area (GDA).

Interactive zone
Specific areas and trails identified within natural and heritage assets, where full or regulated public access
may be permitted with provision of adequate amenities (toilets, drinking water fountains, resting places,
visitor information centres etc.) for the purpose of recreation.

Intermediate Public Transport (IPT)

Intermediate Public Transports (IPTs) comprise of on-demand modes of transport (taxis, auto-rickshaws
etc.) with no fixed route.

K
Knowledge Based Industry/ cyber economies
Industry that is based on intensive use of technology and measures of research and development and
knowledge inputs. For example, firms involved in pharmaceuticals, health biotech, telecommunications,
information technology, software, avionics, cyber economies, high-tech robotics and electronics,
knowledge and innovation, research and development, etc.

L
Land Pooling
The legal consolidation of land parcels for utilization as per Land Policy and the Regulations for
Operationalization of Land Pooling Policy.

Last mile connectivity

It refers to the trip from origin to transit system or transit system to destination such as people going
from a transportation hub like a railway station, bus depot or metro station to their final destination or
vice - versa.

Low-carbon technology
It is a method to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and to prevent global warming.
Low-carbon technology generalizes all the means and methods for low-carbon or carbon-free. It suits
the need of adapting to a low-carbon economy,

M
Mandatory Wooded Area
The natural tree covered area (including natural unlined water bodies) to be maintained as part of Green
Development Schemes. The trees shall have a canopy density of 70% or more and shall be of species that
require less water and/or are effective for pollution control as recommended by the Competent Authority

Master Regeneration Plan

It is a plan to be prepared by the various agencies for the large existing developed areas in order to
enhance the present circulation network and create smaller pockets/blocks for undertaking regeneration.

Micro-mobility
Green-mobility options that promote active travel such as battery-operated cycles, e-bikes etc.

Minimum Waste Locality (MWL)

Locality (residential area, housing society, colony, apartment, market etc.) where all the wet municipal
solid waste is managed within its boundaries through eco-friendly solutions such as composting and bio-
methanation etc.

Miyawaki forest
A dense, multilayered urban forest created by an afforestation technique that involves planting numerous
native species in the given area. It can play a major role in ecosystem restoration, controlling pollution,
mitigating urban heat island effects and supporting local wildlife.

Multi-facility plots
A plot where various local facilities are proposed to be developed in a composite manor in one or more
building within the same plot.

Multi-Modal Integration (MMI)

Integration of rail and road-based systems which may include metro, rail/ rapid rail, bus/ BRTS and
intermediate public transport (IPT) including feeder services, taxis, auto-rickshaws and private modes
including non-motorised transport (NMT) such as cycle-rickshaws, bicycle, pedestrian, etc.

Multi-Modal Transport Hub (MMTH)

A transit node having multiple modes located at one place such as railway stations, ISBTs, RRTS stations
and metro stations etc.

Multi-Utility Zone (MUZ)

An element on urban streets as a dedicated space between footpath/cycle track and motor vehicle lane,
having space provisions for any or all of the following functions within them: tree plantation, auto/cycle-
rickshaw stands, hawker zones, parking, street furniture, bus stops, public toilets, information kiosks,
traffic police booths and underground and overhead utility services like electricity, water, fire hydrants,
telephone, gas etc.

N
Natural assets
Natural ecological features like forests, ridge, river, streams, drains, lakes, ponds and wetlands, etc.
wetlands, etc.

Nightlife circuits
Public space networks promoting an active night life by improving safety, reducing congestion by
staggering activities, utilising spaces for different activities optimally, and improving productivity for
formal as well as informal economic activities and creating night economies.

Night shelter
A premise having the facility for providing night accommodation to individuals without any charges or
with token charges. It may be run by local government or voluntary agencies.

Night Time Economy (NTE)

Various economic activities providing alternative time and space for continuing work and production in
the city and the areas that remain open for cultural activity and entertainment to attract tourists and
locals at night time.

NMV / Cycle Track

A reserved space for movement of non-motorized vehicles like cycle, cycle rickshaws and hand pull carts.

Non-motorized transport (NMT)

Active transport that includes walking, cycling and other forms of mobility that are powered by humans
(cycle-rickshaws, handcarts etc.).

O
On-street parking
Authorized parking that takes place within public Rights of Way (RoW).

Off-street parking
Authorized parking that takes place in a built structure (underground, at ground level or above ground
level) or may be out in the open as surface parking. It is entered via a driveway (making barrier-based
payment systems feasible).

P
Parking Management Area (PMA)
An area delineated to parking related interventions such as managing demand, increasing supply,
regulating available parking and reducing parking related externalities.

Parking Management Area Plan (PMAP)

Plans prepared for designated Parking Management Area (PMAs) including specifics of parking
management, use of existing parking spaces, parking charges, congestion pricing, ITS application, and
enforcement of the plan.

Play streets
Low-volume, local streets temporarily closed to traffic for a specific duration for the purpose of play and
recreation.

Privately-owned public spaces (POPS)

Spaces that are private property and are maintained by the owner/developer, but provide open public
access during regulated hours at ground or elevated levels within buildings.

Private parking
Parking which is reserved for specific groups of users, such as residents or tenants.

Public art
Site specific artwork created to enhance and animate publicly accessible spaces through artistic
interpretations that range from individual sculpture to integrated architectural and landscape features
and treatments.

Public Plazas:
Plazas ranging from neighbourhood chowks and nukkads to institutional forecourts, city squares and
piazzas, and forming important pause points along movement networks.

Public realm
An essential urban common, comprised of shared public areas in a city that belong to everyone and are
accessible to all such as streets, public and private plazas, parks and open spaces, etc.

Public space
An area or place that is open and accessible to all people, regardless of gender, ethnicity, age or socio-
economic level. These include public gathering spaces (plazas, squares, parks) as well as connecting
spaces (streets, subways). The a number of public spaces of cultural, social and economic significance are
added in the form of activity nodes and networks adding to a vibrant public life .

Public waterfronts
Public spaces designed alongside water bodies in areas that were previously neglected, such as the
Yamuna floodplains, buffers of drains and water bodies etc.

Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL)

A detailed and accurate measure of the accessibility of an area to the public transport network (including
all public transport modes, IPTs, etc.), taking into account walk access time and service availability.

Public parking
Parking which is open to the general public for casual short term parking use.
R
Regeneration
A flexible framework that allows the option of using a mix of instruments for development of an area,
namely, retrofitting, reconstruction or full/partial redevelopment, provided requirements of , sustainable
services, structural safety and improved walkability are met.

Refuge spots
Any spaces within neighbourhood identified by RWAs/ local bodies to provide alternate locations for
healthy/unwell residents at the time of contagious disease outbreaks. Such spots may be in the
community centre, multi-facility centre or any other publicly accessible facility.

Rental housing
Residential properties having number of DU’s and/ or dormitory, exclusively available for rent to the
prospective tenant through a formal mechanism like agreement or any such undertaking

Retrofitting
The addition of new technology or features to an existing structure to reduce or eliminate the possibility
of damage to that structure from flooding, erosion, high winds, earthquakes, or other hazards.

Right of Way (RoW)

A reserved space for movement of all modes of traffic which includes pedestrian, cycles, cycle rickshaws,
buses, cars, scooter, taxis, autorickshaws, etc. Space for services, underground/ overground utilities,
public conveniences and amenities, vendors drinking water kiosks, etc, is planned and reserved within the
ROW, without encroaching on walking space or motor vehicle movement space.

Sector
An area delineated in the Zonal Development Plan (ZDP) bounded by existing or proposed roads or
physical features such as high tensions lines, railway lines, drains etc. having an area of........... hec .

Service markets
An area or market having shops for fruits and vegetables, service and repair, junk and scrap materials
(kabari), hardware and building materials, automobile repair workshops, etc. Refer ECO1, clause 3.6

Service Providing Agency

An agency responsible for providing services such as water supply, sewerage disposal, electricity supply,
construction of roads, communication and other distributive services etc .

Single Window System

An ease of doing business measure developed as a single online platform for receiving applications,
verifications, approvals, grievances etc., to manage the implementation of a particular policy/ scheme in
a time bound manner

Shared mobility
Shared mobility refers to all modes of transport that are not privately-owned. Most of these modes have
fixed-route and fixed-price and fixed-schedule (such as buses, metros, etc.). It also includes all demand-
based modes that provide first- and last-mile connectivity (shared autos, rickshaws, cabs, etc.)

Small format housing

Housing units with size ranging from 40 - 60 sq.m.

Solar Farms
Solar farms or solar fields are large scale solar installations where photovoltaic panels (solar panels) are
used to harvest the sun’s energy. .

Special abilities parks

Parks designed for play and recreational activities of users (especially elderly, toddlers and infants with
caregivers) with disabilities and special needs.

Special Area
An area with special characteristics designated as such in the Plan for development / redevelopment.

Strategic Active Travel Corridors

Certain identified routes with existing or anticipated high share of cyclists and pedestrians and
connecting different activity centers.

T
Tactical urbanism
Tactical Urbanism or pop-up urbanism is a measure for temporarily retrofitting a street section to
priorities pedestrian and NMT movement by reserving lanes, pedestrianizing street stretches, etc. 1

Transit-Oriented Development (TOD)

A compact development around a high-capacity transit node with high density, mixed use and design
oriented towards walkable and cycleable neighborhood, by maximizing land potential.

TOD Nodes
A mass transit station selected & notified for intense development notified by DDA. The provisions of
TOD (Transit Oriented Development) Policy shall only be applicable in the Influence Zones of such
identified TOD Nodes.

TOD Planning Area

An area of 500 to 800 m radius around transit stations .

TOD Scheme
A development proposal for an area falling within TOD node and fulfilling all eligibility criteria as
specified in the TOD Policy.

Transit hotspots
Transit nodes developed as hubs of mix use and public activity.
Tree directory
A database of the tree species in a particular area, with identified unique trees/ tree clusters like tree
corridors or precincts, heritage trees, precincts with high carbon storage and sequestration rates, etc.,

U
Unauthorized colonies (UCs)
Colonies/ comprising of contiguous area, developed without considering planning principles and
approval of layout plans , building plan from concerned agencies .

Urban farming
The practice of growing, processing, and distributing food and other products through plant cultivation
or animal husbandry, aquaculture and urban beekeeping in and around cities for local population needs.

Urban Woodlands
Areas within protected forests that are developedto provide people access to a variety of flora, fauna
and natural environment.

Use Premises
A Specific plot or one of the many sub divisions of a Use Zone, designated in an approved layout plan,
for a specific Use. Land use of a premise has to be determined on the basis of the Master Plan .

Use Zone
An area for any one of the Specified Use Category of the urban functions as provided in the Master Plan.

V
Vertical mixing of uses
Provisioning of mixing of identified use premises in restricted conditions vertically in a plot.

W
Walkability
Walkability is a measure of the extent to which an area is walkable according to various features of the
built environment (barrier free, safe, well-lit, comfortable etc.) and Ped-Shed of the area under
consideration.

Walk Plan
A plan prepared for stretches of at least 400-500m (5-10 minutes walking distance) around any specific
destination node with provision of pedestrian and cycling infrastructure. Actual delineation of area under
a Walk Plan shall be based on ped-sheds and/or desire lines.

Water Sensitive Urban Design (WSUD)

An approach which integrates urban planning with the management, protection and conservation of the
urban water cycle (including water supply, wastewater, stormwater and groundwater management) such
that the urban water management is sensitive to natural hydrological and ecological processes.

Worker housing
Worker housing means property used temporarily or seasonally for the residential use of a person who
is employed to do any highly skilled, skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled, manual, technical or clerical work,
but does not include any such person who is employed mainly in a managerial or supervisory or
administrative capacity. This housing may either be on- or off-site, and may consist of either dwelling unit
or dormitory typology. Worker housing sites shall consist of adequate water supply and sanitation facilities
and other amenities like emergency medical aid, creche, etc.

Z
Z-farming
Z-farming or zero-acreage farming is a form of agriculture where separate land is not required for such
activity. It utilizes otherwise unused, non-conventional spaces like rooftops, indoors, vertical spaces within
buildings, etc.

Zonal Development Plan

A plan for one of the zones (divisions) of the National Capital Territory of Delhi containing detailed
information regarding provision of social infrastructure, parks and open spaces, circulation system, etc.
 Annexures

Annexure 1: Prohibited / Negative List of Industries

Industries manufacturing the following shall be prohibited within National Capital Territory of Delhi.
2[However, Environment Department, GNCTD in consultation with Industries department, GNCTD shall
take the final decisions to ascertain a particular activity/Industry/ factory to fall under the said list as per
the parameters/ norms set by the CPCB and adopted by the DPCC.]

1. Arc / Induction Furnace

2. Acids
3. Alkalis
4. Animal & fish oils
5. Aldehydes
6. Acid slurry
7. Acetylides, phridines, iodoform, chloroform, E-nepthol, etc.
8. Ammonium sulphoajanide, arsenic and its compounds, barium carbonate, barium cyanide, barium
ethylesulphate, barium acetate cinnabar, copper sulphocyanide, ferrocyanide, hydro cyanide, hydro
cyanic acid, potassium biocalate, potassium, cyanide, prussiate of potash, phynigallc acid, silver cyanide
9. Aircraft building.
10. Abattoirs, animal blood processing (except existing, relocation 1{and modern abattoir with latest
technology shall be permitted subject to all clearances from the concerned agencies and compliance
with the National Green Tribunal’s Orders in this regard). These will be dependent strictly on the need of
the NCT of Delhi to be determined by the concerned local body/ authority.}
11. Bitumen blowing (hot)
12. Brick kiln (using fresh earth as raw material, coal as fuel)
13. B-nepthol
14. Bakelite powder (starting from formaldehyde)
15. Barely malt and extract
16. Bone-grist, bone-meal, salting of bones, storages of bones in open, bone drying
17. Bone charcoal manufacturing
18. Blast furnaces - coal fired
19. Bicycles (integrated plant)
20. Brewery and potable spirits 2{(However, microbreweries upto 500 L/day capacity may be allowed to
be set up at any Restaurant / Hotel /Club subject to installation of on-site waste water treatment facility
and compliance to all other regulatory requirements)}
21. Chlorinated paraffin wax purification
22. Carbon black
23. Cement industry
24. Calcium carbide, phosphorous, aluminum dust paste and powder, copper, zinc, etc. (electrothermal
industries)
25. Cranes, hoists and lifts (excluding assembly)
26. General industrial machinery (such as hydraulic equipments, drilling equipments, boilers, etc.)
27. DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate), DBP & Plasticizer
28. Dry cell battery
29. Dye & dye intermediates
30. Distillation of wood, chemical seasoning of wood (excluding natural seasoning)
31. Explosives, i.e., Fireworks, Gunpowder, Guncotton, etc.
32. Earth moving machinery / equipment (manufacturing of assembly)
33. Electric wires and cables (more than 100 workers, 2000 sqm plot)
34. Fatty acids
35. Fungicides & pesticides
36. Flexographic ink
37. Fuel oils, illuminating oils and other oils such as stchetic oil, shoal oil, lubricants
38. 1[Foundries (Cupola Furnace)*]
39. Gas compressors
40. Graphite production
41. Glass furnace (more than 1 ton / day capacity)
42. Gases-carbon-disulphide, ultramarine blue, chlorine, hydrogen, sulphur dioxide, acetylene, etc.
(other than LPG / CNG / Oxygen / medical gases)
43. Glandular / glandes extraction
44. Glue and gelatine from bones and flesh
45. Hot mix plant (except those approved by DPCC / CPCB)
46. Hazardous waste processing viz. hospital/ 2[tertiary health care centre/] medical/industrial waste.
3[(However, modern hazardous waste processing plant with latest technology shall be permitted subject
to all clearances, including environmental clearances, from concerned agencies and compliance with the
National Green Tribunal’s orders in this regard. These will be dependent strictly on the need of the NCT
of Delhi to be determined by local body/ authority).]
47. Polyurethene foam
48. Industrial gelatine, nitro glycerine and fulminate
49. Iron / steel metal forging (using pneumatic hammer).
50. Industrial gelatine, nitro glycerine and fulminate
51. Industrial trucks, trailers, etc.
52. Linear alkyd benzene
53. Lead manufacturing including secondary lead industry (recovery of lead from waste scrap)
54. Lime kiln.
55. Leather tanning and dyeing (raw hides/skins to semi finish)
56. Locomotives and wagons
57. Methanol
58. Methylated spirit
59. Mechanical stone crushers & washing of coarse sand
60. Manufacturing of pulp & paper
61. Melamine resin
62. Mineral salts (which involve use of acids: CuSO4, FESO4, alum, etc.)
63. Manufacturing of diesel engines, generators except assembly
64. Motor cycles, scooters, cars, tempos, trucks, etc.
65. News print manufacturing, pulping, fresh paper making
66. Nitrogeneors and phosphatic fertilizers, except mixing of fertilizers for compounding (large scale)
67. Organic solvent, chlorinated minerals, methanol, aldehydes, methylated spirits
68. Petroleum coke processing, not as fuel
69. Potteries / refractories (using coal or furnace oil)
70. Polyethylene polymers including resins
71. Paint industry (nitro Cellulose & Alkyd resin based)
72. Plasticisers manufacturing
73. Pyridines
74. Phenol formaldehyde resin and powder
75. Porcelain product potteries (using coal of production capacity more than 2 tonne per day)
76. Rubber solution and thinner (using naptha and rubber scrap)
77. Roasting of Ore Sulphide Oxides of mixtures
78. Rayon fibre manufacturing
79. Refractories
80. Reclamation of rubber.
81. Production of tyres and tubes (devulcanisation)
82. Saccharine
83. Secondary Zine industry
84. Synthetic rubber
85. Smelting
86. Sewing machines (integrated units) except assembly
87. Sluice gates and gears
88. Stainless Steel Pickling
89. Steam engines
90. Steel pipes and tubes (continuous welded/seamless)
91. Sugar, khand sari
92. Sodium silicatc industry (more than 1 tonne/day)
93. Stone quarrying
94. Textile (more than 100 workers in all shifts, I acre of land, 100 LKD of water)
95. Thorium, radium and similar isotopes and recovery of rare earth
96. Turbines
97. Urea & Phenyl Formaldehyde resin
98. Vegetable oil hydrogenerated
99. Waste (crude / burnt) oil processing (refinery)

Notes:
i. A public utility service involving any of the activities referred to above shall be permitted subject to
environmental laws.
ii. Further additions / alterations to the list of Prohibited Industries could be made if considered
appropriate and in public interest by the Central Government to do so.
iii. However, continuity of any type of furnace shall be within set parameters of CPCB & DPCC.
Annexure 2: Typological classification of green and blue assets

Natural and Existing Green Blue Assets

Land-based
o Aravalli (Ridge), Regional Parks, Reserved Forest
o Protected Forests
o City Forests
o Biodiversity Parks
o Buffers of natural drains and water bodies
o Archaeological Parks and Greens of historical monuments
o Areas for natural protection/conservation identified by government agencies

Water-based

o River Yamuna and its flood plain

o All natural drains in accordance with the Drainage Master Plan 2018
o Marshes and wetlands
o Water Bodies (1Ha and above) including lakes
o Baolis (stepwells) and Tanks (part of Delhi’s historic water system)

Planned green blue assets and other recreational areas

o Planned parks and open spaces of all hierarchies – regional, city, district, community,
neighbourhood, housing area, tot lots, multipurpose grounds, golf courses, and playgrounds.
(some large parks are part of protected forests in Delhi)
o Sports centres/complexes, golf courses
o Orchards, plant nurseries
o Zoological park and botanical gardens

Other green blue assets within the built fabric

o Private gardens, courtyards, rooftop gardens, pools, internal streets etc.
o Large green areas identified in Institutional /Government campuses/
o Public green spaces contributed through regeneration/TOD schemes
o Surface/open parking areas, public plazas
o Mandatory green areas in closed industrial estates
o Mandatory green areas in LBZ
o Mandatory buffers of HT lines/oil pipelines/other services
o Residual space under flyovers, along water mains, along railway lines, etc.
o Herbs, spice gardens, greenhouses.
o Plantation on central verge of roads, tree cover along roads and streets

New and potential City level Green Blue assets

o Abandoned mines and quarries, power plants and land fill sites/reclaimed land
o Newly developed Buffers of natural drains
o Green Development Area

*The list can be extended by adding any other assets identified by DDA from time to time
Annexure 3: List of Planned Industrial Areas in Delhi (Extracted from MPD 2021)

Industrial activity shall be conducted at the following locations in the Industrial Use Zone, as indicated in
the Land Use Plan:
ZONES A to H
1. NarainaIndl. Area,
2. Jhandewallan Flatted Factory,
3. Motia Khan Scheme,
4. DCM Flatted Factory Complex,
5. ShahzadaBaghIndl. Area,
6. GulabiBaghIndl. Area,
7. Rajasthan Udyog Nagar G.T. Road near Jahangirpuri,
8. SMA Co-op. Indl. Estate G.T. Road near Jahangirpuri,
9. SISI Indl. Area G.T. road near Jahangirpuri,
10. G.T. Karnal Road Indl. Area near Rana PratapBagh,
11. Hindustan Prefab Ltd., Indl. Area near Shivaji Rly Stn. (Minto Road),
12. Okhla Indl. Area Ph.I, II & III,
13. Mohan Co-op Indl. Area,
14. SISI Complex Okhla near Modi Flour Mills,
15. Najafgarh Road Indl. Area near Zakhira,
16. Kirti Nagar Indl. Area, Mayapuri Ph. I & II,
17. Udyog Nagar Rohtak Road,
18. Keshav Pur Leather Tannery Scheme (part of Service Centre) near Vikaspuri,
19. Wazirpur Industrial Area,
20. Lawrence Road Indl. Area,
21. MangolpuriIndl. Area Ph.I& II,
22. JhilmilIndl. Area,
23. Patparganj Indl. Area,
24. Friends Colony Indl. Area,
25. Narela Indl. Estate,
26. BawanaIndl. Estate,
27. KhanjhawalaIndl. Estate,
28. PVC Bazar Tikri Kalan,
29. Badli
30. Bhorgarh

a. Additional Industrial Areas will be indicated while preparing plans for Urban Extension Areas.
b. The approved Work-cum-Industries Centres, Service Centres etc., where development has been
undertaken in accordance with the land use / earlier Master Plans, shall continue to be
industrial subject to conformity with provisions stipulated.
Annexure 4: Household Industries

1. Agarbatti and similar products

2. Aluminum hanger (excluding wire drawing and anodizing).
3. Ayurvedic / Homoeopathic / Unani medicines.
4. Assembly and repair of electronic goods.
5. Assembly and repair of sewing machines.
6. Assembly of hand tools.
7. Assembly of Badminton shuttlecocks.
8. Assembly and repair of electrical gadgets, cooler/heater etc.
9. Assembly and repair of typewriter (excluding Font Casting).
10. Assembly of Bakelite Switches.
11. Assembly and repair of measuring instruments (excluding handling of Mercury and hazardous
materials).
12. Atta Chakkies.
13. Batik works.
14. Block making and photo enlarging.
15. Biscuit, pappey, cakes and cookies making.
16. Button making, fixing of button and hooks.
17. Bookbinding.
18. Brushes and brooms (by hand). s
19. Calico and Textile products.
20. Cane and bamboo products.
21. Cassettes recording.
22. Clay and modeling with / without Plaster of Paris.
23. Coir and jute products.
24. Cardboard boxes.
25. Candles.
26. Copper and brass art wares.
27. Cordage, rope and twine making.
28. Carpentary.
29. Contact Lens.
30. Canvas bags and hold-alls making.
31. Candies, sweets, rasmalai etc. (when not canned).
32. Cotton / silk printing (by hand).
33. Computer repairing and cyber information Centre.
34. Computer Software.
35. Dari and carpet weaving.
36. Detergent (without bhatti).
37. Data processing.
38. Dairy products e.g. Cream, ghee, paneer, etc.
39. Dry Cleaning (excluding big workshops).
40. Desk Top Publishing.
41. Embroidery.
42. Enameling Vitreous (without use of coal).
43. Framing of pictures and mirrors.
44. Fountain pens, ball pens and felt pens.
45. Gold and Silver thread, kalabattu.
46. Hosiery products (without dyeing and bleaching).
47. Hats, caps, turbans including embroideries.
48. Information Technology enabled services
49. Ink making for fountain pens.
50. Interlocking and buttoning.
51. Jewellery items.
52. Khadi and handloom.
53. Khustattis.
54. Knitting works.
55. Lace products.
56. Leather footwear.
57. Leather belts and assembly of buckles (by hand)
58. Leather and rexine made ups.
59. Milk Cream Separation.
60. Manufacture of Jute products.
61. Manufacture of Bindi.
62. Name plate making.
63. Production of following items.
i. Blanco cakes
ii. Brushes
iii. Kulfi and confectionery.
iv. Crayons.
v. Jam, jellies and fruit preserves.
vi. Musical instruments (including repairs).
vii. Lace work and like.
viii. Ornamental leather goods like purses, handbags.
ix. Small electronic components.
64. Paper stationery items and book binding.
65. Pith hat, garlands of flowers and pitch.
66. P.V.C. products (maximum one moulding machine).
67. Paper machine.
68. Perfumery and cosmetics
69. Photosetting.
70. Photostat and cyclostyling.
71. Photo copying of drawings including enlargement of drawings.
72. Packaging of Shampoos.
73. Packaging of Hair Oil.
74. Preparation of Vadi, Papad etc.
75. Processing of condiments, spices, groundnuts and dal etc.
76. Pan masala.
77. Production of Sweets and Namkeens (less than one ton/day)
78. Paper Mache
79. Paper cup. Plates, files cover and letter pads (without printing).
80. Photography (developing and printing).
81. Repair of watches and clocks.
82. Rakhee making
83. Repair of domestic electrical appliances.
84. Readymade garments (without washing).
85. Repair of bicycles.
86. Repair and assembly of computer hardware.
87. Repair of bags, brief cases, suitcases, except use of leather and PVC material.
88. Repairing of Water meters, stabilizer, UPS, etc.
89. Rubber Stamps.
90. Stone engraving.
91. Sports goods/Sports Nets.
92. Surgical bandage rolling and cutting.
93. Stove pipe, safety pins and aluminium buttons (by hand press).
94. Silver foil making.
95. Saree fall making.
96. Shoe laces.
97. Stamp pads.
98. Screen Printing.
99. Tailoring.
100. Thread balls and cotton fillings.
101. Toys and dolls.
102. Ties.
103. Tomato Ketchup.
104. Umbrella assembly.
105. Utensil washing powder (only mixing and packaging).
106. Velvet embroidered shoes / shawls.
107. Vermicelli and macaroni.
108. Wood carving and decorative wood wares.
109. Wool balling and lachee making.
110. Wooden / cardboard jewellery boxes (subject to no objection certificate from the department).
111. Wool knitting (with machine).
112. Zari Zardozi.
Annexure 5: Household Industries permissible in Villages (Abadi)

1. Black smithy.
2. Cane and bamboo products.
3. Clay and modelling with / without Plaster of Paris.
4. Dari / Carpet / Sari weaving (except dying & bleaching).
5. Ice cream and water-cooling by Refrigeration. (without cold storage)
6. Stone engraving.
7. Village pottery Industry (without bhatti).
8. Village oil ghani.
9. Wood carving and decorative wood wares.
Notes:

i. Storing of chemicals listed under schedule I and/ or II of the Manufacture, Storage and import of
hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 and Public Liability Insurance Act, 1990 shall be prohibited.
ii. No effluent / emissions shall be allowed to be generated by the units and these shall adhere to
the noise standards as stipulated by Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.
Annexure 6: Indicative list of city-level circuits

• Coronation Park-Shahjahanabad
• Red Fort-Humayuns Tomb
• PuranaQila-RashtrapathiBhavan
• Humayuns Tomb-Safdarjungs Tomb
• Safdarjung Tomb-Mehrauli
• Tughlaqabad-Jahanpanah-Mehrauli
• Mehrauli-Sultan Garhi
Annexure 7: Street Design Regulations

Based on the overall Mobility, Safety and Environmental Goals for the City, the following Regulations
must be followed for design, execution, management and maintenance of all Roads:

1. To Promote Preferable Public Transport Use:

1A. Streets should be Retrofit for equal or higher priority for Public Transit and Pedestrians.
1B. Prohibit street parking or enforce high parking charges for private vehicles on public streets and
spaces, in order to encourage use of other modes.
1C. Provide dedicated lanes for high occupancy vehicles (HOVs) and carpool during peak hours.
1D. Provide transit-oriented mixed landuse patterns and redensify city within walking distance of MRTS
stops, wherever permissible.

2. For Safety of All Road Uses by Design:

2A. Limit speed by design on urban arterial roads and sub-arterial streets to 50 kmph and on collector and
local streets to 30 kmph. Street design should be used as a means of limiting speed where possible aided
by enforcement in the case of higher speed limit.
2B. Traffic calming of all streets with ROW of 12 m or less, through narrowing of driveway and meandering
path with use of trees, islands and street furniture.
Speed should be limited to 20 km/hr by design.
2C. Maximum kerb height shall not exceed 150 mm, as higher kerbs are difficult to climb for pedestrians
causing them to walk on carriageways. Higher kerbs are also dangerous for speeding vehicles during off-
peak hours as they may cause overturning of vehicles, accidents, etc.
▪ Final road level should be fixed for all streets in the city. When repaving roads, previous layers
must be scraped such that final road level remains the same.
▪ Footpath level should never be more than 150 mm above adjoining carriageway level.

2D. Intermittent buffers, bollards and other physical elements should be used to protect footpaths from
encroachment by motor vehicle parking. However, such elements should not form a barrier, such as
continuous railings, that constrain access to pedestrians. Active enforcement is required to protect
encroachment of footpaths.
2E. Corner radius of Kerb should not exceed 12 m, in order to control speeding of vehicles at blind turns
and intersections, causing accidents. No slip roads or free left turns should be provided on Collector or
Local Streets. In case slip roads or turning pockets are provided on Arterial roads, safe at-grade pedestrian
crossings with traffic calming and signal should be provided.
2F. Multi-Utility Zone (MUZ) of minimum 1.8 m width should be provided on all Collector and Arterial
Roads, to accommodate bus stops, street utilities, trees, street furniture, planting for storm water
management; IPT/NMT stands, paid idle parking, etc. so that these don’t encroach upon the carriageway
or safe pedestrian movement spaces.
2G. Secure parking facilities and services for cyclists/ NMT should be provided on all Collector and Arterial
Roads.
2H. Provide Accessible Public Toilets at every 500-800 M distance – preferably located close to bus stops
for easy access by pedestrians and public transport users.

3. For Pedestrian Safety, Comfort and Convenience on All Streets:

3A. Pedestrians should remain at ground level with comfortable and safe access and minimum detours
from the most direct path, unless there is no other alternative.
3B. A continuous unobstructed footpath on each side of all streets with ROW wider than 12m. Minimum
width of footpath should be 1.8 m (with clear height 2.4 m.) in addition to space for
trees/greenery/vending spaces and surface utilities. Width of footpath shall be determined based on
pedestrian volume and have to be wider than 1.8 m wherever required.
3C. Frontage Zone or Dead Width: For sidewalks in shopping areas, an extra 1 m should be added to the
footpath width. In residential areas, a dead width of 0.5 m may be added.
3D. On streets with ROW of 18 m or less, if pedestrian traffic is greater than 8000 per hour in both
directions together, the entire ROW should be notified for pedestrianization. Streets may be
consideredfor pedestrianization even if pedestrian traffic is lower than 8000 per hour depending on the
potential to improve economic activity and/or safety and convenience.
3E. Elevation of footpaths over the carriageway at all times should be <150 mm and adequate cross slope
for storm water runoff. The elevation should be low enough for pedestrians to step onto and off of the
footpath easily.
3F. All facilities and amenities should be barrier free for universal access by all persons with reduced
mobility including those with hearing and visual impairments.
3G. At least 5 safe Street-Level Crossing Opportunities per kilometer of street with 250 m being maximum
spacing between two crossings. Depending on context, these crossings may be signalized and/or traffic
calmed (through raising crosswalk over street level by 150 mm) to reduce vehicular speed.
▪ Pedestrian refuge with a minimum width of 1 m at each street crossing location after crossing 7
m of one way motor vehicle carriageway or 10 m of two way motor vehicle carriageway at non
signalized midblock crossings.
▪ Pedestrian refuge width may be expanded to 1.75 m where possible to accommodate a bicycle.
▪ Grade separated structures (foot-overbridges and pedestrian-subways) should be avoided to
prevent unnecessary detours to reach destinations.
▪ If grade-separated pedestrian crossings are unavoidable due to presence of highways in
peripheral zones of urban areas, then such crossings structures should be frequent. There must
be at least 4 crossing opportunities per kilometer in areas with development at edges. Every
crossing should be universally accessible.
3H. Natural Surveillance or “eyes on the street” should be enabled on all roads by removing setbacks and
boundary walls and building to the edge of the street ROW, wherever permitted as per norms. This would
allow people from inside to look out on to the pavement, thus discouraging harassment of women on
footpaths, bus-stops and public spaces.
▪ The main building facade should face the street, located on the property line without setback or
with active use within set back and transparent edge that contribute to street safety. Commercial
frontages should have facades with minimum 50% transparency (untinted) to facilitate visual
surveillance of streets.
 ▪ In case enclosure of sites is required, transparent fencing should be used above 300 mm height
from ground level.
▪ Vending spaces should be marked in addition and adjacent to the walking path, especially along
high pedestrian volume areas to activate the street and make it safe. Space to be planned for
utilities including drinking water kiosks and toilets so that the walking space is enhanced but not
compromised.
3I. Provide adequate low-mast Street Lighting for pedestrians and bicycles, in addition to any high-mast
lighting provided for the carriageway. Approx. 20 lux level is suitable for non-shopping areas and footpaths
and 25-30 lux-level is required for shopping areas, bus-stops, Metro station exits and anyareas where
pedestrians are expected to gather or wait.
3J. Provide Dustbins, post-boxes, signage and other public amenities at street corners for high usability.

4. For climatic comfort for all Road Users:

4A. Trees are an essential component for all streets – to provide shade to pedestrians/ cyclists and
reduce solar gain.
▪ At least 125 trees per km for streets with ROW smaller than 12 m. At least 125 trees per km per
footpath on streets with ROW greater than 12 m.
Spacing of trees at no place should be greater than 12 m except at intersections.
4B. High albedo (diffuse reflectivity) materials should be used for paving to reduce urban heat island
effect.
4C. Built to Pavement Edge Buildings with overhangs and arcades provide good protection to
pedestrians.

5. To ensure universal accessibility and amenities for all street users:

5A. All facilities and amenities should be barrier free for universal access by all persons with reduced
mobility including those with hearing and visual impairments, as per Codes.
5B. Continuous barrier free pavement should be provided for ease of movement for elderly/ persons with
disabilities. Pavement height of the footpath should be maintained at a constant level of 150 mmall
along the ROW, for proper provision of table-tops / ramps, etc. at various locations such as entry to
properties, crossings, etc.
5C. Provide at-grade crosswalks (and foot-over-bridges on highways or BRT corridors) at intervals of
approx.70-250 M, aligning with location of transit stops, type of street / landuse activities and
neighbouring building entries and destinations.
5D. Provide Accessible Public Toilets should be provided every 500-800 M distance, preferably located
close to bus stops for easy access by pedestrians and public transport users.

6. To reduce Urban Heat Island Effect and Aid Natural Storm Water Management:
6A. Decrease impervious surfaces through permeable paving, tree planting zones, etc. to increase
ground water infiltration & prevent seasonal flooding.
6B. Integrate Natural Storm Water filtration and absorption into street design through bio-filtration
beds, swales and detention ponds.
6C. Decrease Heat Island Effect (HIE) by increasing greenery, planting trees, using reflective paving, etc.
7. Intermediate Public Transport:
Intermediate Public Transport (IPT) are hired / shared modes of transport that may serve as feeders to
trunk public transport systems or as another alternative to private transport use. IPT includes cycle-
rickshaws, auto-rickshaws, e-rickshaws, taxis and any other vehicle type serving as a shared mode / feeder
service that is also prescribed under the Motor Vehicle Act. Taxis play an important role in providing an
integrated transport service which should also be available on road like all other metro cities for people
who choose not to use a car and combine taxi with public transport for certain trips. Auto-rickshaws also
play an essential role as a shared or hired mode of public transport which provide door-to-door
connectivity for a variety of trips and provide an affordable alternative to private modes.
Adequate space for IPT, Bus, private bus, truck and commercial parking must be provided on all Layout
Plans.

8. Definition of Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS):

Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) may be defined as any public transit system having the capacity to
carry more than 10,000 peak hour peak direction trips (PHPDT).
Annexure 8: Indicative list of Cultural Precincts

• NizamuddinDargah- Humayun's Tomb Complex-Sundar Nursery

• Shamshi Fort-Jahaz Mahal-Zafar Mahal-Baoli-Adam Khan Tomb- QutubMinar complex
• Vijay Mandal - Begumpur - Sarai Shahji -Lal Gumbad
• Safdurjung Tomb- Lodhi garden- Lodhi Institutional Area- Lodhi Art District
• Trikona Park- Shahpurjat fashion street - TohfeWalaGumbad- Asiad village society
• Firoz Shah tomb- HauzKhas village - HauzKhas Lake
• Khirki mosque-Satpulanullah- monuments in Chirag Dilli- Jahanpanah forest
• Heritage Precincts within Walled City (Heritage Zone): Historical markets (like Khari Baoli,
ParatheWaliGali / Katras / Chandni Chowk vista/ area around Matia Mahal/ area around Jama Masjid
• Heritage Precinct within LBZ: Central Vista
Annexure 9: Industrial concentration in non-conforming areas for redevelopment

Non-Conforming industries Area (Ha)

Anand Parbat 49.5

Shahdara 19.7
Samai Pur Badli 20.1
Jawahar Nagar 17.9
SultanpurMazra 15.5
Hastsal Pocket – A 5.5
Naresh Park Extension 12.7
Libaspur 32.4
Peeragarhi Village 17.2
Khyala 47
Hastsal Pocket – D 6
Shalamar Village 5.1
New Mandoli 24.7
Nawada 5.3
Rithala 41.2
Swarn Park Mundka 6.9
Haiderpur 22.2
Karawal Nagar 25.5
Dabri 2.6
BasaiDarapur -
Prahladpur Banger 23.4
Mundka and MundkaUdyog Nagar 80.8
Ranhola (*Notified on dt. 26th August
2019 by Industries Department, GNCTD
 Annexure 10: Key Performance Indicators for MPD-2041

Sl. Name of the Remarks

Means of measurement
No. KPI
Much of the
pollution in Delhi
is from external
sources over
Number of indigenous PM2.5 observations within at least "good" category which the city
x1 has no control.
Total number of observations Indigenous factor
Reduction in Where, is the pollution
1 Indigenous that originates in
• Indigenous PM2.5 = Indigenous factor X PM2.5 value
Air Pollution the city that can
• Observations = Number of monitoring stations x 365 (for daily
be ascertained
measurements)
through a source
• Good category = corresponds to the directions provided by CPCB.
apportionment
study. Such a
study shall be
carried out every
5 years.
Individual scores
for river, water
bodies, and
Measured Dissolved Oxygen in the natural body drains to be
x 100
Minimum Desired Dissolved Oxygen in the natural body calculated in the
Water
Where, range 1-5 as per
2 Pollution
• Natural bodies includes the river, water bodies, and natural drains the criteria in
Control
• Minimum Desired Dissolved Oxygen (for 1st phase of monitoring) = 4 mg/L 2.4. An average
(to be revised subsequently as per CPCB directions) of the three
scores will give
the overall KPI
score.
Green cover is
defined and
Annual increase in green cover of the city (%) with reference to a baseline (e.g.
Green Cover calculated as per
3 2021 data)
Enhancement Forest Survey of
India directions.

Criteria for
defining a
rejuvenated
Rejuvenation Number of rejuvenated water bodies of size 1 Ha and above water body
4 of Water x 100 • No presence
Bodies Total water bodies of size 1 Ha and above of solid
waste in or
around the
water body
 • No discharge
of untreated
wastewater
in the water
body
• Presence of
a boundary
protection
around a
water body
• No visible
eutrophicati
on in the
water body
• Minimum
DO of 4 mg/l
• Access to
general
public
(desirable
but not
mandatory).
• Regular
maintenance
mechanism
in place
• No reduction
in volume of
water from
previous
year
Flooding
Reduction in the number of flooding hotspots with reference to a baseline (e.g. hotspots defined
Flood Risk
5 2021 data) and identified by
Reduction
PWD and Delhi
Traffic Police

Wastewater Treated wastewaterused

6 x 100
Reuse Total wastewater generated

Groundwater “Safe“category,
Number of observation wells in which the groundwater depth is in “safe”
7 Augmentatio as defined by
category
n CGWB

Reducing Total waste reaching landfills

8 x 100
Landfill Stress Total waste generated

Converting Increase in revenue generated from recycled C&D products with reference to a
9
Waste to baseline (e.g. 2021 data)
 Wealth
Renewable
Share of energy sources
Renewable Energy usage from renewable sources include solar,
10 x 100
Energy in Total energy usage wind, hydro, and
Total Usage geothermal.

Buildings
Number of registered buildings that are siesmically compliant requiring seismic
Seismic x 100
11 compliancy as
Compliance Number of registered buildings requring siesmic compliancy per DDMA
directions.
Safety Against
Reduction in number of fire incidents with reference to a baseline (e.g. 2021
12 Fire
data)
Outbreaks
Share of Small Refer SSI1:
Format Number of small format authorized DUs constructed Clause 3.2.2.
13 Housing in x 100
New Housing Number of new authorized DUs constructed
Stock

Slum Number of listed slums that are rehabilitated Listed slums as

14 x 100
Rehabilitation Total number of listed slums per DUSIB.

Data to be
ascertained
Shift towards Ratio of total trips by public and shared modes of transport to total trips by through a city-
15 Public private modes (excluding walk trips) wide transport
Transport modal split
survey every five
years.
Adoption of New electric vehicles registered
16 Electric x 100
Total new vehicles registered
Vehicle
The methodology
Human propagated by
17 Development Self-explanatory UNDP may be
Index used to ascertain
the HDI for Delhi.
Conservation
criteria as
Heritage Number of conserved heritage sites
18 x 100 prescribed by
Conservation Total number of heritage sites Archeological
Survey of India.

Length of roads of 18m and above designed Refer Annexure 6

Vibrancy of
19 as per street design Regulation : Street Design
Public Streets x 100 Regulation
Total length of roads of 18m and above
 Female Total female workers bewteen the age of 15−64
20 Participation x 100
in Workforce Total females between the age of 15−64
Annexure 11: List of Industries (M1)

‐ This category will comprise businesses engaged in high technology, research and development (R&D),
high value-added and knowledge intensive activities.
‐ A range or variety of activities or uses which are technology and research-oriented industries and
non-manufacturing in nature are allowed in this industrial use zone;

1. Software Industry
a. Computer hardware and software industry and industries doing system integration using computer
hardware and software.
b. Industries integrating and manipulating the interfaces of the computers and telecom facilities.
c. Software products and Mobile Applications IT and IT enabled functions

2. IT Service Industry
a. Internet & Email Services Provider
b. World wide Web Services Provider Ecommerce & content development.
c. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Services
d. Video conferencing, V SAT, ISDN services
e. Electronic/IT Data Centre activities

3. ITES Industry
a. Customer interaction services, e.g, call/ contact centres and email help desks
b. Back office processing
c. Finance and accounting (provided remotely)
d. Insurance claims processing (provided remotely)
e. HR services & Other Consulting (provided remotely)
f. Web site development and maintenance services g. Remote education
g. Business Process Outsourcing, Knowledge Process Outsourcing
h. Software Extension development
i. Electronic Design & Product Development
j. Engineering Design & Product Development
k. Industries catering to the information needs of uses by providing databases or access to databases
spread throughout the globe.
l. Industries providing the facilities for sophisticated testing of different or all components of the
information technology.
m. Telecommunications and enabling services.

4. Media
a. TV and video programme production.
b. Photo composing and desktop publication.
c. Publishing
d. Audiovisual services

5. Biotechnology/ Medical
a. R&D and manufacture of products or processes, which use or are derived by using specific living
systems (plants, animals and microbes or parts thereof) and or enzymes/ biocatalysts derived there from
b. Genetic Engineering & Contract Research & Clinical Trials
c. Medical Transcription Services

6. Research & Development and Design

a. Electronics R&D-Design & Product Development
b. Engineering R&D- Design & Product Development
c. Biotechnology R&D
d. Design Garments Industry, Gems &Jewellery, Web Design etc
e. Textile designing and fabric testing, etc.
f. Inter-Disciplinary R&D Services

7. Others
a. Packaging
b. Electronic goods, Power (Electrical) Distribution services
c. Service and repair of TV and other electronic items.
d. Transport services
e. Food and beverage services
f. Culture and creative industries
g. Start ups, incubators and Accelerators

Note:

1. * The minimum ROW of a street or stretch of road on which the activities mentioned in Sl. No. 7 are
permissible is as follows:

i. Plots upto 1000 sqm- 12 m ROW

ii. Plots above 1000 sqm- 18 m ROW

2. Any recommendation for additions/ alterations to the above list forwarded by DSIIDC in consultation
with Industries department of GNCTD shall be incorporated, if considered appropriate and in public
interest by the Central Government.
Annexure 12: List of Service & Repair Industries (M1)

1. Air Conditioner Parts.

2. Aluminium doors / windows / fittings / furniture.
3. Assembly and repair of Cycles.
4. Auto Parts.
5. Bulbs (battery).
6. Cycle Chain / Locks.
7. Diamond Cutting and Polishing work.
8. Electric fittings (switch, plug pin etc.)
9. Engineering works
10. Foundry (small job works as per prescribed limits of Industries Department / DPCC).
11. Ice-cream and water cooling by Refrigeration (without cold storage)
12. Ice boxes and cooler bodies.
13. Iron grills and door making.
14. Jute products.
15. Knife making.
16. Marble stone items.
17. Metal lathe cutting.
18. Motor winding works.
19. Steel lockers
20. Steel Springs.
21. Tin box making.
22. Transformer covers.
23. TV, Radio recorders etc.
24. TV / Radio / Transistor cabinets.
25. Typewriter parts manufacturing and assembly.
26. Water meter repairing.
27. Welding works.
28. Wire Knitting.
29. Wooden furniture works.
30. Information Technology enabled Services and computer parts

Note: All these industries shall be non- hazardous and non-polluting in nature and the standards
prescribed by the pollution control authorities would have to be met by all industrial units in this category.
Annexure 13: List of pre-1962 built up residential and rehabilitation colonies

1. Aliganj 29. Multan Nagar

2. Andha Mughal 30. Nanakpura
3. Balbir Nagar 31. Nicholson Marg
4. Bharat Nagar 32. New Rajinder Nagar
5. B. K. Dutt Colony 33. Old Rajinder Nagar
6. Dishad Garden 34. Outram Lines
7. Gandhi Nagar 35. Patel Nagar (E)
8. Geeta Colony 36. Patel Nagar (W)
9. GulabiBagh 37. Patel Nagar (S)
10. Inderpuri 38. Pratap Nagar
11. Jangpura - A 39. Prem Nagar
12. Jangpura - B 40. Punjabi Bagh
13. JangpuraExtn. 41. Rajouri Garden
14. Jawahar Nagar 42. Rana PratapBagh
15. Kalkaji 43. Ramesh Nagar
16. Kamla Nagar 44. Ram Nagar
17. Karol Bagh 45. Rohtasnagar
18. Kingsway Camp 46. Roop Nagar
19. Kirti Nagar 47. Sarai Rohilla
20. KishanGanj 48. Shahdara
21. Kishan Nagar 49. Shakti Nagar
22. Lajpat Nagar - I to IV 50. Sheikh Sarai
23. MalkaGanj 51. Shivaji Park
24. Malviya Nagar 52. Subhash Nagar
25. Mansarovar Garden 53. Tilak Nagar
26. Model Basti 54. Timar Pur
27. Model Town 55. Tihar - I & II
28. Moti Nagar 56. VinobaPuri
57. Vijay Nagar
 Annexure 14: Service Plans

List of Annexures

ANNEXURE I: SERVICE PLAN - DELHI JAL BOARD (DJB)

ANNEXURE II: SERVICE PLAN - IRRIGATION AND FLOOD CONTROL DEPARTMENT (I&FCD)
ANNEXURE III: SERVICE PLAN - DELHI CANTONMENT BOARD (DCB)
ANNEXURE IV: SERVICE PLAN - EAST DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (EDMC)
ANNEXURE V: SERVICE PLAN - SOUTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (SDMC)
ANNEXURE VI: SERVICE PLAN - NORTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (NORTH DMC)
ANNEXURE VII: SERVICE PLAN - NEW DELHI MUNICIPAL COUNCIL (NDMC)
ANNEXURE VIII: SERVICE PLAN - DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, GNCTD AND DELHI
POLLUTION CONTROL COMMITTEE (DPCC)
ANNEXURE IX: SERVICE PLAN - DEPARTMENT OF POWER, GNCTD
ANNEXURE X: SERVICE PLAN - DELHI TRANSCO LIMITED (DTL)
ANNEXURE XI: SERVICE PLAN - INDRAPRASTHA GAS LIMITED (IGL)
ANNEXURE XII: SERVICE PLAN - DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY,
GNCTD
ANNEXURE I: SERVICE PLAN – DELHI JAL BOARD (DJB)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DELHI JAL BOARD (DJB)

(A) WATER SUPPLY

1. Present water demand

Delhi Jal Board (DJB) had earlier considered per capita potable water
requirement @ 60 GPCD. As per the projected population of 23 million
for 2021, the water demand is estimated to be 1380 MGD.

2. Water demand projections for 2041

DJB anticipated that by the year 2041 about 1500 MGD potable water @
50 GPCD (225 LPCD) for a population of 30 million (3 crore) shall be
required. For future planned developments, availability of potable
water will be restricted to maximum of 40 GPCD (180 LPCD).

3. Basis for adopting per capita water requirement:

Due to limited water resources, demand for potable water has been
rationalized by use of non-potable recycled water of desired quality
standards for different non-potable uses. For future planned
developments, availability of potable water will be restricted to a
maximum of 40 GPCD as given in the Table - 1.
Table 1 Potable Water Demand as per use for future developments
Potable Water Demand Quantity
Residential 135 LPCD
Non-Residential (Commercial/Institutional etc. including 5
20 LPCD
LPCD for floating population)
Fire Demand 2 LPCD
Transmission Losses @ 15% 23 LPCD
180 LPCD (Say 40
Total
GPCD)

Water requirement for toilet flushing purposes in residential

developments and non-residential developments (about 75LPCD)
shall have to be met by use of non-potable recycled water of desired
quality standard with dual piping system. Water demand for industrial
process water & horticulture/gardening/agriculture purposes shall
also need to be necessarily met out from recycling of wastewater of
desired quality standards. Necessary infrastructure for enabling use of
recycled water such as dual piping and plumbing, etc. is to be ensured
by DDA / Land Developing Agencies. For new buildings (land pooling
/ redevelopment), dual piping maybe enforced by the building plan
sanctioning authorities.

The plumbing infrastructure for dual piping is very difficult and cost
intensive to implement in existing developments. Therefore, Delhi Jal
Board has assessed that with potable water demand of 40 GPCD in
future planned developments, total requirement of potable water at
 the city level can be progressively brought down from 60 GPCD to 50
GPCD.

4. Action Plan for Water Augmentation for 2041

It is well known that the fresh water resources for the National Capital
Territory of Delhi are limited and the situation is increasingly
becoming challenging. Therefore, a twin-pronged strategy for water
supply in the future focuses on the augmentation of both, ground
water and surface water resources, while also emphasizing the need
for increased wastewater treatment and reuse, rainwater harvesting
initiatives, restoration of water bodies, etc.

Water Augmentation Plan for NCT of Delhi envisaged by Delhi Jal Board is
given here under Table - 2:
Table 2 Water Augmentation Action Plan
Proposed amount of water
augmentation (in MGD)
Water
Source of water 2021 2026 2031 2036
Sources
- - - -
2026 2031 2036 2041
Short to Medium term Plan (248 MGD)
1. Ground a. Installation of additional Tube-
Water Wells in Palla Area (200 Tube- 25
Extractio Wells)
n (113
b. Aquifer Recharge and Ground
MGD)
Water Extraction from Water
Bodies / Lakes (including reuse 23
of treated effluent)
c. Ground Water Extraction from
Localized Area having High
Ground Water Levels
d. Additional Ground Water 65
Recharge Projects in Palla Areas
e. Setting up Advanced WTPs at
Okhla with Ground Water
Sources from Ranny Wells
2. Surface Discharge of high quality treated
Water effluent in the River Yamuna at Palla and
its reclamation at Wazirabad as raw 70
(70
water source (Reuse of treated effluent)
MGD)
3. HP share Additional Yamuna water to Delhi as per
of the MOU with Himachal Pradesh for
utilization of their un-utilized Yamuna
unutilize 65
river water allocations.
d water in
Yamuna
 share
(Surface
Water -
65 MGD)
Medium to Long term Plans (336 MGD)
4. Substituti Utilization of 51 cusec of allocated
on of 51 irrigation water to Delhi at Hathnikund
cusec of / Tajewala for its drinking water needs
Yamuna
Water for 16
irrigation
purposes
(16
MGD)
5. Raw MOU with Uttar Pradesh for additional
water river water to Delhi in lieu of adequately
treated effluent by Delhi for their
from
irrigation needs
Uttar 140
Pradesh
(140
MGD)
6. Upstream Upstream Storages – Renukaji, Lakhwar
Storages & Kishau dam projects
(180 MGD) (*This is a highly tentative calculation.
However, exact allocations will be
decided by UYRB where Delhi hopes that
180*
drinking water requirements will be
given primacy in allocations & return
flow by Delhi will be considered in
allocation of Yamuna water in Delhi for
its consumptive needs.)
Present Availability of Water 935 MGD
Additional Water Augmented by 2041 584 MGD
Total Water Availability by 2041 1519 MGD

DDA has to earmark land required for water supply infrastructure and has
to provide land to Delhi Jal Board for setting up Water Treatment
Plants and Primary UGRs/Master Balancing Reservoirs with Booster
Pumping Stations. JICA Study Report on Improvement of Water Supply
in Delhi has suggested Master Plan Development Zones wise Primary
UGRs/MBRs with pumping capacities totalling to 1560 MGD and four
new Water Treatment Plants. Status of land for the proposed four new
Water Treatment Plants is given in Table – 3.
Table 3 Land Requirement for new WTPs
Master Plan
Capacity
Sr. No. Name of WTP Status of Land Development
(MGD)
Zone
 1 Iradat 80 Available with DJB P-1
2 Dwarka Phase II 50 -do- L
DDA has to
3 Najafgarh 75 L
provide
4 Chattarpur 80 -do- J

The land requirement includes additional provision of 15% & 25% for
WTPs and UGR with BPS respectively for future expansions and
ancillary infrastructure.

In addition, Water Treatment Plants for another 300 MGD would require
to be setup for catering to the projected population of 30 million by
2041. Land for these WTPs will need to be earmarked as per norms
mentioned below, depending on the source of raw water and the
planned development to be carried out.

➢ For Water Treatment Plants:

• 80 MGD (363 MLD) capacity – 300 m2/MLD
• 40 MGD (182 MLD) capacity – 400 m2/MLD

➢ For underground Reservoirs with Booster Pumping Stations:

• 5 ML Capacity – 700 m2/ML
• 50 ML Capacity – 600 m2/ML

Assessment of land requirement should not be limited by the projected

population for MPD-2041, but need to consider design period i.e.
population projections for 2051 and further future urban expansions.

5. Water Conservation Initiatives by DJB

5.1. Groundwater Recharge through Rain Water Harvesting:

Central Ground Water Board has assessed that potential annual rainwater
run-off of 24.39 MCM (5,372MG) out of the total of 175 MCM (38,546
MG) available for recharge areas in Delhi. This is proposed to be
realized through construction of check dams and artificial recharge
structures in rainwater drains. Annual potential of rooftop rainwater
harvesting is assessed to be about 14.69 MCM (3,236MG).

RWH Structures are integral to the rainwater conveyance system. DJB has
also published guidelines for encouraging adoption of Rooftop Rain
Water Harvesting. DJB has identified 89 buildings maintained by
PWD/DMCs/GoI/DDA, etc.in 2019, where RWH system is feasible to
be installed.

Eleven rain centers in the field and one at the Headquarter have been
setup to facilitate the applicants to install rainwater-harvesting
system. Nodal officers’ in-charge of these rain centers has also been
 appointed. Intensive awareness program for publicity of Rain Water
Harvesting is also carried out from time to time.

5.2. Revival and Rejuvenation of Existing Water Bodies and Creation of Artificial
Water Bodies:
Traditional water bodies help sustain the city’s eco system and act as a
catalyst to its growth and development, and additionally their
rejuvenation contributes to the aesthetics of the city. Majority of
Delhi’s traditional water bodies suffer from encroachment, illegal
construction, over-extraction and water pollution. In order to address
these issues, DJB has taken up the work of revival of 240 water bodies
with an aim to recharge ground water. The scheme amounting to Rs.
37,678.92 lakh to revive 155 water bodies was approved by DJB in
December 2018, out of which, work for 50 water bodies have already
been awarded. Raw sewage is proposed to be treated and utilized to
recharge ground water.

DJB is also creating artificial Lakes at PappanKalan Waste Water

Treatment Plant (WWTP), Dwarka WTP, Timarpur Oxidation Pond,
Rohini WWTP and Nilothi WWTP. About 46.5 MGD of treated effluent
will be utilized after due treatment to fill the lakes for recharge of
ground water. It is estimated that about 50% i.e. 23.25 MGD of water
would be available as raw water source from extraction of ground
water by installation of tube-wells in the surrounding areas of these
artificial lakes.

Status on revival of existing water bodies and creation of new lakes is

given in Table-4 &5 Revival/rejuvenation of water bodies will involve
following activities:

➢ Sewage flow into the identified water bodies will be trapped or stopped.
➢ Treated effluent from a nearby decentralized Waste Water Treatment plants
will be used for rejuvenation of dry water bodies or DJB will install
bioremediation Waste Water Treatment Plants to clean waste water coming
into the water bodies.
➢ The surrounding of water bodies will be developed and people residing near-
by will be given access to the water bodies.
Table 4 Status of Works on Existing Water Bodies
No. of Water Awarded /
Status of Water
S. No. Bodies / Estimated Timelines
Bodies/Artificial Lake
Artificial Lakes Cost(Lakh)
1 In progress 46 7942.05 Works will
Proposal under be
2 Preparation for call of 39 10639.22 progressively
tenders completed in
To be executed by M/S phased
3 4 1348.25 manner in
CSIR-NEERI as PMC
 Proposed to be carried next 3 to 4
4 out through in-house 66 17749.40 years.
technology on DBO basis
Water Bodies received
from IFCD, Proposed to
5 be carried out through 85 22859.08
in-house technology on
DBO basis
Total 240 60538.00

Table 5 Status of New Artificial Lakes to be created

Estimated
Quantity
Quantity of available for
Treated use as Raw
Status of Artificial
S. No. Effluent to Water Source Status Timelines
Lakes
be Utilized from
(MGD) Extraction of
Ground Water
(MGD)
1 At DWARKA WTP In Works will
15 7.5
Progress be
2 At Sector -25 Rohini In progressively
5.5 2.75
WWTP Progress completed in
3 At Timarpur In phased
6 3 manner in
Oxidation Ponds Progress
4 At Nilothi WWTP Proposal next 3 to 4
15 7.5 years.
revised
5 At Pappankalan In
5 2.5
WWTP Progress

5.3. Utilization of Treated Wastewater:

Present utilization of treated effluent in NCT of Delhi is about 90MGD,
apart from the discharge of 267 MGD of treated effluent as return flow
in the river Yamuna downstream of Wazirabad Barrage as per the
present interim distribution of Yamuna water by UYRB. Further,
proposed utilization of Treated Effluent to the extent of about 436-466
MGD is given in Table-6 as under, which will be undertaken in a phased
manner.
Table 6 Proposed Utilization of Treated Effluent
Sr. Proposed Quantity Timelines Remarks
No. Utilization (MGD)
1 Coronation 70-100 Dec-2023 To be used as source of Raw
Pillar STP Water after tertiary treatment.
This proposal has been agreed
in principle by UYRB. The
tenders for consultant have
been received on 07.01.2021
and likely to be awarded by
Feb, 2021.
2 Auchandi & 20 Jun-2023 Exchange with Haryana in lieu
Jaunti Regulator of irrigation component. This
 for irrigation use proposal is being considered by
in NCT of Delhi UYRB and joint inspection with
UYRB was done on 08.01.2021.
3 Exchange in lieu 140 (3-4 years after Exchange of raw water in lieu
of raw water MOU with UP) of Treated Effluent from Okhla
with U.P 2024-25 STP. Matter is being pursued
with U.P Govt. The feasibility
report submitted by UP
irrigation, under examination.
3 Committed use 18 At present about Committed use by PPCL at
by PPCL 7 MGD is being Rithala.
taken by PPCL at
their Bawana
plant however,
keeping in view
their future
expansion plans
a provision of
additional 18
MGD is kept for
their committed
use.
4 All water bodies, 188 Dec-2024
forests etc.
Total 436 -466

WAPCOS (India) Limited, a Government of India Undertaking, has

submitted its report with identified proposed Recharge
Schemes/Projects in NCT of Delhi such as Check damns/Nala bunds in
Ridge area, Roof-top rainwater harvesting schemes in institutional
and commercial buildings, percolation ponds, lake basins, aquifer
storage and recovery wells, parks and gardens recharge regions,
flyovers and city roads, Yamuna flood basin areas, etc. to be carried out
by respective agencies.

6. Efforts for Service Level Improvements by DJB

Delhi Jal Board has taken numbers of steps to improve sanction of water
and sewer connections in a time bound manner and to increase billing
and revenue collection efficiency such as implementing Revenue
Management System (RMS), mobile application for self-billing and
online payments, doorstep delivery of public services, time bound
grievance redressal, simplification of procedure of sanctioning of new
water/sewer connection, strict actions against wastage of water, etc.

DJB endeavour is to provide equitable distribution of water to the citizens

of Delhi and to meet their 24x7 demand of potable water continuously
at adequate pressure. For this, Delhi Jal Board is revamping water
supply distribution infrastructure including formation of District
Metered Areas for reducing non-revenue water and minimizing
physical loss of precious potable water through leakages. Installation
of bulk flow meters for water auditing, replacement of old/damaged
 water pipelines, District Metered Areas (DMAs), reforms on
revamping water distribution infrastructure under existing
Chandrawal and Wazirabad WTPs, installation of SCADA systems at
WTPs, UGRs and in water distribution systems, etc. are few of the DJB
initiatives in this direction.

Several steps are being taken to overcome frequent Ammonia pollution in

river Yamuna by DJB. Delhi Jal Board also has setup Quality Control
Cell to check quality of raw water and treated water.
 (B) WASTEWATER / SEWERAGE

1. Wastewater Projections for 2041

Estimated wastewater generation for a population of 30 million (water
supplied @50 GPCD) at 80% of supplied water comes out to be 1200
MGD.

2. Perspective Sewage Disposal Plan for 2041

Perspective Sewerage Disposal Plan for 2041 comprises of a multi-
dimensional approach with various crucial verticals like laying of
sewerage system in unsewered areas of Delhi, rehabilitation of
existing STPs, construction of new STPs or at mouth of the Drains,
construction of Decentralized STPs in various parts of Delhi, up-
gradation of existing STPs to higher parameters of BOD: TSS <10:10
and Zero Liquid Waste Discharge (ZLWD) policy in Land Pooling Area
etc. The sewerage development plan for 2041 draws heavily from the
SMP- 2031 and is a continuation of the sewerage management action
plan being undertaken by DJB. Therefore, with suitable need based
modifications depending on the actual growth patterns and spatial
distribution, the Sewerage Master Plan -2031 prepared by DJB, will be
able to fulfil the requirement of MPD-2041.

Based on various physical factors and zoning criteria, the whole NCT of
Delhi has now been delineated into 12 (twelve) sewage-drainage
zones, instead of six zones earlier, excluding the Cantonment and
Airport areas. The zones have been primarily delineated based on the
wastewater generation from each zone/sub zone, the capacity of
existing WWTPs/WWPSs and land availability for any additional
WWTP/WWPS, if required. Sewerage Schemes for each Zone are
prepared considering the existing sewerage infrastructure, proposed
sewerage infrastructure under various projects, development plans
for a particular area, population projections, amount of waste water
generation, land availability for proposed sewerage infrastructure and
site feasibility.

The following table enlists the proposed delineated zones and sub zones:
S. No. Drainage Zone Sub Drainage Zone
Yamuna Vihar (YV)
Zone 1 Shahdara (SHD) Sonia Vihar (SV)
Kondli (KN)
Okhla (OK)
Zone 2 Okhla (OKH)
Tajpur (TP)
Zone 3 Keshopur (KSP) Keshopur (KP)
Rithala (RT)
Zone 4 Rohini-Rithala (RR)
Rohini (RH)
CORONATION PILLAR Coronation Pillar (CP-1)
Zone 5
(COR) Coronation Pillar (CP-2)
 Dwarka (DK-1)
Zone 6 DWARKA (DWK)
Dwarka (DK-2)
Najafgarh (NJ)
Jhuljhuli (JH)
Zone 7 NAJAFGARH (NJF)
Dhichaon Kalan (DK)
Somesh Vihar (SV)
Nilothi (NT-1)
Zone 8 NILOTHI (NLT)
Nilothi (NT-2)
Narela (NR)
Zone 9 NARELA (NRL) Palla (PL)
Zindpur (ZP)
Mahrauli (MH)
Vasantkunj (VK)
Zone 10 SOUTH DELHI (SD) Ghitorni (GH)
Mahipalpur (MP)
Kapashera (KH)
Fatehpurberi and Chandanhola
OUTER SOUTH DELHI
Zone 11 (FC)
(OSD)
Rajpur Khurd (RK)
KANJHAWALA-BAWANA Kanjhawala (KJ)
Zone 12
(KB) Bawana (BW)

3. Sewage Treatment Augmentation Action Plan for 2041:

Detailed Perspective Plan for augmentation of sewage treatment capacity
to cater to the projected requirements of year 2041 is as under:
S. No. Particulars Total (MGD)
1. Present sewage treatment capacity 597
STPs under up gradation / reconstruction through funding from
2. NMCG, YAP-III and AMRUT (Okhla -30 MGD, Kondli-20 MGD, 110
Coronation-40, Rithala-20 MGD)
3. Construction of 56 DSTPs in various parts of Delhi 92
Construction of STPs at Mouth of the Drain (10 MGD Mori gate, 10
4. 40
MGD Delhi Gate, 20 MGD Barapulla)
Construction of 7 MGD STP at Sonia Vihar and 25 MGD STP at
5. 32
Rohini
Augmentation of treatment capacity through PAC (Poly Aluminum
6. Chloride) extended aeration and construction of DSTP based on 89
growth the population in the developing area.
Land Pool area proposed to be designed on Zero Liquid Discharge
basis. Therefore, DSTPs are to be constructed by Land Pooling
7. 240
agencies for 75 lacs population having water supply @ 40 GPCD @
of 80% Water supply.
Grand Total 1200 MGD

3.1. Augmentation of Sewage Treatment Capacity to 707 MGD by December –

2022 as per following:
 Total Sewage
Present Net
S. Name of Treatment capacity
capacity Increase Augmentation Plan
No. STP After augmentation
(in MGD) (in MGD)
(in MGD)
Coronatio Construction of new
1 30 70 40
n Pillar STP of 70 MGD
Rehabilitation of
Rithala
2 20 40 20 Rithala STP phase-I
phase-I
under YAP-III
Rehabilitation of Kondli
3 Kondli 70 90 20
STP under YAP-III
Construction of new
4 Okhla 140 170 30 STP of 170 MGD under
YAP-III
Total 260 370 110
Enhancement of Treatment
110 MGD
by December 2022

3.2. Upgradation of Existing STPs to BOD: TSS<10:10: 6 STPs (Pappankalan, Nilothi,

Kapashera, CWG Village, Delhi Gate & Chilla) with total 70 MGD presently at 10:10.
Upgradation Work in progress in 10 STPS with 289 MGD capacity- targeted
completion by Dec-2022 in phased manner.

S.No Location Capacity Targeted completion

1 Kondli STP Phase I 10 MGD December 2021
2. Kondli STP Phase II 25 MGD December 2022
3. Kondli STP Phase III 10 MGD December 2021
4. Yamuna Vihar STP Phase 10 MGD December 2022
II
5. Okhla STP Phase I 30 MGD In place of these four STPs, a New STP of 124
MGD capacity is under construction which is
targeted to be completed by December 2022
6. Okhla STP Phase II 12 MGD
7. Okhla STP Phase III 37 MGD
8. Okhla STP Phase IV 45 MGD
9. Rithala Phase-I 40 MGD December 2022 subject to grant of tree
cutting permission from Forest department.
10. Coronation Pillar 70 MGD In place of existing Coronation Pillar Phase-
I,II& III (30 MGD) , new 70 MGD STP at
Coronation is under construction which is
likely to be commissioned;
50% by March, 2021
100% by June 2021.
Total 289 MGD

3.3. Up-gradation of balance Existing STPs with Parameters of BOD/TSS as 10/10

mg/l (including Bio-nutrient & pathogen removal & sludge management):
Design
S. Phase- Wise Designed Expected
Name of STP Capacity (in
No. Breakup outlet timelines
MGD)
 Parameters of
BOD/TSS completion

1 Rithala Phase - II 40 15/20 The

2 Okhla Phase-V 16 30/50 completion
Phase-VI 30 20/30 period for
3 Kondli Phase - IV 45 20/30 up-
4 Keshopur Phase-I 12 20/30 gradation
Phase-II 20 30/50 of STPs is 3
Phase-III 40 30/50 to 4 years
from the
5 Yamuna Vihar Phase – I 10 30/50
date of
Phase-III 25 20/30 availability
6 Vasant Kunj Phase – I 2 30/50 of funds.
Phase - II 3 30/50
7 Mehrauli Mehrauli 5 20/30
8 Narela Narela 10 30/50
9 Nilothi Phase – I 40 30/50
10 Najafgarh Najafgarh 5 30/50
11 Pappankalan Phase – I 20 30/50
12 Dr. Sen Nursing Dr. Sen 2.2 10/15
Home Nalla Nursing Home
Nalla
13 Delhi Gate Phase – I 2.2 10/15
14 Rohini Rohini 15 30/50
15 Ghitorni Ghitorni 5 30/50
16 Molar-Bandh Molar- Bandh 0.66 30/50
Total 348.06 MGD

3.4. Construction of new STPs: Following new STPs are proposed to be constructed
at new locations and at the mouth of the drains. Details are as under:
Name of
S. No Capacity MGD Timeline Remarks
STP
Process of appointment of
1 Sonia Vihar 7 December-2024
consultant is in process.
2 Rohini 25 December-2024 Estimate under preparation
Land is required from DDA/
3 Delhi Gate 10 December-2024
Revenue Department
Allotment of land is awaited
4 Mori Gate 10 December-2024
from DDA.
Allotment of land is awaited
5 Barapulla 20 December-2024
from DDA.
Total 72 MGD

3.5. Construction of new Decentralized Sewage Treatment Plants (DSTPs) (92

MGD): As per Sewerage Master Plan- SMP 2031, 32 Nos. STPs are to be
constructed, out of which, 14 STPs are to be constructed in Najafgarh Drainage
Zone and 18 STPs in Narela, Okhla, Outer South Delhi, Kanjhawala, Bawana,
Shahdara Zone. Due to land constraint, it has been decided to construct
 Decentralized STPs at 42 locations in place of 18 STPs. For setting up 56 plants (42
d-STPs + 14 STPs) and 02 STPs at the mouth of drain, land at 73 locations is
required, which includes 15 locations for Sewage Pumping Stations (SPS). Out of
total 73 locations, land at 10 locations is already available with DJB and for the
balance 63 location, land will have to be made available by different agencies as
follows:
S.No. Name of the Department / Agency Land Locations
Land and Building Department, GNCTD after acquisition
1 13 locations
from private person
2 Gaon Sabha lands 11 locations
3 DDA 39 locations
Grand Total 63 locations

3.6. Status of Decentralized Sewage Treatment Plants:

Capacity
S. No. Name of STPs Timeline Remark
(MGD)
1. 14 (7+7) STPs in 32 18 to 30 months Out of 14 locations, land is
Najafgarh after approval of available only at 08 locations
Drainage Zone funding of balance and land at balance 06
STPs by NMCG and locations is yet to be allotted.
allotment of land
2. 42 Decentralized 60 24 to 36 months Land for construction of 42
STPs at various after allotment of DSTPs and 07 SPS have been
locations. (+7 SPS) land identified at various
locations and it is still in the
process of allotment by
Revenue department of
GNCT Delhi. Necessary
action will be taken by DJB
after allotment of land.
Total 92 MGD

3.7. Extension of network to un-sewered areas: The un-sewered area in Delhi

mainly consists of unauthorized colonies. As per the list circulated by UD Dept.,
GNCTD, there are 1799 unauthorized colonies in Delhi. The present status and
action plan for providing sewer network in these colonies is tabulated below:
Commutative
Status as on
S.
Status November Timeline Remark
No.
2020
(Numbers)
1. Sewer line 561 Completed
laid and
notified
2. Work of 595 Up to Dec, 2024 in
sewer phased manner
network is in
progress
 3. Colonies 131 About 03 years after The work shall be taken up
where NOC is receipt of NOC / after NOC from Forest
awaited/ O- Clearance from Department/Ozone
Zone concerned
department
4. Colonies 512 For laying sewerage The work shall be taken up
where network in these after allotment and
sewerage colonies 3 years- possession of land by DDA &
network is to time will be Revenue Dept. As sewer
be laid along required after network cannot be laid in
with availability of land isolation without first
Decentralize for DSTPs. identifying and taking
d STP possession of land for
constriction of SPS and
decentralized STPs.
Total 1799

3.8. Sewage Generation anticipated in Land Pooling Area: As per Zero Liquid
Discharge (ZLWD) policy for sewers, Decentralized STPs are to be constructed
within premises of the Building / Complex in DDA Development/ Land Pooling
Areas. Since Sewage is proposed to be treated within the Land Pooling Area, no
centralized sewerage treatment system is required for Land Pooling Areas.
Treated effluent from DSTPs within sector / Housing Complex will be reused for
flushing, gardening and other secondary purposes to the maximum extent and
unutilized treated effluent, if any may be utilized for recharging nearby Water
Bodies etc. For Land Pooling Areas, Decentralized Sewage Treatment Plants
(DSTPs) will be required to be constructed and provision for land for DSTPs will
required to be made in DDA Master Plan – 2041 as per Sector Layout Planning.
Land requirement norms for construction of STP/SPS/EPS will be as under:

a) Land requirement for STP including Sewage Pumping Station & Effluent
Pumping Station for capacity up to 22.7 MLD (up to 5 MGD) - 650 m2/MLD.
b) Land requirement for STP including Sewage Pumping Station& Effluent
Pumping Station for capacity above 22.7 MLD (above 5 MGD) - 1100 m2/MLD.
c) Land requirement of 50 m2/MLD for construction of Sewage Pumping Station
and 50 m2/ MLD required for Effluent Pumping Station.

4. Initiatives taken by Delhi Jal Board for efficient sewerage management and
mitigation of pollution in drains/river:

4.1. Interceptor Sewer Project (ISP)

The Interceptor Sewer Project (ISP) has been conceptualized for
abatement of pollution in the River Yamuna. Under Interceptor Sewer
Project, 108 Nos of the drains are trapped and provision of trapping of
about 242 MGD flow is being made. Out of proposed 242 MGD,
provision for trapping of 238 MGD (98.35%) has already been made.
Out of this, 158.70 MGD wastewater is being trapped and treated at
the various STPs in the command.
 However, the physical works under ISP is almost completed and facility of
trapping 242 MGD will be in place, but the actual treatment of this
entire quantity of sewage will be done in phased manner only after the
completion of the Coronation Pillar, Rithala and Kondli STPs by
December 2022.

4.2. Setting up of Decentralized STPs by Institutions/ Schools/ Agencies

DJB has framed a policy for Setting up of DSTPs by individual
Schools/Institutions/ Complexes/ Parks/ Hospitals etc. to use the
treated effluent for horticulture purpose in their parks.

4.3. Enhanced Use of Treated Effluent

In pursuit of promoting the use of treated effluent for non-potable
purposes, DJB has installed filling points for treated effluent at almost
all WWTPs. The Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) stands at ≤20
ppm and the Total Suspended Solids (TSS) stands at ≤30 as well,
making it usable for non-potable purposes. DJB has also written to and
conducted workshops with a number of Government agencies such as
DMRC, PWD, NDMC, SDMC EDMC, NTPC, Indian Railways (for their
wagon and carriage washing) and others, encouraging them to use
treated effluent. Also, through different incentives in its new policy,
DJB is aiming to increase utilization of the treated effluent.

4.4. Rehabilitation of peripheral sewers in Delhi

Most of the peripheral sewers are too old and suffering from severe
structural deterioration and have outlived their economical life span
thereby, exhibiting operational deficiencies. To overcome these
problems, it has been proposed to rehabilitate the peripheral system,
so that entire sewage generated in city could be transferred to STPs
for optimal utilization of installed capacity of plants and reduction of
pollution in river Yamuna. Therefore, DJB intends to take up the
rehabilitation of peripheral sewers, which are dysfunctional or
partially functional due to multitude of problems such as settlement of
sewers, sewage gas related structural failures, leaking joints,
disjointed sewer pipes, heavy siltation, blockage due to indiscriminate
throwing of rubbish and debris into manholes, illegal discharge of
trade waste and collapsed sewers.

The Rehabilitation of peripheral sewers under Phase -I comprises of

diameter ranging from 450mm to 1400mm having length of about 162
km. The Project has been divided into 6 packages and, work is in
progress and likely to be completed by 2022.

4.5. Providing House Service Sewer Connection

Delhi Jal Board has started a scheme to encourage all such consumers who
live in sewered areas but have not taken sewer connections to apply
and obtain sewer connections. Under this scheme, all those who
applied for a new sewer connection before 31-03-2020 were not
charged any amount and DJB provided them sewer connections at its
 own cost. All installation charges and road repair charges are to be
reimbursed by Delhi Government to DJB as grant-in-aid under
“Mukhyamantri Muft Sewer Connection Yojna.” Under this scheme,
about 4.84 lac sewer connections have been sanctioned/ regularized.

4.6. Deployment of Mini Sewer Cleaning Machines

DJB has deployed 200 Nos. specially fabricated tailor made Sewer
Cleaning machines in order to avoid hazardous operation of sewer
cleaning by manual labour. The sewers in narrow lanes can be cleaned
mechanically without man entry now.

4.7. Septage Management Rules 2018

DJB has made efforts to implement the septage management rules in Delhi
‘Delhi Water Board Septic Tank Waste Management Regulations Act -
2018’ under Delhi Water Board Act-1998 for collection, transportation
and disposal of waste of septic tank and matter connected therewith.
As per the Septage Regulation 2018, DJB has issued 208 Nos. Licenses
to the private tanker operators and they are engaged in the collection
and disposal of Septage from the individual households from
unauthorized colonies/ unsewered areas. The average collection of
Septage is approximate to 6-7 Lac litres per day.

4.8. Management of wastewater in storm-water drains in Delhi:

As per directions of Hon’ble NGT, Integrated Drain Management Cell
(IDMC) has been constituted on 17.03.2020 under the Chairmanship
of Chief Secretary of Delhi for remediation and management of all
drains of Delhi with representatives of all Drain owning Agencies
(DoA).

The mandate of IDMC is to prepare a comprehensive action plan for

“Alternate Technologies for Management of Waste Water in Drains” in
Delhi as per the techno-economic evaluation of the multiple
methodologies and techniques suggested in the reports of CPCB.

DJB is also making concerted efforts to trap the sewage flowing in the 18
major drains directly out falling into River Yamuna in the Delhi stretch
between Wazirabad to Okhla by diverting sewage to nearest STPs. out
of 18 major drains 13 drains have already been trapped.
ANNEXURE II: SERVICE PLAN - IRRIGATION AND FLOOD CONTROL DEPARTMENT
(I&FCD)
 SERVICE PLAN for DRAINAGE MANAGEMENT
IRRIGATION AND FLOOD CONTROL DEPARTMENT (I&FC)

1. MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Special recommendation
There should be a single institution that bears an overall responsibility of the management of
the total storm water drainage system, within NCT of Delhi, for effective administrative
management.

Dredging and cleaning of drains by I&FC department

I&FC Department has large banks along major drains for deployment and movement of
machinery and desilted earth is also kept on these banks till its final disposal, either by filling
in low lying areas/depressions along drains or shifting into earmarked sanitary land fill sites.

Strengthening of embankments of drains of I&FC department

Before onset of monsoon, all the embankments of I&FC Department drains are checked in
respect of their stability and necessary restoration/repair work, as needed is carried out by
respective divisions of I&FC Department. A certificate in this regard is also forwarded by
concerned engineers to Head Quarter. I&FC Department also has departmental machinery for
such restoration/ strengthening work in the form of hydraulic excavators and dozers.

Remodelling of various drains

The embankment strengthening/remodelling proposals as of now and their current status in
respect of I&FC Department Drains is attached as Annexure-II (a). The above-cited table shows
that embankment of most of the drains are in good and stable condition and there is no need
for their strengthening. Similar situation is found in respect of need of remodelling of drains.
The work of remodelling is in progress at Najafgarh Pond Drain and Bund Drain. For some
drains, like Escape Drain No. 1 & Relief Drain, work of remodelling is required but there are
land constraints. Remodelling of KSN drain is required as most of the catchment area of this
drain is urbanized and many unauthorized colonies were also developed and are being
developed. Due to this, there is no scope for percolation of storm water, which has to be
carried by this drain. Besides this, due to lack of sewerage network in unauthorized colonies
the discharge of sewage, household waste and other wastewater are also flowing into KSN
drain through various drains of other Agencies.

There is no land available for remodelling since the adjacent area on both sides is developed
and urbanized. Hence, there is a need, to acquire land for remodelling of KSN drain. For
other drains, the work of remodelling and strengthening shall be taken up as per their
requirement in future.

Canals and their management

To keep up the uninterrupted flow of irrigation water to the irrigated land in Delhi, all repair
and maintenance works, cleaning/ dredging /desilting, strengthening of embankments are
being taken up as per requirement and necessity.

Delineation, conservation and management of buffers for all major I&FC drains
There are 57 major drains owned and maintained by I&FC Department. The buffer land/
additional land width available along the drains for future development is tabulated and
 attached as Annexure-II (b).

Troublesome drains
There are eight troublesome drains, which are detailed out in the service plan report shared
by I&FC Department:

Sr. Drain Problems / Constraints Remedial Measures

No. Name
1. Escape Drain flow being obstructed by The twin water mains may be shifted.
Drain No. two water mains lying in the
1 drain itself, No space for De-
silting for a stretch, Heavy silt
from WTP, Bed level of the drain
flat.
2. Biharipur Bounded on both sides with A parallel carriageway may be provided,
Drain closely packed houses, No space demolition of unplanned/ unauthorized
for movement of de-silting construction on either side.
machine, Heavy dumping of
MSW and cow dung.
3. Bund Bounded on both sides with Bar screen has been placed, Bypass drain
Drain closely packed houses, No space constructed, Removing obstructions, A
for movement of de-silting parallel carriage way may be provided,
machine, Heavy dumping of demolition of unplanned/unauthorized
MSW and cow dung. construction on either side.
4. Relief No space for movement of de- A parallel carriage way may be provided all
Drain silting machine, Heavy dumping along the length in the stretch from CRPF
of MSW in the drain by the local Camp to Khajuri Chowk by considering
resident, Daily dumping of waste demolition of unplanned / un authorized
by the hawkers. construction on drain side. NHAI may be
asked to remodel the drain in the entire
length with proper outfall.
5. Kirari 106 unauthorized, un-sewered DDA shall have to divert their wastewater
Suleman colonies contributing to all out falling into KSN drain at two points of
Nagar categories of house hold waste, main DDA road drain to adjacent DDA
Drain sewage and also dumping of drains. Three culverts of KSN drain shall be
MSW, During flood season the demolished and adequate hume pipes will
residual treated water comes be laid for increasing the water way and
with more silt due to which the smooth discharge of wastewater.
siltation occurs.
6. Pankha Heavy daily disposal of MSW and A scheme for construction of RCC retaining
road other household & market wall on both sides, The M.S Jalies have
drain wastes, Non availability of banks been erected over the bridges to
and access for deployment of discourage the localities from throwing of
machines, Presence of high garbage, Joint survey with DJB and BSES is
tension overhead electric line, occasionally conducted time to time to
Encroachment in the drain, cope with the ground realities, The MS
Heavy floating materials, silt, boards being erected at vulnerable points
debris etc. from inlets/ out falling to discourage people from dumping and
drains, Local resistance for not throwing of household waste and garbage.
stacking the material in front of Inviting specialized agencies to plan
their houses and shops rejuvenation of drain. Deployment of Jal
 Rakshak.
7. Nasirpur Heavy daily disposal of MSW and M.S Jalies have been erected over the
Drain other household &market bridges; MS boards are being erected at
wastes, Non availability of banks vulnerable points, Inviting specialized
and access for deployment of agencies to plan rejuvenation of drain,
machine, Presence of water R&D for specialized machinery for
pipeline, electric & Telephone effective cleaning of drain, stopping of
cables in the water way, sewerage water into the drain,
Presence of high tension Deployment of Jal Rakshak, Installation of
overhead electric line, MS Jallies on the mouth of out falling
Encroachment in the drain, drains.
Heavy floating materials, silt,
debris etc. from inlets/ out falling
drains, Non availability of space
for stacking desilted materials,
Local resistance for not stacking
the materials in front of their
houses and shops.

8. Asola Inefficiency of civic agency i.e. DJB may construct STP and lay sewer lines
Drain MCD for collection of MSW from in the area. The MCD shall develop
houses& markets, construction effective mechanism for collection of
of Dhalaos, Lack of civic sense MSW of the household wastes and C&D
and awareness among local wastes. R&D for specialized machinery for
people. Lack of specialized effective cleaning of drain. Immediate
machines fit for cleaning of the filling of vacant posts of technical and work
drain in existing circumstance; charge staff. Stopping of sewerage water
Lack of power to challan the into the drain. Spreading of general
defaulters. awareness about health and hygiene
among the people residing all along the
drain.

2. FLOOD MANAGEMENT

Apex Committee
An Apex Committee has been constituted under the Chairpersonship of Hon'ble Chief
Minister, Delhi to recommend, supervise and co-ordinate flood control measures in the
National Capital Territory of Delhi. The Central Flood Control Room at LM Bund Office
Complex, Shastri Nagar Delhi, remains in constant touch with the Control Rooms of different
departments i.e. MCD’s, NDMC, PWD and DDA to receive complaints and take appropriate
remedial action in case of drainage congestion on account of heavy rains. Disaster
management control room at office of D.M. (East) remains functional for relief & rescue
operations. In case of any need, the Divisional Commissioner may seek assistance from Army
in controlling floods, evacuation of the marooned people, distribution of food supplies and
other related matters.
 Sector Committee
Sector Committee is also constituted for each district, under the supervision of a Sector Officer
of D.M. rank. The Sector Officer also acts as a link between the various departments, at District
level, organized evacuation of the people, if necessary and to re-habilitate them in relief
camps and distribution of relief supplies.

Function of the Sector Committee: Immediately after its constitution, the Sector Committees
will meet within the areas of their jurisdiction and plan the steps needed for dealing with the
problems arising out of floods or drainage congestion.

Flood Warnings
The first warning is issued by Central Flood Control Room as soon as the discharge from
Hathnikund Barrage exceeds one-lakh cusecs or Discharge at Manasi exceeds 3500 cusecs for
Sahibi / N.G. Drain- where upon the relevant Sector Control Rooms starts functioning and
keeps a vigil in their respective areas. Second Warning been issued when the discharge from
HathniKund Barrage exceeds 3 lakh cusecs or Discharge at Manasi exceeds 70000 cusecs for
Sahibi / N.G. Drain- People residing within the river embankments near to active course shall
be warned and arrangement made to shift them to safer places. The Police and the staff of
the Flood Control Dept. would undertake patrolling along Right & Left marginal embankments
and keep vigil on the vulnerable points. The third warning been issued when the discharge
from HathniKund Barrage exceeds 5 lakhs cusecs while for Sahibi or Discharge at Manasi
exceeds 1 lakh cusecs for Sahibi / N.G. Drain- This warning shall be issued when the discharge
at Masani Barrage exceeds one Lakh cusecs. People residing in dangerously exposed areas will
be advised to remain alert and move to places of higher altitude, in case of need.

Vulnerable Points
Levels at S. No. CRITICAL POINTS ACTION REQUIRED
Old Railway
 Bridge
205.33 1. Rescue Boat Club R/B River Yamuna Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
(Provisional to stop entry of water from Riverside.
Danger 2. Monastery Market R/B River Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
Level) Yamuna to stop entry of water from Riverside.
3. Geeta Ghat- Entry Point R/B River Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
Yamuna to stop entry of water from Riverside.
4. Qudsia Ghat R/B River Yamuna
Hydra was deployed for operation of
gates/inlets
5. Nigam Bodh Ghat R/B River Yamuna Gaps were plugged by placement of
filled earth bags
6. Tonga Stand Regulator R/B River -DO-
Yamuna
7. Vijay Ghat Regulator R/B River Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
Yamuna to stop entry of water from Riverside.
8. Nalla No. 12 & 12A R/B River Pumps were deployed for pumping
Yamuna continuously and additional Filled Earth
Bags were placed to stop entry of water
from Riverside.
9. Regulator at RD-180 m of R.M.E. -DO-
10. Chilla Regulator
Gates closed as per requirement
11. Burari Regulator at RD-1135 m of
Jahangirpuri Drain. - DO-
206.00 12. Neem Karoli-Gau Shaala R/B River Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
Yamuna to stop entry of water from Riverside.
13. Civil Military Drain Regulator R/B
River Yamuna Were closed as per requirement
14. L. F. Bund in Trans Yamuna Area The hard stone and earth bags dumped
Shank RD. 1400m to prevent erosion of Shanks &
Shank RD. 800m Embankment.
15. Nalla No. 14 Regulator R/B River Pumps were deployed for pumping
Yamuna continuously and additional Filled Earth
Bags were placed to stop entry of water
from Riverside.
16. Outfall of Toe Drain along RME near Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
RD 2700m of Supplementary Drain to stop entry of water from Riverside.
207.00 17. D.J.B site along Ring Road R/B River
Yamuna Additional Filled Earth Bags were placed
to stop entry of water from Riverside.

3. Actions Taken by I&FC Department

• Monitoring of flood
In order to monitor the flood situation, control rooms and wireless network are setup
throughout the monsoon season and a complete record of the discharges and their water levels
is maintained in respect of river Yamuna as well as river Shahibi with the active assistance of
CWC, IMD & the neighbouring States. Daily weather report having data of rainfall till date,
rainfall during last 24 hours and forecast of the rain as well as floods is generated and shared
with all stakeholders to take necessary measures.
 • Protection and Maintenance of embankments
The department has constructed above embankments over different periods to fortify the city
against the flood furry and to protect & maintain these embankments, different types of flood
protection and maintenance works like protection of embankments, protection/
construction/restoration of spurs, launching aprons, stone pitching etc. are being undertaken
by the department on regular basis as per the need. The staff of the Flood Control Dept. would
undertake 24x7 patrolling along right & left marginal embankments and keep vigil on the
vulnerable points.

• Regulators
The regulators constructed and maintained by I&FC department at 15 Nos. outfalls of different
drains directly out falling into river Yamuna in the city reach will have to be operated from time
to time to suitably pump out the city drainage in case the river is in high flood and heavy local
rainfall. The regulators/ gate being closed at the time of heavy discharge in the river to check
the reverse flow of river into the city side. A close liaison is to be maintained with U.P. Irrigation
Department for timely opening of gates of Chilla regulator, if heavy discharge enters Delhi
through Shahdara drainage system, either due to heavy local rainfall or rainfall in upstream
Loni-Saharanpur U.P. areas. Boats and emergency portable pump sets will have to be kept ready
to meet any exigency arising out of the flood situation.

• Resources
Boats and emergency portable pump sets will have to be kept ready to meet any exigency
arising out of the flood situation. Resources are available with the I&FC department to meet out
the requirement during monsoon season.

• River training works

They may be constructed on both sides of the river or only on one side, for some suitable river
length, where the river is passing through towns or cities. (ii) Spurs or Groynes: These are
constructed, in order to protect the bank from which they are extended, by deflecting the
current away from the bank. (iii) Pitching of banks and provision of launching aprons: Banks of
a river are directly protected by stone pitching, or by concrete blocks, or by brick lining or by
growing vegetable cover, etc. Concrete blocks are very costly, and stone pitching is mostly
adopted, if available without much difficulty. The banks of the river are made stable by giving
them a stable slope varying from 1:1 to 2:1 depending upon the material of the bank. They are
then pitched, so as to make them strong enough to resist erosion.

• Flood Plain Zone

In compliance to the directions of Hon’ble National Green Tribunal in the matter of Manoj
Mishra Vs. Union of India (O.A. No. 06/2012) vide order dated 13.01.2015 vide which it has been
directed that flood plain should be identified for flood, once in 25 years in the interest of
ecology, biodiversity and the river flow. IIT Delhi has conveyed flood of 2011 as once in 25 years
during which maximum discharge release from Tajewala and maximum gauge recorded at Old
Railway Bridge was 205.72 in respect of discharge of 6,41,462 cusecs. The 20 sheets of flood
plain maps have been prepared by GSDL based on the maximum water levels observed in year
2011 at various locations with the level of 205.72 round of to 206.00 and forwarded the same
to Delhi Development Authority for physical demarcation of flood plain for river Yamuna.

4. KEY INFRASTRUCTURE OR SPECIAL PROJECTS IDENTIFIED DURING THE PLAN PERIOD,

ALONG WITH DETAILS OF PROJECTS AND THEIR TIMELINES
Table 3. List of Special Projects
S. No. Project Name Target Timeline
1. Creation of Water The implementation of this project on a larger
Bodies/ Reservoirs scale of about 1180 Acre, as proposed in the
in Flood Plains of conceptual plan, shall result in recharge of
River Yamuna by flood plain of River Yamuna from Palla to
retaining excess Hiranki and the ground water can be tapped
water in the River through the existing network of tube wells of
during Monsoon DJB and this network can be further
Season from Palla augmented by DJB for improving the fresh
to Wazirabad. water supply to Delhi.
2. Details of Pilot Activity aimed at improving the quality of
Project at Ghoga wastewater as well as to rejuvenate drains. A
Drain pilot project to treat at least ten lakh litres per
day of wastewater by using ecologically
sensitive & sustainable technology like
constructed wet land system was created to
treat wastewater flowing in Ghoga Drain.
The Pilot Project comprises construction of
SWAB based wetland system. The project has
been envisaged to treat 1 MLD of wastewater
flowing in Ghoga Drain and the Construction of
6 Nos. check dam of 0.50 M high with stone
boulders within an interval of 1 Km each.
3. Pilot Project: In order to rejuvenate the water body a pilot Awarded award of
Rejuvenation of project for rejuvenation of Rajokari water body Excellence awarded
Rajokari Water was undertaken by the department with on 28.08.2020,
Body objective of: under National
(i) Treatment of sewerage water by ecological Water Innovation
sustainable technology to reduce pollutant as Summit & Awards
such BOD COD dissolved and suspended solid 2020.
etc. and bring it to permissible level for water
body.
(ii) Landscaping of open area along with
Horticulture work and provision for lighting of
the area.
Further installation of CCTV camera for security
purpose, plantation of creeper plants over the
boundary wall in order to increase aesthetic
view and greenery, open gym equipment,
children play equipment for the purpose of use
of this area for complete recreation was also
desired and the same is in process that will be
completed by 30.04.2021.
4. Widening & Schemes were prepared for raising of
strengthening of embankment and strengthening by widening
Embankments of embankment from existing single lane to
along river Yamuna two-lane carriageway They were placed and
from Palla to approved by the Technical Advisory Committee
Wazirabad. (TAC) in its 36th& 41st meetings. The
Approximate expenditure on widening and
 strengthening of Embankment from Palla to
Wazirabad shall be Rs. 3800 Lacs.
5. Water front A scheme of Rs. 6.22 crores for the Floating of tender is
development along Comprehensive Consultancy services for Water in process
Najafgarh drain Front Development on Najafgarh Drain from
Chhawla Bridge to Basaidarapur Bridge with
designing of two lane road on left & right bank
of Najafgarh drain & various bridges have been
approved by GNCT of Delhi.
6. National Hydrology The National Hydrology Project, (NHP) is a The work proposed
Project (NHP) World Bank supported Govt. of India scheme will be partly taken
with 100% grant in aid to Central & State up in the current
implementing agencies (IA). I&FC Department Financial Year and
& DJB have signed the NHP as an Implementing the remaining work
Agency (IA) for the State of Delhi. will be taken up in
NHP aims at taking up the following main forthcoming years.
activities: On completion of
a. Establishing and upgrading Hydro-met this project, various
network in all the river basins. b. Bringing the data being
entire hydro-metrological data on a generated on real
standardized central database for easy storage, time will be
validation, analysis and dissemination. c. available on the
Development of Decision Support Systems for server of NHP for
Flood Forecasting, reservoir operations, water real time
resources planning & management, monitoring & can
conjunctive use etc. following a river basin be assessed by the
approach. d. Capacity building of the States authorized
and enhancing collaboration between Centre representative of
& States and amongst the State themselves all other State Govt.
through trainings, establishment of data
centres, Centres of Excellence etc.
Total allocation of Rs. 3679.76 Crores is made
for this work, to be implemented by various
Central and State Govt. Agencies. For this
purpose, Rs. 25.00 Crores has been allocated
for the State of Delhi.
Following activity has been approved for
implementation by I&FC Department and Delhi
Jal Board under National Hydrology Project: -
1. Real Time information system on drainage
network in Delhi. 2. Real Time information
system for rainfall in Delhi. 3. Groundwater
Measurement Equipment. 4. Upgradation of
Water Testing Laboratories.
7. Strengthening and Already
raising of right bank undertaken.
of Najafgarh drain
8. Rejuvenation of 10 The water bodies in Delhi are in extremely bad After issue of
water bodies shape and are in varying degrees of Administrative
entrusted to I&FC environmental degradation. Hence, the Govt. Approval and
Dept. of Delhi taken up development and Expenditure
 rejuvenation of water bodies as a flagship Sanction, the
programme. Though I&FC Dept. is not land- period of
owning agency but has taken up above 10 completion for
water bodies for rejuvenation as per present rejuvenation of
Govt. policy. The rejuvenation of above water above 10 water
bodies is being taken up in holistic manner by bodies will be 18
constructing the wet lands that are ecologically months including
sensitive and sustainable which are most all codal
suitable in situ treatments for discharges of formalities.
wastewater less than 1 MLD. As a part of
rejuvenation, necessary landscaping works,
walking tracks, cycling tracks, benches, solar
lighting, public amenities like toilets,
Amphitheatre where ever feasible will be taken
up to facilitate effective utilization for
recreation purpose of local public.
The estimated cost for rejuvenation of above
10 water bodies including STP and landscaping
is Rs. 21.54 Cr.

5. ESTIMATED LAND REQUIREMENTS FOR PROJECTS

The department is facing a problem of disposal of desilted earth, as MCDs are reluctant to
take the same; hence, it is necessary that DDA may give land parcels at different locations
along the drains having size of around 1 ha. each at every 10 Km interval (totalling around
1000ha.).

It is recommended that the service lines in form of sewer, water, electric, communication etc.
should be shifted outside the land boundary of I&FC drains.

Large chunks of I&FC land are being utilized for the construction of dhalaos by civic agencies,
it is suggested that separate land should earmarked outside drain boundary for collection,
processing, shifting and disposal of MSW as well as C&D waste along entire align of existing
drains.

6. PROJECTED LAND REQUIREMENT IN VIEW OF MPD 2041

The drain wise projected land requirement considering expected remodeling, their operation
and maintenance, creation of green belt, for processing of the desilted earth, for service road,
for service lines, for C&D waste and additional stores etc. is attached as Annexure-II (b).

The additional land available for future use along drains varies with drains as well as their
stretch/locations. In upper reaches of Najafgarh its width is more than 135 m. while in lower
portion (which is highly urbanized) it comes down to 25 m. Similar situations exist in other
drains also. This additional land is being utilised for service lines like sewer lines, water
pipeline, H.T. lines, communications cables etc. in addition to construction of Dhalaos, Chhat
Pooja Ghats, Mohalla clinics, Parks etc.

To create green zones along drains plantation work has also been done on the available drain
land at different locations.
7. KEY TARGETS THAT WILL BE INCLUDED IN MPD 41 ACTION PLAN

Component Current status Target for 2041 Phasing Plan

Length (in km) of The drain wise status of length of drain, width, depth of drain, catchment
buffers created and area, design discharge, present status of embankments & status of buffer
maintained along land along the drains is annexed as (Annexure-II (b))
major drains

8. SUGGESTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

For construction of new drains in the sub cities to be planned under Master Plan 2041,
following recommendations are made with regard to planning / construction of drainage
system:

a) The existing drainage network of Irrigation and Flood Control Department may
be remodeled within the limits of the feasibility, to integrate the drainage
network of sub-cities to be planned under Land Pooling Policy / MPD-2041,
whenever, the relevant details are shared with I&FC Department in
consultation with all stakeholders.
b) Provision should be made for continuous green lines along the entire course
of the drains on both sides.
c) A separate provision for the services lines like sewer, water, electric,
communication etc. should be made outside the drain boundary areas.
d) A separate provision for land for collection, processing, transportation, shifting
and disposal should be made for MSW as well as C&D waste.
e) New development should be made in such a way that overall runoff from the
area does not increase with the proposed urbanization. For that necessary
measures in form of ponds, parks, porous pavements, green belts, artificial
lakes / or other rainwater harvesting and storage structures etc. may be
adopted.
f) The officers involved in drainage and flood management should be given
exposure to International best practices, so as to adopt the same to the
National Capital City of Delhi.

Referred annexures for I&FC Service Plan:

Annexure II (a): Embankment Strengthening /Remodelling Status of Drains
Annexure II (b): Details of Buffers along Drains of I&FC Department
Annexure II (c): Detail of Effluent Irrigation System
ANNEXURE – II (a) : Embankment Strengthening /Remodelling Status of Drains

Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether

(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

CD-I
Najafgarh Drain, CD-I-
45.31 Stable No NA
45316m
Palam Drain 4.20 Stable No NA
Palam Link Drain 1.47 Stable No NA
Yes
Najaf Garh Pond Drain 1.95 Stable No
Work in progress.

Nasirpur Link Drain 2.90 Stable No NA

Bijwasan Drain 4.20 Stable No NA

Pankha Road Drain 3.60 Stable No NA
Shahbad Mohammadpur
0.23 Stable No NA
Drain

Mudhela Drain CD-I-

6.95 Stable No NA
6920m,

CD-II
Supplementary Drain Inspection path -N/A- -N/A-
D 16436 m to RD 22471 i) L/B 17700 to Section Section already
m 19362- CC Road already lined lined
ii) R/B 16436 to
16700- CC Road
iii) R/B 21350 to
22137-CC Road
Mohalla Clinic(RD
6.04 17700m R/B)
1500 plants
proposed b/w RD
16436m to 22471m
at scattered locations
350 Sapling already
planted and their
maintenance is in
progress
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

11.82
Najafgarh Drain, RD Inspection Road No proposal of No proposal of
45316 m to RD 57140m i) L/B RD 47390m to strengthening remodelling as of
RD 48300m as of now now
CC/Bituminous Road - - Remodelling work
ii) L/B RD 54346m to strengthening shall be done if so
Nose Point work shall be required in future.
CC/Bituminous Road done if so
iii) L/B RD 56306m to necessitated in
RD 57106m future
CC/Bituminous Road
iv) R/B RD 46870m to
RD 48315m CC
Road
v) R/B RD 54346m to
RD 56704m
Bituminous Road
CD-III

Trunk Drain No.I , CD-III-

5260m,

RD 0m to RD 3200m 5.26 Good NO NO

RD 3200m to 5260m

Trunk Drain No. II

RD-4550m to RD-
3900m

RD-3900m to RD-
3230m 4.55 Good NO NO

RD-3230m to RD-
1980m

RD-1980m to RD-
0m

Shahdara Outfall Drain

5.90 Good NO NO
RD-5900m to RD-0m

Ghazipur Drain 6.15 Good NO NO

Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

RD-0m to RD-
2135m

RD-2135m to RD-
3505m

RD-3505m to RD-
5090m

RD-5090m to RD-
6157m

Shahdara Link Drain

RD 4545m to RD-
3500m= 45.15m

RD 3500m to RD-
3065m= 53.50m

RD 3065m to RD-
2565m= 44.50m
4.56 Good No NO

RD 2565m to RD-
2150m= 36.45m

RD 2150m to RD
1330m = 43.45m

RD 1330m to RD-930m
= 43.45m
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

RD 930m to RD-330m
= (covered portion)
43.00m

RD 330m to RD 130m=
43.45m

CD-IV

Trunk Drain No.I , CD-IV- 8.13

5260m, to 13387m
RD 5260m to 6690m 1.43

RD 6690m to 10330m 3.64 Good No No

RD 10330m to 13387m 3.06

Karawal Nagar Drain 2.48

Good No No

Biharipur Drain 1.00

RD 0m to RD 650m 0.65
No sufficient land is
available for No No
RD 650m to RD 1000m 0.35 Embankment.

Bund Drain 3.45 No sufficient land is Yes Remodelling of

available for drain is in progress
Embankment. on existing section
as the no sufficient
land is available
along the drain.
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

Escape Drain No. I 2.98 Drain is passing

RD 0m to 980m 0.98 through thickly
RD 980m to 1650m 0.67 Good from RD 0m to populated area.
RD 1650m to 2650m 1.00 RD 2650m. Due to land
constraint, no any
RD 2650m to 2980m 0.33 No sufficient land is remodeling is
NA
available for proposed between
Embankment from RD 1650m to RD
RD 2650m to RD 2560m. However
2980m. remodeling is
required in near
future.
Escape Drain No. II 0.45 Good No No
Relief Drain 2.18 Drain is passing
RD 0m to 695m 0.70 through thickly
populated area.
RD 695m to 965m 0.27 Due to land
RD 965m to 1860m 0.90 No sufficient land is
constraint, no any
available for NA
RD 1860m to 2180m 0.32 remodeling is
Embankment.
proposed. However
remodeling is
required in near
future.
CD-V
Ali Drain 2.78 1 side Road 1 side No No
NTPC.

Asola Drain 3.39 on Right side from There is

400 to 600 RD. kuchcha zigzag
drain passes
through
private land
and water
spreads in the
open field and
there is no
outfall of
drain.
Molar Bund Extension 1.38 No No No
Drain

Sarita Vihar Drain 1.30 No No

Earthen
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

CD-VI

Drain No. 6 14.73 Good condition Not required Not required

Burari Creek 8.86 Good condition Not required Not required

Burari Drain 6.04 Good condition Not required Not required

New Drain 5.40 Good condition Not required Not required

Jagatpur Link Drain (Link 2.46 Good condition Not required Not required
Drain No. II)

Toe Drain 4.00 Good condition Not required Not required

CD-VII
BAWANA ESCAPE DRAIN 19.79 Strengthen No No

Bankner Link Drain 5.43 Good Yes No

Khera Khurd Drain 5.20 Good Yes Yes

Ghoga Link Drain 5.12 Good No No

Naya Bas Link Drain 3.00 Good No Yes

Sanoth Link Drain 3.35 Good No Yes

Alipur Link Drain 0.88 Good No No

Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

Tikri Khurd Link Drain 1.94 Good Yes Yes

Khera Kalan Drain (Link) 0.86 Good No No

Bawana Drain RD 9561M 1.830 Good No No

to RD 11391M

Nangloi Drain CD-VII- 2.10 Good No No

2100m

CD-VIII
MungeshPur Drain RD
15850 m to RD 37550 m
21.65 Earthern - -

Bazitpur Drain RD 0 m to
RD 8049 m 8.05 Earthern - -

Bawana Drain RD 0 m to
RD 9561 m 10.83 Earthern - -

Ladpur Link Drain RD 0

to RD 2300 m 2.30 Earthern - -

Katewara Link Drain RD 0

m to RD 1330 m
1.33 B/Work - -

Jatkhor Link Drain RD 0

m to RD 3760 m
3.76 Earthern - -

Nangal Thakran Link

Drain RD 0 m to RD 900
m 0.90 Earthern - -
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

Madanpur Drain RD 4100 Channelization of

m to RD 8229 m drain near Ghewra
village on up
4.13 Earthern -
stream of Railway
line crossing is
required
Kirari Suleman RD 4150 Remodelling of KSN
to RD 7850 m drain is required as
the most of the
catchment area of
this drain is
urbanized and
many unauthorized
colonies were also
developed and
being developed.
Due to this, there is
no scope for
percolation of
storm water and
which has to be
carried by this
drain. Besides this,
due to lack of
sewerage network
in unauthorized
3.70 Dry brick -
colonies the
discharge of
sewage, household
waste and other
wastewater are
also flowing into
KSN drain through
various drains of
other Govt.
Agencies. There is
no land available
for remodeling
since the adjacent
area in both sides is
developed and
urbanized. Hence,
there is a need, to
acquire land for
remodeling of KSN
drain.
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

Sultanpur Drain RD 0 m Strengthening

to RD 9200 m of bank is
required on
upstream side
9.20 Earthern -
of Karala-
Kanjhawala
road at Rupali
Enclave
Rasulpur Link Drain RD 0
m to RD 750 m 0.75 Earthern - -

CD-IX

Supplementary drain
from RD 0to RD
Inspection road,
16436m
dhalao, twin pipeline
of DJB, PWD Road,
Plantation and Strengthening Remodelling
16.44
Mohalla Clinic etc. Required Required
exist on Bank of
Supplementary
Drain.

CD-X
Jahangir Puri Outfall
drain
Strengthening
RD 0m to RD 1700m
and
RD 1700m to RD 3000m RD 0m to RD 4800m upgradation of
5.47 both side bank PCC regulator at RD
RD 3000m to RD 4000m tile lined & RD 4800m 1135m.
No
RD 4000m to RD 4800m to RD 5470m both (Work being
side bank stone taken by
pitching Mechanical
RD 4800m to RD 5470m Division-II, in
year 2020-21.)
CD-XI
Supplementary Drain,
CD-XI
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

RD 22471m to RD 2.604 Land/Road exist on

25075m left bank of
Supplementary Drain
where park, Mohalla
Clinic, Chhat Ghat,
RD 25075m to RD 0.985 Inspection Road and
26060m Dhalao have been
constructed. Around
10000 nos. plants has
been planted on left
RD 26060m to RD 2.020 bank of
Strengthening Remodelling
28080m Supplementary
required required
Drain. On the right
bank Kaccha
inspection Road
exists which is
RD 28080m to RD 3.220 common bank of N G
31300m Drain and
Supplementary
Drain.

RD 31300m to RD 3.200
34500m
CD-XII

Madanpur Drain
4.10 - Not Required Not Required
(RD 0m to RD 4100m)

Kirari Suleman Nagar

Drain 4.10 -
(RD 0m to RD 4100m)

(RD 0m to RD 1722m) 1.72 - Not Required Not Required

(RD 1722m to RD 3700m) 1.98 -

(RD 3700m to RD 4100m) 0.40 -

Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

Mundka Peripheral Drain

2.35 - Not Required Not Required
(RD 0m to RD 2345m)

Ranhola Pond Drain

1.16 - Not Required Not Required
(RD 0m to RD 1160m

CD-XIII
MungeshPur Drain CD- 10.362 Stable No No
XIII-10362m 0m to 1575m =
1575m to RD.
6600m
RD.6600m to
10362M
Bhupania Chudania 8.55 Stable No No
Drain (including Haryana RD. 0m to
portion) 2736m
RD. 6280m to
8550M
RD.2736m to
6280M (Haryana
State)

Mudhela Drain CD-XIII- 5.60 Stable No No

From 6950 to 12560m

Nangli Sakrawati Link 0.93 Stable No No

Drain, CD-XIII- RD-0m to RD. 0m to 385
385m = 385m, CD-XIII- RD. 1712m to
RD-1712m to 2262m = RD.2262m
Name of Drain Length of Drain Present status of Whether any Whether
(in KMs) Embankment strengthening remodelling of
proposed or drain is proposed/
required required

550m
ANNEXURE – II (b): Details of Buffers along Drains of I&FC Department

DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT

Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao
FC-I

Jahangir Puri
Outfall drain

RD 0m to RD
75.00 54.00 21.00
1700m

RD 1700m to
66.00 48.00 18.00
RD 3000m

5.47 3.50 mtr

2.00 mtr
each
RD 3000m to each side 2 mtr each side
31.00 27.00 1.80m 4.00 side --- --- --- --- --- --- 8.20
RD 4000m Total = 4.00 Total = 4.00 mtr
Total =
mtr
7.00 mtr

RD 4000m to
35.00 33.00 3.00
RD 4800m

RD 4800m to
54.00 43.00 12.00
RD 5470m

Drains
Trunk Drain under the
No.I , CD-III- jurisdiction
5260m are passing
5.26 2.67 20.00 through the
densely
RD 0m to RD populated
54.86 38.00 16.86 10.00 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 15.68
3200m area,
acquisition
 DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT
Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao
of the
RD 3200m to proposed
22.86 20.00 2.86 24.00 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 12.98 additional
5260m
land is only
possible if
the
RD 5260m to redevelopm
1.43 45.00 33.00 4.00 12.00 8.00 10.00 5.00 5.00 4.00
6690m ent of the
nearby area
of the drain
proposed by
RD 6690m to DDA
3.64 45.00 25.00 4.50 20.00 10.00 5.00 5.00 7.28
10330m

RD 10330m
3.06 37.00 15.00 4.50 22.00 10.00 5.00 5.00 6.11
to 13387m

Trunk Drain
No. II

RD-4550m to
15.24 15.24 0.00 32.00 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 4.62
RD-3900m

RD-3900m to 4.55 2.60

32.74 20.05 12.69 20.00 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 3.95
RD-3230m

RD-3230m to
45.24 20.55 24.69 8.00 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.88
RD-1980m

RD-1980m to
54.86 22.80 32.06 7.50 14.00 7.50 5.00 5.00 7.72
RD-0m
 DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT
Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao

Shahdara
Outfall Drain

5.90 3.26

RD-5900m to
135.00 58.764 76.236 10.00 14.00 5.00 5.00 20.06
RD-0m

Ghazipur
Drain

RD-0m to
104.00 54.44 49.56 5.00 7.50 14.00 5.00 5.00 7.79
RD-2135m

RD-2135m to
6.15 104.00 53.83 3.11 50.17 7.50 5.00 5.00 2.40
RD-3505m

RD-3505m to
104.00 52.59 51.41 7.50 5.00 5.00 2.77
RD-5090m

RD-5090m to
85.00 47.73 37.27 5.00 7.50 7.00 3.50 5.00 5.00 3.52
RD-6157m

Shahdara
Link Drain

4.56 2.135

RD 4545m to
45.15 22.25 22.90 10.00 7.50 10.00 5.00 5.00 3.92
RD-3500m
 DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT
Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao

RD 3500m
53.50 22.25 31.25 10.00 7.50 10.00 5.00 5.00 1.63
toRD-3065m

RD 3065m to
44.50 22.25 22.25 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 1.13
RD-2565m

RD 2565m to
36.45 22.25 14.20 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 0.93
RD-2150m

RD 2150m to
43.45 22.25 21.20 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 1.85
RD 1330m

RD 1330m to
43.45 22.25 21.20 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 0.90
RD-930m

RD 930m to
RD-330m
43.00 15.45 27.55 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 1.35
(Covered
Portion)

RD 330m to
43.45 22.25 21.20 7.50 5.00 5.00 5.00 0.45
RD 130m

Karawal
2.48 38.96 14.00 4.00 24.96 5.00 5.00 5.00 3.72
Nagar Drain

Biharipur
1.00 4.00
Drain
 DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT
Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao

RD 0m to RD
0.65 4.50 2.00 1.50 2.50 5.00 6.00 5.00 6.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 2.14
650m

RD 650m to
0.35 8.00 2.00 1.50 6.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 1.02
RD 1000m

Bund Drain 3.45 7.50 3.70 2.00 3.80 5.00 4.00 5.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 10.00

Escape Drain
2.98
No. I

RD 0m to
0.98 25.90 8.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 0.60
980m

RD 980m to
0.67 23.00 6.00 3.00 17.90 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 1.74
1650m

RD 1650m to
1.00 18.23 6.00 2.50 17.00 5.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 3.10
2650m

RD 2650m to
0.33 17.00 2.80 2.00 12.23 5.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 1.02
2980m

Escape Drain
0.45 30.00 10.00 3.00 20.00 5.00 3.00 3.00 0.50
No. II

Relief Drain 2.18

RD 0m to
0.70 27.00 13.00 2.00 14.00 3.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 1.26
695m
 DETAILS OF BUFFERS ALONG DRAINS OF I&FC DEPARTMENT
Additional land required
Name of Length Reach Reach wise Depth Balance Remode Operation & Creation of For processing For Service For services like; For C&D For Others, Total Remarks
Drain of Drain wise total top drain of land lling / maintenance green belt of desilted road electric line, waste additional if any (in
(in KMs) land width width (in drain width (in augmen earth communication stores of hectare)
(in mtr.) / mtr.) (in mtr.) tation cable, pipe lines I&FC Dept.
Right of including mtr.) (Buffers) water/sewer &
way water way dhalao

RD 695m to Not visible

0.27 5.00 3.00 5.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 0.76
965m marsh land

RD 965m to
0.90 8.00 2.60 1.20 5.40 5.00 3.00 5.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 2.52
1860m

RD 1860m to
0.32 15.00 5.00 1.50 10.00 3.00 5.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 0.74
2180m

FC-I 154.24
 FC-II

RD 0 to
1. RD 0m 1. RD 0 m (26.95x0.5)x 13025m = RD 2600m
1. RD 0 m RD 10000 m to For Services
to 2650m to 1725m 1725 13025 m x = 20m x
to 1725m = ---- RD 11000 m ---- 13025x2 = 26050 ---- ----
= 45.00 = 18.05 = 23244 5m X 2= 15m = 300
26.95 Mtr. 40000 Sqm Sqm
Mtr Mtr. Sqm. 130250 Sqm.
Sqm.
For Dhalao
RD 2600m
RD 2315
RD 2975
RD 12000
RD 11700
5 x 15m x 15m =
1025 Sqm.
2. RD
2. RD 2. RD RD 7700m
Varies 1725m to (26.6x0.5)x(2
2650m to 1725m to = 20m x
from 2250m = 250-1725) ---- ---- ---- ----
6600m = 2250m = 15m = 300
3.40 18.40 = 6983 Sqm
Drain No.6 14.73 44.00 Mtr 26.60 Mtr. Sqm. 37.275
Mtr Mtr.
4.10
Mtr

3. RD
3. RD 3. RD
2250m to (22.05x0.5)x(
6600m to 2250m to
2650m = 2650-2250) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
12500m = 2650m =
27.95 = 4410 Sqm
40.00 Mtr 22.05 Mtr.
Mtr.

4. RD 4. RD
4. RD
12500m 2650m to (26.6x0.5)x(2
2650m to
to 14725m 2825m = 825-2650) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
2825m =
= 28.00 17.40 = 2328 Sqm
26.60 Mtr.
Mtr. Mtr.

5. RD
5. RD
2825m to (28.7x0.5)x(6
2825m to
6600m = 600-2825) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
6600m =
15.30 = 54171 Sqm
28.70 Mtr.
Mtr.
 6. RD
6. RD
6600m to (26.45x0.5)x(
6600m to
7730m = 7730-6600) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
7730m =
13.55 = 14944 Sqm
26.45 Mtr.
Mtr.

7. RD
7. RD
7730m to (26.1x0.5)x(9
7730m to
9700m = 700-7730)= ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
9700m =
13.90 25709 Sqm
26.10 Mtr.
Mtr.

7. RD
7. RD
9700m to (23.5x0.5)x(1
9700m to
10700m = 0700-9700) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
10700m =
16.50 = 11750 Sqm
23.50 Mtr.
Mtr.
8. RD
8. RD 10700m
(19.2x0.5)x(1
10700m to to
2500-10700) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
12500m = 12500m =
= 17280 Sqm
19.20 Mtr. 20.80
Mtr.
9. RD
9. RD 12500m
(12.5x0.5)x(1
12500m to to
4725-12500) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
14725m = 14725m =
= 13906
12.50 Mtr. 15.50
Mtr.

For Services
From RD 0 m to RD
8867 m x 2.0 m =
17734 Sqm

For Dhalao
Near RD 450 M
From RD 0 From RD 0 Near RD 1050M 500 Sqm
(12x0.5)x(88
m to RD m to RD Near RD 1450 M (Near RD
67)
Burari Creek 8.86 20.00 10 to 12 2.10 10 to 8 ---- 8867 m x ---- 8867 m x 3.0 Near RD 1950 M ---- 2300 M ---- 18.90
= 53202
5.0 m x 2 = m= Near RD 4150 M Near RD
Sqm
88670 Sqm 26601 Sqm Near RD 5250 M 6000 M)
Near RD 5850 M
Near RD 6500 M
Near RD 7850 M
Near RD 450 M
New Course
10x15x15 =2250
Sqm
 For services
From RD From RD 0 5488x2 = 10976
0 m to RD m to RD Sqm
5488 m 5488 m
(5x0.5)x(604
3.50 to 3.50 to For Dhalao
Burari Drain 6.04 0.60 Nil 0) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 10.8846
6.00 M 6.00 M 5488 x 5488 x Near RD 3500 M
= 15100 Sqm
5.00 = 5.00x2 Near RD 5100 M
27440 =54880Sq
Sqm m 2 x 15.00x 15.00 =
450.00 Sqm

From RD 0 For services from

(48x0.5)x(54
to 5400 m RD 0 to 5400 m
00)
New Drain 5.40 61.00 48.00 5.20 13.00 ....... ---- ....... ....... 19.44
= 129600
5400x5x2 = 5400*2 = 10800
Sqm
54000 Sqm Sqm

From RD From RD 0 For services 2460x2

Jagatpur Link (2.5x0.5)x(24 0 m to RD to 2460 = 4920 SqmFor
Drain (Link 2.46 4.00 2.50 2.50 1.50 60)= 3075 500 m500 m2460x5x2 ---- ---- DhalaoNear RD 300 ---- ---- ---- 3.532
Drain No. II) Sqm x 5.00 = = 24600 M1 x 15.00x 15.00
2500 Sqm Sqm = 225.00 Sqm

For services
From RD 4000x2 = 8000 Sqm
0 m to RD From RD 0 For Dhalao
4000 m m to RD Near RD 3240 M
(1.5x0.5)x(40
4000 m Near RD 2500 M
Toe Drain 4.00 1.50 1.50 1.20 Nil 00) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 7.19
4000 x Near RD 1900 M
= 3000 Sqm
5.00 = 4000x5x2 = Near RD 850 M
20000 40000 Sqm
Sqm 4 x 15.00x 15.00 =
900.00 Sqm

Total Area CD-VI 97.22

 Remodelling
For service
augmentatio Length RD i) RC 19100 M &
lane
n for future 0 M to RD 19200 M (Budhpur)
Length RD 0
requirement 19790 M = ii) RD 4165 M to RD
M to RD
Length along 19790M 4795 M (Near R/B) for store
19790 M =
drain RD 0 M Width 5 M J.J. Amar Colony at RD 9900
At RD 11000 19790M
BAWANA to RD 19790 both side Bawana – Narela M
40.50 M 19.425 M 1.50 to M Width 4.25
ESCAPE 19.79 21.0475 M = 19790M - of drain Road. - area 15M x - 78.28
(Avg) (Avg.) 4.80 area 5 Acre M both side
DRAIN Width area 2 x (iii) RD 13400 M 15 M = 225
or 2 Ha. of drain
extended 19790 x 5 = (R/B) Metro Vihar Sqm
area 2 x
10 M 1, 97,900 Holambi Kalan. 0.02 Ha
19790 x 4.25
area 19790 x Sqm area 3x 15M x 15
= 1, 68,215
10 = 1, or 19.79 M = 675 Sqm
Sqm
97,900 Sqm Ha. 0.0675 Ha
or 16.82 Ha.
or 19.79 Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio
Length RD For service
n for future
0 M to RD laneLength
requirement
5430 M = RD 0 M to RD RD 2950 M (Near
Length along
5430MWid 5430 M = Saboli Road X-ing
drain RD 0 M
th 5 M both 5430MWidth culvert).RD 3906 M
Bankner Link to RD 5430
5.43 14.10 Avg. 11.25 1.00 2.85 - side of - 4.25 M both (Pio Manihari Road - - - 14.435
Drain M=
drain area side of drain X-ing).area 2x 15M
5430MWidth
2 x 5430 x 5 area 2 x 5430 x 15 M = 450
extended 8
= 54300 x 4.25 = Sqm0.045 Ha
M area 5430
Sqm or 46,155 Sqm
x 8 = 43,440
5.43 Ha. or 4.62 Ha.
Sqm or 4.34
Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio For service
n for future Length RD lane
requirement 0 M to RD Length RD 0
Length along 5200 M = M to RD
drain RD 0 M 5430M 5200 M = RD 740 M (Near
to RD 5200 Width 5 M 5200M Bhatte wala Road)
Khera Khurd
5.20 6.75 3.40 0.80 3.35 M = 5200M - both side - Width 4.25 area 15M x 15 M = - - - 12.243
Drain
Width of drain M both side 225 Sqm
extended area 2 x of drain 0.0225 Ha
5M 5200 x 5 = area 2 x 5200
area 5200 x 5 52000 Sqm x 4.25 =
= 26,000 or 5.20 Ha. 44,200 Sqm
Sqm or 4.42 Ha.
or 2.60 Ha.
 Remodelling
For service
augmentatio
Length RD lane
n for future
0 M to RD Length RD 0
requirement
5120 M = M to RD
Length along
5120M 5120 M =
drain RD 0 M
Width 5 M 5120M
Ghoga Link to RD 5120
5.12 5.00 5.00 0.80 0.00 - both side - Width 4.25 - - - - 12.03
Drain M = 5120M
of drain M both side
Width
area 2 x of drain
extended
5120 x 5 = area 2 x 5120
5M
51200 Sqm x 4.25 =
area 5120 x 5
or 5.12 Ha. 43520 Sqm
= 25600 Sqm
or 4.35 Ha.
or 2.56 Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio
Length RD For service
n for future
0 M to RD laneLength
requirement
3000 M = RD 0 M to RD RD 490 M CULVERT
Length along
3000MWid 3000 M = (Nar Opposite
drain RD 0 M
th 5 M both 3000MWidth Metro vihar
Naya Bas 0.45 to to RD 3000
3.00 8.50 Avg 7.00 1.50 - side of - 4.25 M both Holambi - - - 7.073
Link Drain 0.50 M=
drain area side of drain Khurd)area 15M x
3000MWidth
2 x 3000 x 5 area 2 x 3000 15 M = 225
extended 5
= 30000 x 4.25 = Sqm0.0225 Ha
M area 3000
Sqm or 25500 Sqm
x 5 = 15000
3.00 Ha. or 2.55 Ha.
Sqm or 1.50
Ha.
 Remodelling
For service
augmentatio
Length RD lane
n for future
0 M to RD Length RD 0
requirement
3350 M = M to RD
Length along
3350M 3350 M =
drain RD 0 M
Width 5 M 3350M
Sanoth Link to RD 3350
3.35 10.80 9.00 1.40 1.80 - both side - Width 4.25 - - - - 7.88
Drain M = 3350M
of drain M both side
Width
area 2 x of drain
extended
3350 x 5 = area 2 x 3350
5M
33500 Sqm x 4.25 =
area 3350 x 5
or 3.35 Ha. 28475 Sqm
= 16750 Sqm
or 2.85 Ha.
or 1.68 Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio For service
Length RD
n for future lane
0 M to RD RD 0 M, (Near
requirement Length RD 0
880 M = Kiran Garden)
Length along M to RD 880
880M ii) RD 435 M (Near
drain RD 0 M M = 880M
Width 5 M Alipur City Forest
Alipur Link to RD 880 M Width 4.25
0.88 30.00 3.50 2.50 26.50 - both side - Road) - 2.115
Drain = 880M M both side
of drain
Width of drain
area 2 x area 2x 15M x 15
extended area 2 x 880
880x 5 = M = 450 Sqm
5M x 4.25 = 7480
8800 Sqm 0.045 Ha
area 880 x 5 Sqm
or 0.88 Ha.
= 4400 Sqm or 0.75 Ha.
or 0.44 Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio
Length RD For service
n for future
0 M to RD laneLength
requirement
1940 M = RD 0 M to RD
Length along
1940MWid 1940 M =
The drain drain RD 0 M
th 5 M both 1940MWidth
Tikri Khurd existing in to RD1940 M
1.94 3.50 0.80 - - side of - 4.25 M both - - - - 4.56
Link Drain the NH-1 =
drain area side of drain
Land 1940MWidth
2 x 1940x 5 area 2 x 1940
extended 5
= 19400 x 4.25 =
M area 1940
Sqm or 16490 Sqm
x 5 = 9700
1.94 Ha. or 1.65 Ha.
Sqm or 0.97
Ha.
 Remodelling
augmentatio For service
Length RD
n for future lane
0 M to RD
requirement Length RD 0
860 M =
Length along M to RD 860
860M
drain RD 0 M M = 860M
Width 5 M
Khera Kalan to RD860 M Width 4.25
0.86 7.54 3.00 2.00 4.54 - both side - - - - - 2.02
Drain (Link) = 860M M both side
of drain
Width of drain
area 2 x
extended area 2 x 860
860x 5 =
5M x 4.25 = 7310
8600Sqm
area 860 x 5 Sqm
or 0.86 Ha.
= 4300 Sqm or 0.73 Ha.
or 0.43 Ha.

Bawana
Drain RD 2.80 M
1.830 2.45M 2.45M 2.45M - - - - - - - - - -
9561M to RD Avg
11391M
 Remodelling
For service
augmentatio
Length RD lane
n for future
0 M to RD Length RD 0
requirement
2100 M = M to RD
Length along
2100M 2100 M =
drain RD 0 M
Nangloi Width 5 M 2100M
to RD2100 M
Drain CD-VII- 2.10 17.50 9.16 2.00 8.34 - both side - Width 4.25 - - - - 4.94
= 2100M
2100m of drain M both side
Width
area 2 x of drain
extended
2100x 5 = area 2 x 2100
5M
21000Sqm x 4.25 =
area 2100 x 5
or 2.10 Ha. 17850 Sqm
= 10500 Sqm
or 1.79 Ha.
or 1.05 Ha.

Total Area CD-VII 145.58

RD 21785 m to
Mungesh Pur (12.70 x 0.50 (2 x 5 x
RD 21285 For dhalaos(5 x 15
Drain RD 32.69 m to 8.54 m to 1 m to 24.15 m x 21650/100
21.65 - m(500 x - x 15 /10000) =0.11 - - - 40.50
15850 m to 10.00 m 18.76 m 1.50 m to 1.46 m 21650/10000 00)=21.65
100/10000)=5 Ha.
RD 37550 m )=13.74 Ha Ha
Ha

Bazitpur (2 x 5 x For dhalaos

(4.09 x 0.50 x
Drain RD 0 8.60 m to 8050/1000 (3 x 15 x 15
8.05 4.47 m 1.00 m 5.83 m 8050/10000) - - - - - - 9.75
m to RD 12.00 0) /10000)
=1.64 Ha
8049 m =8.05 Ha =0.06 Ha.
Bawana (4.47 x 0.50 x (1.50 x (2 x 5 x For dhalaos
Drain RD 0 5.30 m to 0.55 m to 10830/10000 10830/10 10830/100 (4 x 15 x 15
10.83 4.75 m 0.75 m - - - - - 14.96
m to RD 12.00 m 7.25 m ) 000) 00) /10000)
9561 m =2.42 Ha =1.62 Ha =10.83 Ha =0.09 Ha.

Ladpur Link (2 x 5 x
(1.67 x 0.50 x
Drain RD 0 2300/1000
2.30 11.00 m 2.92 m 0.30 m 8.08 m 2300/10000) - - - - - - - 2.49
to RD 2300 0)
=0.19 Ha
m =2.30 Ha

Katewara (2 x 5 x
(0.60 x 0.50 x
Link Drain RD 1330/1000
1.33 2.50 m 0.60 m 0.80 m 1.90 m 1330/10000) - - - - - - - 1.37
0 m to RD 0)
=0.04 Ha
1330 m =1.33 Ha

Jatkhor Link (1.50 x (2 x 5 x

(1.45 x 0.50 x
Drain RD 0 2.75 m to 1.834 m to 0.163 m 3760/100 3760/1000
3.76 0.30 m 3760/10000) - - - - - - 4.59
m to RD 3.50 m 2.587 m to 1.66 m 00) 0)
=0.27 Ha
3760 m =0.56 Ha =3.76 Ha

Nangal
(1.50 x
Thakran Link (1.67 x 0.50 x (2 x 5 x
900/1000
Drain RD 0 0.90 3.64 m 2.14 m Dry 1.50 m 900/10000) 900/10000) - - - - - - 1.11
0)
m to RD =0.07 Ha =0.90 Ha
=0.135 Ha
900 m

Madanpur (2 x 5 x For dhalaos

(4.85 x 0.50 x
Drain RD 4130/1000 (3 x 15 x 15
4.13 12.50 m 9.02 m 1.00 m 3.48 m 4130/10000) - - - - - - 5.19
4100 m to 0) /10000)
=1.00 Ha
RD 8229 m =4.13 Ha =0.06 Ha.
 For dhalaos
(5 x 15 x 15
/10000)
Kirari (2 x 5 x
(3.66 x 1.0 x =0.11 Ha.
Suleman RD 7.50 m to 0.52 m to 3700/1000
3.70 6.98 m 2.02 m 3700/10000) - - - For all services - - - 5.71
4150 to RD 15 m 8.02 m 0)
=1.35 Ha (1.50 x
7850 m =3.70 Ha
3700/10000)
=0.55 Ha.
Total =0.66 Ha

Sultanpur (2.945 x 0.50 (1.50 x (2 x 5 x For dhalaos

Drain RD 0 m 4.20 m to x 9200/100 9200/1000 (3 x 15 x 15
9.20 4.57 m 0.75 m 8.03 m - - - - - 11.99
to RD 9200 12.60 m 9200/10000) 00) 0) /10000)
m =1.35 Ha =1.38 Ha =9.20 Ha =0.06 Ha.

Rasulpur Link (0.91 x 0.50 x (2 x 5 x

Drain RD 0 m 0.75 6.80 m 3.214 m 0.30 m 3.61 m 750/10000) - 750/10000) - - - - - - 0.78
to RD 750 m =0.03 Ha =0.75 Ha

Total Area CD-VIII 98.44

(2 x 15 x
Madanpur (2300 x (4100 x RD 900m)(500 (4100 + 15)/10000=
(4100 x For dhalaos (3 x 15
Drain(RD 0m 5.00)/100 2.00 x x 2300) x 0.045
4.10 14.50 (Av.) 11.50 1.00 3.00 3.00)/10000 x 15 /10000) =0.06 - - 14.31
to RD 00=1.15 5.00)/1000 100/10000)=5 4.25/10000= Ha(RD
= 1.23 Ha Ha.
4100m) Ha 0=4.10 Ha Ha 2.72 Ha 3700 and
RD `900)
Kirari
Suleman
Nagar Drain 4.10
(RD 0m to
RD 4100m)

(2 x 15 x
(A) 9.00m (4100 + 15)
(A) 6.00m (1150 x RD 2900m) (4100+ 2700) For dhalaos
15.00m to 11.00m (2400 x 5.00) 2400) x /10000
(RD 0m to to 13.00m 5.00) (500 x x 4.25 (3 x 15 x 15
1.72 to (B) 5.30m 1.40 /10000 5.00 - = 0.045 Ha - 13.05
RD 1722m) (B) 9.70m /10000 100/10000) /10000 /10000)
24.00m Rcc Trough = 1.20 Ha /10000 (RD 1400
to 19.70m =0.60 Ha =5 Ha =2.89 Ha =0.06 Ha.
Section =3.25 Ha and RD
1722 )
(RD 1722m
to RD 1.98 1.80
3700m)

(RD 3700m
to RD 0.40 1.40
4100m)

Mundka (1 x 15 x
(2350 x (2350 x (2350+ x
Peripheral 15)
5.00) 2.00 x 5.00) 4.25 x 2.00
Drain 2.35 2.50 2.00 1.50 0.50 - - - - /10000 - 5.55
/10000 /10000 /10000
(RD 0m to = 0.023 Ha
=1.175 Ha =2.35 Ha =2.00 Ha
RD 2345m) (RD 850)

Ranhola
Pond Drain
1.16 1.20 1.20 1.20 - - - - - - - - - - -
(RD 0m to
RD 1160m

Total Area CD-XII 32.90

Total Area FC-II 374.13

 FC-III

Supplementa
ry Drain RD
6.04 55.00 50.00 3.66 5 -- 9.00 12.00 3 6.00 6 - - - 36.00
16436 m to
RD 22471 m

Najafgarh
Drain, RD
11.82 70.00 45.00 5.50 25.00 -- 18 24 3 12 12 - - - 69.00
45316 m to
RD 57140m

RD 0m to
RD 0m to
RD
RD8800m - - - - - - - -
8800m =
=152.40
91.00m

RD
RD 8800m
8800m to
Supplementa to RD
RD - - - - - - - -
ry drain from 9400m
16.44 61.40 3.66 9400m = 9 Ha. 9
RD 0 to RD = 113.00m
51.60m
16436m

RD
RD 9400m
9400m to
to RD
RD - - - - - - - -
16436m =
16436m =
123.10m
61.70m

Supplementa
ry Drain, CD-
XI

RD 22471m
to RD 2.604 68.30 46.27 22.03 - 4 5 - 3 3 - - - 15
25075m
3.66
RD 25075m
to RD 0.985 103.00 48.72 54.28 - - - - - 1 1
26060m
RD 26060m
to RD 2.020 125.00 48.72 76.28 - - - - - - - - - -
28080m

RD 28080m
to RD 3.220 84.67 48.72 35.95 4.5 3 - 3 3 13.5
31300m

RD 31300m
to RD 3.200 118.00 48.72 69.28 - - - - - - - - - -
34500m
143.50
Total
Ha.

Total Area FC-III 143.50

FC-IV

RD. 0m to RD. 0m to – – – – – – – – – – –
17905m- 6000m- – – 12000x3 12000x12x2= 12000x25x {45000} Sqm 12000x15x2 12000x10x2 = 3000/210 2000 Sqm –
200m to 126.68m 0x2= 288000 Sqm 2= 600000 = 360000 240000 Sqm 0 Sqm
325m RD. 6000m 135.82 720000 Sqm Sqm 2000 Sqm –
RD. to 12000m- Sqm 5905x12x2=14 5905x10x2 1475/103 2000 Sqm –
17905m to Jheel 4.90 1720 Sqm 5905x25x2 5905X15x2= =118100 Sqm 3 Sqm
20180m- Portion 5905x55 12275x12x2=2 = 295250 177150 Sqm 12275x10x2 = 3068/214 2000 Sqm –
150m to RD. 95.00 =324775 94600 Sqm Sqm 12275X15x2 245500 Sqm 8 Sqm Total 8000
200m 12000m to Sqm 12275x25x = 368250 Sqm
RD. 17905m- 12275x3 15136x12x2= 2=613750 Sqm 15136x10x2 = 3782/264
20180m to 110.00m 117.00 0x2=736 363264 Sqm Sqm 302720 Sqm 8 Sqm
22435m- RD. 500 Sqm Total 15136X15x2 Total 19254
250m to 17905m to 1087584 Sqm 15136x25x = 454080 906320 Sqm Sqm
300m 30180m - 15136x3 2= 756800 Sqm
RD. 120.00m 0x2= Sqm Total
Najafgarh 22435m to RD. 908160 Total 1359480
Drain, CD-I- 45.31 28180m - 30180m to Sqm 2265800 Sqm 838.07
45316m 200m to 45316m - Total Sqm
250m 98.00m 2689435
RD. Sqm
28180m to
30180m -
250m to
300m
RD.
30180m to
31880m -
180m to
250m
RD.
31880m to
34350m -
150m to
 175m
RD.
34350m to
37180m -
150m to
200m
RD.
37180m to
38960m -
200m to
225m
RD.
38960m to
40680m -
180m to
200m
RD.
40680m to
42930m -
180m to
220m
RD.
42930m to
44800m -
250m to
300m
RD.
44800m to
45316m -
200m to
250m

4200x25x2
4200x12x2 = = 210000 4200x15x2= 4200x5x2= 42000 1050/735
Palam Drain 4.20 37.00 18 to 10.34 2.50 22.83 – 5000 Sqm 2000 Sqm – 48.75
100800 Sqm Sqm 126000 Sqm Sqm Sqm
Both side

1470x10
1470x12x2 =
Palam Link 10.00 4.50 to x2 = 1470x5x2 = 1470x7.50x2 1470x5x2= 14700
1.47 1.30 6.62 35288 Sqm 2000 Sqm 368/257 2000 Sqm – 12.08
Drain (Approx.) 2.25 29400 14700 Sqm =22050 Sqm Sqm
Both side
Sqm

1950x10
Najaf Garh 17.00 x2 = 1950x12x2 = 1950x5x2 = 1950x7.50x2 1950x5x2=19500
1.95 4.50 0.95 12.50 2000 Sqm 488/340 – – 15.69
Pond Drain (Approx.) 39000 46800 Sqm 19500 Sqm =29250 Sqm Sqm
Sqm
 2900x10
2900x12x2=69
Nasirpur Link 12.00 x2= 2900x5x2= 2900x7.50x2 2900x5x2=29000
2.90 6.50 2.10 5.50 600 Sqm 3000 Sqm 725/508 2000 Sqm – 23.53
Drain (Approx.) 58000 29000 Sqm = 43500 Sqm Sqm
Both side
Sqm

4200x10
4200x12x2=10
Bijwasan 20.00 to x2 = 4200x5x2= 4200x7.50x2 4200x5x2=42000
4.20 4.00 0.91 21.00 0800 Sqm 5000 Sqm 1050/735 2000 Sqm – 34.06
Drain 30.00 84000 42000 Sqm =63000 Sqm Sqm
Both side
Sqm

3600x10
3600x12x2= 3600x25x2
Pankha Road 19.60 to x2 = 3600x7.5x2= 3600x5x2= 36000
3.60 8.00 2.30 13.80 86400 Sqm = 180000 4000 Sqm 900/630 2000 Sqm – 43.59
Drain 24.00 72000 54000 Sqm Sqm
Both side Sqm
Sqm

Shahbad 225x12x2=540
225x5x2=2 225x7.50x2=
Mohammad 0.23 14.50 2.35 1.22 12.15 – 0 Sqm 1000 Sqm 225x5x2=2250 Sqm 57/40 2000 Sqm – 1.64
250 Sqm 3375 Sqm
pur Drain Both side

6950x10
Mudhela 6950x7.50x2
x2= 6950x5x2 = 6950x5x2 = 69500 1740/120
Drain CD-I- 6.95 16.50 5.00 1.52 11.50 – 2000 Sqm = 104250 – – 38.72
139000 69500 Sqm Sqm 0
6920m, Sqm
Sqm

TOTAL CD-I 1056.13

Ali Drain 2.78 40.45 35.00 4.00 5.00 2780X12X2 = 2780X10X2 2000 Sqm. (0.2 2780X5X2=2780 500 sqm 500 Sqm. (
66720 Sqm. = 55600 Hectare) Sqm. (2.78 & 300 0.05
(6.67 Hectare) Sqm. (5.56 Hectare) Sqm. ( Hectare)
Hectare) 0.085
Hectare)

15.345

-- -- --
Asola Drain 3.39 2000 Sqm. (0.2 5470X7= 5470X5X2=54700 500 sqm 2000 Sqm.
Hectare) 38290 Sqm. Sqm.(5.47) Hectare & 300 (0.2
(3.8. Sqm. ( Hectare)
5470X4= 5470X10X2 Hectare.) 0.085
5470X12X2=
Av. 21880 = 109400 Hectare)
5.00 Mt. 131280 Sqm.
2 to 5 Depth 2 to 5 Sqm. Sqm. 52.425
(Avg.) (13.13Hectare
3.00 (2.19 (27.35
).
Hectare) Hectare)
Molar Bund 1.38 0 to 615- 615 to 2000 Sqm. (0.2 1380X7= 1380X5X2 = 1380 500 sqm 2000 Sqm.
Extension 2.25 1335-2.25 1380X10X2 Hectare) 9660 Sqm. Sqm. (1.38 & 300 (0.2
1.50 to 1380X12X2=3
Drain =27600 (0.97 Hectare) Sqm. ( Hectare)
2.25 Nil -- 3120 Sqm. -- 8.905
Sqm. (2.76 Hectare) 0.085
Mtr. (3.31 Hectare)
Hectare) Hectare)
Sarita Vihar 1.30 20.00 15.00 2000 Sqm. (0.2 1300X7= 1300X5X2=13000 500 sqm 2000 Sqm.
1300X12X2= 1300X10X2
Drain Hectare) 9100 Sqm. Sqm. (1.30 & 300 (0.2
31200 =2600 Sqm.
2.50 5.00 -- ( 0.91 Ha) Hectare) Sqm. ( Hectare) -- 8.415
Sqm.(3.12 (2.6
0.085
Hectare) Hectare)
Hectare)

TOTAL CD-V 85.09

Mungesh Pur 10.362 10362x3 10362x50x2 10362x25x 2 Hectare 10362x20x2 - 2 Hectare 0.80 =
Drain CD- 0m to 137 29.02 3.32 107.98 0x2 = =1036200 2= = 414480.00 Hectare 263.85-
XIII-10362m 1575m 54 29.02 24.98 621720. Sqm 518100.00 Sqm or 41.45 82.21
= 66 29.02 36.98 00 Sqm or 103.62 Sqm Hectare (Availabl
1575m or 62.17 Hectare or 51.81 e land) =
to RD. Hectare Hectare 181.64
6600m
RD.6600
m to
10362M
Bhupania 8.55 8550x30 8550x50x2 8550x25x2 2 Hectare 8550x20x2 = - 2 Hectare 0.80 = 218.55-
Chudania RD. 0m 90 22 68 x2 = =855000 Sqm = 427500 342000 Sqm Hectare 47.18
Drain to 65 22 3.05 43 513000 or 85.50 Sqm or 34.20 Available
(including 2736m 22 Un- - Sqm Hectare or 42.75 Hectare land =
Haryana RD. demarcatio or Hectare 171.37
portion) 6280m n Portion 51.30He
to ctare
8550M
RD.2736
m to
6280M
(Haryana
State)
Mudhela 5.60 17.6 6.57 0.91 11.3 5600x15 5600x20x2 = 5600x25x2 2 Hectare 5600x20x2 = - 0.40 0.40 92.40-
Drain CD- x2 = 224000Sqm = 242000Sqm Hectare Hectare 9.86
XIII- From 168000 or 280000Sq or 22.40 Available
6950 to Sqm 22.40Hectare m Hectare land =
12550m or or 28.00 82.54
16.80He Hectare
ctare
Nangli 0.93RD. 1.801.20 1.801.20 1.50 00 930x5x1 930x5x1 = - - 930x20x1 = - 0.40 0.40 = 3.6 -
Sakrawati 0m to = 4650 4650 Sqm or 18600Sqm or Hectare Hectare 0.14
Link Drain, 385 RD. Sqm or 0.47 Hectare 1.86 Hectare Available
CD-XIII- RD- 1712m 0.47 land =
0m to 385m to Hectare 3.46
= 385m, CD- RD.2262
XIII-RD- m
1712m to
2262m =
550m

TOTAL CD-XIII 439.01

Total Projected Land Area FC-IV 1580.23

TOTAL AREA (FC-I + FC-II + FC-III + FC-IV) 2252.10

ANNEXURE – II (c) : Detail of Effluent Irrigation System

I. Keshopur Effluent Irrigation System (KEIS)

The Irrigation Network under Civil Division No. XII also known as Keshopur effluent irrigation system
(KEIS) consists of irrigation Channels and Minors and feeder channels spanning across a total length
of 30.40 Km to take the effluent treated water from Keshopur Sewerage treatment Plant of Delhi Jal
Board, thereafter being supplied by pumping through Keshopur Pump House and Tilangpur Kotla
Pump House throughout the year for agricultural land for Irrigation in the Villages Nilothi, Ranhola,
Mundka, Tilangpur Kotla, Baprola, Bakkarwala, Dichaonkalan, Hirankudna and Neelwal in Dist. West
of Delhi. The total area irrigated is approximately 1630 Acres. A road network comprising of inspection
path with cumulative length of approximately 20.00 Km also exist along the irrigation channels and
minors to facilitates watch and ward, day to day repair maintenance etc. in r/o the irrigation network
which are also being used by local residents for daily commuting. The discharge of 180 cusecs is
conveyed and distributed through above Irrigation Network System for irrigating the said agriculture
land.

II. Coronation Effluent Irrigation System at Burari (CTP)

The Irrigation Network under Civil Division No.VII also known as Effluent Irrigation System for Burari
Area consists of irrigation Channels and Minors and feeder channels spanning across a total length of
17.37 Km to take the effluent treated water from Coronation Pillar Sewage Treatment Phase-I&II (20
MGD), Phase-III (10 MGD) of DJB, Near Coronation Park of Delhi Jal Board, thereafter being supplied
by pumping through Pump House at Burari throughout the year for agricultural land for Irrigation in
the Villages Burari, Jharoda, Bhalaswa, Mukundpur, Kadipur, Ibrahimpur in Dist. West of Delhi. The
total area irrigated is approximately 325 Acres. A road network comprising of inspection path with
cumulative length of approximately 17.37 Km also exist along the irrigation channels and minors to
facilitates watch and ward, day to day repair maintenance etc. in r/o the irrigation network which are
also being used by local residents for daily commuting. The discharge of 20 cusecs is conveyed and
distributed through above Irrigation Network System for irrigating the said agriculture land.

III. Okhla Effluent Irrigation System

The Irrigation Network under Civil Division No. V also known as Okhla effluent irrigation system
consists of irrigation Channel spanning across a total length of 05.00 Km to take the effluent treated
water from Okhla Sewerage Treatment Plant of Delhi Jal Board, thereafter being supplied for Irrigation
in the Villages Ali, Mandapur Khadar &Jaitpur in District (South-East) of Delhi. The total area irrigated
is approximately 500Acres day-to-day repair maintenance etc. in r/o the irrigation network which are
also being used by local residents for daily commuting. The discharge of 20 cusecs is conveyed and
distributed through above Irrigation Network System for irrigating the said agriculture land.

Conclusion:
Due to rapid urbanization in Delhi Territory, thereby the agriculture land area in Delhi is diminishing,
therefore, the necessity of remodelling / expansion of above Effluent Irrigation Systems is not
envisaged.

Key Plan of Effluent Irrigations Systems:

ANNEXURE III: SERVICE PLAN - DELHI CANTONMENT BOARD (DCB)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DELHI CANTONMENT BOARD

1. BACKGROUND - DELHI CANTONMENT BOARD

The administration of Delhi cantonment is carried out through a Board, which has 16
members, out of which 08 are nominated/ Ex-officio members and 08 members are elected
by the public residing in civil as well as military area. The civil and military populations reside
in different pockets in the cantonment. The needs and challenges of both pockets differ from
each other in respect of solid waste management.

Basic information about Delhi Cantonment Board is mentioned below:

S. No. Item Details
1 Year of establishment 1914
2 Total Area 10452 Acres
3 Total Population (Census 2011) 1,10,351
4 No. of wards 08
5 Commercial areas 02
6 Urban Villages 06
7 Schools 16
8 Slums 02
9 Length of Roads 50.60 km
10 Hospital/ Dispensaries 04
11 Parks 17

2. SOLID WASTE GENERATION IN DELHI CANTONMENT BOARD

1 SOILD WASTE GENERATION - Current status

S. NO Item Details
1 Total solid waste generated per day 68 MT
2 Waste generated from civil area per day 23 MT 12 MT Dry waste
11 MT Wet waste
3 Waste generated from Army area per day 45 MT 24 MT Dry waste
21 MT Wet waste
4 Total Dry waste processed per day in 30 MT
waste to energy Plant at Okhla
5 Wet waste processed per day in waste to 07 MT
energy plant at Okhla
6 Waste dumped in Landfill site at Okhla per 31 MT
day
CIVIL AREA - Current status
1. The Household waste is segregated into wet & dry streams at source. Approx. 95%
segregation at source has been achieved so far.
2. All the waste collected from civil area is transferred to different Waste Transfer
Centers (WTCs).
3. All the WTCs have been designed for the temporary storage of dry & wet waste, as
separate fractions.
4. Rag pickers have been integrated into the system to pick up recyclable items, from
the waste collected at the WTC’s.
2 ACTION PLAN FOR SEGREGATION AT SOURCE - MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
CIVIL AREA ARMY AREA
 It is estimated that Municipal Solid Waste The population of army area is mostly
likely to be generated from civil area by comprised of army troops. Therefore, it is
2041 will be 37 MT per day. The challenge estimated that there will be no difference in
before the Board is to maintain the level of the quantity of Municipal solid waste
source segregation in civil area. For this, generated today and which is likely to be
the following exercise is being undertaken generated in 2041.
on regular basis: a. A system is being worked out for on-site
a. Two sanitary guides accompany the composting of food waste generated by
door-to-door collection vehicle, they transit camps, officer’s messes,
make announcement and make sure community kitchens of army units and
that only segregated waste is collected. institutes.
b. A register is maintained to keep a b. Further, it is proposed that army
check on those residents who are not authorities will be asked to install de-
handing over segregated waste. The centralized compositing machines. This
repeated offenders to be penalized step shall considerably reduce the
according to the provisions of Delhi problem of segregation at source, which
Cantonment Board solid waste in turn would lessen the amount of non-
Management Bye-Laws. recyclable waste being transported to
c. Regular interaction with residents and the landfill site at Okhla.
awareness campaigns in the form of c. It has been decided that station
street play, mohalla meeting etc. is headquarters and Delhi Cantonment
organized to keep the residents aware Board will sensitize RWAs, existing in the
and motivated on source segregation. army area, to segregate and process the
d. Formal training is being imparted to wet waste in their own compound.
Rag pickers/ Safaiwalas to improve the
level segregation on monthly basis.
The rag pickers were issued separate I-
cards and have been successfully
integrated into the system.
3 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE COLLECTION
CIVIL AREA ARMY AREA
For civil area, 14 door-to-door vehicles are For Army area, 27 vehicles have been
deployed for collecting both dry and wet deployed to collect the solid waste. Separate
waste, which is segregated at household bins have been provided for dry and wet
level. These vehicles have been suitably waste. The waste collected from the army
modified to carry the solid waste in area is directly taken to the processing plant
segregated form. A few salient aspects of and landfill site at Okhla.
door to door collection are as under:
a. All vehicles have been fitted with
tracking system (GPS)
b. Announcement system with
specific message for segregation
has been incorporated.
c. The staff has been deployed ward
wise for the collection of
segregated waste at source.
d. The mobile numbers of the staff
have been made public to ensure
transparency and commitment of
Delhi Cantonment Board.

3. MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

3.1. DETAILS OF SORTING AND MATERIAL RECOVERY FACILITY

There are eleven secondary storage points, with the facility of separate storage of dry and wet
 waste, within the territorial jurisdiction of Delhi Cantonment Board. Out of this, one secondary
storage point at Tigris Road has been converted into sorting and material recovery facility with
capacity to handle 30 MT waste daily. Further, rag pickers have been integrated into the
system to pick up recyclable items, from the waste stored at Tigris Road. Accordingly, two
more material recovery facilities will be developed to meet the need, which will arise in 2041.

3.2. DETAILS OF PROCESSING OF SOLID WASTE

All the waste after collection is moved to waste transfer centers, where the recyclable waste
is retrieved. Therefore, the solid waste is carried by respective vehicles to Okhla. On average,
approximately 30 MT of dry waste and 7 MT of wet waste are disposed in the Waste to Energy
and Waste to Compost plants respectively. The processing of waste at Okhla is done under
the management of South Delhi Municipal Corporation. Only 31 MT of solid waste is being
dumped at the landfill site at Okhla. 100% of solid waste, which is generated in Delhi
Cantonment, is either processed or dumped at the landfill site, on a daily basis.

A pilot project exclusively for the processing of food waste generated from market area, with
a total capacity of 175 Kg, is fully functional for the last 2 years in the WTC at Tigris Road.

It is also proposed that 4 to 5 sorting- cum- compositing machine, with a capacity of 10 MT

each will be installed at different locations, within 4 years, to handle the wet waste generated
within the territorial jurisdiction of Delhi Cantonment Board.

3.3. DETAILS OF MANAGEMENT OF PLASTIC WASTE

There is a complete ban on the use polythene bags of less than 50-micron thickness. The
Assistant Sanitary Inspectors keep a regular check in market area and also impose fine if
someone is found in violation.

A committee has also constituted to identify and replace specific items of non- biodegradable
plastic like plastic straw, plastic spoon disposable plastic glass, plastic plates etc. with
biodegradable items. These processes of replacement of non- biodegradable plastic items
have been successfully achieved in Gopinath Bazar & the committee keeps visiting the
commercial areas for ensuring that people and shop keeper get habituated for such practice.

A baling machine has been installed in the waste transfer centre at Tigris Road, for making
bales of plastic and polythene waste material, for ease of handling/ disposal through the rag
pickers.

3.4. DETAILS OF MANAGEMENT OF HORTICULTURE WASTE

A total of 17 parks of various sizes are being maintained in the Cantonment area. All the parks
have been provided with pits for collection of horticulture waste.

The horticulture waste is further carried to the nearest shredding machine, four of which have
been installed in different areas of the cantonment. The shredded horticulture waste is
converted into compost in the natural process, duly augmented with the spray of appropriate
quantity of EVM. The compost generated is being utilized within its geographical limits.

3.5. DETAILS OF MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION (C&D) WASTE

a) On an average up to 1.0 metric tons of C&D, waste is generated in Delhi Cantonment
area, on daily basis.
b) A central storage facility for C&D waste has been created in Jharera village for
temporary holding of the same before further disposal.
c) The C&D waste is transported from the central storage facility to the processing facility
setup at Shastri Park by IL&FS, under the management of EDMC.
d) Explicit directions have been issued to all contractors working under Delhi cantonment
Board, as well as Military Engineering services (MES), to follow the above procedure
for the disposal of C & D waste.
e) Vulnerable areas have been put under CCTV surveillance to prevent dumping at
unauthorized sites.
f) Punitive action is promptly taken against the defaulters.
ANNEXURE IV: SERVICE PLAN - EAST DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (EDMC)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: EAST DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION

1. MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (MSWM)

Aspect Information required
Generation Presently – 2600 TPD
By 2040 – 6000 TPD
Present estimations of
Green waste – 1300 TPD
Dry waste – 30 % and inert – 20%

By 2040
Green waste – 3000 TPD
Dry waste – 30 % and inert – 20%
Management Separate management plans (collection, segregation and processing)
strategy for:
• Green Waste
• Reusable Waste
• Inert
EDMC outsourced door-to-door collection of segregated waste
collection and expected to achieve segregated collection by March 2021
and processing 2000 TPD- integrated facility at Ghonda Gujran by 2022.

1200 TPD - waste processing through bio - methanization.

Management plans to include information regarding the following
aspects:
1. Improving collection, segregation efficiency at local level
(RWA/Mohalla/Market association/Solid waste zone/Wards
etc.)

EDMC has outsourced collection and transportation of Municipal Solid

waste and Street Sweeping waste and any other solid waste specified by
East DMC from time to time as per MSW Rules 2016. Broadly the work
includes primary collection and transportation of Municipal solid waste
(MSW) and street sweeping waste in segregated manner from
households, slums, informal settlements, commercial, institutional and
other non- residential premises, multi storied buildings, large
commercial complexes, malls, housing complexes.
2. Maximizing wet waste processing (e.g., Composting, Bio-
methanation etc.) locally
• Decentralized accelerated compositing, presently, 10 numbers of 1
TPD capacity are operational and 02 plants of capacity 1 TPD are
under progress
• Home composting – 50 TPD
• Decentralized Bio-methanation – 5 TPD (02 in numbers are
operational), 10 TPD (01 in number is in progress)
• Target: Decentralized accelerated compositing, 20 numbers of 1
TPD
• Decentralized Bio- methanation, 10 numbers of 5 TPD
• 1 Material Recovery Facility (MRF) in each ward i.e. 64 numbers
• Centralized Bio-methanation – 1200 TPD by September 2022 (a
joint venture company is already been formed with NTPC)
 3. Improving sorting and material recovery (MPD will
recommend re-purposing of dhalao as material recovery
facilities at the decentralized level) etc.
• EDMC propose 01 MRF centre in each ward deals with recyclable
material under process.
• Details of existing/ proposed processing facilities on already
allotted land.
Shastri Park C & D Plant- 1000 MT- operational
Vinod Nagar Workshop/ Parking - operational
Geeta Colony Workshop/ Parking - operational
Singhola Disposal of silt- operational
(Narela)
4. Reclamation of landfill sites and reuse/recycle of legacy waste
• Action plan for clearing legacy waste at Gazipur dumpsite is
attached herewith as Annexure – IV (a).
• After reclamation, land will be used for Technology Park
showcasing all the technologies of wet waste processing and
recycling of waste.
5. Conversion of existing landfills to engineered/scientific
landfills
• There is no such type of proposal, however, whenever land is
provided that will be constructed as engineered/ scientific landfills.
Special plans for: Integration of informal sector in core SWM system (for improved
management vis-a-vis ensuring safety, hygiene and healthy work
conditions for the workers).
EDMC to establish a system to recognize organizations of waste pickers
or informal waste collectors and promote and establish a system for
integration of these authorized waste pickers and waste collectors to
facilitate their participation in solid waste management including door
to door collection of waste.
Marketing strategies for compost and other reusable/recycled
products
As there is less amount of compost produce from plant, the whole
quantity of compost is being utilized in, Municipal parks and gardens
generated from waste in EDMC area. There shall also be a provision for
the households to directly deposit or sell their recyclable waste to
Kabadiwala/ secondary market and deposit sales realizations in
ESCROW account of EDMC and this amount of EDMC and this amount
will be used for payment of collection of garbage.
Awareness, capacity building and behavioural changes programs
Annexure – IV (b)
Other information Key infrastructure or special projects proposed for the plan period,
along with details of projects and their timelines
2000 TPD Integrated facility waste management and Energy Generation
facility will be developed at Ghonda Gujran by September 2022 as a JV
between NTPC & EDMC
Details of existing/ proposed processing facilities on already allotted
land is attached as Annexure – IV (c)
Future land requirement (if any) for scientific (engineered) landfill
sites, provided only inert are to be dumped
Land is required for Engineered/ Scientific Landfills, in future.
At Sonia Vihar 100 acre of land is required for disposal of reject/ inert
of capacity 200 TPD for 20 Years. This land belongs to DDA.
2. Key targets that will be included in MPD 41 Action Plan:

Component Curren Targe Phasing Plan

t status t for
2041
MSW collection 100 % 100% Nil
efficiency
MSW 25 % 100 % Settlemen 20 % 50 % 80 %
segregation t Pattern (To be (To be (To be
accomplished accomplished accomplished
efficiency ) ) )
CGHS and September Dec, 2021 March, 2022
Bulk 2021
generators
Planned September Dec, 2021 March, 2022
Colonies 2021
Un- September Dec, 2021 March, 2022
planned 2021
colonies
JJ Clusters September Dec, 2021 March, 2022
2021
Percentage of 10 % 100 %
green waste In first year – 10%
processed (e.g. In the 5th year- 25%
composted or In the 10Th year – 100%
any other
processing
method) locally
Percentage of - 100 %
recyclable In first year – 15%
waste sent to In the 5th year- 50%
recycling In the 10Th year – 100%
centres/industr
y
Identification List of informal waste workers / Kabadiwalas prepared
and listing of
informal waste
workers and
units (recyclers,
kabariwalas,
rag pickers etc.)
Percentage of 10 % 100 % March - 2022
identified
informal waste
workers and
units integrated
with the formal
MSW
management
plan
Reduction in 50 % 90 % By September - 2022
waste going to
land fill sites
Reclamation of 140 MT as per action plan attached
land fill sites
(greening and
processing of
legacy wastes)
Annexure – IV (a) : ACTION PLAN FOR CLEARING LEGACY WASTE AT GHAZIPUR DUMP SITE

East Delhi Municipal Corporation in maintaining a Sanitary Land Fill (SLF) near NH-24. This SLF site is
spread in about 70 acres of Land. About 2000-22090 MT fresh MSW is received daily and about 3000,
MT (as an average) of legacy waste is being processed daily. About 3.00 lac MT of legacy waste has
been processed at SLF Ghazipur dumpsite. Time line to clear legacy waste of 140.00 lac MT is as
follows:
Annexure – IV (b) : AWARENESS, CAPACITY BUILDING AND THEIR TIMELINES
Annexure – IV (c) : DETAILS OF EXISTING/PROPOSED PROCESSING FACILITIES ON ALREADY
ALLOTTED LAND
ANNEXURE V: SERVICE PLAN - SOUTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (SDMC)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: SOUTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION

1. MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN SDMC:

Aspect Information Required

Generation Approx. 7000 TPD in 2040-41
Estimated green waste- (biodegradable waste): @36%= 2520
TPD
Estimated dry waste: @34% = 2380 TPD (Reusable waste paper,
textile, plastic and rubber)
Inert material @30% = 2100 TPD)
Management (Collection, segregation and processing)
strategy Door to door collection, segregation of green waste
(biodegradable waste) and reusable waste though
concessionaires and involvement of waste pickers in all four
zones of SDMC. Green waste is being processed at Compost Plant
Okhla, decentralization bio-methanation plants and through
home composting.
Inert (C&D waste) is collected in two zones 8t ward level through
concessionaires/private contractors and the same is being
processed at Bakarwala C&D waste plant and proposed C&D
waste plant. Another .C&D waste processing facility is proposed
at Maidan garhi/Tehkhand for South zone and Central zone.
(Improving collection and segregation efficiency)
RWA/ Mohalla/ Market association/ Solid waste
zone/Wards etc.)
Improving collection, segregation efficiency at ward level by
awareness through public notices in newspapers, distribution of
pamphlets, radios, nukkad nataks, education in schools, and
interaction with RWAs through concessionaries by involvement
of waste pickers. Interaction with RWAs through
concessionaires by involvement of waste pickers.
Wet waste is processed through composting at Compost plant,
bio-methanation plants and decentralization composting at ward
level. Three, 1 TPD and 5 TPD plants are presently functioning.
One, 1 TPD and 5 TPD are under construction. However, such
plants are proposed subject to availability of hand. Further, ward
composting has been started locally through pits.
Material Recovery Facility (MRF) to be setup at ward level for
sorting of waste material at FCTS/Dhalaos.
Some dhalaos where is possible will be used as material recovery
facilities at ward level.
Reclamation of landfill site at Okhla (dumpsite) is being done
through bio mining of legacy waste.
Reuse/Recyclable of legacy waste is being utilized is as under: -
Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF): - Waste to Energy plant Okhla and
private industries.
 Inert: - NTPC Eco park and Tajpur pit.
C&D waste: - At SLF Okhla to cover the dumped waste and
making of approaches.
After completion of bio-mining/remediation of legacy, waste at
existing SLF Okhla (dumpsite) will be converted into
Engineered/Scientific Landfill/solid Waste Management facility.
Establishing the system to recognize organizations of waste
pickers and Establish a system for integration of the various
waste pickers to facilitate their participation in solid waste
management including segregation and door-to-door collection
of waste through concessionaires ensuring safety, hygiene and
healthy working conditions for the workers.
Marketing of compost is being done through concessionaires of
composite plant. Regarding other reusable/recycled products is
being done through departmental as well as contractors and
private participation.
Awareness, capacity building and behavioural changes
programs is being done through concessionaire as well as
sanitation officers of department.
Key 1. One Compost Plant Okhla, having capacity of 200 MT of MSW
infrastructure per day for making compost is being operated by
or special concessionaire, M/s IL&FS.
projects
2. One waste to Energy Plant at Okhla having capacity of 1950 MT
Proposed for
the plan of MSW per day to produce 23 MW of power is being operated
period, along by concessionaire.
with details 3. Another Waste to Energy Plant at Tehkhand having capacity of
of projects 2000 MT of Solid waste per day to 25 MW of power is under
and their construction. This plant is likely to be functional in 2022.
timelines. 4. Engineered Sanitary landfill at Tehkhand is to be developed up
to Dec 2022.
5. Plant for processing of Refuse Derived Fuel (RDF) Tehkhand will
be setup by Indian Oil corporation and NTPC.
6. Plan for processing of plastic waste at Tehkhand will be setup by
Indian Institute of Petroleum Research (IIPR).
7. A 200 TPD material recovery facility is proposed at
Tehkhand/Okhla under PPP model.
Future land Future land requirement has been prepared and the same is
requirement annexed herewith as annexure V (a).
(if any) for
Scientific
(engineered)
landfill sites,
provided only
inert are to
be dumped.
2. Targets to be included in the MPD-2041:

S.n Component Current status Target for Phasing plan

o 2041
1 MSW MSW collection in Door to door, 90% up to 2021
collection some areas is being collection of and 100% up to
efficiency done through MSW in 2025 Subject to
concessionaires by entire area of the availability
involvement of SDMC will be of funds and
waste pickers in all done through lands.
four zones of SDMC. concessionair
es by
involvement
of waste
pickers.
2 MSW MSW segregation in Segregation 90% up to 2021
segregation some areas is being of MSW and 100% up to
efficiency done through in entire 2025 Subject to
concessionaires by area of SDMC the availability
involvement of will be done of funds and
waste pickers in all through lands.
four zones of SDMC. concessionair
es by
involvement
of waste
pickers.
3 Percentage of 10% of green waste 100% of 25% up to 2021
green waste is being processed green waste 50% up to 2023
biodegradabl at Compost Plant (biodegradab 75% up to 2025
e Okhla, bio- le waste) will 100% up to
(e.g., methanation plants, be processed 2030 Subject to
composted composters, at compost the availability
or any other compost pits etc. at plants, bio- of funds and
processing ward level. methanation lands.
method) plants,
locally composters,
compost pits
etc. at
ward level.
4 Percentage of About 10% of 100% of 25% up to
recyclable recyclable waste is recyclable 2022
waste sent to being sent to waste will be 50% up to
recycling recycling sent to 2023
centres/industr centres/industry recycling 70% up to
y through waste centres/indu 2025
pickers and private stry through 100% up to
participation. waste 2030 Subject to
Pickers and the availability
private of funds and
 participation. lands.
5 Identification Identification and 100% 25% up to 202
and listing of listing of informal Identification l
informal waste workers and and listing of 50% up to 20 3
waste units integrated informal 75% up to
workers and with the formal waste 2025
units MSW management workers and 100% up to
integrated plan is being done units 2030 Subject to
with the through integrated the availability
formal MSW concessionaires in with the of funds and
management all four zones of formal MSW lands.
plan SDMC. Management
plan will be
done through
concessionair
es in all four
zones of
SDMC.
6 Reduction in Efforts are being Likely to be 80% up to
waste going done in reduction done in 2030. 2023
to land fill of waste going 100% up to
sites landfill site through 2030 Subject to
proce5sing of waste the availability
at card level and of funds and
setting up of new lands.
Waste to Energy
Plants,
decentralized,
composting.
7 Reclamation Reclamation of Likely to be 100% up to
of land fill landfill site at Okhla completed in 2030 Subject to
sites (dumpsite) is being 2030. the availability
(preening done though bio of funds and
and mining of legacy lands.
processing of waste. Thereafter
legacy this land will be
wastes) converted into
green/used for
setting up
Solid Waste
Management
facilities.

ANNEXURE – V (a)
REQUIREMENT OF LAND AGAINST THE 1500 ACRES AS PER PROVISION IN DELHI MASTER PLAN 2021
FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES IN DIFFERENT LOCATIONS IN ALL
FOUR ZONES OF SDMC :-
Sr. Name of Facilities Facilities Approx. Approx. Approx.
No. facilities available required Land Land Remaining
(In nos.) (In nos.) required available land
(in (in sqm. required
sqm. /acres) (in acres)
/acres)
1 Community 92 102 102x300 = 92x 250 1.80
Bins/ 30600 sqm. sq.m or 5.7
Receptacles/ Or 7.5 acres acres
(FCTS/PCTS)
2 Material Nil 2x4=8 8x2=16 Nil 16.00
Recovery acres
Facilities
(MRF)
3 Facilities for Nil 2x4=8 8x1=8 acres Nil 800
Kabariwala
4 Attendance 30 1x74= 74 74x100 Nil 1.82
Office for =7400 sqm
SI/ASI or 1.82 acres

Training 1x4=4 4x600= Nil 0.60

5 Centre Nil 2400 sqm. or
facilities for 0.6 acres
waste
pickers and
SDMC staff
6 Workshops 2 4x4=16 4x4=16 8.0 acres 8.00
and parking acres
space for
vehicles
engaged in
Solid Waste
Management.
Processing 1 2 67+425= 67 acres 425.00
7 Disposal of 492
Solid Waste, acres
C&D waste
and Residue
8 Disposal of 2 10+300=310 10 acres 300.00
inert like acres
soil fine
fraction
etc.
9 Processing/ Nil 4 4x2=8 acres Nil 8.00
disposal of
Plastic
waste
Total 859.92 90.70 acres 769.22
acres acres
ANNEXURE VI: SERVICE PLAN – NORTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION (NORTH
DMC)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: NORTH DELHI MUNICIPAL CORPORATION

1. MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (SWM) IN NORTH DMC

ASPECT INFORMATION REQUIRED

GENERATION Total MSW: 9,000 TPD [assuming population of North DMC 1.80 crore (out
of total population of Delhi: 4 crore in 2041)] Present MSW Generation is
4500 TPD
Green (wet) waste: 3,600 TPD (Bio-degradable)
Dry waste: 5,400 TPD (Non Bio-degradable)
MANAGEMENT
Present status of SWM is as under:
STRATEGY
Present population of area under the jurisdiction of North DMC is about
90 lacs having about 18 lacs residential units. At present, about 4500 TPD
of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) is generated and collected in six zones
per day. Out of which, about 2300 TPD of MSW is collected from Keshav
Puram, Civil Lines & Rohini Zones which is collected, processed and
disposed off scientifically as per SWM Rules-2016 at Waste Processing
Facility/ Waste to Energy (WTE) Plant at Bawana in Narela. The remaining
2200 TPD waste collected from City-S.P, Karol Bagh & Narela Zones is
being dumped at Bhalswa landfill site without processing/ treatment. As
such there a gap of 2200 TPD of MSW which needs to be addressed and
processed. Per capita per day solid waste generation is 0.50 kg (500 gm).
In order to ensure scientific disposal of the aforesaid remaining MSW,
North DMC has planned to set up another WTE Plant either at Bhalswa
SLF site or at Rani Khera in Narela.
In pursuance of the matter, an MoU between Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
(IOCL) and North DMC has been signed on 19.1.2021 to set up an
Integrated Waste to Energy Facility in the jurisdiction of North DMC by
processing of the Municipal Solid Waste.
Accordingly, long term tender incorporating provisions of SWM Rules,
2016, for collection & transportation of MSW for remaining three zones
i.e. City-S.P, Karol Bagh & Narela Zones have been invited.
Management Plan for Solid Waste Management:
1. About 55% of solid waste generated in the jurisdiction of North DMC
is being processed & inerts are also disposed off scientifically at
Narela- Bawana Waste Processing Facility. Salient features of this
project/ agreement are as under:
• It is a long term 20 years agreement based on PPP model executed
on 17.7.2009
• It is an integrated contract for end to end solution of solid waste
which includes door-to-door collection (primary), transportation
 from secondary storage depots to the Narela-Bawana Waste
Processing Facility, processing (compost &R DF), WTE Plant and
disposal of inerts at engineered landfill site.
• WTE Plant of 24 MW capacity is also operational.
• Contract is valid upto year 2029.
• Concession area comprises of 64 mpl. Wards (out of total 104
mpl. wards)
• At present, about 2400-2500 MT of solid waste is received at this
plant & by 2029, waste generation is expected to be 3500TPD.
• Regular awareness programs through IEC activities etc. are
carried out for reduction, re-use & recycle (3Rs) as well as
emphasis is given on segregation of waste at source to improve
the SWM. Ultimately, it will reduce the load on the Processing
Facilities/ landfill sites. The residents are also made aware for
utilising waste as wealth through household/ local composting.
2. For remaining waste (45 % ), an MOU has been signed between Indian
Oil Corporation Ltd. (IOCL) and North DMC has been signed on
19.1.2021 to set up Integrated Waste to Energy Facilities in the
jurisdiction of North DMC by processing of the Municipal Solid
Waste at Rani Khera. Likely date of commissioning of this plant
is Dec., 2022.
3. On pilot basis, decentralised bio-methanation/ compost plants of
5TPD (4 NOS.) & 1TPD (6 NOS.) are being installed under the
jurisdiction cf North DMC, out of which 2 nos. 5TPD & 3 nos. 1TPD
plants are operational. On the basis of success story, these plants
would be replicated in all 104 municipal wards. For installation of
these plants, adequate land is also required specifically meant for
this purposes. Provision of land for solid waste management shall be
duly earmarked in the proposed layout plans before notification.
4. 50 TPD recyclable plastic waste processing plant/ facility has also
been proposed at Tikri Kalan in Narela. For which, RFP/ tender
document is being prepared.
5. Land requirement for various activities for solid waste management
upto the year 2041 is annexed as "Annexure – VI (a)".
6. 200 TPD Bio-methanation gas plant based on cow dung is under
construction at Bhalswa Dairy and which is likely to commence
operation by 31.12.2021.
7. Material Recovery Facility (MRF) having capacity of 4 TPD for sorting
of recyclable materials such as paper, plastic, metal, glass etc. will be
commissioned at Zakhira shortly. Similar MRFs are proposed in each
ward depending upon the availability of land. Minimum land
requirement is 1000 sqm for setting up of an MRF.
 8. Remediation of legacy waste from SLF Bhalswa, which' is in
operation since 1994, is being carried out. Out of total 80 lac MT of
legacy waste, 11.90 MT has been bio-mined through trammels.
Reclamation of the land is likely to be completed by June, 2022.

2. Key targets that will be included in MPD-2041 Action Plan:

Target for
Component Current Status Phasing Plan
2041
MSW collection efficiency 100% 100% N.A.

MSW Segregation efficiency 55% 100% By 31.12.2023

Percentage of green waste 55% of 1800

processed (e.g. composted TPD = 990 TPD 100% of 6,000
By 31.12.2023
or another processing TPD .'
method) locally Say 1000 TPD
Percentage of recyclable
waste sent to recycling 50% 100% By 31.12.2023
centres/ industry

Identification and listing of 25% by Dec, 22

839 nos. of 50% by Dec, 24
informal waste workers
informal waste
and units (recyclers, 100%
workers 75% by Dec, 26
kabariwalas, rag pickers
identified
etc.)
100% by Dec, 30
Percentage of identified
informal waste workers
and units integrated with --- --- As above
the formal MSW
management plan
Reduction in waste going to
25-30% 80% 5% in every 5 years
land fill sites
Reclamation of land fill
sites (greening and ONE no. at
--- By June, 2024
processing of legacy Bhalswa
wastes)
Annexure – VI (a)
Land requirement for various activities for solid waste management up to 2041:
ANNEXURE VII: SERVICE PLAN – NEW DELHI MUNICIPAL COUNCIL (NDMC)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: NEW DELHI MUNICIPAL COUNCIL (NDMC)

Consider the following approximate population projections for New Delhi Municipal Council:

At present, the fixed population of New Delhi Municipal Council is 2.67 Lakh as per 2011 census.
Low Growth Scenario Medium Growth Scenario High Growth Scenario
3 lakhs 3.2 lakhs 3.5 lakhs

The service action plan for master plan of management of Solid Waste of New Delhi Municipal Council for 2041 is
as under:

1. MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (SWM) IN NORTH DMC

ASPECT INFORMATION REQUIRED

GENERATION Total MSW likely to be generated 350 – 400 MT
Estimates of green waste, dry waste 100 MT Wet waste
(reusable waste and inert material) 250 -300 MT Dry waste
MANAGEMENT Separate management plans (collection,
STRATEGY segregation and processing) for;
Green Waste Green waste — Organic
waste convertors, Home
Composting, compost pits,
Biogas Plant and compost
plant Okhla (for 100 MT Wet
Waste}
Reusable Waste Reusable Waste — 25 MT
for recycling (NGOs and
recyclers)
Inerts Inert — Sent to SDMC landfill
site from Waste
to Energy Plant, Okhla
Management plans to include
information regarding the following
aspects;
Improving collection, segregation Door to door collection of
efficiency at local level (RWA/Mohalla / waste and its segregation as
Market Association / Solid Waste Zone/ per the Solid Waste
wards etc.) management Rules 2016 i.e.,
Wet Waste, Dry Waste and
Domestic Hazardous Waste.

Maximizing wet waste processing (e.g., Already explained above.

Composting, bio-methanation etc.)
locally

Improving sorting and material recovery Segregation of waste in situ

(MPD will recommend repurposing of and also construction of
dhalaos as material recovery facilities at Material Recovery facility for
the decentralized level) etc. micro segregation of dry
 waste.

Reclamation of landfill sites and reuse/ Does not pertain to New

recycle of legacy waste Delhi Municipal Council
Conversion of existing landfills to Does not pertain to New
engineered / scientific landfills Delhi Municipal Council
Special plans for;
Integration of informal sector in core Already integrated and
SWM system (for improved management providing the mentioned
vis-a-vis ensuring safety, hygiene and conditions.
healthy work
conditions for the workers.
Marketing strategies for compost and The compost produced shall
other reusable / recycled products). he used in horticulture
department of NDMC itself.
The reusable / recyclables
shall he handed over to
authorized recyclers.
Awareness, capacity building and Already are being run by
behavioral changes programs. NDMC in full swing. The
capacity and behaviors
changes are being evaluated
from time to time.

2. Key targets that will be included in MPD-2041 Action Plan:

Target for
Component Current Status Phasing Plan
2041
MSW collection efficiency 100% 100% N.A.

MSW Segregation efficiency 100% 100% 100%

Percentage of green waste

processed (e.g., composted
100% 100% 100%
or another processing .'
method) locally
Percentage of recyclable
Increase by 10% per
waste sent to recycling 20% 100%
year
centres/ industry

Identification and listing of

informal waste workers
100% (already
and units (recyclers, 100% 100% done
done)
kabariwalas, rag pickers
etc.)
Percentage of identified
informal waste workers
and units integrated with 100% 100% 100% done
the formal MSW
management plan
Reduction in waste going to Does not pertain Does not Does not pertain to
land fill sites to New Delhi pertain to New New Delhi Municipal
 Municipal Delhi Municipal Council
Council Council
Reclamation of land fill Does not Does not
Does not pertain to
sites (greening and pertain to New pertain to New
New Delhi Municipal
processing of legacy Delhi Municipal Delhi Municipal
Council
wastes) Council Council
ANNEXURE VIII: SERVICE PLAN – DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, GNCTD AND DELHI
POLLUTION CONTROL COMMITTEE (DPCC)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, GNCTD AND DELHI POLLUTION CONTROL COMMITTEE

1. SERVICE PLAN FOR NON-MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN DELHI FROM

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND DPCC:

Aspect Information required

Generation Estimates of C& D Waste:
Current Status FY 2020-21 (Million MT) : 1.38* (3781 TPD)

Target for 2041 (Million MT): 3.66** (10,027 TPD)

*Estimation of C&D waste generation in Delhi, as per NITI Aayog

Report Jan 2019 “Strategy on Resource Efficiency in Construction
& Demolition Sector” – 4,600 MT/day (1.38 million ton per annum)
** Considering 5% annual growth of C&D waste generation in NCT
of Delhi

Bio-Medical Waste:
As per gap analysis study got done in 2020 for requirement of
numbers & capacities of additional Common Biomedical Waste
Treatment & Disposal Facilities (CBWTFs) in Delhi estimated total
future biomedical waste generation in 2031 = 80000 kg/day.

As per Central Pollution Control Guidelines dated 21.12.2016, prior

to allowing any new CBWTF, prescribed authority {Delhi Pollution
Control Committee (DPCC) in case of Delhi} is required to prepare
an inventory or review with regard to the bio-medical waste
generation at least once in 5 years in the coverage areas of the
existing bio-medical waste treatment and disposal facility.
Prescribed authority is also required to extrapolate the coverage
area wise bio-medical waste generation for the next 10 years.

E- Waste: No concrete data available. E-Waste Inventorisation

exercise is proposed.

Plastic Waste generation : 1500 MT/D

Management Management plan for C& D Waste:

Strategy Processing Capacity of Operational C&D Plants in Delhi (4150
TPD)

• Jahangir Puri (Burari) – 2000 TPD

• Shastri Park – 1000 TPD
• Rani Khera (Mundka) – 150 TPD
• Bakkarwala – 1000 TPD

(C&D Waste received at 4 processing facilities in Delhi : 3151 TPD)

Proposed C&D Waste Processing Facilities in Delhi (2500 TPD)

• Ranikhera – 1000 TPD (Under Construction)

• Maidangarhi - 1000 TPD
• Libaspur - 500 TPD (Land use to be changed by DDA)

NCT of Delhi will require creation of additional annual processing

capacity of 2 Million MT (5479 TPD) by 2041 as below:

By 2026 – 0.5 Million MT (1370 TPD)

By 2031 – 0.5 Million MT (1370 TPD)

By 2036 – 0.5 Million MT (1370 TPD)

By 2041 – 0.5 Million MT (1370 TPD)

Bio-Medical Waste:

For obtaining the authorization mandatory under Bio-Medical

waste Management Rules, 2016, every health care facility is
required to enter into an agreement with the concerned CBWTF for
collection, transportation, treatment and disposal of the waste
generated by it. Biomedical waste is collected, transported and
treated by two Common Biomedical Waste Management Facilities
(CBWTFs) operating in Delhi. In view of expiry of lease of one of the
CBWTFs presently operation on land provided by Directorate of
Health Services, Govt of NCT of Delhi, the DPCC has called
Expression of Interests for bringing up two new CBWTFs on
privately owned land for catering to the BMW generation in two
regions to cater future generation of biomedical waste in next 10
years i.e. year 2031 Region 1: Shahdara, East and North East
Delhi (fall in the trans Yamuna belt). Region 2: West, South
West, Central Districts.

E- Waste:
• Delhi consisting of 11 districts, so each district should
possess at least one collection centre to ease the drop of E-
waste.
• Atleast 3 nos. of E-waste ECO-Park (not less than 5 acres in
area), one in each North, South and East regions of Delhi
should be created where proper dismantling, refurbishing
can be done.
• Atleast two recycling units should be created in Delhi for
efficient work and state board can easily verify the
authenticity of dealers, refurbishers, dismantlers whether
they are legally tied with recycler.
• ATM can be installed where in return of every electronic
equipment, cash back can be provided.
• ULBs can provide toll-free number and door to door services
to dispose-off E-waste.
 Service Plan for NCT of Delhi for Plastic Waste Management is
Annexure VIII (a).

Other Bio-Medical Waste:

information Under the provisions of Bio Medical Rules 2016, the department in the
• Key business allocation of land assignment shall be responsible for
infrastructure providing suitable site for setting up of common biomedical waste
or special treatment and disposal facility in the State Government or Union
projects territory Administration and the selection of site for setting up of such
identified
facility shall be made in consultation with the prescribed authority,
during the
plan period, other stakeholders and in accordance with guidelines published by
along with the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change or Central
details of Pollution Control Board.
projects and
their The CPCB guidelines dated 21.12.2016 provides that alternately a
timelines
CBWTF may also be allowed to establish on a land procured by
• Estimated
an entrepreneur in accordance with the location criteria suggested
land
requirements under these guidelines.
for projects.
The DPCC is in process of calling the expression of interests for 2
CBWTFs on privately owned land to cater the need for next 10 years
(up to 2031) and project is likely to be completed by end
2022.However looking in to the present and future scenario there
is a need to identify 3 plots of lands of size not less than one acre
in three geographically distributed areas of Delhi (one in trans
Yamuna for East, North East & Shahdara, second in South East,
South, South West & New Delhi and third in Central, North, West &
North West districts) so that CBWTFs can be made operational on
Govt Land post 2031.

As per CPCB guidelines, CBWTF shall preferably be developed in a

notified industrial area without any requirement of buffer zone
(or) a CBWTF can be located at a place reasonably far away from
notified residential and sensitive areas and should have a buffer
distance of preferably 500 m so that it shall have minimal impact
on these areas.
E- Waste:
• Public Awareness sessions should be organized on regular
basis.
• Awareness programme for refurbishers, dismantlers, recyclers
and dealers should be organized twice in a year.

2. Key targets that will be included in MPD 41 Action Plan:

Component Current status Target for Phasing Plan
2041
Percentage of C&D 88.4 % [1.22 (3342 100 % NCT of Delhi
Waste Processed TPD)] 3.66 (10,027 will require
(Fresh + Legacy) TPD) creation of
Percentage of 107.4 % 100 % additional
Recycled C&D Waste [1.31 (3589 TPD) annual
Products (Tiles, including Legacy C&D processing
Blocks, waste products] capacity of 2
Reinforcements, Million MT
filling materials etc.) [Offtake by Govt. (5479 TPD) by
used. Departments - 0.70 2041 as below:
(1917 TPD) And Offtake
by Private Parties - 0.61 By 2026 – 0.5
(1671 TPD) ] Million MT (1370
TPD)

By 2031 – 0.5
Million MT (1370
TPD)

By 2036 – 0.5
Million MT (1370
TPD)

By 2041 – 0.5
Million MT (1370
TPD)
Annexure VIII (a): Service Plan for NCT of Delhi for Plastic Waste Management in respect of Draft MPD 41

1. Application:
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India has notified the Plastic Waste
Management (PWM) Rules, 2016 as amended by 2018.
(i) These rules are applicable to every waste generator, local body, Gram Panchayat,
manufacturer, Importers and producer.
(ii) The rule 4 shall not apply to the export-oriented units or units in special economic zones,
notified by the Central Government, manufacturing their products against an order for
export: Provide this exemption shall not apply to units engaged in packaging of gutkha,
tobacco and pan-masala and also to any surplus or rejects, left over products and the like.

2. Salient features of (PWM) Rules, 2016, as amended to date

The salient features of (PWM) Rules, 2016 are described below:

S. No. Items Description

1 Purpose Plastic waste minimization;

Source segregation;
Recycling;
Collection of plastic waste fraction;
Adoption of polluter’s pay principle;

2 Application To Every:
Waste generator;
Local body;
Gram Panchayat;
Manufacturer;
Importers and
Producer.

3 Conditions for Shade of Carry Bag should be natural as per IS: 9833:1981;
Carry bags Provision of thickness for carry bags made of virgin or
recycled plastic is, thickness>= 50 microns (made up of
recycled or virgin plastic). Thickness of carry bags is not
applicable to carry bags made up of compostable plastic;
The carry bags made from compostable plastics shall
confirm to the Indian Standard: IS17088:2008. The
manufacturers or seller
of compostable plastic carry bags shall obtain a certificate
from the Central Pollution Control Board before marketing
or selling;
Plastic sheet or like, which is not an integral part of
multilayered packaging shall not be less than fifty microns
in thickness except where the thickness of such plastic
sheets impairs the functionality of the product;
Recycling of plastic waste shall confirm IS 14534:1998.
Carry bags made of recycled plastics shall not be used for
Packaging food stuff;
Sachets using plastic material shall not be used for storing,
packing or selling Gutkha, tobacco and pan masala;
Vinyl Acetate - Maleic Acid - Vinyl Chloride Copolymer,
 shall not be used in any package for packaging Gutkha,
pan masala andtobacco in all forms.

4 Responsible Local body;

Stake-holders Gram Panchayat;
Waste Generators;
Producers, Importers and Brand Owners.

5 Marking or PET Polyethylene

Labeling Terephthalate,
HDPE High Density
Polyethylene
V Vinyl (PVC),
LDPE Low Density
Polyethylene
PP Polypropylene
PS Polystyrene
Others ABS - (Acrylonitrile
butadienestyrene),
PPO- (Poly phenylene
oxide),PC-
(Polycarbonate),
PBT- (Poly butylenes
terephalate)
6 Prescribed The State Pollution Control Board and Pollution Control
Authority for Committee in respect of a Union territory;
enforcement of The concerned Secretary-in-charge of Urban Development
the provisions of ofthe State or a Union Territory;
these rules; The concerned Gram Panchayat shall be the authority;
District Magistrate or the Deputy Commissioner.

7 Responsibility of Retailers or street vendors shall not sell or provide

retailers andstreet commodities to consumer in carry bags or plastic sheet or
vendors multi-layered packaging, which are not manufactured and
labeled or marked, as per prescribed under these rules;
Retailers or street vendors if providing commodities in
abovementioned packaging shall be liable to pay fines.
8 State Level State Government or the union Territory shall constitute
Monitoring SLMCfor the effective monitoring of implementation of
Committee(SLMC) these rules;
The State Level Advisory Body shall meet at least once in
Six
Month and may invite experts, if it considers necessary.
 9 Annual Reports Every person engaged in processing or recycling of plastic
a) Concerned wasteshall submit annual report in Form-IV to local body by
persons/ 30th April(Every year);
Departments Every local body shall submit annual reports in Form-V to
concerned Secretary-in-charge of the Urban Development
Department by 30th June, every year;
Each State Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control
Committee shall submit annual reports in Form-VI to CPCB
by 31st July, every year;
The CPCB shall prepare a consolidated annual report on the
use and management of plastic waste and forward it to the
Central Government along with its recommendations
before the 31st August of every year.

b) Flow of
Information

3. Plastic Waste (PW) Generation:

Estimated PW Generation in Delhi: 1500 MT/D

4. Constraints in implementation of PWM Rules 2016, as amended 2018:

4.1. There are a number of constraints in implementation of PWM rules 2016, few of them
are given below:

a) Annual Reports are not submitted on-time by Responsible Agencies/Authorities by 30th June
each year;
b) Monitoring of implementation of PWM Rules by Urban Development Departments &
Municipal Bodies is inadequate;
c) Non-recyclable plastic wastes such as multi layered and metalized pouches and other
thermoset plastic poses disposal problems;
d) Use of sub-standard (<50μm) plastic carry bags, packaging films etc. pose problem in
collection and recycling, thus, ultimately dumped on land, drains, rivers,
e) Co-ordination of DPCC with Local Bodies in enforcement of use of sub-standard (<50μm)
plastic carry bags & actions taken by ULBs.

4.2. Recommendations of SLMC:

a) All departments including ULBs, SDMs and DPCC were advised to adhere to the directions of
Hon’ble NGT dated 02.12.16 and 10.08.17 regarding complete prohibition on the use of
plastic carrybags made of plastic less than 50 microns and are non- compostable in entire
NCT Delhi a prohibition of use of disposable plastic glasses in entire NCT Delhi at hotels,
restaurants and public as well as environmental compensation of Rs 5000/- per default. All
agencies were directed to expedite the actions of seizure of plastic and imposition of fines.
b) Further, all ULBs and DPCC were directed to design programmes for creating awareness
among general public regarding prohibition on the use of plastic carrybags made of plastic
less than 50 microns and are non-compostable in entire NCT Delhi a prohibition of use of
disposable plastic glasses of the Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016 as amended, 2018.
c) The representative of plastic traders and manufacturing industry were also advised to
educated and guide the trades/manufacturers to adhere to the provisions of Plastic Waste
Management Rules, 2016 as amended, 2018. The concept of Extended producer’s
responsibility was also discussed and it was desired that plastic trades/manufacturers
association shall give their full cooperation this regard to the ULBs in framing the bye-laws.

5. Environmental issues of PWM in Delhi:

a) Littering of Plastic Waste in open lands, drains, bus stations, railway tracks, dustbins/dhalaos,
roadsides, commercial areas, etc.
b) Open Burning of plastic waste emit toxic gases, polluting ambient air.
c) Unscientific/ unregistered plastic waste recycling/manufacturing poses threat to
environment specially in residential areas;
d) Eating/engulfing plastic waste along with food residues by cattles, birds etc.

6. Information, Education & Communication (IEC) Programme

a) What is IEC:
1. To develop communication strategies to promote positive behaviour.
2. Create awareness among various stakeholders.
3. To make development participatory through advocacy.
4. To transfer knowledge, skill and technique to people.
5. To bring transparency in program implementation at field level.
6. To promote the concept of accountability and social audit.

b) Role of IEC in Waste Management:

1. To inform, educate and inspire people to realize their roles and responsibilities and benefits
of adopting right waste management practices.
2. To bring motivation, awareness and empowerment.
3. To bring transformational shift in waste management barriers:
4. Practice level barrier
5. Attitude level barrier
6. Knowledge level barrier
7. To reach all communities and to reach out to all kind including children, women, men, youth
and elderly people.
8. To create awareness, sensitization and motivation of people to follow right hygiene,
sanitation and waste handling practices.

c) Types of Communication:
1. Mass Communication
2. Person to Person Communication

d) Key ways of Communication:

1. At national or mass level TV commercials and advertisement can play role.
2. Handbook, leaflet and brochures.
 3. Motivational hoardings catering to Swachh Bharat and posters at critical locations of city.
4. One to one meeting could be held at family and community level, since PWM involves
attitudinal change.
5. A city centric waste management book.
e) Funding pattern of IEC Programme:
1. IEC has 15% funds of total central allocation.
2. Out of this 12% is for States to conduct campaigns on public awareness for different issues
of public health, hygiene and environment.
3. Campaign using different means, like short films, radio, plays, workshops, social media and
radio. Newspaper and TV are excluded from this.
4. Remaining 3% is for MoHUA to run a national media campaign and to develop standardized
methods for campaigning.
5. The IEC plan made by States should approve by HPC of States. 50% of the approved fund
should be given to ULBs.
6. ULBs have to spend minimum 50% of the ULB funds for IEC. This fund cannot be used for any
other purpose, like buying vehicles, construction or maintenance.

7. Technologies for Disposal of Plastic Waste:

i. Mechanical Recycling.
ii. Utilization of Plastic Waste in Road Construction.
iii. Co-processing of Plastic Waste in Cement Kilns & Co-incineration in waste to energy plants.
iv. Conversion of Plastic Waste into Fuel-oil (Chemical Recycling).
v. Disposal of plastic waste through Plasma Pyrolysis Technology (PPT).

(i) Mechanical Recycling:

Mechanical recycling involves processing of waste into a product which characteristics similar to those of
original product. This process involves the following steps:
a) Collection and Segregation: The plastics materials have varying density; hence they are
segregated/separated by floatation process.
b) Cleaning, Drying and Sizing: The post-consumer plastics waste requires proper cleaning
and drying. The cleaned plastics waste products should be sized; the dried flakes are fed into
an extruder where they are heated to melting state and forced through the die converting into
a continuous polymer product or strands.
c) Pelletizing: The strands are cooled by water and cut into pellets, which produces reprocess
granules.
d) Fabrication into end product: Reprocessed granules used as raw materials for producing
end products.

(ii)Utilization of Plastic Waste in Road Construction:

The process of road laying using waste plastics is designed and the technique is being implemented successfully
for the construction of flexible roads at various places in India.

Table1: Protocol for description of road laying process

S.No. Description Executing Agency

 Collection and segregation of
Municipal Corporation, Nagar Nigam,
plastic waste (Except
1. Nagar Parishad & Nagar and Gram
chlorinated/ brominated plastic
Panchayat
waste)

Municipal Corporation, Nagar Nigam,

Transportation and storage of
2. Nagar Parishad &
plastic waste
Nagar and Gram Panchayat

Cleaning and sun drying of plastic

3. Municipal Body or PWD
waste
Shredding of plastic waste (2 to 4
4. Municipal Body or PWD
MM size)
Heating of stone aggregate
5. Municipal Body or PWD
(160˚C -170˚C)
Adding of shredded plastic waste
6. (5 to10% w/w for 30 to 40 Municipal Body or PWD
seconds)
Coated aggregate is mixed with
7. hot bitumen Municipal Body or PWD
˚ ˚
(Temp155 Cto163 C)
The mix-plastic aggregate Municipal Body or PWD Construction
8. Bitumen-mix (130-140˚C) The of polymer (plastics) Coated Bitumen
mix can be used for road laying. Road

Action Points:
a) Utilization of Plastic Waste in Road Construction in Delhi Should be promoted;
b) Promotion and awareness of technology through technology transfer, Newsletters and Direct
marketing.

(iii) Co-processing of plastic waste as Alternative Fuel and Raw Material (AFR) in cement
kilns and waste to energy plants:
Co-processing refers to the use of waste materials in industry process such as cement and power stations or
any other large combustion plants. Co-processing indicates substitution of primary fuel and raw material by
waste, recovering industry and material from waste. Waste material such as plastic waste used for co-
processing are referred to as alternative fuels and raw material (AFR). Co-processing of plastic waste offers
advantages for cement industry as well as for the Municipal Authorities responsible for waste management.
On the other hand, cement producers or power plants can save fossil fuel and raw material consumption,
contributing more eco-efficient production. In addition, one of the advantage recovery method used in existing
facility, eliminating the need to invest on other plastic waste practices and to secure landfilling.

Action Points:
Development of technology for Co-processing of plastic waste as Alternative Fuel and Raw Material (AFR) in
waste to energy plants, in Delhi.

(iv) Conversion of plastic waste into liquid RDF (Oil):

Steps involved in conversion of plastic waste into liquid fuel RDF (Fuel) are given below:
• Mechanical segregation of plastic waste from mixed MSW dump yard/storage.
• Transportation of segregated plastic waste through conveyor belt for optical segregation.
• Optical segregation of plastic waste (only HD, LD, PP and multilayer packaging except PVC;
 • Shredding of plastic waste and dislodging dust and impurities.
• Transportation of segregated (100%plasticwaste) into feeding hopper(reactor).
• Feeding of plastic waste into reactor for random depolymerization in presence of additives.
• Collection of liquid RDFs (Fuel).
• Collection of rejects and solid waste (charcoal).
Action Points:
Development of technology for conversion of plastic waste into liquid fuel RDF (Fuel)in Delhi from concept to
commercialization and promotes awareness of technology through technology transfer, Newsletters and
Direct marketing.

(v) Plasma Pyrolysis Technology (PPT)

Introduction:
Plasma pyrolysis is one of the technologies which could be opted for disposal of plastic waste. In Plasma Pyrolysis,
high temperature is produced using plasma torch in oxygen starved environment to destroy plastic waste efficiently
and in an eco-friendly manner. To find out its performance, Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) sponsored a
project titled "Plastic Waste Disposal using Plasma Pyrolysis Technology" to Facilitation Centre for Industrial Plasma
Technology (FCIPT), Institute for Plasma Research, Gandhi Nagar (Gujarat). The experiment has been conducted
using different categories of plastic waste such as thin carry bags, metalized and multilayer pouches etc. During
the experiment, emission of pollutants i.e. particular matter (PM), Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2), Carbon Monoxide
(CO), Dioxins and Furans were also monitored. The analytical data indicates that the emission of toxic pollutants
including dioxins and furans are lower than the prescribed standards for hazardous waste incinerators. Pyrolysis of
plastic (polyethylene) provides 90% combustible gases.
Description:
Plasma pyrolysis technology is the disintegration of organic/inorganic compounds into gases and non- leachable
solid residues in an oxygen-starved environment. Plasma pyrolysis utilizes large fraction of electrons, ions and
excited molecules together with the high energy radiation for decomposing chemicals. In this process the fourth
state of matter i.e. plasmas (core temperature is around 20,000°K) is used for dissociating molecular bonds.
Different types of plastic waste such as polyethylene bags, soiled plastic, metalized plastic, multi-layer plastic and
PVC plastic can be disposed through PPT.
In Plasma Pyrolysis, firstly the plastics waste is fed into the primary chamber at 850oC through a feeder. The waste
material dissociates into carbon monoxide, hydrogen, methane, higher hydrocarbons etc. Induced draft fan drains
the pyrolysis gases as well as plastics waste into the secondary chamber where these gases are combusted in the
presence of excess air. The inflammable gases are ignited with high voltage spark. The secondary chamber
temperature is maintained at 105ºC. The hydrocarbon, CO and hydrogen are combusted into safe carbon dioxide
and water. The process conditions are maintained such that it eliminates the possibility of formation of toxic dioxins
and furans molecules (in case of chlorinated waste). This process is used by few Municipalities and hospitals;
however, this can be useful for tourist place, hill stations, pilgrimage, coasts and other remote places.
Cost of plasma pyrolysis plant for the disposal of plastic waste:
Approximately plant cost of capacity 1 Ton/day is 1.7 Crore and 6.5 Crore for capacity of 10 Tons/day plant,
excluding operational cost. Payback period of plasma pyrolysis plant of higher capacity (>1Ton/day) is around 4 to
5 years. With energy recovery system, plasma pyrolysis plant will be profitable.
Merits of Plasma Pyrolysis Technology:
• The plasma pyrolysis system can resolve the problems associated with particularly non-
recyclable and low-grade plastic waste.
• Generation of extremely high temperature in oxygen starved environment makes this
technology useful for the safe destruction of plastic wastes.
• This technology (PPT) can safely destroy chlorinated as well as multi-layer plastic wastes.
• The plasma pyrolysis system can be installed in tourist/hilly locations.
• PPT for the disposal of plastic waste along in conjunction with energy recovery makes it
economically viable in higher capacity systems.
Action Points:
Development of plasma processing technologies in Delhi from concept to commercialization and promotes
awareness of technology through technology transfer, Newsletters and Direct marketing.

Way Forward for PWM:

1. Door to Door collection of MSW in 2 bins (dry& wet) shall enforced by Municipal Authorities;
2. Segregation and recycling of plastic waste should be carried out at Material Recovery Facility
(MRF) to be set by each Local Body in Delhi.
3. Organize mass-awareness programme in various districts involving Municipalities & Stake-
holders for not using less than fifty microns carry bags and anti-littering.
4. Setting up of squads for preventing open burning of PW shall be strictly prohibited.
5. Plastics should be used as a resource for recycling, utilized in road construction, energy
recovery (such as WtE Co- processing), PW into Oil etc.
6. Stopping use of single use plastic products such as carry bags, cups, plates, straw, thermocol
products etc.
7. Promote use of compostable products certified by CPCB such as carry bags, cups, straws, etc.
as an alternate to conventional plastics.
8. Utilization of plastic waste in different technologies.

Summary of PWM:

➢ Draft notification was also issued by the Central Government on 11th March, 2021, in exercise of
the powers conferred by sections 6, 8 and 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of
1986), for making certain amendments in the Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016, issued vide
G.S.R. 320 (E), dated the 18th March, 2016, for information of the public for making any objection
or suggestion on the proposals contained in the draft notification in writing within sixty days
w.r.t. thickness of Plastic Bags, Sheets and like shall not be less than 120 microns and non-woven
Plastic Carry Bags shall not be less than 240 microns in thickness w.e.f. 30.09.2021. Further,
complete ban on single use plastic since 01.01.2022 (single use plasticitems: Plates, cups,
glasses, cutlery such as forks, spoons, knives, straw, trays, wrapping/ packing films around sweet
boxes; invitation cards; and cigarette packets, plastic/ PVC banners less than 100 microns,
stirrers. However, above provisions shallnot apply to commodities (including carry bags) made
of compostable plastic materials (copy enclosed).
Key Targets for Plastic Waste in r/o MPD 41 Action Plan:

Current Status of Plastic Waste: Approx. 1500 M.T. Per day

Target for 2041: 100 % disposal/ recycling as per PWM Rules
ANNEXURE IX: SERVICE PLAN – DEPARTMENT OF POWER, GNCTD
GOVT. OF NCT OF DELHI
DEPARTMENT OF POWER
8TH LEVEL, ‘B’ WING, DELHI SECRETARIAT,
I.P. ESTATE NEW DELHI.
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DEPARTMENT OF POWER, GNCTD

1. Projections for 2041:

As per the projections, the peak load in Delhi will reach 19000 MW by year 2041. To meet such load, provision in
Master Plan have to made for space for power infrastructure that will be required to establish sub stations,
distribution transformers and right of way for electric poles and cables to meet future power demands.
Year Population (in Power consumption (in Peak Demand (in Overall installed
Millions) MUs) MW) capacity (MW)

2019 19 33082 7409 7901

2031 24.7 47167* 12269** 14110#
2041 29.1 63389* 19070** 21930#
*assuming power consumption growth rate as 3%
** As per projections of Delhi Transco Limited
#15% over and above the estimated peak demand

2. Land Requirement for Power Infrastructure in 2041:

The land requirement has been worked out by Delhi Transco Limited and Delhi DISCOMs broadly in line with norms
issued by DDA & Delhi Govt. and as per their experience at ground conditions.
i. Delhi Transco Limited (DTL):

The summary of perspective plan for Power Transmission Services for Delhi-2041 (MPD-2041) as under:
Voltage Tentative Land No. of Existing No. of proposed No. of proposed Total
Level Reqd. (sq. m.) substations substations (under substations (MPD-
pipeline or execution) 2041)
765kV 1,60,000 01 01 02 04
400kV 40,000 07 (including 03 09 19
Mandola)
220kV 7000 41 04 36 81
● Total Grid Land: 2 x 160000 + 9 x 40000 + 36 x 7000sqm = 9,32,000 sqm
ii. Tata Power Delhi Distribution Limited (TPDDL)

TPDDL majorly serves Northern part of Delhi. The current load in TPDDL area is served by 78 nos. of grid
substations which is a mix of 66/11 kV and 33/11 KV. For the 33 kV belt, which is densely populated, it is
assumed that the new land would be in smaller sizes and thus it has been considered that a 2 transformer
grids (2 x 31.5 MVA, usable 44 MVA). For the 66 kV belt, 3 transformer grids (3 x 31.5 MVA, usable 66 MVA)
is considered. Considering a diversity factor for power transformer loading, it is estimated that additional
70 nos. new grid substations will be required to meet normal load growth and an additional 20 grid
substations to meet EV charging load. Thus a total of 90 new grid substations would be required. Space
required for grids is 1250 sq meters. (50 x 25 sq. mtrs., min. two sides open)
Considering diversity factor between power transformers, feeder and distribution transformers and
accounting for bulk consumers, an additional 6850 MW or 7850 MVA of peak load has to be served by
distribution transformers. Assuming 50-50 mix of dual and single transformer substation (32sqm),
approximately additional 3750 dual transformer (80sqm) and 3750 single transformer substations (total
7500) would be required.
● Total Grid Land: 90 x 1250 sqm = 1,12,500 sqm
● Total Distribution Transformer land requirement = 3750 x 80 + 3750 x 32 = 4,20,000 sqm
iii. BSES Yamuna Power Limited (BYPL)

BYPL majorly serves the Eastern part of Delhi. Based on CAGR of 3%, BYPL load will increase from the
present 1653MW to 3075MW in 2041. After including demand on account of EV and go electric drive, peak
load is expected to increase further to 3600MW (approx). Based on peak load of 3075MVA, total grids
 required to meet the load is 88 nos. (approx). Considering the present 54 nos grids, land will be required
for establishment of 52 new grids. Requirement for EV load will be additional. Land required for each grid
will be 2000 Sqm (50 X 40 m). However with emerging technologies, we will try to optimize the land
requirement.
To meet 3600 MVA, desired capacity is 7200 MVA considering diversity factor. Based on the same, at least
1873 Nos new 11/0.433kV Substations will be needed. Requirement for EV load will be additional. Land
required for each substation is 80Sqm (8 X 10 m). However with emerging technologies, we will try to
optimize the land requirement.
● Total Grid Land: 52 x 2000 sqm = 104,000 sqm
● Total Distribution Transformer land requirement = 1873 x 80 = 149,840 sqm
iv. BSES Rajdhani Power Limited (BRPL)

BRPL majorly serves the Southern and South-West parts of Delhi. BRPL serves a geographical area of 750
sq kms with current annual peak load growth of about 5.88%. In FY 19-20, BRPL recorded peak load of 3211
MW which is 43.33% of Delhi peak (7409 MW). Assuming same share in 2041, the peak load of BRPL would
be about 8263 MW (5052 MW additional) out of Delhi’s projected peak demand of 19070 MW.
Key upcoming loads in BRPL area includes, DIAL, DMICDC, RRTS by NCRTC, ITPO, DMRC, redevelopment
projects by CPWD (Sri Niwaspuri, Kasturba Nagar, Tyagraj Nagar, Mohammadpur), urban extension in 4
zones (J, K1, K2, L).
Presently, the load in BRPL area is being served by 99 nos. of grid substations which is a mix of 66/11 kV
and 33/11 kV voltage levels. Considering a diversity factor for power transformer loading, 115 new grid
substations will be required to meet normal load growth. Required space for a grid substation is 50x60
sqm. Each Substation area will accommodate 3 Power Transformers, GIS and 11 kV Panels, SCADA, Shunt
Reactors, Batteries, Solar Systems, possible expansion in capacity and possibility to accommodate
substation of voltage higher than 66 kV.
Considering diversity factor between power transformers, feeder and distribution transformers and
accounting for bulk consumers, an additional capacity of 11788 MVA at distribution transformers level
would be required. For each 11/0.4 kV substation with two Distribution transformers of 1 MVA each, there
will be space requirement of about 80 sqm.
Space requirement for BRPL:
a. Total Space requirement for 66/11 kV and 33/11 kV Grid Substation: 115 x 3000 sqm = 3,45,000 sqm.
b. Total space requirement for 11/0.4 kV substation = (11788/2) x 80 sqm = 4,71,520 sqm
c. Apart from above (a and b) land requirement for normal load growth, there will be additional requirement
of land 57,000 sqm for 19 nos. grid substations and 77,120 sqm for 964 nos. of 11/0.4 kV substation in
BRPL area, assuming 10% of normal load demand will be on account of EV charging load in 2041. Upcoming
EV charging load includes DTC Bus, ESSL load on SDMC parking and other EV charging stations
With above loading conditions and space provisions, on an average, there would be one grid substation in
every 3 sq km and one DT substation in every 50,000 sqm area of BRPL.
v. Gas insulated sub-stations
Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) shall be promoted by DISCOMS that will have lesser
space requirement. Provision must be kept in Master Plan-2041 for designated
spaces in all new development projects and redevelopment projects for
establishment of sub-stations, installation of distribution transformers and laying
of power cables.
Space for power infrastructure must be provided at right places (near to load centre). Technically feasible space
for substations must be allocated for DTL/ DISCOM and proper “Right of way” to be ensured for power poles/ laying
underground cable for present and future requirements. The Standard norms for Grid/Substation sizes is annexed
as Annexure – IX (a).

3. UTILITY DUCT

Utility Ducts (along and across the roads) are critically required to ensure proper laying of city infrastructure and
also to maintain the laid infrastructure. The importance of same is acknowledged by all. Ministry of Road &
transport issued circular vide F. No. RW/NH33044/29/2015/S&R(R) Dated 22.11.2016 regarding policy guidelines
for accommodation of Public and Industrial utility services along and across National Highways.
New main road development plan shall include the provision for subsurface space allocation among various
utilities. That is dedicated corridors for power, telecom, gas, water and sewer need to be developed during the
development of roads so that damage to other utilities can be minimized and systematic planning can be made for
future growth. This will have a positive impact on the speed utilities can provide new power supply connections as
well maintain existing ones. As one of the major reasons for faults in the underground network is damage by 3rd
party, utility ducts would result in a near fault free network. This will help to increased ranking in Ease of Doing
Business (EODB). Indicative arrangement as below.

Figure 1 Indicative arrangement for Utility Duct

The utility corridor requirement details as below:

a. Subsurface utilities:
Type Capacity Corridor Width
66 kV/33kV/ 11kV UG cables for main roads Around 100 MVA Min. 1.2m

11 kV & LT U/G cables for interconnecting internal Around 5 MVA Min. 0.7m
roads

b. Overhead network requirements:

Type Capacity Corridor Width
66 kV O/H Double Circuit OH Line 110 MVA Min. 6m and 2.3m each side
33 kV O/H Double Circuit OH Line 60 MVA Min. 6m and 2.0m each side
11 kV O/H Line 5 MVA Min. 1.1m and 1.2m each side
LT O/H Line 0.18 MVA Min. 1.0m and 1.2m each side
There is a need to ensure constructing utility duct in all newly constructed roads and also explore possibilities
to implement same in existing road also.
4. Cost estimates (in Rs. Crore) given by DISCOMs for converting 100% 11kV power cables to
underground (without ducting):

BRPL BYPL TPDDL

11kV network 729 27 2369
HVDS network 2574 726 790
Total (in crores) 3331 753 3159
Total Cost Rs. 7243 Crores

Under Jagmagati Delhi, initial budget of 50 crores has been kept for FY 2021-22, for conversion of 11kV bare
 conductor to insulated conductor.

5. Vehicle switching from Fossil fuel to electricity

The Delhi EV Policy, 2020 envisaged “accessible public charging facilities within 3 km travel from anywhere in
Delhi” (Clause: 6.2.1) and the Ministry of Power, GoI vide guidelines and standards notified for Charging
Infrastructure for EVs has also envisaged for “At least 1 Public Charging Station is to be available within a grid
of 3Km. x 3Km.” DDA should include land planning for creation of Charging Infrastructure for EVs in Master
Plan of Delhi 2041.

6. Land/ Space Constraints:

a) DISCOMs face severe space constraints for substations, feeders and other associated equipment despite taking
several measures to reduce footprint of substations (like GIS, E-House, Package Station, etc.). There is rampant
encroachment on power infrastructure in many areas leading to reliability, safety and power theft issues.
b) A clear land policy is required for space allocation for substations, feeders and associated network equipment
(like feeder pillars, distribution boxes etc.) in all existing areas based on present load density and future load
growth. Land policy should specify land requirement for substations and associated network equipment in new
developments including electrification of new areas, private development, EV charging stations and all new
infrastructure development projects.
c) Land Policy needs to incorporate measures to prevent encroachment of power infrastructure.
d) Key Considerations for land allocation for 66/11kV & 33/11kV Grids:
i. 66/11kV or 33/11kV grid is required for serving a load of 35MVA.
ii. Based on projected peak load, total grids will be required to meet the load.
iii. Considering the present numbers of grids, additional land will be required for establishment of new
grids. Requirement for EV load will be additional.
iv. Land required for each DISCOM grid will be 2000 Sqm (50 X 40 m). However, with emerging
technologies, we will try to optimize the land requirement.
e) Key Considerations for land allocation for 11/0.4kV Substations:
i. Considering 1484 sq. Km area of Delhi and projected population of 29.1 million in 2041, the load
density will increase which will probably highest in India.
ii. Typically, 1 Nos substation is required for each MW and thus considering demand density in Delhi,
around 15,000 substations/Distribution transformers will be required of different voltage levels.
iii. Requirement will be higher for areas with higher load density.
iv. Land required for each substation is 60Sqm (12 X 5 m). However with emerging technologies, we will
try to optimize the land requirement.
f) Land allocation to the concerned DISCOM need to be ensured in a time bound manner to maintain
the reliability and quality of power.

7. Major reforms undertaken in Delhi

➢ The nos. of procedure have been reduced from 3 to 2: DERC vide order dt.18.12.2020 i.e.
called Delhi Electricity Supply Code and Performance Standards (Relaxation) Third order
2020, reduce the number of procedures from three to two for release of Electricity connection
the details are as follows:
o Procedure 1: Submission of application along with all documents
o Procedure 2: Field inspection & Energisation of connection
➢ Time: For the period to be consider for DBR 2021 (i.e. May 2019 to April 2020), the electricity
connections have been provided within 7 days where RoW permission is not required &
within 14 days where RoW permission is required by Delhi DISCOMs.
➢ The cost of getting electricity connection: DERC vide order dt.23.10.2019 has reduced the
cost for electricity connection for 150kVA consumers from Rs. 25,000/- to Rs. 15,000/-. For
sanctioned load More than 5kW and up to 150kW the cost is (Rs. 3000 + Rs. 500 per kW or
per kVA as the case may be for the load beyond 5kW), limited to a maximum of Rs. 15000/-.
 ➢ Reliability of Supply: Following steps are required for improvement of reliability of supply
(SAIFI & SAIDI) in long term: Conversion from Overhead to Underground System, Dedicated
corridors for laying Electrical network.
➢ Steps taken by DISCOM’s to improve SAIFI & SAIDI: Upgraded from the conventional
SCADA to Advanced Distribution Management System (ADMS). ADMS is an integrated
platform with one user interface for SCADA, DMS, OMS, GIS, ERP, CRM, FFA and Meter Data
Management System (MDMS). SAIFI - System Average Interruption Frequency Index, SAIDI-
System Average Interruption Duration Index.
➢ Formulation of Dig and Restore Policy: Dig and Restore Policy has been formulated by
PWD Department for granting Online Right of Way permission by boarding all the Road owing
agency on the single portal i.e. PDM (Plan, Dig & Monitor) software by Delhi Govt.
➢ Government of the NCT of Delhi has notified self-certification for DISCOM’s installations up
to 33 kV in place of 650 V vide notification dated 04.01.2017
➢ Pole mounted transformers capacity enhanced from 250KVA to 500KVA as per CEA gazette
notification dated 06.04.2015.
➢ Simplification of Documentation for Getting New Electricity connection: Only 2
documents required i.e. ID proof and ownership proof vide DERC order dated 12.05.2016.
➢ Revision of application form for Getting New Electricity connection by removing certificate
details of Electrical contractor, Lift inspector & Fire services by DERC order dated 24.04.2017.
➢ New Connections up to 200 KW sanctioned load to be released at LT voltage level in place of
100KW only previously –Guidelines issued by DERC vide order dated 31.08.2017.
➢ Payment of Demand note for release of electricity connection in first bill for applicants taking
supply at LT level vide DERC order dated 31.05.2019.
➢ Mandatory online applications in lieu of offline option for load above 50KVA as per DERC
(Supply code and performance standards) Regulations 2017.

8. Reducing regulatory compliance burden:

Dept. of promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Govt. of India is Nodal Department for coordinating
exercise of minimizing compliance burden on Industries/ business and on citizens. Department of Industries,
GNCTD, is nodal agency on behalf of GNCTD. It is to identify further that which regulatory compliances, acts
and rules can be repealed, simplified or made online. Thirteen services in consultation with DISCOMs were
identified which required compliances from citizens of Delhi and referred to DERC for examining to reduce
compliance burden on citizens.
Presently only one compliance has been identified for making it online. The reform is as under:
Dept. Burdensome Short Complianc Action to Timelin
Act/Rule & Description e type be taken e
Provision Renewals

Delhi Filing of DERC Filing of Implemen 31.03.20

Electricity Petitions under adjudicates Petition t e- filing 21
Regulatory Section 142 of on Petitions petitions
Commission Electricity Act filed under
2003 and other Section 142
than section and matters
142 of other than
Electricity 2003 under Section
before the 142 of
Hon’ble Delhi
 Electricity Electricity Act
Regulatory 2003
Commission

9. Renewable Energy and Sustainable Power Consumption

Various efforts are being made within Delhi towards harnessing renewable energy. The overarching national
policy through the assigned Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO) as well as the state level solar policy 2016
sets out clear targets for enabling the transition towards renewable energy. As per the RPO targets for Delhi,
it needs to meet about 19% of its consumption from renewable by 2022. The Solar Policy 2016 estimates a
solar energy potential of 2500 MW for Delhi and target implementation of 1995MW to be installed by 2025.
The Government of NCT of Delhi launched “Mukhya Mantri Kisaan Aay Badhotari Solar Yojna” to install Solar
Panels in such a way that farmer(s) can do farming (s) beneath the solar panels. This scheme was devised to
facilitate land owners to utilise their lands for economic uses by installing solar panels, thereby minimising
misuse, unauthorised constructions and ensuring balanced development and retaining the green character of
these areas. The farmer(s) of Delhi can get additional fixed income by installation of solar power plants. The
salient features of “Mukhya Mantri Kisaan Aay Badhotari Solar Yojna” is as under:

• Solar Panels at raised structure of 3.5 meters to allow farming on agriculture land of peripheral
Green Belt villages.
• No change of land use, farmer(s) to continue farming.
• No investment required from farmer(s), investment to be done by Solar Power Developer.
• Farmer(s) to get ₹ 8333/- per month per acre of land with an increment of 6% per annum upto 25
year, additionally, 6000 units electricity per annum per MW of plant
• Minimum capacity of Solar plant 1 MW, to be installed on 06 acres of land (approximately 1/3rd
of the land to be covered by solar plant)
• Evacuation of power to be facilitated by DISCOMs.

Under “Mukhya Mantri Kisaan Aay Badhotari Solar Yojna” the Government Departments were
envisaged as the power purchaser, assuming costly power generated through this scheme as solar
power plants are to be installed at raised structure.

Further, Government of India launched a scheme named as “Pradhan Mantri Kisan Urja Suraksha evam
Utthaan Mahabhiyan” or PM KUSUM scheme under which solar power plants can be installed on agriculture
land, barren land, pasturelands and marshlands of farmers. This scheme mandates power generated shall be
purchased by DISCOMs at pre-fixed levelised tariff or tariff discovered through bidding. The salient features of
PM KUSUM are as follows:

• PM KUSUM to be implemented through DISCOMs and DISCOMs are entitled for to get
Performance Based Incentive @ 40 paise per unit purchased or Rs. 6.6 lakhs per MW of capacity
installed, whichever is less, for a period of five years from the COD.
• Solar plant of capacity 500 KWp to 2 MW. In specific cases based on Techno-Commercial
Feasibility smaller than 500 KWp are allowed.
• Power shall be purchased by DISCOMs. Furthermore, Power Department has envisaged merging
both schemes for smooth implementation and benefit to stakeholders’ viz. DISCOMs and
Farmer(s).
• Delhi DISCOMs have been allocated 62 MW by MNRE, GoI under PM KUSUM scheme.
• Draft documents prepared and letters sent to DERC and Delhi DISCOMs for comments on mode
of scheme execution, levelized ceiling tariff and draft PPA.

10. In respect of installation of Solar PVs on rooftop of group housing societies, only 59 societies have
installed SPVs. There is a huge scope of installing SPVs in the remaining 1841 societies in NCT of
 Delhi. It is therefore proposed that all the remaining CGHS societies and other multi storied
societies should be mandated to install solar rooftop plants. With Solar installation on
government land, buildings, all private buildings, Delhi can generate about more than 2000MW
of solar power. Further, SPVs can also be installed on canals and highways which would enable
Delhi to meet 40% of peak demand of power through solar energy. Together with the renewable
energy purchases, Delhi can meet more than 50% demand from renewable energy. To sum up,
DDA requires to consider the following:

• Making mandatory provision for Solar PV installation in existing buildings also.

• Promote Solar PV installation on vacant land available with government agencies. This can also
help in mitigating/eliminating encroachment problems.

11. Building design and layout considerations for reduced demand of HVAC:

• Provision of HVAC to reduce peak load is there in ECBC – 2017 notified by Bureau of Energy
Efficiency (BEE), Ministry of Power, GoI.
• Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) for commercial buildings was notified by BEE, GoI in
2007 and updated version was notified in 2017.
• The Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC), is a document that specifies the energy
performance requirements for commercial buildings that have a connected load of 100 kW or
greater or a contract demand of 120 KVA or greater that are to be constructed in India and is
mandated by the Energy Conservation (EC) Act, 2001.
• ECBC encourages energy efficient design or retrofit of lightning & control fixtures in the existing
buildings so that it does not constrain the building functions, comfort, health, or the productivity
of the occupants and also have appropriate regard for economic considerations (life cycle costs
i.e. construction + energy costs are minimized). ECBC defines the norms of energy efficiency of
building equipments and takes into consideration the climatic region of the country, where the
building is located. Norms have been developed to cater different climatic zones in India such as:
Composite, Hot & Dry, Warm & Humid, Moderate and Cold.
• ECBC provides design norms for:
o Building Envelop: It includes Thermal performance requirements for walls, roofs and
windows except for unconditioned storage spaces or warehouses.
o Comfort Systems & Controls: It includes the energy performance of heating, ventilating,
air conditioning and service hot water & pumping and their controls.
o Lighting & Controls: It includes interior and exterior lighting, day lighting and lamps &
luminaries performance requirements.
o Electrical and Renewable Energy Systems: It includes the energy performance of motors,
transformers, DG sets, UPS and energy metering.
• ECBC can effectively be implemented by participation of various stakeholders such as DDA, PWD,
MCDs, Council of Architecture, NBCC, DISCOMs, and Private Builders/Engineers/Architects etc.
• In Delhi, DDA prepares and notifies the Building Bye-Laws and provisions of ECBC-2007 have
already been included in the bye-laws for some building types by DDA. So far DDA has included
the provisions of ECBC in UBBL 2016:
• UBBL 2016 U/s 3.2, table 3.5 (4e), has made mandatory compliance measures (for all buildings
having plot area from 50,000 m² to 1, 50,000 m²) as recommended in the Energy Conservation
Building Code (ECBC) 2007 of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Government of India. However,
there are no provisions for making ECBC mandatory (as a whole) for buildings except the area
mentioned above, only few components of ECBC incorporated.
• Comprehensive mandatory provision is required to be included in the Delhi’s Unified Building Bye-
Laws (UBBL) 2016 which comes under purview of DDA. Previously, DDA was requested to
 incorporate provisions ECBC in Delhi’s UBBL by DDA vide Secretary (Power) DO letter dtd:
01.09.2020. (copy attached)
• Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA), GoI has also directed DDA vide OM dtd:
21.09.2020 to consider necessary amendments to include the provisions of ECBC guidelines in
Unified Building Bye-Laws (UBBL).
• Further, Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE), GoI has also launched Eco-Niwas Samhita (ENS) for
residential buildings and residential part of mixed land used projects build on plot area ≥ 500
square meters in 2018. In the first phase minimum standards for the building envelop was
launched to limit heat gain or heat loss of the residential building comprising adequate day lighting
potential and ventilation. BEE, GoI is developing Eco-Niwas Samhita part–II for setting up
minimum standards for the Electromechanical Equipments for efficient use of energy in
residential buildings, which may be released shortly. The provisions of ENS have to be
incorporated in Unified Building Bye-Laws (UBBL).
• DDA is being continuously followed up by Power Department for making requisite amendments
in UBBL to incorporate provisions of ECBC for commercial & residential buildings.
• It is proposed that DDA should urgently amend UBBL & incorporate the provisions of ECBC for
commercial and residential buildings. It is also proposed to promote adoption of Energy Efficiency
measures in electricity usage.

12. Installation of smart meters (by DISCOMS)

The planning for installation of smart meter by respective DISCOMs is as under:

S.No DISCOM Total Consumers Total Smart meters DERC approval
(in lacs) installed (in lacs) taken (Nos. in lacs)
1 BRPL 27.3 (4881 numbers) 3
2 BYPL 17.7 (147 numbers) 1.7
3 TPDDL 18.2 2.1 7
4 NDMC 0.7 0.6 -
Total 63.9 2.7 11.7

➢ Total Consumer base of Delhi : 63.9 Lacs

➢ Total Smart Meters installed : 2.7 Lacs
➢ Balance Smart Meters to be installed : 61.7 Lacs

• Each smart meter costs around Rs. 3000 and approx Rs 6000-7000 including overall logistics.
Replacing all balance 61.7 lacs meters with smart meters under CAPEX model, the cost will be
around Rs. 3700-4300 crores
• Under OPEX model of EESL, NDMC has installed 60000 meters for project cost of Rs. 61.68 crores
for 8 years i.e. Rs. 10280 / consumer for 8 years.
• For balance 61.7 lacs consumers under OPEX Model based on NDMC estimation, the overall cost
will be Rs. 6342 Crores for 8 years.
• For targeting all the consumers, DERC will be requested for an early order for approving CAPEX /
OPEX model.
• Delhi DISCOMs shall also be asked to go for installation of smart meters for all consumers in NCT
of Delhi in time bound manner.

Annexure – IX (a)
Norms for Land Size for different Grids / Substations:
I. GIS (66kV / 33kV)
The guidelines for plot size of GIS substations were framed vide minutes of meeting dated 12.09.2016. The
guidelines are as under:
● 50m x 30m (Two side open and rectangular plot. Right of Way of 6m required)
● 55m x 30m (One side open (longer side of plot). Rectangular plot. Right of Way of 12m required)
● 40m x 50m (One side open (Shorter side of plot). Rectangular plot. Right of Way of 12m required)
● In case of irregular shaped plot or no parallel road to plot, the plot size will be decided on the basis of joint
inspection of officials of DDA & DISCOMs.
II. DDA order dated 09.09.2003 for Air insulated Sub Stations:
● 185m x 160m: Plot size for 220kV sub stations. Size can be further reduced if 33kV / 11kV not required.
● 95m x 90m: Plot size for 66kV sub stations.
● 60m x 45m: Plot size for 33kV sub stations.
● 10m x 8m: Plot size for 11kV sub stations.
III. Reference for 11/0.4 kV DT Substation space requirement
● Clause 6(4) of Chapter on schedule of charges of DERC Supply Code 2017 read with amendments.
● SDMC Circular dated 30.03.2017 regarding provision of substation space.

Annexure – IX (b)
Clause 6(4) of Chapter on schedule of charges of DERC Supply Code 2017:
(4) The developer/applicant taking supply at Low Tension level for any premises or for re-constructed premises,
requiring LT Service connections whose:
i. total cumulative demand of all floors in the plot/ building for LT service connection exceeds
100 kW/108 kVA; or
ii. total cumulative built up area of the premises in the plot/building exceeds 1000 sqm; or
iii. plot of size above 300 sqm or above; shall provide the space for installation of distribution
transformers, as per the required load.

Provided that the minimum space required to be provided by the developer/applicant for installation of
distribution transformers/ equipment shall be as per circular no. South DMC/0148/SE(B)HQ/Addl. ComI/17 dated
30.03.2017 notified by South Delhi Municipal Corporation or as amended from time to time, annexed at annexure
IX (c):
Provided further that the existing consumer shall also be required to provide the space as above, in the event of:
i. enhancement of existing load on account of additional construction in the premises and
consequently the total built up area exceeds 1000 sqm of the plot/building or their total LT
Service connections demand exceeds 100 kW/108 kVA; or
ii. enhancement of load based on maximum demand readings for the electricity connections
energized on or after 1.9.2017 and the total LT Service connections demand exceeds 100
kW/108 kVA;
Provided also that if the required space is not provided by the applicant or the developer, the distribution Licensee
may refuse the grant of additional load:
Provided also that the consumer taking supply at LT voltage level, irrespective of its sanctioned load or the contract
demand as the case may be, shall also provide the space to the licensee for installation of meter, and part of service
line up to the point of supply, to the extent that would fall within his premises.
[Explanation: For the purpose of this sub-clause, the built-up area shall be as specified in the plan approved by the
authorized agencies. In case, built-up area is not specified in the approved plan, the built-up area shall be taken as
the carpet area plus the thickness of outer walls and the balcony]
Annexure – IX (c)
SDMC Circular on Provision of Spaces for Substation
ANNEXURE X: SERVICE PLAN - DELHI TRANSCO LIMITED (DTL)
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DELHI TRANSCO LIMTED (A Govt. of NCT of Delhi undertaking)

1. PROJECTED POWER DEMAND – 2041

 As per the trends indicated by Department of Power, GNCTD, the power demand by 2041, is projected to
reach 63,389 MU. Peak demand is likely to increase to 19,070 MW. Based on this it is estimated that the
total installed capacity would also need to be increased threefold up to 21,930 MW (15% over and above
the estimated peak demand). The current installed capacity for Delhi is 7,901 MW thus an additional
installed capacity of 14,029 MW needs to be added in the coming plan period. The following Renewable
Purchase Obligation targets have been set by MNRE for Delhi- 19% by 2022, 38.5% by 2031 (based on
450GW national target by 2030) and 50.5% by 2041 (further projection of 2030 targets). The total power
consumption needs to be met from renewable energy based on these targets. Strategies shall be
developed and efforts shall be made along with DISCOMs to meet the set targets.
Areas that are going to be developed under land pooling policy, a thumb rule being practiced in the power
sector for catering power requirement for 16-20L urban population, 1 no. 400-220kV substation and 3 nos.
of 220kV substation has been considered for ensuring the system reliability. Downstream network (66kV,
33kV and 11 kV) as Power Distribution services for Delhi is required to be provided by the concerned
DISCOMs in Delhi.
Table 7: Abstract of total Substation requirements (765/400/220kV)
Sl. Voltage No. of Existing No. of Proposed No. of Associated RoW
No. Level Sub-Stations Substations Proposed Requirement
(under Sub-Stations
execution)
1. 765 kV 1 1 2 67m RoW for
overhead
transmission line
2. 400 kV 7 (Including 3 9 52m RoW for
Mandola) overhead
transmission line
3. 220 kV 4 4 37 35m RoW for
overhead
transmission line
or 2X2 mtr for UG
cable
Table 8: Zone-wise-Perspective Plan for Power Transmission Services (765/400/220 kV) for Delhi
MPD 2041

ZONES Existing Voltage Requireme Tentative Requirement Remarks

400/220 Level nt for MPD area by the Year
kV 2041 required
substatio (in sqm)
n
Zone - NIL - - -
A No ESS in
this zone
220/33 kV Asaf Ali Being the 2027 This will provide
Installed Road land power to New
capacity (Wall city) scarcity in Delhi railway
400 MVA the area, station, Delhi
minimum Metro Rail and
area upcoming multi
required story
7000 sqm. development.
Zone - Dev Nagar 220/33 kV Under construction
B (Karol
Bagh)
400/220/ IARI Pusa/ 200 x 200 2025 All the existing
33 kV Dev Nagar sqm 400 KV station in
(40000 Delhi are at the
sqm) outer part of
Delhi. Due to non-
availability
overhead corridor,
power is being
transmitted
through
underground
cables. The 220kV
underground
cables have the
limitations of
shorter length and
power carrying
capacity.

Therefore, a
strong source of
400 kV level has
become the urgent
requirement in
central part of
Delhi. IARI PUSA
are seems that
400 KV substation
can be established
for power
requirement of
central Delhi.
Zone- Sabji 220/33 kV
C Mandi
 Sanjay 220/66 kV
Gandhi Existing
Transport
Nagar
(SGTN)
Gopal Pur 220/66
kV- 33kV
Timar Pur 220/33 kV Under construction
Gopal Pur 400 kV Up-gradation in under tendering
New proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/33 kV Azad pur Being the 2031 This substation
(400 MVA) land will be required to
scarcity in cater the natural
the area, growth of nearby
minimum area and will
area provide the relief
required to existing Gopal
7000 sqm Pur (33 kV level)
and sabji Mandi
area
Zone- Electric 220/33 kV - -
D Lane
(Harish
Chandra
Mathur
Lane)
Lodhi 220/33 kV
Road
Park 220/66-33
street kV
Sarojini 10000 2023 NDMC is in
Nagar sq.mt process of
Redevelopment of
General Pool
Residential
Accommodation
(GPRA) colony at
Neetajee Naga,
Nauroji Nagar &
Sarojini Nagar
through NBCC.
NBCC has
earmarked a piece
of land for
establishment of
220 kV
substations.
Zone- Harsh 400/220/
E Vihar 66 kV
(East of Existing Substation
Loni
Road)
Patpargan 220/66-33
j kV
Gazipur 220/66 kV
Preet 220/33 kV
Vihar
Geeta 220/33 kV
Colony
New proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/33 kV Dwarka Being the Immediate This proposed
Puri/ land substation has
Shahdara/ scarcity in been planned for
Welcome the area, future
colony minimum development to
area meet the
required industrial; and
7000 sqm. residential load
growth around
Shahdara,
Welcome Colony,
Seelampur,
Jafrabad etc.
220/66 kV GTB Being the 2025 This proposed
Hospital/ land substation has
Dilshad scarcity in been planned for
Garden/ the area, future
Nand Nagari minimum development to
area meet the industrial
required and residential
7000 sqm. load growth
around Jhilmil,
Dilshad garden,
Nand Nagri etc.
400/220 Geeta Being the 2025 DDA may allot an
kV Colony land area near existing
scarcity in 220 kV DTL Geeta
the area, Colony substation
minimum from where 440
area kV Transmission
required line can easily be
7000 sqm. connected.
Therefore, no
separate corridor
for 400kV
transmission line
is required.
220/33 kV Mayur Vihar Being the 2027 This proposed
land sub-station is for
scarcity in future
the area, development to
minimum meet the industrial
area and residential
required load growth
7000 sqm. around Mayur
Vihar area.
220/66 kV Yamuna Being the 2038 This proposed
Vihar/ Loni land sub-station is for
Road scarcity in future
the area, development to
minimum meet the industrial
area and residential
required load growth
7000 sqm. around Yamuna
Vihar area.
Zone- Masjid 220/33 kV
F moth
AIIMS 220/33 kV
Sarita 220/66 kV Existing
Vihar
RK 220/66-33
Puram kV
Vasant 220/66 kV
Kunj
Okhla 220/66-33
kV
Tughlaka 400/220/
bad 66 kV
Ridge 220 kV
Valley
BTPS 220/66 Under tendering (65 kV level)
kV
(480 MVA)
New proposal to be included in MPD-2041
400/220 Near Sarita 200 x 200 2032 To meet the long-
kV Vihar/ BTPS sqm term load
(40,000sq requirement of
m) south Delhi area.
220/ 33 Nehru Place Being the Immediate The location has
KV land already been
(300 MVA) scarcity in earmarked by DDA
the area, for establishment
minimum of 220/33kV ESS
area but land has not
required been handed- over
7000 Sqm to Power Dept. /
DTL yet.
220/ 33 Malviya Being the 2027 During recent
KV Nagar land communication
(300 MVA) scarcity in with DDA has
the area, informed that
minimum there is earmarked
area plot for ESS of area
required of about 3100 sqm
7000 Sqm in Malviya Nagar.
After going
through the DDA
offer, the plot size
is not sufficient.
Therefore, it is
requested to
increase the plot
size or earmarked
sufficient area for
220 kV ESS at
nearby area.
220/66KV West of JNU Being the 2036 This ESS will
(480 MVA) land provide relief to
scarcity in existing 220 KV
the area, ESS (Vasant kunj)
minimum and will help to
area manage the load
 required growth. DDA may
7000 Sqm kindly earmark an
area near Priya
PVR area, for easy
evacuation of
power.
220/66KV Jasola Being the 2038 The ESS that will
(480 MVA) land provide relief to
scarcity in existing 220 KV
the area, ESS (Sarita Vihar
minimum and Okhala) and
area upcoming BTPS
required and will help to
7000 Sqm manage the load
growth. DDA may
kindly earmark an
area near Okhla
waste to power
generation plant
ZONE- Peeragarh 220/ 33
G i KV Existing
DIAL 220/ 66
KV
Naraina 220/ 33
KV
Budella 220/ 66 Under tendering
KV
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/33KV Punjabi Being the Immediate This ESS is top
(400 MVA) Bagh land priority to meet
scarcity in the load growth of
the area, the area, a 220 KV
minimum ESS
area implementation is
required must.
7000 Sqm DDA may kindly
earmarked an area
near the road
crossing of MG
road and Vashisht
Kumar Gulla marg
(Vacant land) for
easy evacuation of
power.
220/ 66 Aero City Being the 2025 To cater the load
KV land growth of
scarcity in commercial hub
the area, ground airport
minimum
area
required
7000 Sqm
220/33 KV Janakpuri Being the 2029 This will provide
(400 MVA) (Pankha land relief to existing
road) scarcity in Panjabi Bagh &
the area, Naraina ESS and
minimum will help to
area
 required manage load
7000 Sqm. growth.
DDA may kindly
earmark an area
between C3 road
and C2 park
(vacant land) for
easy evacuation of
power.
220/33 KV Hari Nagar/ Being the 2041 This will provide
(400 MVA) Pratap land relief to existing
Nagar scarcity in Papankalan-I &
the area, Naraina ESS and
minimum will help to
area manage load
required growth up to 2021
7000 Sqm. & beyond.
DDA may kindly
earmark an area
near bus depot at
Pratap nagar
(vacant land) for
easy evacuation of
power.
220/33 KV Kirti Nagar Being the 2032 This ESS is
(400 MVA) land required to meet
scarcity in the load growth of
the area, existing area.
minimum
area
required
7000 Sqm.
ZONE- Rohini-I 220/ 66
H KV Existing
Wazirpur 220/ 33
KV
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/66 KV Rohini Being the 2038 This will provide
(520 MVA) Sector-1 land relief to existing
scarcity in Rohini ESS and
the area, will help to
minimum manage load
area growth up to 2041
required & beyond.
7000 Sqm. DDA may kindly
earmark an area
near the existing
NDPL grid in this
sector.
220/33 KV Ashoka Being the 2029 This will provide
(400 MVA) Vihar land relief to existing
scarcity in Shalimar Bagh and
the area, Wazirpur ESS and
minimum will help to
area manage load
required growth up to 2041
7000 Sqm. & beyond.
ZONE-J Mehrauli 220/66 KV Existing
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
765/400 Mandi 400x 400 2030 One 765 kV is
(220 kV) Village Sqm. required to meet
(160,000 the load growth of
Sqm.) south Delhi, will
provide grid
power to existing
and proposed 400
KV ESS. This
proposed
substation is
planned at Mandi
Village.

This substation is
required for major
source of power
supply to new
developing as well
as existing area at
the south
boundary of Delhi.
DDA is also
requested to
provide RIGHT of
Way for 765 KV
ESS from existing
Agra- Jhatikara
765 KV
transmission Line.
420/220 Rang Puri 200x 200 2027 To provide the 220
kV/ 66kV Sqm. KV source to
(20,000 Vasant Kunj and
Sqm.) future load growth
of nearby area.
220 KV Maidan Being the 2024 This will provide
Garhi land relief to existing
scarcity in Mehrauli & Okhla
the area, ESS and will help
minimum to manage load
area growth up to 2021
required & beyond. The
7000 Sqm. location may be
earmarked by DDA
near/ beneath DTL
220 KV Mehrauli-
Tughlakabad
overhead Line.
220 KV Aya Nagar 10000 2028 This will provide
Sqm. relief to existing
Mehrauli ESS and
will help to
manage load
growth up to 2021
& beyond. Further
DTL has no 220 KV
ESS in this south
 area to cater to the
future load
growth.
220 KV Fatehpur 10000 2032 This will provide
beri/ Asola Sqm. relief to existing
Sarita Vihar &
Okhla ESS load
growth up to 2021
& beyond will be
very difficult to
meet without this
proposed
substation. DDA
may kindly
earmark an area
near Tughlakabad
industrial area.
220 KV Bhati Mines 10000 2038 This will provide
Sqm. transformation
capacity to meet
the load growth of
this extreme south
corner of Delhi.
ZONE- Najafgarh 220/66 KV Existing
K-1
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220 KV Bakkarwala 10000 2027 DDA may
Sqm. earmarked an area
to meet the load
growth due to new
residential
colonies like Lok
Nayak Puram and
other industrial
developments are
also proposed in
this rea.
It will much better,
if an area may
kindly be
earmarked near
pocket-c of Lok
Nayak Puram
(vacant land), for
easy evacuation of
power as the rea is
closer to existing
220 kV EHV
overhead line
220 KV Dichoan 10000 2036 This 220 KV ESS
Kalan Sqm. will be required
for long-term load
requirement.
ZONE- Bamnauli 400/220
K-II kV
Papankala 220 KV Existing
n- I
 Papankala 220 KV
n- II
Papankala 220 KV
n- III
Dwarka 400/220 Under Execution (400 kV level)
sector-5 kV
Bharthal 220/66 KV Under tendering
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/66 KV Dwarka Being the 2034 The load growth is
Sector- 23 land very in this zone.
scarcity in Therefore, this ESS
the area, will be required to
minimum cater the load in
area long term.
required
7000 Sqm.
ZONE- Jhatikara 765/400
L KV Existing
Tikri 400/220
kalan kV/ 66kV
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
400/220 Jhatikara 200x 200 2023 This zone has been
kV/ 66kV Sqm. notified to develop
under DDA land
400 KV Mitraon 200x 200 2036 pooling scheme.
Sqm. These substations
220 kV Mundela 10000 2040 are required to
Khurd Sqm. cater the load of
220 kV Chawala/ 10000 2030 proposed to be
Tejpur Sqm. developed under
220 kV Dhansa 10000 2030 land pooling
Sqm. scheme. Further,
DDA is requested
earmarked the
ROW for 400 KV
and 220 KV
overhead
transmission lines.
ZONE- Rohini-2 220/66 kV Existing
M New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
400/220 Barwala 200x 200 2026 This will meet the
kV/ 66kV Sector- 37 Sqm. demand of land
(40,000 pooling area of
Sqm.) zone- N and
growing demand
of Rohini area
220 kV Begampur Being the 2034 No area has been
land earmarked at this
scarcity in area, but the load
the area, growth of
minimum residential
area colonies of sector-
required 21, 22, 41
7000 Sqm. Begaumpur,
Pratap vihar and
other
developments are
 also to be met
through this
proposed ESS.
So, DDA may
kindly be
requested to allot
an area in this
zone, positively to
meet the load.
It will much better,
if an area may
kindly be
earmarked near
existing 66 KV ESS
at sector-22
Rohini (vacant
land) for easy
evacuation of
power, as the rea is
closer to existing
220 KV EHV
overhead line.
ZONE- Kanjawala 220/ 66 Existing
N KV
765 KV Under planning ISTS
Narela
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
400 KV Chandpur 200x 200 2033 Already
Sqm. earmarked in
MPD-2021
220 kV Nizampur 10000 2036 DDA may allot an
Sqm. area near
Daryapur/
Bazidpur to cater
to the proposed
kanjhaala
industrial area.
220 kV Qutub Garh 10000 2041 DDA may allot an
Sqm. area near
nizampur to cater
to the proposed
kanjhaala
industrial area
also DTL do not
has any 220 KV
ESS at this western
area to cater to the
load growth.
ZONE- Waziraba 220/ 66
O d KV
Kashmiri 220/ 33KV Existing
Gate
Rajghat 220/ 33KV
IP power 220/ 33KV
Pragati 220/ 66
Power KV
 Maharani 400/220 400/220 KV is existing and creation of 66 KV 33 KV Level is under
Bagh kV/ 66- tendering.
33kV
IP Power 400 KV Upgradation of existing 220 KV will be done in due course of time.
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/66 KV Karawal 10000 2028 DTL do not has any
Nagar/ Sqm. ESS on this North
Sabha Pur Part of Delhi, only
(beneath of one distribution
existing DTL substation of BYPL
220 KV is there.
overhead To meet the load
transmissio growth of soniya
n line) vihar, Karawal
Nagar, Sabha pur,
shiv Vihar etc.
area, an area may
be earmarked for
future
developments
along the Pusta &
Beneath of existing
DTL 220 KV
overhead
transmission line
(Mandola-
Wazirabad- two
lines). So that, no
separate corridor
could be required
of connectivity to
this.
ZONE- Bawana 400/220
P-I kV/ 66 kV
Narela 220/ 66 Existing
kV
DSIIDC 220/ 66
Bawana kV
Tikri kurd 400/220 The project is proposed to be commissioned by year 2023 on land
kV/ 66 kV allocated by DDA.
New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
220/ 66 Holambi 10000 DDA may allot an
kV (480 Kalan Sqm. area near Holambi
MVA) Kalan to cater to
the industrial area
also with 35 m
ROW corridor for
overhead
transmission line
as this area has
under
development.
220/ 66 Budhpur 10000 DDA may allot an
kV (480 Sqm. area near Budhpur
MVA) to cater to the
industrial area
around around
siraspur, budhpur,
 Chandpur etc. to
cater to the load
growth.
220/ 66 Bankner 10000 DDA may allot an
kV (480 Village Sqm. area near Banker
MVA) to cater to the
industrial area
around DSIIDC
Bawana and
Narela etc. to cater
to the load growth
of residential
areas around this
location.
If possible, DDA
may allocate a land
near Bankner
village area, just
beside the existing
220 KV EHV line.
ZONE- New Proposal to be included in MPD-2041
P-II
765/400 Palla Village 400 m X 2041 This area has been
kV/ 220 400 m notified to develop
kV (160,000 under DDA land
Sqm.) pooling scheme.
This sub-station is
required for major
source of power
supply to new
developing as well
as existing area at
the North
boundary of Delhi.
DDA may allot the
land near to the
Yamuna Bank and
border of Delhi.
220 kV Burari 10000 2026 Load demand of
Sqm. nthhu Pura,
Burari, Sant Nagar
is growing in rapid
rate. This
substation will
provide the relief
to existing Gopal
pur substation.
DDA may allot the
land near DTL
existing lines.
Note: Although the
location has been
earmarked in
MPD-2021.
220 kV Mukhmel 10000 2032 This area has been
pur Village Sqm. notified to develop
under DDA land
pooling scheme.
 DDA may allot the
land near DTL
existing lines.
Note: Although the
location has been
earmarked in
MPD-2021.
220 kV Mohmadpur 2041 This area has been
Village notified to develop
under DDA land
pooling scheme.
DDA may allot the
land near DTL
existing lines.
ANNEXURE XI: SERVICE PLAN - INDRAPRASTHA GAS LIMITED (IGL)

INDRAPRASTHA GAS LIMITED, NEW DELHI.

 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: INDRAPRASTHA GAS LIMITED (IGL)

Government of India is keen on making India a Gas based Economy – Aiming to push share of natural gas in energy
basket from present 6% to 15% by 2030. Going ahead there is a need to lay greater emphasis on using cleaner fuels
such as PNG & CNG and discouraging the use of polluting fuels such as FO, LSHS, Coal etc. The growing prices of
diesel is resulting into decline in production of diesel variants & launching of more and more CNG variants by
vehicle OEM’s.
There are opportunities of expanding existing LNG infrastructure. There is also a huge potential for converting in-
use diesel trucks/buses to LNG in Delhi. IGL may cash-in the opportunity to create EV infrastructure at existing CNG
stations. New Segments such as E-Rickshaws/Two Wheelers can be tapped under battery swapping facilities, being
planned by IGL.
Below is the projected growth in CNG, Industrial, Commercial and Domestic sales volumes for the next 5
years. Considering the growth dynamics in the sector, IGL shall update its service plan once every 5 years.

Table 9: Segment wise projected growth in sales volume (MMSCMD)

Sl. No. Segment/FY 2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26 CAGR
1 CNG 4.06 4.51 5.01 5.56 6.17 11%
2 Industrial 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.22 14%
3 Commercial 0.11 0.12 0.14 0.15 0.17 13%
4 Domestic 0.32 0.40 0.49 0.61 0.76 24%
Total 4.62 5.18 5.81 6.51 7.32
MMSCMD: Metric Million Standard Cubic Meter per Day
Table Source: IGL
CNG: At present there is a shortfall of 35 CNG Stations in Delhi (area required for each station is approx.
1080 sqm); refer Annexure XI (a) for details of area wise requirements. In the next 5 years, 110 new CNG
Stations are planned (excluding land pooling zones) and about 20 Nos. of Field Regulatory Station is
required in the next 5 years (area required for each station is approx. 100 sqm). The area requirements
for a Mother Station is 3000 sqm and for an Online Station is 1080 sqm. Below is the zone wise CNG
station requirements for land pooling areas:
Table 10: No. of new CNG stations required for each zone
Sl. Zone No. of CNG
No. name stations
proposed
1. K1 5
2. L 10
3. N 5
4. P2 4
Total 24
Table Source: IGL

PNG: IGL currently has 9, 66,098 households connected with PNG in Delhi (up to 31.10.2020). 9 lakh
households are planned to be connected to PNG in the next 3 years.

Annexure XI (a): Land Requirement for CNG Stations

S.No. Particular area Stretch Route Description
1 Ring road Bypass From Pragati Maidan CNG station to ISBT Kasmiri gate
2 Ring road Bypass From ISBT to Dheerpur CNG Station
3 Inner Ring road From Burari Chowk to IGL Shakurpur CNG Station
4 Outer Ring road From Dheerpur CNG station to Jahangirpuri CNG station
5 Outer ring road From Janakpuri District Centre to Madhuban Chowk
6 North Central Delhi Rajouri to Connaught Place (both sides)-1
7 North Central Delhi Rajouri to Connaught Place (both sides)-2
8 South Delhi From Hari Nagar Ashram to RKP 12
9 Outer Ring Road From Rohini Sector 19 CNG Station to Metcalfe House CNG Station
10 Ring Road area Mayapuri Metro Station to IGL Sarojini Nagar Station
11 Badarpur Border From Faridabad Delhi Border to CRRI (towards Delhi)
12 South Delhi RKP 3 to Nehru place (Both sides of the road)
13 South Delhi Kalkaji to Andrews Ganj Via Chirag Delhi (Both Sides)
14 South Delhi Sri Aurobindo Marg to Lado Sarai Hybrid(Both Sides)
15 South Delhi RKP 12 to Brar Square (Both sides of the road)
16 Mehrauli Badarpur road Mehrauli to Sarvodaya Enclave (Both Sides)
17 Main Chattarpur road KR Hospital to Satbari
18 Mehrauli Gurugram road Mehrauli to Indian Oil Janta Filling Station (Both sides)
19 Lajpat Nagar/Defence Colony From The Oberoi to Moolchand Flyover Via Lala Lajpat Rai Road
20 South Delhi August Kranti Marg (Both sides)
21 South Delhi (SDMC) Kalkaji to Andrews Ganj via Greater Kailash
22 Defence Colony, SDMC, Delhi Bhisma Pitamah Marg(Both Sides)
23 South East Delhi(SDMC) Batla House Market, Near By Area
24 South Delhi Moolchand to Pushpabhawan(Both sides of the road)
25 NH-8 NH8 (Dhaula Kuan to Rajokri), Both Sides
26 South Delhi AIIMS to Ashram on Ring Road (Both Side)
ANNEXURE XII: SERVICE PLAN – DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY, GNCTD

GOVT. OF NCT OF DELHI

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY
9TH LEVEL, ‘B’ WING, DELHI SECRETARIAT,
NEW DELHI – 110002.
 PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICE FOR DELHI - 2041
AGENCY: DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY, GNCTD

Perspective plan for making Delhi digitally enabled as per National Digital Policy:

1. Creating a Robust Digital Communication Infrastructure

• Provide Universal broadband connectivity at 1Gbps to every citizen
• Enable fixed line broadband access to 100% of households
• Achieve ‘unique mobile subscriber density’ of 100% by 2041
• Enable deployment of public Wi-Fi Hotspots; to reach
• Ensure connectivity to all uncovered areas

2. Implementing a ‘Fibre First Initiative’ to take fibre to the home, to enterprises and to key development
institutions e.g. schools, colleges, hospitals.
• Promoting collaboration models involving state, local bodies and private sector as necessary for
provision of shared duct infrastructure in municipalities, rural areas and national highways.
• Facilitating Fibre-to-the-tower programme to enable fiberisation of 100% of telecom towers thereby
accelerating migration to 4GB/5GB.
• Incentivising and promoting fibre connectivity for all new development construction.

3. Establishment of a GNCTD Digital Grid:

• Establishing Common service ducts and utility corridors in GNCTD and highway road projects, and
related elements.
• Facilitating development of Open Access Next Generation Networks

4. Ensuring a holistic and harmonised approach for harnessing Emerging Technologies

• Synergising deployment and adoption of new and emerging technologies by:
i. Creating a roadmap for emerging technologies and its use in the communications
sector, such as 5G, Artificial Intelligence, Robotics, Internet of Things, Cloud
Computing and M2M.
ii. Simplifying licensing and regulatory frameworks whilst ensuring appropriate
security frameworks for IoT/M2M/future services and network elements
incorporating international best practices.
iii. Earmarking adequate licensed and unlicensed spectrum for IoT / M2M services

• Enabling Hi-speed internet, Internet of Things and M2M by rollout of 5G technologies.

• Establishing GNCTD as a hub for cloud computing, content hosting and delivery, and data
communication systems and services.
• Leveraging Artificial Intelligence and Big Data in a synchronized and effective manner to
enhance the overall quality of service, spectrum management, network security and
reliability.
• Information provided in the plan enclosed Establishing Centres of Excellence including in
Spectrum Management, Telecom Security and Next Generation Access Technologies.

5. Promoting Start-ups and SMEs:

• Supporting Start-ups with various fiscal and non-fiscal benefits, including:
 • Academic collaborations, permissions for pilots and testing, concessions on imported software,
mentoring support etc.
• Promoting participation of Start-ups and SMEs in government procurement
• Funding pilot deployments through USOF

6. Setting up of virtual schools: Govt. of NCT of Delhi will set up virtual schools to provide another channel
to the public to pursue with getting education and skills in a formal virtual schooling.

7. Digital Delivery of Government Services: Government of NCT of Delhi will provide all its Government
services to the citizens online as well as through mobile. The delivery of these services will be through
secured Digi-Locker system. The citizen will use either web portal or UMANG platform to get the
Government services.

8. Promotion of IT/ITES: Government of NCT of Delhi has already announced its policy to remove polluting
industries from Delhi. Delhi Government will promote clean environment industries like IT and IT enabled
services in Delhi.

9. Plans for provision of Public Wi Fi: In the current Wi Fi schemes of providing free wi-fi to the citizens of
Delhi rental model is adopted. In this scheme all the bus stops (about 4000 in Nos) are covered. The data
limit per user is 15 GB per month. By 2041, GNCTD, Delhi can plan to cover all the area with Wi Fi. This
includes the Wi Fi access in all public vehicle and public place including schools, colleges, hospitals etc. The
bandwidth at WiFi, Hotspots can go up to the speed of 1 GBPS per user. All the security concern should be
taken care while planning the complete Wi Fi network for GNCTD. Smart Poles is the way forward to
accelerate the growth.

10. Key infrastructure or special projects identified during the plan period, along with details of projects and
their timelines:

• A digitally enabled and connected city: Delhi shall need adequate infrastructure provisions to support
the advent of higher service levels like network of 5G and above, full city fibre coverage, further
integration of city's digital systems with loTs (Internet of Things), Artificial Intelligence (Al), Cloud
Computing and Big Data etc. The highly equipped and digitally smart unified command and control
centres set up by the local bodies can be the key drivers for effective urban management of Delhi.

• With increased level of digitalization, data centres may be setup to meet the need for data storage, server
management, etc. Such data centres may be developed by public and/or private agencies and can come
up in industrial land use as per provisioned

• Connectivity through fibre-optics is considered to be more efficient in terms of internet speed and
reliability of services, "Fibre First Initiative" of NDCP 2018 and regulations of ROW Policy 2016 will
facilitate augmentation of telecom infrastructure. Implementation of optic fibre shall be through
collaborative models involving state government, local bodies and private sector as required for provision
of shared telecommunication infrastructure.

• Smart poles may be installed in public areas, comprising of CCTV cameras, air pollution monitoring
sensors, telecom antenna, Wi-Fi hotspots/ microcells, solar lighting, public address and messaging
systems, emergency call box etc., which in turn shall be connected to the digital systems of various city
agencies.
11. Back-up plan for connectivity during emergencies/ disasters
Developing a comprehensive plan for network preparedness, disaster response relief restoration and
reconstruction
• Strengthening network resilience by:
i. Framing and enforcing standard operating procedures to be followed during disasters and
natural calamities, including sectoral guidelines for disaster response and recovery applicable to
various service providers.
• Developing a Unified Emergency Response Mechanism by:
ii. Creating an institutional framework with clearly defined roles and responsibilities,
Standard Operating Procedures and technical guidelines
iii. Enforcing obligations of service providers to share infrastructure, and ensure interoperability in
emergency situations in a network-agnostic, operator – agnostic and technology-agnostic
manner.
 The draft text document of MPD-2041 and Land Use Plan shall be available at the Reception
Desk of Vikas Minar, I.P. Estate, New Delhi-110002 on all working days during the period referred
above. The same shall also be available on the following link i.e. https://dda.org.in/hotlinks.aspx.

File no. F. 18(15)2021- MP

(D. SARKAR)
COMMISSIONER-CUM-SECRETARY,
DELHI DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY